s

SIMOREG DC-MASTER
6RA70 Series
Microprocessor-Based Converters from 6kW to 2500kW for Variable-Speed DC Drives

Operating Instructions

Edition 13

Order-No.: 6RX1700-0AD76

General

11.2007

These Operating Instructions are available in the following languages: Language Order No. German 6RX1700-0AD00 French 6RX1700-0AD77 Spanish 6RX1700-0AD78 Italian 6RX1700-0AD72

Converter software version:
As these Operating Instructions went to print, SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters were being delivered from the factory with software version 3.1 installed. These Operating Instructions also apply to other software versions. Earlier software versions: Some parameters described in this document might not be stored in the software (i.e. the corresponding functionality is not available on the converter) or some parameters will have a restricted setting range. If this is the case, however, appropriate reference to this status will be made in the Parameter List. Later software versions: Additional parameters might be available on the SIMOREG DC-MASTER (i.e. extra functions might be available which are not described in these Operating Instructions) or some parameters might have an extended setting range. In this case, leave the relevant parameters at their factory setting, or do not set any parameter values which are not described in these Instructions !

The software version of the SIMOREG DC-MASTER can be read in parameters r060 and r065. The latest software version is available at the following Internet site: http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/en/8479576

CAUTION
Before updating your software, find out the product state of your SIMOREG device. You will find this on the rating plate (field on the bottom left-hand side "Prod. State"). Prod. State = A1,A2 (devices with the CUD1 electronics board, version C98043-A7001-L1-xx): It is only permissible to load software versions 1.xx and 2.xx. Prod. State = A3 (devices with the CUD1 electronics board, version C98043-A7001-L2-xx): It is only permissible to load software versions 3.xx.

The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or contents is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design, are reserved. We have checked that the contents of this publication agree with the hardware and software described herein. Nonetheless, differences might exist and therefore we cannot guarantee that they are completely identical. The information given in this publication is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent printings. Suggestions for improvement are welcome at all times.

SIMOREG ® is a registered trademark of Siemens

© Siemens AG 1998 - 2007 All rights reserved

05.2007

Contents

0
1 2
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5

Contents
Page

Safety information Type spectrum
Converter order number code Rating plate Packaging label Ordering information for options using codes Reference to new products 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6 2-8

3
3.1 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.1.1 3.4.1.2 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.4.9 3.4.10 3.4.11 3.4.12 3.4.13 3.4.14 3.4.15 3.4.16 3.4.17

Description
Applications Design Special features of devices with 460V rated connection voltage Installation of SIMOREG devices in cabinets in accordance with UL508C standards Mode of operation Technical data Load types Load cycles for 1Q applications Load cycles for 4Q applications Converters 3AC 400V, 30A to 125A, 1Q Converters 3AC 400V, 210A to 600A, 1Q Converters 3AC 400V, 850A to 2000A, 1Q Converters 3AC 460V, 30A to 125A, 1Q Converters 3AC 460V, 210A to 600A, 1Q Converters 3AC 460V, 850A to 1200A, 1Q Converters 3AC 575V, 60A to 600A, 1Q Converters 3AC 575V, 800A to 2200A, 1Q Converters 3AC 690V, 720A to 2000A, 1Q Converters 3AC 830V, 900A to 1900A, 1Q Converters 3AC 400V, 15A to 125A, 4Q Converters 3AC 400V, 210A to 600A, 4Q Converters 3AC 400V, 850A to 2000A, 4Q Converters 3AC 460V, 30A to 125A, 4Q Converters 3AC 460V, 210A to 600A, 4Q Converters 3AC 460V, 850A to 1200A, 4Q 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

0-1

Contents

05.2007 Page

3.4.18 3.4.19 3.4.20 3.4.21 3.4.22 3.4.23 3.4.24 3.4.25 3.5 3.6 3.7

Converters 3AC 575V, 60A to 600A, 4Q Converters 3AC 575V, 850A to 2200A, 4Q Converters 3AC 690V, 760A to 2000A, 4Q Converters 3AC 830V, 950A to 1900A, 4Q Converters 3AC 400V, 3000A, 1Q / 4Q Converters 3AC 575V, 2800A, 1Q / 4Q Converters 3AC 690V, 2600A, 1Q / 4Q Converters 3AC 950V, 2200A, 1Q / 4Q Applicable standards Certification Abbreviations

3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28 3-29 3-30 3-32 3-33 3-33

4
4.1

Shipment, unpacking
Remove the transportation protection for devices with 1500A to 2200A rated DC 4-1

5
5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5 5.1.6 5.1.7 5.1.8 5.1.9 5.1.10 5.1.11 5.1.12 5.1.13 5.1.14 5.1.15 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4

Installation
Dimension diagrams for standard devices Converters: 3AC 400V and 460V, 30A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V, 60A to 280A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V, 400A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V, 600A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V, 575V and 690V, 720A to 850A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V,460V, 575V, 690V and 830V, 900A to 1200A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V, 575V, 690V, and 830V, 1500A to 2000A, 575V/2200A 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V / 3000A, 3AC 575V / 2800A, 3AC 690V / 2600A, 3AC 950V / 2200A 1Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 460V, 15A to 30A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V, 60A to 280A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V, 400A to 600A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V, 575V and 690V, 760A to 850A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V, 460V, 575V, 690V and 830V, 950A to 1200A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V, 575V, 690V, and 830V, 1500A to 2000A, 575V/2200A 4Q Converters: 3AC 400V / 3000A, 3AC 575V / 2800A, 3AC 690V / 2600A, 3AC 950V / 2200A 4Q Dimension diagrams of the devices with additional cable connections on the top of the device Converters: 3AC 460V, 60A to 125A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 210A to 280A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 450A to 600A, 1Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 850A, 1Q 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21

0-2

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Contents Page

5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.2.1 5.3.2.2

Converters: 3AC 460V, 60A to 125A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 210A to 280A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 450A to 600A, 4Q Converters: 3AC 460V, 850A, 4Q Mounting options Terminal expansion board CUD2 Optional supplementary boards Local bus adapter (LBA) for mounting optional supplementary boards Mounting of optional supplementary boards

5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26 5-26 5-27 5-27 5-27

6
6.1 6.1.1 6.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3 6.1.1.4 6.1.1.5 6.1.1.6 6.1.2 6.1.2.1 6.1.2.2 6.1.2.3 6.1.2.4 6.1.3 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.2.1 6.3.2.2 6.3.2.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.2

Connections
Installation instructions for proper EMC installation of drives Fundamental principles of EMC What is EMC Noise radiation and noise immunity Limit values SIMOREG converters in industrial applications Non-grounded supply systems EMC planning Proper EMC installation of drives (installation instructions) General Rules for proper EMC installation Converter component arrangement List of the recommended radio interference suppression filters Information on line-side harmonics generated by converters in a fully-controlled three-phase bridge circuit configuration Block diagrams with recommended connection Converters: 15A to 125A Converters: 210A to 280A Converters: 400A to 3000A with a 3-phase fan Converters: 450A to 850A with a 1-phase fan Parallel connection of converters Circuit diagram showing parallel connection of SIMOREG converters Parameterization of SIMOREG converters for parallel connection Standard operating mode Operating mode "N+1 mode" (redundancy mode of the armature supply) Redundancy mode of the field supply Power connections Converters: 30A, 1Q Converters: 60A, 1Q 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-17 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-21 6-22 6-22 6-23 6-25 6-26 6-26 6-27

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

0-3

Contents

05.2007 Page

6.4.3 6.4.4 6.4.5 6.4.6 6.4.7 6.4.8 6.4.9 6.4.10 6.4.11 6.4.12 6.4.13 6.4.14 6.4.15 6.4.16 6.4.17 6.4.18 6.4.19 6.4.20 6.4.21 6.4.22 6.5 6.6 6.6.1 6.6.2 6.6.2.1 6.6.2.2 6.6.2.2.1 6.6.2.2.2 6.6.2.2.3 6.6.2.2.4 6.6.2.3 6.7 6.8

Converters: 90A to 280A, 1Q Converters: 400A to 600A, 1Q Converters: 720A, 1Q Converters: 800 to 850A, 1Q Converters: 900A to 950A, 1Q Converters: 1000 to 1200A, 1Q Converters: 1500 to 2000A, 575V/2200A, 1Q Converters: 400V/3000A, 575V/2800A, 690V/2600A, 950V/2200A 1Q Converters: 15 to 30A, 4Q Converters: 60A, 4Q Converters: 90A to 210A, 4Q Converters: 280A, 4Q Converters: 400A, 4Q Converters: 450A to 600A, 4Q Converters: 760A, 4Q Converters: 850A, 4Q Converters: 950A to 1000A, 4Q Converters: 1100 to 1200A, 4Q Converters: 1500 to 2000A, 575V/2200A, 4Q Converters: 400V/3000A, 575V/2800A, 690V/2600A, 950V/2200A 4Q Field supply Fuses and commutating reactors Commutating reactors Fuses Recommended fuses for field circuit Fuses for armature circuit Converters 1Q: 400V, 575V, 690V, 830V and 950V Converters 1Q: 460V Converters 4Q: 400V, 575V, 690V, 830V and 950V Converters 4Q: 460V F1 and F2 fuses in the power interface Terminal arrangement Terminal assignments

6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-36 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-44 6-45 6-46 6-47 6-48 6-50 6-52 6-55 6-55 6-55 6-55 6-55 6-55 6-56 6-57 6-58 6-58 6-59 6-62

7
7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.3

Start-up
General safety information Operator control panels Simple operator control panel (PMU) User-friendly operator control panel (OP1S) Parameterization procedure 7-1 7-3 7-3 7-4 7-6

0-4

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Contents Page

7.3.1 7.3.2 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.7 7.7.1 7.7.2 7.7.2.1 7.7.2.2 7.7.3 7.7.3.1 7.7.3.2 7.7.3.2.1 7.7.3.2.2 7.7.3.2.3 7.7.3.3 7.7.4 7.7.5 7.7.6 7.7.7 7.7.7.1 7.7.8 7.7.8.1 7.7.9 7.7.10

Parameter types Parameterization at the simple operator control panel Reset to default value and adjust offset Start-up procedure Manual optimization (if necessary) Manual setting of armature resistance RA (P110) and armature inductance LA (P111) Manual setting of field resistance RF (P112) Starting up optional supplementary boards Procedure for starting up technology boards (T100, T300, T400) Sequence of operations for starting up PROFIBUS boards (CBP2) Mechanisms for processing parameters via the PROFIBUS Diagnostic tools Sequence of operations for starting up CAN bus boards (CBC) Description of CBC with CAN Layer 2 Description of CBC with CANopen Introduction to CANopen Functionality of CBC with CANopen Requirements for operating the CBC with CANopen Diagnostic tools Procedure for starting up SIMOLINK boards (SLB) Procedure for starting up expansion boards (EB1 and EB2) Procedure for starting up the pulse encoder board (SBP) Sequence of operations for starting up DeviceNet boards (CBD) Diagnostic tools Sequence of operations for starting up the serial I/O board (SCB1) Diagnostic tools Structure of request/response telegrams Transmission of double-word connectors for technology and communication modules

7-6 7-6 7-8 7-9 7-18 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-20 7-22 7-24 7-25 7-29 7-30 7-34 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-36 7-40 7-44 7-45 7-46 7-52 7-54 7-56 7-57 7-60

8 9
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.3 9.3.4 9.4

Function diagrams Function descriptions
General explanations of terms and functionality Computation cycles, time delay Switch-on, shutdown, enabling OFF2 (voltage disconnection) - control word 1, bit 1 OFF3 (Fast stop) - control word 1, bit 2 Switch-on / shutdown (ON / OFF) terminal 37 - control word 1, bit 0 Operating enable (enable) terminal 38 - control word 1, bit 3 Ramp-function generator 9-1 9-6 9-7 9-7 9-7 9-8 9-11 9-11

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

0-5

Contents

05.2007 Page

9.4.1 9.4.2 9.4.3 9.4.4 9.4.5 9.4.6 9.4.7 9.4.8 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.13.1 9.13.2 9.14 9.15 9.15.1 9.15.2 9.15.3 9.16 9.16.1 9.16.2 9.17 9.18 9.18.1 9.18.2 9.19 9.20

Definitions Operating principle of ramp-function generator Control signals for ramp-function generator Ramp-function generator settings 1, 2 and 3 Ramp-up integrator Ramp-function generator tracking Limitation after ramp-function generator Velocity signal dv/dt (K0191) Inching Crawling Fixed setpoint Safety shutdown (E-Stop) Activation command for holding or operating brake (low active) Switch on auxiliaries Switch over parameter sets Speed controller Serial interfaces Serial interfaces with USS® protocol Serial interfaces with peer-to-peer protocol Thermal overload protection of DC motor (I2t monitoring of motor) Dynamic overload capability of power section Overview of functions Configuring for dynamic overload capability Characteristics for determining the dynamic overload capability for intermittent overload operation Speed-dependent current limitation Setting the speed-dependent current limitation for motors with commutation transition Setting of speed-dependent current limitation for motors without commutation transition Automatic restart Field reversal Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal Braking with field reversal Status description of some bits of status word ZSW1 12-pulse series connection

9-12 9-12 9-13 9-13 9-14 9-14 9-15 9-15 9-15 9-16 9-16 9-17 9-18 9-21 9-21 9-22 9-23 9-24 9-27 9-31 9-34 9-34 9-35 9-37 9-72 9-73 9-74 9-75 9-75 9-76 9-77 9-79 9-80

10
10.1 10.1.1 10.1.2

Faults / Alarms
Fault messages General information about faults List of fault messages 10-2 10-2 10-2
Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

0-6

05.2007

Contents Page

10.2

Alarms

10-27

11 12
12.1 12.2

Parameter list List of connectors and binectors
Connector list Binector list 12-1 12-27

13
13.1 13.2 13.2.1 13.2.2 13.2.3 13.2.4

Maintenance
Procedure for updating software (upgrading to a new software version) Replacement of components Replacement of fan Replacement of PCBs Replacement of thyristor modules on converters up to 1200A Replacement of fuses and thyristor assemblies on converters of 1500A and above 13-1 13-3 13-3 13-7 13-8 13-9

14
14.1 14.1.1 14.1.2 14.1.3 14.2 14.3 14.4

Servicing
Technical Support Time zone Europe and Africa Time zone America Time zone Asia / Australia Spare parts Repairs On-site servicing 14-1 14-1 14-1 14-1 14-2 14-2 14-2

15
15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5

DriveMonitor
Scope of delivery Installing the software Connecting the SIMOREG to the PC Setting up an online link to the SIMOREG Further information 15-1 15-1 15-1 15-2 15-2

16 17 18
18.1

Environmental compatibility Applications Appendix
Additional documentation Sheet for customer feedback 18-1 18-3

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

0-7

Contents

05.2007

0-8

Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Safety Information

1

Safety information
WARNING
Hazardous voltages and rotating parts (fans) are present in this electrical equipment during operation. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage. Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance.

Definitions:
• QUALIFIED PERSONNEL For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels, a "Qualified person" is someone who is familiar with the installation, construction and operation of the equipment and the hazards involved. He or she must have the following qualifications: 1. Trained and authorized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety procedures. 2. Trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety procedures. 3. Trained in rendering first aid. • V DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. • V WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. • V CAUTION used with the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. • CAUTION used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage. • NOTICE NOTICE used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially situation which, if not avoided, may result in an undesirable result or state.

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

1-1

Safety Information

05.2007

NOTE
These operating instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Siemens Sales Office. The contents of these operating instructions shall not become part or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The Sales Contract contains the entire obligations of Siemens. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Siemens. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty.

DANGER
Converters contain hazardous electrical voltages, Death, severe bodily injury or significant material damage can occur if the safety measures are not followed. 1. Only qualified personnel, who are knowledgeable about the converters and the provided information, can install, start up, operate, troubleshoot or repair the converters. 2. The converters must be installed in accordance with all relevant safety regulations (e.g. DIN VDE) as well as all other national or local regulations. Operational safety and reliability must be ensured by correct grounding, cable dimensioning and appropriate short-circuit protection. 3. All panels and doors must be kept closed during normal operation. 4. Before carrying out visual checks and maintenance work, ensure that the AC power supply is disconnected and locked out. Before the AC supply is disconnected, both converters and motors have hazardous voltage levels. Even when the converter contactor is open, hazardous voltages are still present. 5. When making measurements with the power supply switched on, electrical connections must not be touched under any circumstances. Remove all jewelry from wrists and fingers. Ensure that the test equipment is in good conditions and operationally safe. 6. When working on units which are switched on, stand on an insulating surface, i.e. ensure that you are not grounded. 7. Carefully follow the relevant instructions and observe all danger, warning and cautionary instructions. 8. This does not represent a full listing of all the measures necessary for safe operation of the equipment. If you require other information or if certain problems occur which are not handled in enough detail in the information provided in the Instruction Manual, please contact your local Siemens office.

1-2

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Safety Information

CAUTION Electrostatically sensitive devices
The converter contains electrostatically sensitive devices. These can easily be destroyed if they are not handled correctly. If, however, it is absolutely essential for you to work on electronic modules, please pay careful attention to the following instructions: • Electronic modules (PCBs) should not be touched unless work has to be carried out on them. • Before touching a PCB, the person carrying out the work must himself be electrostatically discharged. The simplest way of doing this is to touch an electrically conductive earthed object, e.g. socket outlet earth contact. • PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with electrically insulating materials − plastic foil, insulating table tops or clothing made of synthetic fibers − • PCBs may only be set down or stored on electrically conducting surfaces. • When carrying out soldering jobs on PCBs, make sure that the soldering tip has been earthed. • PCBs and electronic components should generally be packed in electrically conducting containers (such as metallized-plastic boxes or metal cans) before being stored or shipped. • If the use of non-conducting packing containers cannot be avoided, PCBs must be wrapped in a conducting material before being put in them. Examples of such materials include electrically conducting foam rubber or household aluminium foil. For easy reference, the protective measures necessary when dealing with sensitive electronic components are illustrated in the sketches below. a b c = = = Conductive flooring Anti-static table Anti-static footwear d e f = = = Anti-static overall Anti-static chain Earthing connections of cabinets

b e

d

d b e

d

f a

f c a

f

f c a

f

Seated workstation

Standing workstation

Standing/seated workstation

WARNING
Hazardous voltages and rotating parts (fans) are present in this electrical equipment during operation. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage. Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance.

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

1-3

Safety Information

05.2007

1-4

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

2007 Type spectrum 2 Type spectrum 600A converters 1200A converter 2200A. 3000A converter 850A converters 60A converters Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 2-1 .05.

2007 D485 / 1600 Mre .GeEF6S22 280 Mre .GeE6S22 D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / D690 / 210 Mre .0 6RA7031 .0 6RA7097 .0 6RA7088 .6DS22 .4GS22 .GeEF4S22 D1000 / 1900 Mre .GeEF6S22 1600 Mre .0 6RA7031 .0 6RA7075 .6GS22 .4DS22 .0 6RA7031 .GeEF6S22 D1000 / 1500 Mre .GeEF6S22 D830 / 1500 Mre .6GS22 .6DS22 .GeEF4S22 2200 Mre .GeEF4S22 D830 / 2000 Mre .6KS22 .0 6RA7088 .0 6RA7025 .4MS22 .GeEF6S22 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– 05.GeEF6S22 400 Mre .0 6RA7093 .GeEF4S22 D550 / 30 Mre .0 6RA7095 .0 6RA7081 .6DS22 .GeEF6S22 280 Mre .0 6RA7025 .0 6RA7087 .6KS22 .GeE6S22 D690 / 125 Mre .4LS22 .6DS22 .6GS22 .0 6RA7091 .0 6RA7018 .6DS22 .Type spectrum Converter order no.0 6RA7095 .6GS22 .GeEF6S22 850 Mre .0 6RA7096 .GeEF6S22 600 Mre .GeEF4S22 Rated DC voltage Rated DC current 2-2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .GeEF6S22 800 Mre .4DS22 .GeEF4S22 D1140 / 2200 Mre .GeEF4S22 D830 / 2600 Mre .0 6RA7097 .GeE6S22 D550 / 125 Mre .GeEF6S22 850 Mre .0 6RA7075 .6FS22 .GeE6S22 D485 / D485 / D485 / D485 / D485 / D485 / 210 Mre .0 6RA7095 .0 6RA7087 .4KS22 .0 6RA7028 .6DS22 .4GS22 .GeEF4S22 D1000 / 900 Mre .0 6RA7093 .GeEF4S22 D830 / 720 Mre .4KS22 .0 6RA7090 .6GS22 .6DS22 .0 6RA7081 .0 6RA7082 .6LS22 .GeEF4S22 2800 Mre .6FS22 .0 6RA7028 .GeEF6S22 1000 Mre .6GS22 .6FS22 .GeEF4S22 2000 Mre .4GS22 .0 6RA7093 .GeE6S22 D550 / 60 Mre .6FS22 .4GS22 .0 6RA7085 .GeE6S22 D485 / 60 Mre .0 6RA7098 .0 6RA7085 .6FS22 .4KS22 .0 6RA7093 .GeEF6S22 D830 / 950 Mre .0 6RA7085 .0 6RA7075 .6DS22 .0 6RA7091 .6DS22 .GeEF6S22 D690 / 60 Mre .GeEF4S22 D485 / 3000 Mre .6FS22 .4DS22 .6FS22 .0 6RA7025 .6FS22 .GeE6S22 D485 / 90 Mre .GeEF6S22 600 Mre .4LS22 .0 6RA7087 .GeEF6S22 450 Mre .0 6RA7078 .GeE6S22 D550 / 90 Mre .GeEF6S22 1200 Mre .6DS22 .0 6RA7096 .0 6RA7078 .GeE6S22 D485 / 125 Mre .0 6RA7095 .6FS22 .6GS22 .GeEF4S22 D485 / 2000 Mre .0 Type designation D485 / 30 Mre .GeEF6S22 400 Mre .GeE6S22 D550 / D550 / D550 / D550 / D550 / D550 / 210 Mre .0 6RA7086 .GeEF6S22 1200 Mre . 6RA7018 .6FS22 .GeEF6S22 600 Mre .

0 6RA7081 .0 6RA7093 .0 6RA7095 .4KV62 .4MV62 .4GV62 .0 6RA7081 .GeGF4V62 D420 / 2000 Mreq .0 6RA7087 .6DV62 .6GV62 .GeG6V62 D600 / 210 Mreq .0 6RA7075 .6DV62 .4LV62 .0 6RA7097 .6GV62 .6GV62 .0 6RA7088 .0 6RA7028 .6DV62 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 400 Mreq .6DV62 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 280 Mreq .6FV62 .6DV62 .GeG6V62 D480 / 60 Mreq .GeGF6V62 D875 /1500 Mreq .0 6RA7085 .6KV62 .6FV62 .0 6RA7096 .GeG6V62 D420 / 60 Mreq .GeGF6V62 D600 / 60 Mreq .0 6RA7087 .0 6RA7078 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 1600 Mreq .4LV62 .6DV62 .6FV62 .GeGF4V62 D1000 /2200 Mreq .4DV62 .6FV62 .6FV62 .0 6RA7075 .0 6RA7075 .0 6RA7031 .GeGF6V62 D600 / 1100 Mreq .GeGF4V62 D875 / 950 Mreq .GeGF6V62 D480 / 280 Mreq .6GV62 .GeG6V62 D420 / 30 Mreq .0 6RA7018 .6DV62 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 600 Mreq .GeGF6V62 D600 / 400 Mreq .6FV62 .GeGF6V62 D480 / 1200 Mreq .6FV62 .0 6RA7078 .GeG6V62 D420 / 125 Mreq .4DV62 .6GV62 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 850 Mreq .0 6RA7093 .GeG6V62 D480 / 125 Mreq .0 6RA7018 .GeGF4V62 2800 Mreq .0 6RA7097 .0 6RA7093 .GeG6V62 D600 / 125 Mreq .0 6RA7085 .0 6RA7082 .6FV62 .GeG6V62 D420 / 210 Mreq .0 6RA7095 .GeGF4V62 Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 2-3 .0 6RA7087 .0 6RA7086 .6DV62 .0 6RA7090 . 6RA7013 .GeG6V62 D480 / 210 Mreq .0 Type designation D420 / 15 Mreq .6GV62 .0 6RA7091 .GeG6V62 D420 / 90 Mreq .GeGF6V62 D725 / 1500 Mreq .05.GeGF4V62 D725 / 2000 Mreq .4GV62 .GeGF4V62 D480 / 30 Mreq .0 6RA7093 .0 6RA7095 .GeGF6V62 D725 / 1000 Mreq .0 6RA7025 .GeGF6V62 D480 / 600 Mreq .0 6RA7095 .6FV62 .4KV62 .0 6RA7025 .GeGF6V62 D600 / 600 Mreq .GeGF4V62 D420 / 3000 Mreq .0 6RA7028 .0 6RA7031 .0 6RA7031 .GeGF4V62 D875 /1900 Mreq .GeGF4V62 2200 Mreq .6DV62 .0 6RA7091 .GeGF4V62 2000 Mreq .0 6RA7085 .GeGF4V62 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– Type spectrum D725 / 760 Mreq .6GV62 .GeGF6V62 D420 / 1200 Mreq .0 6RA7090 .GeGF6V62 D480 / 450 Mreq .2007 Converter order no.4DV62 .0 6RA7098 .6DV62 .6KV62 .GeG6V62 D480 / 90 Mreq .GeGF4V62 D725 / 2600 Mreq .6FV62 .GeGF6V62 D600 / 850 Mreq .4GV62 .6DV62 .0 6RA7025 .4KV62 .0 6RA7096 .GeGF6V62 D480 / 850 Mreq .4GV62 .6LV62 .GeGF6V62 D600 / D600 / D600 / D600 / 1600 Mreq .

..<215 76: ≥215....<190 75: ≥190.0.5 24: ≥52...5..<31.<145 33: ≥145...<360 81: ≥360.... <1300 92: ≥1300.....<14... <525 84: ≥525..5 27: ≥77..5 23: ≥46.. <2850 98: ≥2850..... produced in China 4: Disk thyristors with fuse assembly 5: Thyristor modules...<77...... <600 85: ≥600....75 07: ≥7.5 67: ≥77....0.......65 03: ≥4. <880 88: ≥880....25..... S: T: U: V: Rated DC currents and cooling: Natural cooling: Separate cooling Ambient temp....<52...<4...5 11: ≥11.<36....<19...5..5..1 02: ≥4.<5..........5 16: ≥21.<245 37: ≥245.8 06: ≥6...0 65: ≥60.... to general MLFB guidelines: Converter model: 23: SIMOREG Comp.. Ambient temp..<130 72: ≥130....<28..<100 69: 70: ≥100.<77.....5 19: 20: ≥31. ...5..0 18: ≥28.<245 77: ≥245.5.....1 Converter order number code 6 R A 0 - Code letters defined acc.....0 21: ≥36........5..<6.... <2150 96: ≥2150...<100 29: 30: ≥100..0 28: ≥88. <1900 95: ≥1900.....5.0 12: ≥13...65..<16..<46.0..75..5........0......0 66: ≥68..<8....0 61: ≥36..0 68: ≥88.<315 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60: ≥31..<21.<280 78: ≥280....<41...Type spectrum 05.......<52... <680 86: ≥680. <1450 93: ≥1450.0 25: ≥60............<315 79: 80: ≥315..0... 4th Gen. <1650 94::≥1650. <1000 89: 90: ≥1000..5. K: ........ <3250 B2HZ (B2) A (B2) C B6C (B6) A (B6) C (1Q) (4Q) (1Q) (4Q) Rated supply voltage: A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: K: L: M: 230V 400V 440V 500V ..25 04: ≥5....0 09: 10: ≥10...6..<145 73: ≥145......8 08: ≥8.....<36.....0 26: ≥68...<165 34: ≥165..<60..<68..8.0..5 14: ≥16.0..0.. <465 83: ≥465.. <1150 91: ≥1150.......0.<60.<215 36: ≥215.5.2007 2..<68. 24: SIMOREG Comp.0 62: ≥41.............<88.<13......<190 35: ≥190. +45°C +35°C / +40°C on 6RA70 00: 01: ≥3....<115 71: ≥115...0.. <2400 97: ≥2400...............<6.0.575V 660V 690V ...<4.<165 74: ≥165.750V 830V 950V Thyristor construction and fuse assembly: 0: Control units without power section 1: USA Power 2: USA Base 3: Disk thyristors..<410 82: ≥410.<46....5.....0.....<115 31: ≥115..........0 05: ≥6..<280 38: ≥280........<88.0.<7..... Digital 70: SIMOREG DC-MASTER Options: Z: With option Innovation Closed-loop control: 1: Uncontrolled field 2: Controlled field Closed-loop control: 1: 1Q analog 2: 1Q digital 7: 4Q analog 6: 4Q digital Converter connection: A: B: C: D: ...5 17: ≥24.<11...<41..0........ 4th Gen..<10..0.0 15: ≥19....5 64: ≥52... produced in China 6: Thyristor modules 7: 8: ANL 9: 2-4 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 22: ≥41... <775 87: ≥775.8.1.....5... .<24.5 13: ≥14........5.5 63: ≥46.<130 32: ≥130....

.0 1P 6RA70 . .STAND E . .2 Rating plate SIMOREG DC-MASTER 1) Bar code for order number (MLFB) s Order No. . . V .. . kA rms symmetrical amperes .: 6RA70 .. . V DC . . followed by the code for the relevant option (order-specific) 6RA70 . . . . . 2) S Q6 . . . . . . Made in Austria (Version) --- --2-5 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . . / .. .. A 50/60Hz Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than . .. . ARMATURE Input 3AC . . .. . .A FIELD SUPPLY Input Output Prod. / Type 1P DC .... . . S Q6 . . M .. .. .. .. . .CONVERTER 1) 2) A -Z is affixed after the MLFB for options 3) Code for options (order-specific) 4) Bar code.. .... . . -GeE . Output (DC-Rating) DC .. .A . . . V 5) . .0 .05..CONVERTER Stromrichter Static Converter Variateur s D .g. . .A Output (US-Rating) DC . 2 1) EN 60146 1) Space for other symbol e... V . . . . QTY 1 SW .. . .... .2007 Type spectrum 2. . . .3 Packaging label DC . V . . State Cooling 2AC . . serial number (orderspecific) 5) Product version 6) Space for other symbol e.STAND (Version) Q... .A 50/60Hz 6) EN 60146 Made in Austria 2. . .... .. . . . . .0 3) 2) 4) Serial No. . ...g.: 2) A -Z is affixed to the MLFB for options.. . V maximum... .. .

ADB required) EB1 EB2 SLB Terminal expansion board 3) (miniature-format board. ADB required) K01. G57 6SX7010-0FA00 5) 6SE7090-0XX84-0KB0 5) 6SE7090-0XX84-0KC0 5) 6SX7010-0FJ00 5) CBP2 Communications board with interface for SINEC.PMU (RS232) connecting cable.4 Ordering information for options using codes 6 R A 7 0 0 Z SIMOREG converter order no. 460 V and 575 V possible Codes S00 Order No. SBP and SLB boards SBP Pulse encoder evaluation board 1) 2) 3) (miniature-format board. G77 G44. C15 C16. G95 G96. 3m User-friendly operator control panel (OP1S) AOP1 adapter for mounting OP1A in cubicle door. C17 G64. ADB required) CBD Communications board with interface for DeviceNet protocol 1) 3) (miniature-format board. EB1. ADB required) SIMOLINK board 1) 3) (miniature-format board. ADB required) Terminal expansion board 3) (miniature-format board. G97 G24. including 5 m connecting cable PMU-OP1S connecting cable. G75 G76. with suffix Z and codes (several codes together) and/or plaintext (if required) Options Technology software in the basic converter ("Free function blocks") (for orders at a later date. please quote factory serial number of converter) Module terminal expansion (CUD2) DriveMonitor PC . G67 G74. ADB required) SCB1 Serial Communication Board 1 (Master for SCI1 and SCI2 with FO link) 3) 4) SCI1 Serial Communication Interface 1 (terminal expansion with FO link to SCB1) for 6SX7010-0FK00 5) 6SE7090-0XX84-0BC0 6SE7090-0XX84-3EA0 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 2-6 . CBP. G65 G66. 5m Armature circuit infeed with low voltage of 15 V to 85 V For rated voltage of 400 V. ADB required) CBC Communications board with interface for CAN protocol 1) 3) 6SX7010-0FF05 5) 6SX7010-0FG00 5) (miniature-format board. 6RX1700-0AS00 K00 6RX1700-0AK00 9AK1012-1AA00 6SE7090-0XX84-2FK0 6SX7010-0AA00 6SX7010-0AB03 6SX7010-0AB05 L04 For 1-quadrant devices: 6RY1703-0DA41 For 4-quadrant devices: 6RY1703-0DA44 6SE7090-0XX84-4HA0 LBA Local bus adapter for the electronics box LBA is always needed to install supplementary boards (see Section 5. K02 5) 6SE7090-0XX84-0KA0 C14. 3m PMU-OP1S connecting cable.3. G55 G56.L2DP. EB2.2007 2.2) K11 ADB Adapter board ADB is always needed to install CBC. (PROFIBUS) 1) 3) (miniature-format board. G27 G54. G25 G26. G47 G94. G45 G46.Type spectrum 05.

2007 Options attachment to DIN EN 50022 rail 4) Type spectrum Codes Order No. i. SC58 and SC60. 6SE7090-0XX84-3EF0 SCI2 Serial Communication Interface 2 (terminal expansion with FO link to SCB1) for attachment to DIN EN 50022 rail 4) T100 module incl. short description) T400 hardware and configuring manual Operating instructions in German Operating instructions in Italian Operating instructions in English Operating instructions in French Operating instructions in Spanish Operating instructions and DriveMonitor in all the above languages available on CD-ROM 1) These boards can be ordered under two different numbers. terminal block SE300 and hardware operating instructions 3) T400 technology board (incl.05.e. • • 3) 6SE7090-0XX87-0BB0 6SE7080-0CX87-0BB0 6SE7098-0XX84-0BB0 6SE7080-0CX84-0BB1 6SE7087-6CX84-0BB1 6SE7087-7CX84-0BB1 6SE7087-8CX84-0BB1 6SE7087-2CX84-0BB1 6SE7090-0XX84-0AH0 6DD1606-0AD0 6DD1903-0EA0 D00 D72 D76 D77 D78 6RX1700-0AD00 6RX1700-0AD72 6RX1700-0AD76 6RX1700-0AD77 6RX1700-0AD78 6RX1700-0AD64 Operating instructions for SIMOREG DC-MASTER under the order number of the board without accessories (such as connectors and Short Guide) as a retrofit kit: Board with connectors and Short Guide Board ADB SBP EB1 EB2 SLB CBP2 CBC CBD Order number of board (w/o accessories) 6SE7090-0XX84-0KA0 6SE7090-0XX84-0FA0 6SE7090-0XX84-0KB0 6SE7090-0XX84-0KC0 6SE7090-0XX84-0FJ0 6SE7090-0XX84-0FF5 6SE7090-0XX84-0FG0 6SE7090-0XX84-0FK0 Order number of retrofit kit 6SE7010-0KA00 6SE7010-0FA00 6SE7010-0KB00 6SE7010-0KC00 6SE7010-0FJ00 6SE7010-0FF05 6SE7010-0FG00 6SE7010-0FK00 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 2-7 . hardware operating instructions without software module) 3) Hardware operating instructions for T100 MS100 "Universal Drive“ software module for T100 (EPROM) without manual Manual for MS100 "Universal Drive" software module German English French Spanish Italian T300 technology board with 2 connecting leads.

5) The last figure in the order code identifies the module location or slot of the electronic box (see Section 5. .3. Stalling of the inverter cannot be prevented but its effects can. fault messages). The SIMOREG CCP is operated via the SIMOREG unit (parameterization. As a result. Field of application: The SIMOREG DC-MASTER Converter Commutation Protector (SIMOREG CCP) is for protecting the semiconductor fuses of a line-commutated power converter in inverter mode. . a large current is created in the regenerating direction via the power system or a crossover current is created in the power converter.5 Reference to new products SIMOREG DC-MASTER Converter Commutation Protector (SIMOREG CCP) The SIMOREG DC-MASTER Converter Commutation Protector (SIMOREG CCP) can be supplied as an option for the converters in the SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 series. 2) A pulse encoder evaluation circuit is a standard component of the basic SIMOREG converter. . For more information and help selecting the most suitable unit for your application. .2 or a later software version must be installed in the SIMOREG unit. Slot G 2. 3) An LBA local bus adapter is required to install this board in a SIMOREG converter. including 10 m fiber-optic cable. .2007 The retrofit kit must be ordered to install boards in the SMOREG converter so that the correct connectors for system cabling and the Short Guide are also available. These adapters are available under separate order numbers. Board location 3 4 . please contact your local SIEMENS Sales Office. Version 2. Board location 2 2 . . Slot D 5 . The SBP need therefore be ordered only in configurations requiring evaluation of a second pulse encoder. The adapter is available under a separate order number. timeconsuming and expensive replacement of the fuses is no longer necessary. Slot E 6 .Type spectrum 05. . The SIMOREG CCP limits this current to a harmless level so that thyristors and the associated super-fast fuses are protected. . . Compatibility: Because the sensor technology and the recognition of a commutation failure can only be made in the SIMOREG basic unit the SIMOREG CCP is only compatible to line-commutated converters of the SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 series (and later).2): 1 . Slot F 7 . If the inverter stalls. 2-8 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . . Use with converters connected in parallel is possible. The LBA local bus adapter and ADB adapter board must be ordered as additional components for installing supplementary boards in the SIMOREG converter. . 4) Supplied packed separately. .

inverse-parallel connection (B6)A(B6)C. All SIMOREG DC-MASTER units are equipped with a PMU simple operator panel mounted in the converter door. All connecting terminals are accessible from the front. The power section cooling system is monitored by means of temperature sensors. for maintenance during shutdown and for diagnosis in operation. The OP1S can store parameter sets for easy downloading to other devices. The field is supplied via a single-phase. converter software upgrades can be loaded via this interface for storage in a Flash memory. French. the armature is supplied via a fully controlled three-phase bridge B6C and. This PC interface is used during start-up.g. The field circuit can be supplied with currents of up to 85A (current levels depend on the armature rated current). The panel provides all the facilities for making adjustments or settings and displaying measured values required to start up the converter.1 Description Applications Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters are fully digital. seven-segment display. The converter can also be parameterized on a standard PC with appropriate software connected to the serial interface on the basic unit. English. Their compact design makes them particularly easy to service and maintain since individual components are readily accessible. The housing and terminal covers on power connections provide protection against accidental contact for operators working in the vicinity. The OP1S features an LCD with 4 x 16 characters for displaying parameter names in plaintext. spacesaving construction. Cables of up to 200 m in length can be used if a separate 5 V supply is available. The electronics box contains the basic electronic circuitry as well as any supplementary boards. Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request. The armature circuit supply phase sequence is insignificant. Furthermore. in the cubicle door. On devices with a higher rated DC current. The PMU also features connector X300 with a USS interface in accordance with the RS232 or RS485 standard. On single-quadrant converters. The heat sink is thus electrically isolated. 3. three LEDs as status indicators and three parameterization keys. on four-quadrant devices. The OP1S is connected to the SIMOREG via connector X300. The panel consists of a five-digit. it can be connected up by means of a 5 m long cable. For this purpose. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-1 . The frequencies of the armature and field supply voltages may be different (in a range from 45 to 65 Hz). the power section for the armature circuit is constructed of disk thyristors and heat sinks (thyristor assemblies) at voltage potential.05. compact units for three-phase supply which supply the armature and field of variable-speed DC drives with rated armature currents of between 15A and 3000A. The compact converters can be connected in parallel to supply currents of up to 12000A.2007 Description 3 3. via two fully controlled three-phase bridges in circulatingcurrent-free. the power section for armature and field is constructed of isolated thyristor modules. German. For converters with 15A to 850A (1200A at 400V supply voltage) rated DC current. Spanish and Italian can be selected as the display languages.2 Design Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters are characterized by their compact. branch-pair half-controlled 2-pulse bridge connection B2HZ. e. The OP1S can be installed as an economic alternative to control cubicle measuring instruments which display physical measured quantities. The OP1S optional converter operator panel can be mounted either in the converter door or externally.

Converters self-adapt to the frequency of the available supply voltage in the range from 45 to 65 Hz (armature and field are independent). A selection table for overload operation can be found in Section 9 ”Description of functions". 3.2. The microprocessor calculates the current I2t value of the power section cyclically to ensure that the thyristors are not damaged in overload operation.2007 3. 3-2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Description 05.3 Mode of operation All open-loop and closed-loop drive control and communication functions are performed by two powerful microprocessors. The rated DC currents (continuous DC currents). 3.2 Installation of SIMOREG devices in cabinets in accordance with UL 508 C standards • When the drive is provided in a panel (enclosure). the permissible overload during being dependent on individual converters. 600 mm width. Drive control functions are implemented in the software as program modules which can be "wired up" by parameters. • The minimum size panel (enclosure) to be used with the drive is 600 mm length.1 Special features of devices with 460V rated connection voltage • This device series is available with rated direct currents of 30A to 1200A. the power terminals are located on the underside and on the top of the device. • On devices with rated direct currents of 60A to 850A. the panel is ventilated and designated "Type 1". • Devices with rated direct currents of 450A to 1200A are equipped with a 1-phase fan. load class Ι.2. specified on the rated plate can be exceeded by 180%. 2200 mm height. Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request.

5 x IUS for 60 s US rating (P067=5) Note: In this setting.5 x IDC II for 60 s 100% 15min 150% IDC III for 15 min and 1.2007 Description 3. The actual permissible overload period for the installed power module is always longer than the overload period defined for the load class. you must ensure that the "Dynamic overload capability of power module“ is enabled. 15min 150% 100% NOTICE If you set a value of > 1 in P067.5 x IDC III for 120 s 100% 15min 150% DC IV (P067=4) IDC IV for 15 min and 2 x IDC IV for 10 s 100% 200% IUS for 15 min and 1. The SIMOREG DC-MASTER does not monitor for compliance with the criteria of the load class set in parameter P067.4 3.15. you can dimension it using the load cycle. If permitted by the power module. the unit can operate for overload periods in excess of those defined by the load class. The setting on the SIMOREG DC-MASTER is made in parameter P067. i. a value of > 0 must be set in parameter P075. an ambient or coolant temperature of 45°C is permissible for all device types. See Section 9. Load class DC I (P067=1) DC II (P067=2) DC III (P067=3) Load for converter Load cycle IDC I continuous (IdN) 100% 15min IDC II for 15 min and 1.05.e. The SIMOREG DC-MASTER does monitor the actual permissible overload period for the power module.1 Technical data Load types To adapt the SIMOREG DC-MASTER to the load profile of the working machine as efficiently as possible.4. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-3 .

6 826.1 159.0 1139.5 933.9 1388.0 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 60 90 125 210 280 400 600 850 1200 1600 2000 3000 24.5 1678.2007 US rating Tu=45°C 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A 37.6 462.1 36.4 106.6 1276.9 1785.1 92.4 850.6 159.0 90.0 488.6 652.1 164.4 96.5 201.0 402.3 109.4 1118.8 92.4 219.9 693.6 607.3 109.0 60.1 242.6 22.1 46.0 100.6 1103.8 320.1 1591.0 488.3 1070.8 290.2 2158.2 480.6 4328.2 51.1 157.4 46.8 2549.3 136.3 879.0 140.1 3267.3 622.8 3136.4 106.1 1456.8 92.3 2517.4 65.9 51.5 278.9 51.1 111.4 74.8 192.0 1275.1 1819.2 2279.6 Tu DC I continuous A DC II 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A DC III 15min 100% A 120 sec 150% A DC IV 15min 100% A 10sec 200% A 05.8 36.4 161.0 382.8 2777.0 315.9 669.9 22.3 136.8 826.1 786.9 1883.3 2189.5 215.2 236.0 37.1 242.5 1319.4 77.6 665.1 157.2 72.3 136.0 850.0 24.4 413.0 548.5 201.8 130.0 255.4 1190.0 765.1 159.4 1213.2 1819.3 1263.1 423.4 96.2 2288.4 74.4 77.4 77.3 2265.0 430.8 130.2 155.0 244.4 1697.3 581.4 65.2 72.7 2184.0 402.5 1663.2 1573.0 2279.6 77.5 933.1 1569.4 219.6 1296. 1Q 6RA7018-6DS22 6RA7025-6DS22 6RA7028-6DS22 6RA7031-6DS22 6RA7075-6DS22 6RA7078-6DS22 6RA7081-6DS22 6RA7085-6DS22 6RA7087-6DS22 6RA7091-6DS22 6RA7093-4DS22 6RA7095-4DS22 6RA7098-4DS22 460V.3 323.4 282.9 911.4 74.1 329.4 3204.4 106.3 155.6 446.3 648.8 192.8 1213.4 620.0 3036.1 1438.4 435.5 645.4 1220.9 24.3 75.3 622.2 50.2 2022.5 3283.6 1190.4.1 786.4 443.8 1255.6 1139.9 37.4 340.3 3432.0 3-4 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .3 417.4 96.4 161.9 1255.2 50.4 340.1 242.0 150.0 1779.8 192.7 735. 1Q 6RA7025-6GS22 6RA7031-6GS22 6RA7075-6GS22 6RA7081-6GS22 6RA7085-6GS22 6RA7087-6GS22 6RA7090-6GS22 6RA7093-4GS22 6RA7095-4GS22 6RA7096-4GS22 6RA7097-4GS22 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 60 125 210 400 600 800 1000 1600 2000 2200 2800 51.4 850.5 872.4 413.2 610.9 1568.9 50.Description 3.6 1276.9 693.9 978.9 226.0 24.0 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 60 90 125 210 280 450 600 850 1200 24.9 226.1 164.6 446.6 1785.8 669.8 826.4 106.1 329.7 417.5 1319.7 2386.0 210.4 46.1 867.0 77.7 1883.6 159.6 44.1 111.9 669.6 159.4 161.4 443.2 236.0 274.2 1699.9 51.6 273.2 22.2 155.6 652.3 879.5 2669.5 45.5 1510.3 311.8 278.3 413.2 2354.2 15.8 103.0 30.1 930.8 2164.3 2494.0 44.0 466.0 210.2 103.0 510.9 693.6 665.1.6 462.2 842.2 446.9 978.0 423.4 578.2 610.1 111.0 2024.2 247.2 435.8 3394.2 247.5 713.3 282.6 273.9 3066.6 273.4 1220.9 2044.1 75.4 4044.8 103.7 2178. 1Q 6RA7018-6FS22 6RA7025-6FS22 6RA7028-6FS22 6RA7031-6FS22 6RA7075-6FS22 6RA7078-6FS22 6RA7082-6FS22 6RA7085-6FS22 6RA7087-6FS22 6RA7091-6FS22 575V.2 1573.1 Load cycles for 1Q applications Load cycles Recommended SIMOREG DC-MASTER °C 400V.1 164.6 2136.0 700.2 559.3 75.0 1050.5 244.4 106.9 290.2 247.6 462.

0 2793.8 633.4 525.0 494.4 2384.5 1785.9 677.0 155.4 190. 1Q 6RA7086-6KS22 6RA7088-6KS22 6RA7093-4KS22 6RA7095-4KS22 6RA7097-4KS22 830V.1 164.2 106.3 950.6 12.3 1819.8 2653. 1Q 6RA7088-6LS22 6RA7093-4LS22 6RA7095-4LS22 950V.7 114.1 78.7 829.3 675.9 1589.3 2511.0 3283.3 1992.0 402.2 987.2 51.4 453.1 1156.1 642.0 1505.9 53.3 159.7 1050.9 37.6 1248.8 658.0 2989.3 884.1 1047.6 2279.3 36.6 2178.2 1735.0 13.9 951.9 634.0 1396.8 94.1 78.1 1118.3 77.9 1485.1 40 40 40 900 1500 1900 663.3 2404.9 3267.5 450.2 1652.8 300.1 1101.3 2283.1 329.9 1414.4 79.9 668.8 285.0 3011.5 1477.8 1139.9 1015.7 428.1 157.4 515.0 25.2 1883.9 1184.3 1190.5 1326.9 1503.7 1677.7 117.6 22.4 1588.3 2189.2007 Load cycles Recommended SIMOREG DC-MASTER °C 690V.1.9 24.9 2121.4 340.3 2382.0 247.7 2164.9 2815.9 1326.4 136.1 470.1 700.9 1570.2 2094.8 273.5 1887. 1Q 6RA7096-4MS22 40 2200 1674.2 236.6 1263.8 2094.8 1156.6 20.2 1031.1 527.0 1118.4 410.1 1404.3 2132.4 79.2 1537.0 13.9 1002.3 1652.2 857.5 1101.0 103.8 76.4 4328.7 3141.2 40 40 40 40 40 720 950 1500 2000 2600 553.2 44.7 117.1 1435.2 72.0 1677.1 20.3 2216.8 1159.0 3774.3 2859.3 1286.7 1735.6 680.9 226.4 842.2 939.2 95.4 47.5 24.2 1522.4 144.0 20.6 3432.9 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-5 .3 292.2 247.3 323.8 624.4 242.4 1603.5 201.3 791.4 2228.4 1047.0 438.2 106.4 219.5 1213.1 626.2 1906.9 37.9 2255.7 2288.5 215.7 2153.2 450.4 995.3 159.05. 4Q 6RA7013-6DV62 6RA7018-6DV62 6RA7025-6DV62 6RA7028-6DV62 6RA7031-6DV62 6RA7075-6DV62 6RA7078-6DV62 6RA7081-6DV62 6RA7085-6DV62 6RA7087-6DV62 6RA7091-6DV62 6RA7093-4DV62 6RA7095-4DV62 6RA7098-4DV62 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 A 15 30 60 90 125 210 280 400 600 850 1200 1600 2000 3000 13.2 1421.2 Load cycles for 4Q applications Load cycles Recommended SIMOREG DC-MASTER Tu DC I continuous DC II 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A DC III 15min 100% A 120 sec 150% A DC IV 15min 100% A 10sec 200% A US rating Tu=45°C 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A °C 400V.2 2106.9 53.9 1876.6 963.8 820.4 579.9 Tu DC I continuous A DC II 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A DC III 15min 100% A 120 sec 150% A DC IV 15min 100% A 10sec 200% A Description US rating Tu=45°C 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A 788.9 24.2 706.1 1255.1 3.6 161.4.6 768.4 592.

0 548.2 247.8 320.2 2354.8 76.7 3141.4 2228.0 Tu DC I continuous A DC II 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A DC III 15min 100% A 120 sec 150% A DC IV 15min 100% A 10sec 200% A 05.1 1435.2 453.2 2153.2 53.4 242.8 667.5 1663.9 1570.2 480.5 201.8 658.0 494.2 1404.3 1116.6 2136.3 1173.2 1065.6 680. 4Q 6RA7086-6KV62 6RA7090-6KV62 6RA7093-4KV62 6RA7095-4KV62 6RA7097-4KV62 830V.3 1286.3 884.6 820.9 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 60 125 210 400 600 850 1100 1600 2000 2200 2800 53.2 1757.2 1699.6 1326.2 236.4 532.3 428.9 634.0 1275.0 402.0 100.1 626.8 44.0 155.6 2989.7 117.3 804.3 2404.4 1051.0 79.4 47.5 45.4 579.8 820.9 1819.1 438.1 1072.4 219.8 273.3 410.3 2382. 4Q 6RA7088-6LV62 6RA7093-4LV62 6RA7095-4LV62 950V.0 850.3 22.6 1150.1 575.2 247.4 4044.1 157.3 863.6 689.1 37.0 210.8 1140.6 470.6 2073.4 190.6 1477.1 3-6 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .3 1171.1 1106.6 161.8 1190.4 1674.5 36.9 1568.9 3066.1 329.4 136.9 706.1 1569.7 1710.4 569.9 300.3 1001.2 51.2 40 40 40 40 40 760 1000 1500 2000 2600 598.6 1485.4 3204.5 2669.4 3774.0 274.0 140.2 95.2 2653.5 1674.0 90.9 1215.5 1036.2 106.2 987.3 1906.4 607.6 15.6 1139.6 161.9 639.3 2511.4 1588.7 155.0 510.1 1883.4 190.4 79.5 247.2 1537.4 136.3 2106.6 768.8 680.2 72.2 1140.2 782.9 51.5 645.4 453.0 150.8 1159.1 78.3 77.6 1116.9 2044. 4Q 6RA7096-4MV62 40 2200 1674.0 1757.0 2024.8 1710.0 255.0 210.0 2859.4 340.4 242.8 3394.6 1019.7 1255.8 658.9 951.2 939.0 3036.2 1414.6 1396.5 1678. 4Q 6RA7018-6FV62 6RA7025-6FV62 6RA7028-6FV62 6RA7031-6FV62 6RA7075-6FV62 6RA7078-6FV62 6RA7082-6FV62 6RA7085-6FV62 6RA7087-6FV62 6RA7091-6FV62 575V.0 30.1 106.9 2815.7 159.1 77.0 1053.1 47.7 898.4 1697.0 765.8 3136.7 737.8 94.1 679.6 1213.0 2073.4 450.1 1421.7 2386.2 95.0 103.8 2549.2 2132.0 382.4 2216.0 854.7 1887.3 2517.0 315.5 285.0 1779.7 159.9 226.9 634.0 466.3 2121.0 430.1 164.1 1591.7 1992.3 159.7 114.9 53.6 79.1 94.0 60.8 1171.2 1379.8 103.2 857.5 450.2 2279.2 706.8 1159.2 24.8 273.4 579.4 1603.9 951.1 164.5 1207.4 144.3 2494.2 1785.4 766.1 470.1 106.8 1279.1 40 40 40 950 1500 1900 700.8 1036.Description Load cycles Recommended SIMOREG DC-MASTER °C 460V.2 2022. 4Q 6RA7025-6GV62 6RA7031-6GV62 6RA7075-6GV62 6RA7081-6GV62 6RA7085-6GV62 6RA7087-6GV62 6RA7090-6GV62 6RA7093-4GV62 6RA7095-4GV62 6RA7096-4GV62 6RA7097-4GV62 690V.4 292.3 675.5 1326.6 1876.2 2793.4 715.2 987.3 311.3 702.0 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 60 90 125 210 280 450 600 850 1200 24.2007 US rating Tu=45°C 15min 100% A 60sec 150% A 22.4 410.

325 10 3) 44 347 61 400 4) ∆n = 0. .05.1. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).1.1% of the rated motor speed. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.4. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 5 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 14. Converters 3AC 400V.2007 Description 3. 1Q 6RA70 .2 16 16 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-7 .1 11 14 3K3 IP00 385x265x283 5.5 163 29 240 max.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) V Hz V A 30 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 485 60 90 10) 125 max.2 Order No.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x239 5.006% of the rated motor speed. 30A to 125A. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. (– 35% for 1min) 75 In=1A or In=2A 7) 104 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. – 6DS22 18 25 28 31 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 25 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 50 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).

4. – 6DS22 75 78 81 85 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 175 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 233 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 16 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x283 5.2 17 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5. 1Q 6RA70 . (– 35% for 1min) DC 24V internal 332 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 0. .3 100 40 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 485 210 280 400 600 10) 7) 8) 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.2007 3.1.1% of the rated motor speed.3 30 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) V A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 570 73 max. 325 194 1328 291 1798 25 4) ∆n = 0.006% of the rated motor speed. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.Description 05. Converters 3AC 400V.4 3-8 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 210A to 600A. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 15 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 102 676 136 800 max.1.3 Order No.1. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.

1. 850A to 2000A.05. 325 776 5710 970 6810 40 4) ∆n = 0.4. 1Q 6RA70 .2007 Description 3. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 412 2420 582 4525 max.5 40 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.1% of the rated motor speed. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0.0 9) 6RA70 .25 9) 60Hz 1. Converters 3AC 400V.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. – 4DS22 93 95 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 1326 1658 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).1. – 6DS22 87 91 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 705 995 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. .) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.7 125 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-9 . .0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 7) 2400 87 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 485 850 1200 10) 1600 2000 max. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).6 80 880x450x500 5. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.4 Order No.006% of the rated motor speed.1.3 8) 1. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.

valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. (– 35% for 1min) 75 In=1A or In=2A 104 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 30A to 125A.Description 05. – 6FS22 18 25 28 31 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 25 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 50 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). 375 10 3) 49.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x239 5.5 363 68.7 417 4) ∆n = 0. 1Q 6RA70 .1 17 17 3-10 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .1 11 15 3K3 IP00 385x265x313 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) V Hz V A 30 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 550 60 90 125 10) max.5 172 33 248 max.2007 3. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 5 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 16.4.5 Order No.1% of the rated motor speed.006% of the rated motor speed.2. . valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. Converters 3AC 460V.1.

006% of the rated motor speed. 1Q 6RA70 .1% of the rated motor speed. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 15 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 115 700 154 792 max. (– 35% for 1min) DC 24V internal 374 In=1A or In=2A 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 60Hz 0.2.55 570 73 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 550 450 10) 600 max. – 6FS22 75 78 82 85 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 175 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 233 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). .2. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).05.4.6 Order No. 375 247 1519 330 1845 25 4) ∆n = 0. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.3 32 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-11 . valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.2007 Description 3. Converters 3AC 460V.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 17 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x313 5.75 570 76 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 210 280 100 40 0. 210A to 600A.2 18 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5.

4 42 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 850A to 1200A.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.Description 05.6 80 3-12 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .55 570 73 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 550 850 max. .006% of the rated motor speed.6 1300 82 60Hz 3. Converters 3AC 460V.1% of the rated motor speed.7 Order No. 180% of rated DC current 1200 10) kW W V A °C °C 467 2514 max.2007 3. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).75 570 76 In=1A or In=2A 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 2.3 1300 85 995 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 375 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 660 4620 4) ∆n = 0. 1Q 6RA70 .2. (– 35% for 1min) 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 60Hz 0.1. – 6FS22 87 91 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 705 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).4.

2007 Description 3.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 14 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x283 5.3 100 40 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 690 60 125 210 400 600 10) 8) 81 85 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 375 15 276 1550 414 1955 25 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled 3) – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 4) ∆n = 0.3 30 5. 1Q 6RA70 .1.1% of the rated motor speed. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). . 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 10 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled 3) 41 265 86 454 145 730 max.1. Converters 3AC 575V.006% of the rated motor speed.4. – 6GS22 25 31 75 3AC 575 (+10% / – 20%) 50 104 175 332 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 0.4 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-13 .2 16 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).05. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.8 Order No. 60A to 600A.1. (– 35% for 1min) DC24V internal V A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 570 73 max.

800A to 2200A. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. .4.3 8) 1. – 4GS22 95 96 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 663 3AC 575 (+10% / – 20%) 829 1326 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. – 6GS22 87 90 93 6RA70 .2007 3. Converters 3AC 575V.6 80 880x450x500 5. 375 1104 5942 1380 7349 1518 7400 40 85 4) ∆n = 0.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.1.25 9) V 60Hz 1.1. 1Q 6RA70 .25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 552 2638 690 4130 max. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.006% of the rated motor speed.9 Order No.1.5 40 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.0 9) 1658 1824 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).7 125 3-14 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0.Description 05.1% of the rated motor speed. . valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 690 800 1000 1600 2000 2200 10) max.

4.006% of the rated motor speed.1.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).7 125 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-15 . 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 598 2720 789 4380 max.1% of the rated motor speed.2007 Description 3.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0.1. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 720A to 2000A.5 40 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.6 80 880x450x500 5. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.25 9) 6RA70 . . 375 1245 6706 1660 8190 40 4) ∆n = 0. 86 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .05.0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 830 720 950 1500 2000 10) max. – 6KS22 88 3AC 690 (+10% / – 20%) 597 788 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.0 9) 60Hz 1. – 4KS22 93 95 V A V 1244 In=1A or In=2A 1658 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.10 Converters 3AC 690V.3 8) 1.1. 1Q Order No. .) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.

7 125 3-16 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .1. . 1Q Order No.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. – 4LS22 93 3AC 830 (+10% / – 20%) 95 V A V 746 1244 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). 180% of rated DC current 1900 kW W V A °C °C 900 4638 1500 6778 max.25 9) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. .4. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.6 80 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1. – 6LS22 88 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . 900A to 1900A.11 Converters 3AC 830V.1.Description 05. 6RA70 .0 9) 60Hz 1. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).2007 3. 375 1900 8700 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 3) 40 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 4) ∆n = 0.006% of the rated motor speed. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.0 9) 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 1000 10) 2400 87 900 1500 max.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 780x410x362 5. (– 35% for 1min) 1575 In=1A or In=2A Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.1% of the rated motor speed.

1. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 15A to 125A. (– 35% for 1min) V Hz V A 15 30 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 420 60 10) 90 125 max.6 163 25 240 max. 325 38 312 52. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 11 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x239 5. .5 400 10 4) ∆n = 0.10 14 14 16 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-17 .2007 Description 3. 4Q Order No. – 6DV62 18 25 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 13 25 50 75 In=1A or In=2A 7) 28 31 V A V 104 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).12 Converters 3AC 400V.006% of the rated motor speed.1% of the rated motor speed. 13 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .3 117 12.4. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.9 11 3K3 IP00 385x265x283 5.05.1. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 3 5 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 6.

210A to 600A. – 6DV62 78 81 85 V A V 175 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 233 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).006% of the rated motor speed. (– 35% for 1min) DC 24V internal 332 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 0.1. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 15 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 88 676 118 800 max.3 100 40 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 420 210 280 400 600 10) 7) 8) 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 16 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x283 5. . 75 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . 325 168 1328 252 1800 25 4) ∆n = 0. 4Q Order No.13 Converters 3AC 400V.10 17 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.1.Description 05.1% of the rated motor speed.4.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) V A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 570 73 max.2007 3. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.11 30 3-18 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

4Q Order No. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 325 672 5708 840 6810 40 4) ∆n = 0.25 9) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5. – 4DV62 93 95 V A V 1326 1658 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.0 9) 60Hz 1.1.1% of the rated motor speed.006% of the rated motor speed. .12 45 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5. 850A to 2000A.05. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 357 2420 504 4525 max.3 8) 1.0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 7) 2400 87 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 420 850 1200 10) 1600 2000 max.2007 Description 3.4.14 Converters 3AC 400V.14 145 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-19 .) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0. 87 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. .1.1.13 85 880x450x500 5. – 6DV62 91 3AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 705 995 In=1A or In=2A 6RA70 .25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.

375 10 3) 43 328 60 417 4) ∆n = 0.15 Converters 3AC 460V.2007 3. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 5 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 14.8 248 max.9 11 15 3K3 IP00 385x265x313 5. .2.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x239 5. – 6FV62 25 28 31 V A V 25 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 50 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).4.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) V Hz V A 30 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 480 60 90 125 10) max. 30A to 125A. 4Q Order No.Description 05. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).4 172 28.006% of the rated motor speed. (– 35% for 1min) 75 In=1A or In=2A 104 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.1% of the rated motor speed.1. 18 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.5 15 17 3-20 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

75 570 76 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). .6 18 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5.2007 Description 3. 375 216 1519 288 1845 25 4) ∆n = 0.4.2. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 210A to 600A.006% of the rated motor speed.2.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 17 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x313 5.1% of the rated motor speed.16 Converters 3AC 460V.55 570 73 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 480 450 10) 600 max.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 210 280 100 40 0. (– 35% for 1min) DC 24V internal 374 In=1A or In=2A 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 60Hz 0. 4Q Order No. – 6FV62 78 82 85 V A V 175 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 233 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).7 32 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-21 . 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 15 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 100 700 134 792 max. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 75 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .05.

17 Converters 3AC 460V.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0.55 570 73 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 480 850 max.13 85 3-22 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 87 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .2. 850A to 1200A.Description 05.006% of the rated motor speed. . 180% of rated DC current 1200 10) kW W V A °C °C 408 2514 max.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.1. – 6FV62 91 3AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 705 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).4.3 1300 85 995 V A V Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.2007 3. 375 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 576 4620 4) ∆n = 0. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).6 1300 82 60Hz 3.75 570 76 In=1A or In=2A 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 2. (– 35% for 1min) 1AC 230 (±10%) 50Hz 60Hz 0.1% of the rated motor speed. 4Q Order No.8 47 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.

valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.18 Converters 3AC 575V.11 30 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-23 . 4Q Order No.2007 Description 3.1. – 6GV62 31 75 3AC 575 (+10% / – 20%) 50 104 175 332 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 0.4.05.1% of the rated motor speed.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 14 DIN EN 60529 mm 385x265x283 5. 375 15 240 1550 360 1955 25 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled 3) – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 4) ∆n = 0.3 100 40 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 600 60 125 210 400 600 10) 8) 81 85 V A V 498 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. . 60A to 600A.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).10 16 3K3 IP00 625x268x318 5. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 10 0 to 45 at Irated self-cooled 3) 36 265 75 455 126 730 max. (– 35% for 1min) DC24V internal V A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 570 73 max. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). 25 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.1.006% of the rated motor speed.

(– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. 4Q Order No.12 45 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5.19 Converters 3AC 575V.0 9) 1658 1824 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).3 8) 1.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5. – 4GV62 95 96 V A V 705 3AC 575 (+10% / – 20%) 912 1326 In=1A or In=2A 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. . . valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.2007 3. 375 960 5942 1200 7349 1320 7400 40 85 4) ∆n = 0. 87 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 600 850 1100 1600 2000 2200 10) max.25 9) V 60Hz 1.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.1. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.1.006% of the rated motor speed.4.13 85 880x450x500 5. 850A to 2200A. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 510 2780 660 4515 max.1. – 6GV62 90 93 6RA70 .Description 05.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0.1% of the rated motor speed.14 145 3-24 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).

05. 4Q Order No.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.13 85 880x450x500 5.20 Converters 3AC 690V.3 8) 1.0 9) 60Hz 1. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±15%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. . 760A to 2000A. .1% of the rated motor speed. 86 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 . 375 1088 6706 1450 8190 40 4) ∆n = 0. – 6KV62 90 3AC 690 (+10% / – 20%) 630 829 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).0 9) 570 73 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 725 760 1000 1500 2000 10) max. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.006% of the rated motor speed.25 9) 6RA70 .1.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 700x268x362 5.2007 Description 3.4. – 4KV62 93 95 V A V 1244 In=1A or In=2A 1658 Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.12 45 3K3 IP00 780x410x362 5. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).1.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 0. 180% of rated DC current kW W V A °C °C 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 551 2850 725 4605 max.1.14 145 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-25 .

(– 35% for 1min) 1575 In=1A or In=2A Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. – 4LV62 93 3AC 830 (+10% / – 20%) 95 V A V 788 1244 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%). 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).006% of the rated motor speed.1. – 6LV62 88 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) 6RA70 .1. . 375 1663 8700 30 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 3) 40 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 4) ∆n = 0. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.Description 05.13 85 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5.0 9) 60Hz 1.0 9) 1300 83 1300 87 2400 83 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 875 10) 2400 87 950 1500 max.21 Converters 3AC 830V.25 9) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. 6RA70 . 4Q Order No.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg DIN EN 60529 mm 780x410x362 5.4. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 950A to 1900A. 180% of rated DC current 1900 kW W V A °C °C 831 4870 1313 7153 max.14 145 3-26 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . .) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1.1% of the rated motor speed.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.2007 3.

66 4) ∆n = 0. 180% of rated DC current 10) 420 3000 kW kW V A °C °C 1455 10.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-27 .1.66 max. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).4.05.8 125 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) DIN EN 60529 mm 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0. 1Q / 4Q Order No.2007 Description 3. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.22 Converters 3AC 400V.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 325 85 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 1260 10.1% of the rated motor speed.0 9) 2400 83 2400 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 400 (+15% / – 20%) 7) 45 to 65 485 3000 max.25 9) Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan In=1A or In=2A V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.15 145 Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.006% of the rated motor speed. 6RA7098–4DS22-0 6RA7098–4DV62-0 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 2487 3AC 400 (+10% / – 20%) 2487 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).0 9) 60Hz 1. 3000A.1.

006% of the rated motor speed.1. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.Description 05.2007 3.4.56 max.8 125 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1.25 9) Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan In=1A or In=2A V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.56 4) ∆n = 0.1.0 9) 60Hz 1.0 9) 2400 83 2400 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 690 2800 max.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 3-28 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 1Q / 4Q Order No. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) DIN EN 60529 mm 5.23 Converters 3AC 575V.1% of the rated motor speed. 180% of rated DC current 10) 600 2800 kW kW V A °C °C 1932 10.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. 2800A.15 145 Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx. 375 85 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 1680 10. 6RA7097–4GS22-0 6RA7097–4GV62-0 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 2321 3AC 575 (+10% / – 20%) 2321 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).

33 4) ∆n = 0.0 9) 60Hz 1. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) DIN EN 60529 mm 5.05.33 max.24 Converters 3AC 690V. 1Q / 4Q Order No.25 9) Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan In=1A or In=2A V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%).1.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-29 .15 145 Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.0 9) 2400 83 2400 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 830 2600 max.8 125 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1. 180% of rated DC current 10) 725 2600 kW kW V A °C °C 2158 10.1% of the rated motor speed. (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1. 6RA7097–4KS22-0 6RA7097–4KV62-0 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 2155 3AC 690 (+10% / – 20%) 2155 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).4.2007 Description 3. 2600A.. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx. 375 85 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 1885 10.006% of the rated motor speed.1.

180% of rated DC current 10) 1000 2200 kW kW V A °C °C 2508 11.4.) Explanation at end of list of tables kg 3-30 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 9) 60Hz 1.0 9) 2400 83 2400 87 2400 83 2400 87 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%) 45 to 65 1140 2200 max. 1Q / 4Q Order No.1.2007 3. 1AC 190 (– 25%) to 230 (+15%). (– 35% for 1min) 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 1.1.1% of the rated motor speed.) Rated DC voltage field Rated DC current field Operational ambient temperature Storage and transport temperature Installation altitude above sea level Control stability 1) 6) 1) 1) A m3/h dBA V Hz V A 1. 6RA7096–4MS22-0 6RA7096–4MV62-0 Rated supply voltage armature Rated input current armature 1) 2) V A V 1824 3AC 950 (+15% / – 20%) 1824 2AC 380 (– 25%) to 460 (+15%).006% of the rated motor speed. 375 85 0 to 40 at Irated forced-cooled – 25 to +70 ≤ 1000 m at rated DC current 3) 2200 11.25 9) Fan rated current Air flow rate Fan noise level Rated supply voltage field Rated frequency Rated DC voltage Rated DC current Overload capability Rated output Power loss at rated DC current (approx.Description 05.15 145 Dimension diagram see Section Weight (approx.25 Converters 3AC 950V. valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint ∆n = 0.37 4) ∆n = 0. 2200A.25 9) Rated supply voltage electronics power supply Rated supply voltage fan In=1A or In=2A V 3AC 400 (±10%) 50Hz 3AC 460 (±10%) 60Hz 50Hz 1.37 max.8 125 3K3 IP00 880x450x500 5. valid for analog tacho or analog setpoint 5) Environmental class DIN IEC 60 721-3-3 Degree of protection Dimensions (HxWxD) DIN EN 60529 mm 5.

4) Load values as a function of installation altitude (refer to P077 in Section 11) Total derating factor K = K1 * K2 (K1 see above) % 100 80 60 40 20 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 m Installation altitude 67% b1 Percentage load "b" Installation altitude [m] 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 Derating factor K2 1.74 0.67 Curve b1: Reduction factor of load values (DC current) at installation altitudes above 1000 m Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-31 .18 1.05.94 0.90 a) a) In spite of derating.95 0.835 0.82 b) 1.10 1. The output voltage is reduced accordingly. input voltages down to 85V are permissible for converters with rated supply voltage of 400V). converters of ≥400 A with forced air cooling may be operated at an ambient or coolant temperature of 50°C only if the rated supply voltage of the converter fan is safely within the limited tolerance range of 400V + 10% –15%. 3) Load factor K1 (direct current) as a function of coolant temperature (see P077 Section 11).88 0. 2) Values apply to output rated DC current. Total derating factor K = K1 * K2 (K2 see below) Ambient temperature or coolant temperature ≤ + 30ºC + 35ºC + 40ºC + 45ºC + 50ºC + 55ºC + 60ºC Load factor K1 in devices with self-cooling in devices with enhanced air cooling 1.0 0. The specified output DC voltage can be guaranteed up to an undervoltage corresponding to 95% of line voltage (rated supply voltage armature/field).00 0.00 0. K1 > 1 permitted only if K1 * K2 ≤ 1.71 0. b) Not permissible when T400 or OP1S is used.06 1.12 1.2007 Description 1) The armature/field supply voltage can be lower than the rated armature/field voltage (setting in parameter P078.05 1.

9) Motor protection type 3RV1011-0KA1 or 3RV1011-1AA1 trimmed to 1. 6RA7093. part 3. 10) Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request.2007 Units can operate at altitudes of up to 4500m when the electronics and field are supplied with voltages of 460 VAC line-to-line (maximum 300 VAC to earth). 5) Conditions The control stability (closed-loop PI control) is referred to the rated motor speed and applies when the SIMOREG converter is warm. The following conditions are applicable: Temperature changes of ±10 K Line voltage changes corresponding to +10% / – 5% of the rated input voltage Temperature coefficient of temperature-compensated tacho-generators 0.5 Applicable standards VDE 0106 Part 100 Arrangement of operator control elements in the vicinity of components/parts at hazardous voltage levels. Occasionally.3A manufactured by Siemens is to be provided for blower motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in drive models 6RA7081. EMC Product Standard including special testing procedures DIN IEC 60068-2-6 acc. to severity grade 12 (SN29010 Part1) Mechanical stressing UL 508 C Power Conversion Equipment 3-32 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 3.15‰ per 10 K (applies only to analog tacho-generator) Constant setpoint (14-bit resolution) 6) Also refer to Section 3. only basic insulation is afforded rather than "Protection by electrical separation". At higher altitudes.25A manufactured by Siemens is to be provided for blower motor type RH28M-2DK. EN61800-3 Variable-speed drives.3F. 7) Also permissible for 2AC 460 (+15% / – 20%). The maximum permissible voltage up to 5000m is 400 VAC line-to-line (maximum 230 VAC to earth). only non-conductive pollution occurs. 6RA7085. Units with a rated supply voltage of 950V armature can be operated up to maximum 4000m above sea level without derating. 6RA7091.3 and 9. 6RA7087 with rated input voltage 400V or 575V.Description Derating as a function of installation altitude: 05. 6RA7095 with rated input voltage 400V or 575V. EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations Degree of pollution 2: Under normal conditions. EN60146 T1-1 / VDE 0558 T11 Semiconductor converter General requirements and line-commutated converters DIN EN50178 / VDE 0160 Regulations for equipping electrical power systems with electronic equipment. or at higher voltages.1R in drive models 6RA7090. 8) Motor protection type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1 trimmed to 0. pollution may become conductive for a short period of time when the electronic equipment is not in operation. 933 VAC is the maximum permitted armature supply voltage up to 4500m. 881 VAC is the maximum permitted armature supply voltage up to 5000m.

05 HH 06 / 20053 06HG196689-PDA E-7925 Information on the necessary measures can be found in the CD-ROM package "SIMOREG DCMASTER documentation" – order number 6RX1700-0D64 (CD1 from issue 24 onwards) or in the Internet at http://support. carrier for miniature-format supplementary boards Field bus specification of user organization CiA (CAN in Automation) (Controller Area Network) Supplementary Communication Board Supplementary board for CAN Bus link (Communication Board CAN Bus) Supplementary board for DeviceNet link (Communication Board DeviceNet) Supplementary board for PROFIBUS link (Communication Board PROFIBUS) Communication Object for CAN Bus communication Electronics board C98043-A7001 of SIMOREG DC-MASTER (Control Unit / Direct Current) Terminal expansion board C98043-A7006 for CUD1 Field bus specification of ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor Association) Distributed Peripherals Supplementary board with additional inputs/outputs (Expansion Board 1) Supplementary board with additional inputs/outputs (Expansion Board 2) Device master data file defining the communication features of the PROFIBUS communication board Identifier for CAN Bus communication Parameter Index Connection module for mounting supplementary modules (Local Bus Adapter) Fiber-optic cable Designation of a transmission channel for PROFIBUS (Master Slave Acyclic / Class 1) Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3-33 .siemens.: 257-0). except for order number 6RA7096-4GS22-5.automation. UL: Certificate No. Ship-building: Certificate No.6 Certification ISO 9001: The products referred to in this document are manufactured and operated in accordance with DIN ISO 9001 (Certificate Register No.7 Abbreviations ADB CAN CB CBC CBD CBP2 COB CUD1 CUD2 DeviceNet DP EB1 EB2 GSD file ID IND LBA LWL MSAC_C1 Adapter Board.2007 Description 3.com/WW/view/de/24063215 3. E203250 All devices with a rated supply voltage of ≤575 V have been certified.05. Germanischer Lloyd Lloyd's Register American Bureau of Shipping Det Norske Veritas 26 071 .

Description MSCY_C1 OP1S PKE PKW PMU PNU PPO PROFIBUS PWE PZD SBP SCB1 SCI1 SCI2 SIMOLINK SLB STW T100 T300 T400 TB USS ZSW Designation of a transmission channel for PROFIBUS (Master Slave Cyclic / Class 1) 05.2007 Optional device operating panel with plaintext display and internal memory for parameter sets (Operator Panel 1 / Store) Parameter identifier Reference to parameter (parameter identifier value) Simple operator panel of SIMOREG DC-MASTER (Parameterization Unit) Parameter number Definition of number of parameter and process data words for PROFIBUS communication (Parameter Process Data Object) Field bus specification of PROFIBUS user organization (Process Field Bus) Parameter value Process data Supplementary board for linking tacho (Sensor Board Pulse) Supplementary board for linking SCI1 or SCI2 via fiber optic cable (Serial Communication Board 1) Supplementary board with additional inputs/outputs. I/O slave module on SCB1 (Serial Communication Interface 1) Supplementary board with additional inputs/outputs. T300 or T400 Universal serial interface Status word 3-34 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . I/O slave module on SCB1 (Serial Communication Interface 2) Field bus specification for fiber optic ring bus (Siemens Motion Link) Supplementary board for SIMOLINK link (SIMOLINK Board) Control word Supplementary board with technology functions (Technology Board 100) Supplementary board with technology functions (Technology Board 300) Supplementary board with technology functions (Technology Board 400) Technology board T100.

Protect the package against severe jolts and shocks during shipment. Unpacking 4 Shipment. Remove the transportation sheet after assembling the device and before startup by removing the six M6 hexagon-head nuts. storage and proper handling. e.05. Remove the six M8 hexagon-head nuts.2007 Shipment. Remove the two M8 hexagon-head nuts and the transportation bracket. please inform your shipping agent immediately.g. unpacking SIMOREG converters are packed in the production works according to the relevant ordering data. If you discover that the converter has been damaged during shipment. 4. A product packing label is attached to the box.1 Remove the transportation protection for devices with 1500A to 3000A rated DC Remove the brackets for cabinet mounting by cutting open the cable ties and fix them to the outside of the device if required. when setting it down. Remove the two banding strips. 3 a s d f g 2 4 5 1 2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 4-1 . The packaging materials consist of cardboard and corrugated paper and can be disposed of according to locally applicable waste disposal regulations. Carefully observe the information on the packaging relating to transportation. The SIMOREG device can be installed after it has been unpacked and the shipment checked for completeness and/or damage.

Unpacking 05.Shipment.2007 4-2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

VDE). The converter must be installed in accordance with the relevant safety regulations (e. VDE). etc. 600 mm width. The user is responsible for installing the converter. protective gloves. To preclude the risk of deformation damage to the housings of converters with rated DC current of 720A or higher.g. DIN. etc. cable dimensioning and appropriate short-circuit protection have been implemented to guarantee operational safety and reliability. as well as all other relevant national or local regulations regarding cable dimensioning and protection. The device must always be lifted by properly trained personnel using the appropriate equipment (i. as well as all other relevant national and local regulations. the panel is ventilated and designated "Type 1".g. motor. The minimum size panel (enclosure) to be used with the drive is 600 mm length. Installation of SIMOREG devices in cabinets in accordance with UL 508 C standards When the drive is provided in a panel (enclosure).e. grounding. transformer as well as other equipment according to safety regulations (e. Possible lifting method for converters with rated DC current of 1500A to 3000A Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 5-1 .05. overcurrent protection. DIN. the lifting lugs used to raise them must not be subjected to any horizontal forces. 2200 mm height. isolating switch.). It must be ensured that the grounding.2007 Installation 5 Installation CAUTION Failure to lift the converter in the correct manner can result in bodily injury and/or property damage.

Installation Cubicle mounting of converters with rated DC current of 1500A to 3000A 05. WARNING A clearance of at least 100 mm must be left above and below the converter in order to ensure an unrestricted cooling air intake and outlet. • The unit can then be supported by 2 further angles s (not included in scope of supply) in the control cubicle. These can be bolted to the SIMOREG unit by means of the supplied M6 hexagon-head screws (3 per angle) to assist cubicle mounting. • The converters must be bolted to the cubicle rear panel in 4 places. The converter may overheat if this clearance is not provided! 5-2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .2007 a s • These converters are supplied with 2 fixing angles a.

5. 30A.5 100 1) XF1 XF2 s V8 V7 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 366 385 Converters: 3AC 400V and 460V. 1Q 350 V1+V4 V3+V6 V5+V2 X300 Dimension diagrams for standard devices T2 T3 12.5 10 15 112.1 5. 1D1 = 1.1 05.5 70 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-3 . 1C1.5 Nm = 25 Nm 100 1) 63.5 10101010 1U1 1V1 1W1 1D1 1C1 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1V1.2007 239 227 60 265 230 for M6 17.1. 1W1.

1V1.5-4 for M6 283 271. 1W1.5 1W1 for M8 Fan in devices ≥ 210A only Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 100 1) 108 129 15 48.1.2 Installation s Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V.5 1U1 37 1D1 48. 1C1. 1Q X300 T2 12.5 1V1 37 1C1 48.5 265 230 100 1) XF1 XF2 17. 60A to 280A. 1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 05.2007 .5 V8 V7 R100 V1+V4 V3+V6 V5+V2 366 385 350 5.5 T3 10 Max.

1D1 = 25 Nm = 50 Nm s Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V.5 100 1) Max. 1D1 = 2 x 185 mm 2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1W1 = 2 x 150 mm 2 1C1.5 47.7 for M8 100 1) XF1 V8 V7 XF2 05.5 179. 1V1. 1W1.7 123.5. 400A.5 47. 1C1. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1.3 19 318 306.2007 268 230 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions V1+V4 R100 V3+V6 V5+V2 625 602 585 T2 T3 for M10 1U1 133 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 4U1 4V1 4W1 10 10 for M10 35 160 120 39 47.1. 1Q X300 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-5 . 1V1.5 47.

conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1.5 for M8 179.2007 .7 123. 600A. 1Q 585 T2 T3 1U1 133 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 4U1 4V1 4W1 10 35 160 for M10 120 39 47.5 for M10 10 100 1) 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Max.4 Installation s X300 Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V. 1W1. 1D1 = 2 x 185 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.5 47.5-6 19 318 306.5 47.7 100 1) XF1 V8 V7 XF2 268 230 V1+V4 R100 V3+V6 V5+V2 625 602 5.5 47. 1V1. 1V1.1. 1C1. 1W1 = 2 x 150 mm2 1C1. 1D1 = 25 Nm = 50 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.

5. 1Q 700 510 1U1 1V1 55 85 1D1 33 30 76 30 119 30 162 205 Installation 5-7 . and 690V.5 05. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 50 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided XF2 Converters: 3AC 400V. 1W1. 720A to 850A.1. 1C1. 575V. 1V1. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 100 1) Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.2007 19 100 1) Lifting lug Ø20 268 230 for M8 150 350 XF1 V8 V7 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions T2 T3 677 660 V1+V4 V3+V6 V5+V2 X300 for M12 1W1 1C1 10 10 12 139 192 275 30 30 for M10 40 Max.

2007 . 460V. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 254 30 320 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 394 406 05. 900A to 1200A.5-8 for M10 310 Lifting lug Ø20 100 1) 194 150 4U1 4V1 4W1 5. 1Q 20 56 30 122 188 30 30 Max. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.6 Installation 45 410 320 XF1 XF2 s V7 V8 780 R100 740 717 765 F2 V5 + V2 F5 T3 10 15 140 155 100 1) 220 30 30 30 30 350 362 for M12 30 for M12 F4 F6 R100 V1 + V4 V4 V3 + V6 X300 F1 F3 T2 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 Converters: 3AC 400V. 690V. 575V. 1V1. and 830V.1. 1C1. 1W1.

2 Max.7 Front view without doors 450 45 XF1 XF2 360 for M10 View of rear thyristor level 05. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 4U1 4V1 4W1 Converters: 3AC 400V. 1D1 = 8 x 240 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1C1. 1W1 = 4 x 240 mm2 1C1. 1W1. 1V1.5.5 313 40 40 for M12 63 Cable duct 40 205 347 for M12 40 40 40 47 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 2) Remove transport cover by undoing 6 M6 hexagon head screws before start-up 3) Number of fuses see section 6. 1500A to 2000A. 575V. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1. 1V1. 575V/2200A 1Q 840 1C1 1D1 30 2) 150 1) Customer terminals 158 235 433 Installation 5-9 .6. 690V.1. and 830V.2007 500 304 160 1) 260 Lifting lug Ø22 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3) F111 F112 (F11) F151 F152 (F15) T3 880 855 T2 F131 F132 (F13) F141 F142 (F14) T2 3) 3) 3) 3) F161 F162 (F16) 3) F121 F122 (F12) T3 V11 V13 V15 V14 V16 V12 for M12 1U1 35 1V1 1W1 30 10 171 63.2.

1C1. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 40 47 for M12 1V1 1W1 30 5. W1 05.8 500 Installation 260 Converters: 3AC 400V / 3000A. 1W1: copper bus 2x100x10 for M12x50 1C1. V1.XF2 Lifting lug Ø22 125 4U1 4V1 4W1 840 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 30 2) 150 1) Customer terminals 155 240 418 433 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 3) Insulation of mains terminals U1.5 313 171 40 40 for M12 Cable duct 47 48 40 35 35 190 332 Customer terminals 1U1. 3AC 575V / 2800A.5-10 Front view without doors 450 45 360 for M10 View of rear thyristor level F111 F112 F141 F142 F131 F132 F151 F152 F161 F162 F121 F122 880 855 T2 T3 V11 V13 V15 V21 V23 V25 for M12 1U1 3) 10 10 58.2007 . 1D1: copper bus 2x80x10 for M12x50 : copper bus 120x10 for M12x40 35 35 35 35 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. customer connection and replacaement of fan. 1W1. 3AC 690V / 2600A. An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 2) Remove transport cover by undoing 6 M6 hexagon head screws before start-up XF1.1. 3AC 950V / 2200A 1Q 160 1) 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation. 1V1. 1V1.

5 Nm = 25 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-11 .5 63.5.5 70 100 1) Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.9 05. 15A to 30A.2007 239 227 60 265 230 for M6 17.5 10101010 1U1 1V1 1W1 1D1 1C1 (1C1) (1D1) Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 385 350 12. 4Q X300 T2 T3 366 10 15 112. 1V1.1.5 100 1) XF1 XF2 s V8 V7 V1 V3 V5 V4 V6 V2 Converters: 3AC 400V and 460V. 1C1. 1D1 = 1. 1W1.

2007 .5 1W1 for M8 Installation s 5.10 Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V. 4Q X300 Max.5 1U1 37 1D1 (1C1) Fan in devices ≥ 210A only 48.5 265 230 100 1) XF1 XF2 17.5 1V1 37 1C1 (1D1) 48. 1C1.5 V8 V7 V1 V3 V5 366 385 350 R100 V4 V6 V2 T2 12.5 T3 10 108 129 100 1) 15 48.5-12 for M6 283 271. 60A to 280A. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.1. 1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 05. 1V1. 1W1.

5 47.5 47. 1W1 = 2 x 150 mm2 1C1.5 179. 400A to 600A. 1C1. 1D1 = 25 Nm = 50 Nm 5.7 123. 1V1.7 for M8 100 1) XF1 V8 V7 XF2 05.1. 1W1. 4Q X300 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-13 .19 318 306.2007 268 230 s Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions V1 V3 V5 V4 R100 625 602 V6 V2 585 T2 T3 for M10 1U1 133 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 4U1 4V1 4W1 10 10 for M10 35 160 120 39 47. 1V1.5 100 1) Max. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1.5 47. 1D1 = 2 x 185 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.11 Converters: 3AC 400V and 575V.

conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 100 1) Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 575V. 4Q 700 510 1U1 1V1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 33 30 76 30 119 30 162 205 05. and 690V. 1C1.1. 1W1.55 85 1D1 (1C1) 10 139 192 1C1 (1D1) 85 5-14 for M8 150 100 1) Lifting lug Ø20 350 V1 V3 V5 V8 V7 T2 T3 677 660 V4 V6 V2 X300 for M12 1W1 12 for M10 275 30 30 40 Max. 760A to 850A.12 Converters: 3AC 400V. 1V1.2007 . 1D1 = 44 Nm = 50 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 19 268 230 XF1 XF2 5.

05. 1C1. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.1. 460V.2007 for M10 310 Lifting lug Ø20 100 1) 45 194 150 410 320 XF1 XF2 4U1 4V1 4W1 s Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions V5 R100 740 717 767 X300 V7 V8 V1 V3 F1 F3 F5 780 R100 F4 V2 F6 F2 V4 V6 T2 T3 1U1 1W1 10 15 1D1 (1C1) 1C1 (1D1) 66 1U1 1V1 5. 1V1. 1W1. 4Q 20 100 1) 122 30 140 155 198 254 for M12 30 30 30 30 30 350 362 for M12 max. 950A to 1200A. 690V. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 330 394 406 Installation 5-15 .13 Converters: 3AC 400V. 575V. and 830V.

1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 500 Installation 304 5.5-16 Front view without doors 450 45 XF1 XF2 360 for M10 View of rear thyristor level 3) F111 F112 (F11) F141 F142 (F14) T2 880 855 T2 T3 F131 F132 (F13) F151 F152 (F15) 3) 3) 3) 3) F161 F162 (F16) 3) F121 F122 (F12) T3 V24 V26 V22 V14 V16 V12 V11 V13 V15 V21 V23 V25 1U1 35 1V1 1W1 30 10 171 313 40 40 for M12 63 Cable duct for M12 40 205 347 40 40 40 47 for M12 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 2) Remove transport cover by undoing 6 M6 hexagon head screws before start-up 3) Number of fuses see section 6.1.14 Converters: 3AC 400V.5 150 1) Customer terminals 158 235 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 433 05.2007 . conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1. 690V. and 830V. 575V/2200A 4Q 160 1) 260 Lifting lug Ø22 4U1 4V1 4W1 840 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 30 2) 63.2 Max. 1V1. 575V. 1500A to 2000A. 1D1 = 8 x 240 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1C1. 1V1. 1W1 = 4 x 240 mm2 1C1. 1W1.2.6.

customer connection and replacaement of fan.5 171 313 40 40 for M12 47 Cable duct 48 40 35 35 190 332 Customer terminals 1U1.2007 500 260 160 1) XF1. 1C1.Front view without doors 450 45 360 for M10 View of rear thyristor level 05. V1.1. An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 2) Remove transport cover by undoing 6 M6 hexagon head screws before start-up 3) Insulation of mains terminals U1. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 60 Nm 40 47 for M12 1V1 1W1 30 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation. 1V1. 1W1: copper bus 2x100x10 for M12x50 1C1. 3AC 950V / 2200A 4Q 840 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 30 2) 150 1) Customer terminals 155 240 418 433 Installation 5-17 . 3AC 690V / 2600A. 1D1: copper bus 2x80x10 for M12x50 : copper bus 120x10 for M12x40 35 35 35 35 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.15 Converters: 3AC 400V / 3000A.XF2 Lifting lug Ø22 125 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions F111 F112 F131 F132 F151 F152 F141 F142 F161 F162 F121 F122 880 855 V24 T2 T3 V11 V13 V15 880 V21 V23 V25 V26 V22 V14 V16 V12 for M12 1U1 3) 10 10 58. 1W1. 3AC 575V / 2800A. 1V1. W1 4U1 4V1 4W1 5.

1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 05. 1Q 350 X300 12. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 for M8 1) Dimension diagrams of the devices with additional cable connections on the top of the device Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.1 Installation s Converters: 3AC 460V.5.2 5-18 313 301.5 90 63. 60A to 125A.2.5 100 1) XF1 XF2 385 366 5.5 1U1 37 1D1 48 1V1 37 1C1 48 1W1 Max. 1V1.5 10 37 48 37 48 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 for M6 265 230 17.2007 . 1W1. 1C1.5 10 15 138 159 100 48.

5. 1W1.2007 313 301.5 90 63.5 12.5 37 1U1 1D1 for M6 265 230 100 1) XF1 XF2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 385 366 350 12. 1Q s X300 Max. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.5 1U1 37 1D1 48 1V1 37 1C1 48 1W1 for M8 1) Converters: 3AC 460V.5 10 1W1 05.2 17.2. 1C1. 1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-19 . 1V1.5 1V1 48 37 1C1 48 17.5 10 138 159 100 15 48. 210A to 280A.

5 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Max.5-20 318 306. 1C1.3 Installation s X300 Converters: 3AC 460V. 1V1. 1D1 = 2 x 185 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 450A to 600A.2007 .5 1U1 39 for M8 21 47. 1V1. 1W1 = 2 x 150 mm2 1C1.5 47.5 155 139 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 100 1) XF1 XF2 19 268 230 602 604 625 5.5 47. 1Q 585 133 10 35 164 for M10 125 100 1) 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 for M10 10 39 47. 1D1 = 25 Nm = 50 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.5 47.2. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1.5 47.5 47. 1W1.5 47.

4 05.2007 355 Lifting lug Ø20 for M8 192 147 130 30 100 1) 205 162 119 30 76 30 33 30 1D1 1U1 1V1 1W1 1C1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 700 677 660 651 Converters: 3AC 460V. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 50 Nm View A 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 12 275 40 Installation 5-21 for M10 . 1V1.2. 1Q X300 1U1 for M12 1D1 1V1 1W1 30 1C1 111 A 12 360 100 1) 19 230 268 10 Max. 1C1. 850A. 1W1.30 30 5.

5 Installation s Converters: 3AC 460V.5 1U1 37 1D1 (1C1) 48 1V1 37 1C1 (1D1) 48 1W1 for M8 Max.5-22 for M6 1U1 90 63. 60A to 125A.5 10 37 48 37 48 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 313 301.5 265 230 17.2. 1C1.2007 . 4Q 350 X300 12.5 100 1) XF1 XF2 385 366 5. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 1) Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.5 10 15 138 159 100 48. 1V1. 1W1. 1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 05.

2.6 17. 1W1.5 12. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 2 x 95 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. 1V1.5 1U1 63.5 10 138 159 100 15 48.5 1V1 48 37 48 17. 1C1.5 37 90 1D1 (1C1) for M6 265 230 100 1) XF1 XF2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 385 366 350 12. 4Q s X300 Max.2007 313 301.5 10 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 05.5 1U1 37 1D1 (1C1) 48 1V1 37 1C1 (1D1) 48 1W1 for M8 1) Converters: 3AC 460V.5. 1D1 = 13 Nm = 25 Nm 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Installation 5-23 . 210A to 280A.

1W1. 1W1 = 2 x 150 mm2 1C1.5 1C1 1W1 (1D1) 47.5 318 306.5 47. 450A to 600A.5 47. 1D1 = 2 x 185 mm2 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1. conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 1U1. 4Q 585 133 10 35 164 for M10 125 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 for M10 10 39 47.7 Installation s X300 Converters: 3AC 460V.5 100 1) XF1 XF2 268 230 1V1 602 604 625 5.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 100 1) 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided Max.2007 . 1V1. 1D1 = 25 Nm = 50 Nm Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. 1V1.2. 1C1.5-24 19 1U1 155 139 39 for M8 21 1D1 (1C1) 47.

1C1. 850A.5.8 05. 1V1. 4Q X300 1U1 for M12 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1W1 30 1C1 (1D1) 111 A 12 360 100 1) 19 230 268 Max. 1W1. 1D1 = 44 Nm = 50 Nm View A 1) Minimum clearance for air circulation An adequate cooling air supply must be provided 275 40 Installation 5-25 for M10 12 . conductor size for cables with cable eye in accordance with DIN 46234: 4 x 150 mm2 10 Tightening torque for customer connections: 1U1.2007 355 100 1) 30 30 Lifting lug Ø20 for M8 192 147 130 30 205 162 119 30 76 30 33 30 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1U1 700 677 660 651 Converters: 3AC 460V.2.

5-26 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . • Position board CUD2 in such a way that the two plug connectors f are properly contacted. • Attach the 3 hexagon-head bolts supplied at position s on the CUD1 electronics board with the screws and fixing elements d supplied and insert the two plug connectors f.1 Mounting options Terminal expansion board CUD2 5 CUD2 4 2 1 CUD1 3 • Remove electronics board CUD1 from the electronics box by undoing the two fixing screws a.3. • Insert electronics board CUD1 into electronics box and tighten up the two fixing screws a again as instructed.Installation 05.3 5.2007 5. • Secure board CUD2 in position using the supplied screws and retaining elements g. The two plug connectors must be positioned such that the short pin ends are inserted in the socket connectors of the CUD1 and the long pin ends in the socket connectors of the CUD2.

The designations of the board locations or slots are shown in the adjacent diagram. make sure that your own body has been electrostatically discharged. Before touching a board.05. ♦ Push LBA bus extension into electronics box (see picture on right for position) until it engages. severe physical injury or substantial property damage. How to install an LBA local bus adapter in the electronics box: ♦ Undo the two fixing screws on the CUD1 board and pull board out by special handles.1 Local bus adapter (LBA) for mounting optional supplementary boards Optional supplementary boards can be installed only in conjunction with the LBA option. one must be installed in the electronics box to accommodate the optional board.3. Boards must not be inserted or removed when the power supply is connected.3. CAUTION The boards contain ElectroStatic Discharge Sensitive Devices (ESDS). 1 3 2 Arrangement of board locations 1 to 3 and slots D to G in electronics box F CUDx D G E Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 5-27 .2 Mounting of optional supplementary boards Supplementary boards are inserted in the slots of the electronics box. Failure to observe this warning can result in death.2007 Installation 5. The easiest way to do this is to touch a conductive. bare metal part of cubicle) immediately beforehand. earthed object (e.2.3.g. Location 2 (Options) Location 3 (Options) Location 1 (CUD1) 5. ♦ Insert CUD1 board in left-hand board location again and tighten fixing screws in handles. If an LBA is not already fitted in the SIMOREG converter.2. 5. Option LBA (local bus adapter) is required to fit supplementary boards.2 Optional supplementary boards WARNING Safe operation is dependent upon proper installation and start-up by qualified personnel under observance of all warnings contained in these operating instructions. Boards must always be replaced by properly qualified personnel.

5-28 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .e. please refer to Section 7. CBP2 in slot G with ADB in location 3 or SCB1 in location 3. ♦ In addition to the LBA. ♦ If a technology board is used in conjunction with one communication board. A type T400 technology module can also be used with two communication boards of type CBC. CBD or CBP2 (see Section 7. The ADB required for the other board(s) is then inserted in the other location in each case. SCB1 TB in location 2 and CBC. 2 EB1s). Location 3 may not be used unless a board has already been inserted in lacation 2. Procedure for starting up technology boards) TB in slot 2 One of the miniature-format boards CBC.1.7. CBD. EB1. Procedure for starting up technology boards). CBP2. Exception: T400 with two communication modules (see Section 7. these boards must be inserted in an ADB before they can be installed in the electronics box.2007 NOTICE ♦ Slot 3 must not be used until slot 2 is already occupied. CBD. CBD. T300 or T400 yes Use SCB1? TB on its own? yes SCB1 on its own? yes no yes no no Only one of the following boards can be used in addition to the TB: CBC.Installation Supplementary boards may be inserted in any slot subject to the following restrictions: 05. miniature-format boards (for example CBP2 and CBC) also require an ADB (adapter board. for example CBP2 and CBC) or slot 3 (large-format board SCB1). EB2. ♦ A technology board must always be installed in board location 2 of the electronics box. ♦ A total of two supplementary boards of the same type can be used (e. CBD. ♦ The data of large-format boards are always output under slot E or slot G. A maximum of two miniatureformat boards may be inserted in the ADB.g. EB1 and EB2 or one of the miniatureformat boards SLB or SBP. support board).003. SLB or SBP can be installed in addition to SCB1.7. SCB1 can be installed in either location 2 or lacation 3. SCB1 in lacation 2 Required: LBA Required: LBA and ADB (for CBx only) Required: LBA Required: LBA and ADB (for miniature-format boards only) Required: LBA and ADBs (depending on number of miniature-format boards) For information about starting up supplementary boards.1. SLB and SBP in conjunction with a technology board. ♦ It is not possible to operate boards EB1. is displayed in r060. EB2. i. these may include no more than two of the miniature-format boards CBC. for example. the software version of a technology board. CBP2.7 "Starting up optional supplementary boards". then the communication board must be fitted in slot G (miniature-format boards. but only 1 SBP and 1 SLB may be installed. Due to their very compact physical dimensions. The diagram below shows which locations or slots can be used for the supplementary boards you wish to install and which board combinations are possible: no Use TB? TB = T100. A maximum total of 4 boards can be installed. CBP2.

operating and maintenance instructions should be allowed to work on these devices. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death. SIMOREG converter and other devices are installed and connected up in accordance with the approved codes of practice of the country concerned and any other regional or local codes that may apply. Failure to make the correct connections may result in irreparable damage to the unit. Voltage may be present at the power and control terminals even when the motor is stopped.2007 Connections 6 Connections WARNING The converters are operated at high voltages. fusing. Disconnect the power supply before making any connections! Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the operating instructions as well as erection. grounding. The snubber capacitors might still be carrying hazardous voltage after isolation from the supply. For this reason. isolation and disconnection measures and to overcurrent protection. When working on the open converter. Death. The unit must always be operated with the standard front covers in place. These converters contain hazardous rotating machinery (fans) and control rotating mechanical components (drives). the converter must not be opened for at least two minutes after switchoff. severe personal injury or substantial property damage. installation. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-1 . Special attention must be paid to proper conductor sizing. remember that live parts are exposed. serious bodily injury or substantial property damage may occur if the instructions in the relevant operating manuals are not observed.05. proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance. The user is responsible for ensuring that the motor.

Thus.3 Limit values Electrical drives are governed by Product Standard EN 61800-3. The warranty conditions specified in the contract are neither expanded nor changed by the information provided in the installation instructions. radiated noise and noise immunity. 6. different items of equipment must not adversely affect one another.2 Noise radiation and noise immunity EMC is dependent on two characteristics of the equipment/units involved. please contact your local Siemens office. 6. 6-2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .1. it is not necessary to implement all EMC measures for industrial supply networks. Instead. For example.1. the power section of a converter must be regarded as a fault source and the control section as a noise receiver. specified in the contract between the two parties.1 Installation instructions for proper EMC installation of drives NOTE These installation instructions do not purport to handle or take into account all of the equipment details or versions or to cover every conceivable operating situation or application. Accordingly. a system that does not supply domestic households). The warrant conditions. Electromagnetic compatibility exists if the fault sources do not adversely affect the function of the noise receivers. SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters are designed for industrial applications (industrial low-voltage supply system.e.1.1.Connections 05. The actual purchase contract represents the complete liability of the A&D Variable-Speed Drives Group of Siemens AG. solutions are selected depending on their cost-effectiveness. a solution adapted specifically to the relevant environment can be applied. i.1 6. i. which are not handled in enough detail in this document. is the only warranty which will be accepted by the A&D Variable-Speed Drives Group. If you require more detailed information.e. The contents of these installation instructions are not part of an earlier or existing agreement or legal contract and neither do they change it. An item of equipment can be both a fault source and a fault receiver.1.1 Fundamental principles of EMC What is EMC EMC stands for "electromagnetic compatibility" and defines the capability of a piece of equipment to operate satisfactory in an electromagnetic environment without itself causing electromagnetic disturbances that would adversely affect other items of equipment in its vicinity.1. or if special problems occur.1. Items of electrical equipment can either be fault sources (transmitters) and/or noise receivers. Thus. 6. According to this standard. it may be more economical to increase the interference immunity of a sensitive device rather than implementing noise suppression measures for the converter.2007 6.

or increase the noise immunity of the noise receiver. The converters in this description comply with this Standard (Section 6. at least. Noise sources are. in some cases. Limit values can only be maintained if these components are installed and mounted in the correct way. resulting in shutdown of the drives and. SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters are components of an electrical drive system in the same way as contactors and switches. The most cost-effective RI suppression measure is the physical separation of noise sources and noise receivers. For example. the Product Standard does not define limit values for these supply systems.3). in order to adhere to limit value class A1 of EN 55011. Without an RI suppression filter. the noise radiated by a SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters exceeds limit value "A1" as defined by EN55011. it is not necessary for each drive to meet limit value "A1" in its own right. the appropriate radio interference suppression filter and a commutating reactor are required in addition to the converter itself. Figure 1 shows an example component layout in a control cabinet.05. 79 dB(µV) between 150 kHz and 500 kHz and max. transmitters and sensors.2007 Connections Noise immunity defines the behaviour of a piece of equipment when subjected to electromagnetic disturbance.1. a ground fault does cause a fault current to flow. Noise receivers are predominantly control equipment and sensors including evaluation circuitry. When RI suppression filters are installed. of the converter. destruction of the suppression filter. if required. In order to limit the radiated noise according to limit value "A1". motor cables and motor. PLCs.1. Properly qualified personnel must integrate them into a drive system consisting. EMC legislation requires the installation as a whole to be electromagnetically compatible with its environment. however. For this reason.4 SIMOREG converters in industrial applications In an industrial environment. it does not initially have to fulfil any requirements regarding radiated noise. However.5 mV) between 500 kHz and 30 MHz. costly filters are required. for example. 73 dB (µV) (9 mV or 4. Commutating reactors and fuses are also required in most cases. assuming that it has already been taken into account when designing the machine/plant. equipment must have a high level of noise immunity whereas lower demands are placed on noise radiation. therefore. Noise sources are generally power electronics units with a high power consumption. In industrial environments. no fault current flows so that the plant can still produce. the noise suppression voltage at the mains connection may be max. if necessary through the use of metal partitions or metal enclosures for individual components.5 Non-grounded supply systems Non-grounded supply systems (IT systems) are used in a number of industrial sectors in order to increase plant availability.6 EMC planning If two units are not electromagnetically compatible. 6. The Product Standard regulates the requirements and assessment criteria for the behaviour of equipment in industrial environments. it is often more cost-effective to increase noise immunity rather than reduce radiated noise. The first step is to define whether each unit is a potential noise source (noise radiator or noise receiver). Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-3 . Components in the control cabinet (noise sources and receivers) must be physically separated. In an industrial environment. Increasing the noise immunity of less powerful equipment is generally easier and cheaper.g. If the drive forms part of a complete installation. In the event of a ground fault. To reduce the radiated noise from these units. 6.1.1. If all control components in the installation (e. the EMC of the equipment used must be based on a well-balanced mixture of noise radiation and noise immunity.1.2. From the economic viewpoint. 6. PLCs) have noise immunity for industrial environments. complex. you can either reduce the noise radiated by the noise source. RI suppression should. be implemented on the grounded primary side of the supply transformer.1.1.

Rule 8 Signal and power cables must be routed separately from one another (to prevent noise from being coupled in). Rule 2 Contactors.2 6. varistors.1. diodes.. 6.2 Rules for proper EMC installation Rule 1 All the metal components in the cabinet must be conductively connected over a large surface area with one another (not paint on paint!).) can widely differ with respect to noise immunity and radiation. in the cabinet. A minimum 20 cm clearance should be maintained. EMC regulations do not need to be implemented to the letter. For this reason. or the area between them kept as small as possible in order to prevent unnecessary coupling effects. Serrated or contact washers must be used where necessary. switched-mode power supplies.1 Proper EMC installation of drives (installation instructions) General Since drives can be operated in a wide range of differing environments and the electrical components used (controls. Rule 4 Unshielded cables in the same circuit (incoming and outgoing conductors) must be twisted where possible.2. RC elements. In order to guarantee electromagnetic compatibility in your cabinets in rugged electrical environments and fulfil the standards specified by the relevant regulatory bodies. in adjacent cabinets. Rules 1 to 10 generally apply. The cabinet door should be connected to the cabinet through the shortest possible grounding straps (top. If the encoder cables and motor cables cannot be routed separately. These devices must be connected directly at the coil. Rules 11 to 15 must be followed to fulfil standards governing radiated noise.Connections 05. Rule 7 Crosstalk can generally be reduced if the cables are installed close to the cabinet chassis ground. Rule 6 Avoid any unnecessary cable lengths in order to reduce coupling capacitances and inductances. must be provided with quenching elements. for example. if applicable. bottom). solenoid valves. This applies equally to spare cables. For this reason.2007 6. but as close as possible to the cabinet frame and mounting panels. Rule 3 Signal cables 1) should enter the cabinet at only one level wherever possible. the following EMC regulations must be observed when designing and installing cabinets. wiring should not be routed freely in the cabinet. The partition or metal duct must be grounded at several points. 6-4 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .1. provided that measures are checked out on a case by case basis. etc. relays. etc. center. then the encoder cable must be decoupled by means of a metal partition or installation in a metal pipe or duct.1. electromechanical hours counters.2. any mounting/installation guideline can only represent a practical compromise. and. Rule 5 Connect spare conductors to the cabinet ground (ground 2)) at both ends to obtain an additional shielding effect.

g. Rule 12 To ensure adherence to limit value class A1. The single-ended shield connection prevents low-frequency. Rule 11 The RI suppression filter must always be mounted close to the suspected noise source.g. Generally speaking. the use of RI suppression filters is obligatory. Use a metal partition if necessary. Foil-type shields should be avoided. The shield connection should then be made in the cabinet. Rule 10 The shields of analog signal cables may be connected to ground at both ends (conductively over a large area) if potential bonding is good. The line supply cable must be routed at a distance of at least 20 cm from the motor cables (field. The cable to the temperature sensor on the motor (X174:22 and X174:23) must be shielded and connected to ground at both ends.: e.05. 50 Hz hum). The shields may also be connected at several locations outside the cabinet. an additional potential bonding cable of at least 10 mm² must be connected in parallel to the shield to reduce the shield current. If there is poor potential bonding between the shield connections.2007 Connections Rule 9 The shields of digital signal cables must be connected to ground at both ends (source and destination). The control system used and the other wiring in the cubicle determines whether an additional line filter needs to be installed. armature). Rule 13 A commutating reactor must be installed in the field circuit for controlled field supplies. capacitive noise from being coupled in (e. the shields can be connected to the cabinet housing (ground 2)) at several points. conductive components which can be connected to a protective conductor. etc. Incoming and outgoing cables must be routed separately.g. Footnotes: 1) Signal cables are defined as: Digital signal cable: Pulse encoder cables Serial interfaces. PROFIBUS-DP 2) The term "Ground" generally refers to all metallic. Analog signal cable. Potential bonding can be assumed to be good if all metal parts are well connected and all the electronic components involved are supplied from the same source. etc. mounting plate. Their shielding effect is poorer by a factor of 5 as compared to braided shields. foundation grounder. In this case. + 10 V setpoint cable Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-5 . Rule 14 A commutating reactor must be installed in the converter armature circuit. cabinet housing. The filter must be mounted over the largest possible area with the cabinet housing. e. motor housing. e. the shield may be connected by means of a sheath wire. Additional loads must be connected on the line side of the filter.g. Rule 15 Unshielded motor cables may be used in SIMOREG drive systems.

2. The line-side and load-side filter cables must be physically separated.6. Details which influence the noise immunity/radiation of the cabinet and are not absolutely clear in the overview diagram are described in Figures 1a .2. Arrangement of RI suppression filters and commutating reactors: Section 6.Connections 05. Figures 2a -2d show details of different shield connection techniques with ordering source information. Fuses for semiconductor protection are selected according to Section 6. The example does not claim to include all possible cabinet components and their respective mounting possibilities. The specified sequence for mounting reactors and filters must be observed.1.1d.3 shows how RI suppression filters and commutating reactors are arranged in the SIMOREG DC-MASTER system.2007 Cabinet design and shielding: The cabinet design illustrated in Figure 1 is intended to make the user aware of EMC-critical components. 6-6 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

1: Example of a cabinet design with a SIMOREG DC-MASTER 15 A to 850 A Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-7 .05. 1c or 1d Shield connection Main contactor Converter filter 3AC Fuse-links Fuse-links Connecting terminals Cable duct Shield rail Fig. 1a Cable clamping bar Main switch Commutating reactor PE conductor (position is not critical) Customer terminal 3AC Customer terminal DC Customer terminal of field winding Pulse encoder Fig. 1b Shield rail Connecting terminals Shield rail Fig. 1e Circuit breaker Line filter Fig.2007 Connections Control transformer for fan s SIMOREG DC Master Circuit-breakers Fuse-links/miniature circuit-breakers Commutating reactor for field Fig.

on pulse encoder) Fig.q. large-area connection! Shield at the plant end as well (e. large-surface connection! Cable clamping bar Shield at plant end as well (e.g. Fig. 1b: Shielding in the cabinet 6-8 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .g. on pulse encoder) Shield connection according to the following variants 1. pulse encoder) Analog signal line Terminals Connect to cabinet housing at both ends in a conductive.Connections 05.2007 Cable duct Do not use shield rail as strain relief ⇒ Cable clamping bar Connect to cabinet housing at both ends in conductive.g.3 and 4.2. PROFIBUS-DP) Data line (e. 1a: Shield at cable entry point to cabinet Data line (e.

Fig.2007 Connections XF1 XF2 X161 XP X162 X172 X163 X173 X164 X174 X175 The customer connections must be routed above the electronics box.05. 1c: Connecting shields on SIMOREG DC-MASTER converters up to 850A XP XR XS XT X171 X172 X173 X174 X175 Fig. 1d: Connecting shields on SIMOREG DC-MASTER >850A Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions XT XS XR X171 6-9 .

1e: Line filter for SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 electronics power supply 6-10 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions L3 L2 L1 L1 L2 L3 .2007 Separate filtered and unfiltered cables Mains connection NETZ/LINE LAST/LOAD Electronics supply and mains connection for field supply Connect the PE conduct Connect line filter over large surface to cabinet housing! Fig.Connections 05.

8HS7104. 8HS7104. cable diameter 15 mm Fig. max.05. 2b: Terminal on copper busbar. cable diameter 10 mm Caution! The conductor might be damaged if the terminal screw is over-tightened. max. 2a: Terminal on a copper busbar. 8HS7164 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-11 . 8US1921-2AC00 10 mm busbar thickness Order No. 8HS7174. Note: Terminals: 5 mm busbar thickness Order No. 8US1921-2BC00 Note: Terminals: Order No.2007 Connections Shield connections: Variant 1: Variant 2: Fig.

. Clamping rails in various sizes: Item No. J48028 Note: Siemens 5VC55. 2c: Metallized tubing or cable ties on a bare metal comb-type/serrated rail Fig. K48001 to 48005 6-12 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions ..2007 Variant 3: Variant 4: Fig.Connections 05. cable clamps. 2d: Clamp and metallic mating piece on a cable clamping rail Note: Comb-type rail: Item No.

The line current equals DC times 0. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-13 .82 4) The RI suppression filter for the electronics power supply alone with 400 V is dimensioned for ≥1A. CAUTION When RI suppression filters are installed. 5) The RI suppression filter for the electronics power supply with 230 V is dimensioned for ≥2A. commutating reactors must always be inserted between the filter and device input to decouple the surge suppression circuits and protect the X capacitors.05.2007 6. 2) The commutating reactor in the armature circuit is dimensioned for the motor rated current in the armature. The line current equals DC times 0.1. 3) The RI suppression filter for the armature circuit is dimensioned for the motor rated current in the armature.82. The commutating reactors must be selected from Catalog LV60.3 Arrangement of components for converters Arrangement of reactors and RI suppression filter 230V 400V Connections Line voltage 4) 5) 3) NC 1) 2) 5N1 5U1 5W1 5N1 5U1 5W1 3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 Power supply input either 230V or 400V Field Armature SIMOREG-converter 3C 3D 1C1 1D1 M 1) The commutating reactor in the field circuit is dimensioned for the rated motor field current. The RI suppression filters must be selected from Catalog LV60 or according to the table of EPCOS filters below.2. The RI suppression filter for the field circuit and electronics power supply with 400 V is dimensioned for the rated current of the motor field plus 1A.

only two phases are connected to the three-phase RI suppression filter. the line current equals the field DC (plus 1A for the electronics supply). the minimum rated current of the filter equals the output DC of the converter times 0. Order number: 6SE7087-6CX87-0FB0. To ensure an optimum filtering effect. In this case.5 13 13 15 21 21 22 28 34 105 05. it is absolutely essential to mount the filters and converter on a single metal plate.8 3. 6-14 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 11.3 2.2.5 8.3 1. In the case of converters with a 3-phase connection. With a two-phase connection (field supply and electronics supply). please refer to the Operating Instructions: SIMOVERT Master Drives RI Suppression Filters EMC Filters.1.3 4.4 List of recommended RI suppression filters made by EPCOS: Rated current RI suppression filter (A) 8 20 36 50 66 90 120 150 220 150 180 250 320 400 600 1000 1600 2500 RI suppression filter Order number B84143-G8-R11* B84143-G20-R11* B84143-G36-R11* B84143-G50-R11* B84143-G66-R11* B84143-G90-R11* B84143-G120-R11* B84143-G150-R11* B84143-G220-R11* B84143-B150-S** B84143-B180-S** B84143-B250-S** B84143-B320-S** B84143-B400-S** B84143-B600-S** B84143-B1000-S** B84143-B1600-S** B84143-B2500-S** Terminal cross-section (mm²) Holes for M . . 4 mm² 4 mm² 6 mm² 16 mm² 25 mm² 25 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 95 mm² M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 2 x M12 4 x M12 1.9 7.82.4 4. Important technical data of Siemens RI suppression filters: Rated supply voltage Rated frequency Operating temperature Degree of protection 3AC 380-460 V (± 15%) 50/60 Hz (± 6%) 0° C to +40° C IP20 (EN60529) IP00 with 500 A and above For further technical data about RI suppression filters.Connections 6.2007 Dimensions Weight (kg) HxWxD (mm) 80 x 230 x 50 80 x 230 x 50 150 x 280 x 60 150 x 60 x 330 150 x 330 x 80 150 x 330 x 80 200 x 380 x 90 200 x 380 x 90 220 x 430 x 110 140 x 310 x 170 140 x 310 x 170 115 x 360 x 190 115 x 360 x 260 115 x 360 x 260 115 x 410 x 260 165 x 420 x 300 165 x 550 x 300 200 x 810 x 385 *) The code for the construction type must be inserted instead of *: 0 = 480 V 2 = 530 V **) The code for the construction type must be inserted instead of **: 20 = 500 V 21 = 760 V 24 = 690 V *) RI suppression filters produce discharge currents. VDE 0160 stipulates a 10 mm² PE connection.

050 0. Siemens Research and Development Dept.962 b. a.083 0.) α = 60° Fundamental factor g = 0.2007 Connections 6.050 0.023 ν 29 31 35 37 41 43 47 49 Iν/I1 0.1.056 0. Volume 7 (1978) No.010 0.011 0.016 0.003 0.016 0.006 0. An example of the harmonics generated by a typical system configuration for two firing angles (α = 20° and α = 60°) is given below. Möltgen.029 0.035 0.038 0.953 ν 5 7 11 13 17 19 23 25 Iν/I1 0.) Short-circuit power SK at converter supply connection point SK = 2 Uv 0 XN (VA ) 6-15 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Formula have been specified with which the short circuit power SK and armature inductance La of the motor to which the specified harmonics spectrum applies can be calculated depending on the applicable operating data [line voltage (no-load voltage Uv0).028 0.283 0.019 0.089 0.) α = 20° Fundamental factor g = 0. If the calculated values differ.020 0.100 0. Arremann and G.011 The fundamental-frequency current I1 as a reference quantity is calculated by the following equation: I 1 = g × 0.003 ν 5 7 11 13 17 19 23 25 Iν/I1 0.018 0. A dedicated calculation must be performed if the actual system short circuit power and/or actual armature reactance deviate from the values determined by this method. © Springer-Verlag 1978.026 0.024 ν 29 31 35 37 41 43 47 49 Iν/I1 0.. line frequency fN and DC current Id].006 0.013 0. The values have been taken from an earlier publication entitled "Harmonics in the Line-Side Current of Six-Pulse Line-Commutated Converters" written by H.05.016 0. The spectrum of harmonics listed below is obtained if the values for short circuit power SK at the converter supply connection point and the armature inductance La of the motor calculated by the following formula correspond to the actual plant data.817 × I d where Id where g DC current of operating point under investigation Fundamental factor (see above) The harmonic currents calculated from the above tables are valid only for I. 2.013 0. the harmonics must be calculated separately.235 0.034 0.3 Information on line-side harmonics generated by converters in a fully-controlled three-phase bridge circuit configuration B6C and (B6)A(B6)C Converters for the medium power range usually consist of fully-controlled three-phase bridge circuit configurations.046 0.

169 mH (4EU2421-7AA10 where ILn = 125 A) When X N = 0. the harmonic values calculated by these equations can be applied only if the values calculated for SK and La tally with the actual values of the drive.0488 × U v0 (H ) f N × Id A separate calculation must be performed if the actual values for short-circuit power SK and/or armature inductance La deviate from the values calculated on the basis of the above equations. If they do not.169 × 10 −3 = 0. they must be calculated separately (this is especially true when using compensated motors as these have a very low armature inductance).0488 × The harmonic currents Iν listed in the tables above (where I1 = g x 0.03536 × and Uv0 Id fN LD XD XN XK U v0 − 2πf N × LD Id (Ω ) No-load voltage in V at the converter supply connection point DC current in A of operating point under investigation Line frequency in Hz Inductance in H of commutating reactor used Impedance of the commutating reactor Impedance of the network Impedance at the converter terminals II.60mH 50 × 150 and the required motor armature inductance as follows: La = 0.Connections where 05.88MVA 0.817 x Id for firing angles α = 20° and α = 60°) apply only to the values SK and La calculated by the above method. Example Let us assume that a drive has the following data: Uv0 = 400 V Id = 150 A fN = 50 Hz LD = 0.03536 × 400 − 2π × 50 × 0. 6-16 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0412 400 = 2.0412Ω 150 the required system short-circuit power at the converter supply connection point is as follows: SK = 400 2 = 3. For the purpose of dimensioning filters and compensation circuits with reactors.2007 X N = X K − X D = 0.) Armature inductance La La = 0. If the calculated and actual values are not the same. the harmonics must be calculated separately.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 210 Rx+/Tx+ 3AC 50-60Hz.2007 211 Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxParallel switch interface (2x) BA P24_S 1) S_IMP Binary select inputs 212 213 T/R 214 215 BA R/T 216 217 BA M X161 Clk 204 TxBA Motor temperature XT XS XP XP 8-270V X164 + Rx+/Tx+ 63 64 65 18 M M X164 Electronics power supply Analog tacho M 205 ES/ P24 E-Stop XR 109 K1 K1 X6 Temperature monitoring # Rx-/TxM X162 D A D A KTY84 / PTC BA 8 X164 9 10 M # RS485 ∼ = 110 11 19 20 E-Stop Power ON M # 44 21 50 M X3.1 40 41 42 43 P24 C98043-A7006 M X163 X163 M CUD2 (optional) Supply voltage armature Armature voltage X110 / X111 1 Tx+ Tx57 58 59 60 Supply voltage field BA M + Rx+/Tx+ CUD1 56 X110 / X111 10k Main setpoint 2 P10 ± 1% / 10 mA ∼ ∼ ∼ ∼ = = 3U1 3W1 3 RS485 BA 12 13 Gating pulses field Field current actual value Fan control and monitoring N10 ± 1% / 10 mA X101 Gating pulses armature 4 5 U/I # C98043-A7010 / C98043-A7014+15 XF1 X102 6 M D A M 16 17 46 M 48 P24 X171 M 54 X101 47 C98043-A7002 / A7003 M X175 15 A 14 D 7 U/I KTY84 / PTC # Rx-/TxM M X172 I act ∼ ∼ f Shunt U 22 23 # 24 34 M X174 35 P24_S 1) 36 M Open. 400V-575V 1AC 50-60Hz. 230V X165 K1 1 NC X166 1W1 1U1 5W1 5W1 or 1V1 5U1 5N1 5N1 5U1 103 104 105 106 107 108 Tx+ 61 62 M 05.2 X3. Armature current = Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 45 P24_S 1) M X7 Converters: 15A to 125A Binary select inputs 51 52 53 Load X3.4 Armature current Track 1 > 28 & 29 X109 COMP X>Y RS232 / RS485 to X300 30 Track 2 > 31 COMP X>Y 32 C98043-A7001 Zero mark > 33 COMP X>Y X173 X107 2 TB and CB boards ∼ Supply 27 M P15 200mA max. 200mA 2) is required for 4Q converters X108 RS232 BA BA G + BA = electronically switchable bus termination U/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input M 1 EEPROM C98043-A7009 Rear panel wiring X300 2 to OP1S Connections 6-17 . 400V-460V BA 6.2 6.1 3AC 50-60Hz.and closed-loop control for armature and field X102 Block diagram with recommended connection Switch-on/ shutdown Enable signal 37 38 XF2 3D + 3C 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 39 X171 M 26 Selection 5/15V Analog tacho # C98043-A7005 2) PMU RS485 M 1) P24_S total max.2.3 X11-X16 X21-X26 X3.

400V-575V 1AC 50-60Hz.2007 TB and CB boards ∼ Supply 27 M P15 200mA max.4 Armature current Converters: 210A to 280A Binary select inputs M 53 Load X3. 230V X165 K1 1 NC X166 1W1 1U1 5W1 5W1 or 1V1 5U1 5N1 5U1 5N1 103 104 105 106 107 108 Tx+ 61 62 M 6. 400V-460V BA 45 M X164 Electronics power supply A M 50 Temperature monitoring 21 K1 X6 X7 X3. 200mA 2) is required for 4Q converters X108 BA G + RS232 BA 1 EEPROM BA = electronically switchable bus termination U/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input M C98043-A7009 Rear panel wiring X300 2 to OP1S .1 51 52 40 41 42 43 P24 C98043-A7006 M X163 X163 M CUD2 (optional) Supply voltage armature Armature voltage X110 / X111 K1 Track 1 > RS232 / RS485 to X300 28 & 29 X109 COMP X>Y 30 Track 2 > 31 COMP X>Y 32 C98043-A7001 Zero mark > 33 COMP X>Y X173 X107 2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions M 16 17 46 M 48 P24 Analog tacho # X171 M 54 X101 47 C98043-A7002 / A7003 M X175 15 D A C98043-A7005 05.2 X3. Armature current = 6-18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Rx+/Tx+ 3AC 50-60Hz.and closed-loop control for armature and field X102 Fan control and monitoring or air flow monitoring X75 Switch-on/ shutdown Enable signal 37 38 XF2 3D + 3C 1C1 (1D1) 2) 1D1 (1C1) 39 X171 M 26 Selection 5/15V PMU RS485 M 1) P24_S total max.3 X11-X16 X21-X26 X3.2 2 3 210 Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxParallel switch interface (2x) 211 BA P24_S 1) S_IMP Connections Binary select inputs 212 213 T/R 214 215 BA R/T 216 217 BA M X161 Clk 204 TxBA Motor temperature XT XS XP XP 8-270V X164 + Rx+/Tx+ 63 64 65 18 M 110 109 19 20 E-Stop Power ON Analog tacho M 205 ES/ P24 E-Stop XR Rx-/TxM X162 D A D # KTY84 / PTC BA 8 X164 9 10 M # RS485 ∼ = 11 M # 44 P24_S 1) M 1 Tx+ 56 57 58 59 60 Supply voltage field M TxBA CUD1 + Rx+/Tx+ X110 / X111 2 P10 ± 1% / 10 mA ∼ ∼ ∼ ∼ = = M 3U1 C98043-A7014+15 XF1 X102 3W1 10k Main setpoint BA 3 X101 Gating pulses armature N10 ± 1% / 10 mA RS485 12 13 Gating pulses field Field current actual value Fan control and monitoring 4 5 U/I # 6 M D A 14 7 U/I KTY84 / PTC # Rx-/TxM M X172 I act ∼ ∼ f Shunt U 22 23 # 24 34 M X174 35 P24_S 1) 36 M Open.2.1 3AC 50-60Hz.

2 X3.2007 210 Rx+/Tx+ 3AC 50-60Hz. 230V X165 K1 1 NC X166 5W1 5W1 or 5U1 5N1 5U1 5N1 103 104 105 106 107 108 Tx+ 61 62 M 211 Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/Tx1U1 Parallel switch interface (2x) BA P24_S 1) S_IMP Binary select inputs 212 213 T/R 214 215 BA R/T 216 217 BA M X161 Clk 4W1 1W1 1V1 4V1 4U1 204 TxBA Motor temperature XT XS XP XP 8-270V X164 + Rx+/Tx+ 63 64 65 18 M M X164 Electronics power supply Analog tacho M 205 ES/ P24 E-Stop Rx-/Tx- # KTY84 / PTC BA 8 X164 9 M X162 D A 10 XR 109 K1 110 K1 X6 Temperature monitoring M # RS485 ∼ = 11 D A M 19 20 E-Stop Power ON # M 3~ 44 21 50 M X3. 400V-460V BA 6.1 3AC 50-60Hz.3 X11-X16 X21-X26 3U1 3W1 X7 P24 C98043-A7006 M X163 Tx+ 56 57 58 59 60 Supply voltage field Armature voltage Gating pulses armature Supply voltage armature 45 P24_S 1) M Binary select inputs 40 41 42 43 X163 M CUD2 (optional) X110 / X111 1 TxBA M + Rx+/Tx+ X101 CUD1 X110 / X111 2 P10 ± 1% / 10 mA ∼ ∼ ∼ ∼ = = 10k Main setpoint RS485 BA 12 13 14 M 16 17 46 M 48 P24 Analog tacho # X171 M 54 X101 47 C98043-A7002 / A7003 M X175 Fan control and monitoring Gating pulses field Field current actual value 3 N10 ± 1% / 10 mA 4 5 U/I # C98043-A7004 / XF1 C98043-A7014+15 X102 6 M D A 15 A D 7 U/I Converters: 400A to 3000A with a 3-phase fan KTY84 / PTC # Rx-/TxM M X172 I act ∼ ∼ f Shunt U 22 23 # 24 34 M X174 35 P24_S 1) 36 M Open.and closed-loop control for armature and field X102 Fan control and monitoring or air flow monitoring X75 Switch-on/ shutdown Enable signal 37 38 XF2 C98043-A7005 3D + 3C 1C1 (1D1) 2) 1D1 (1C1) 39 X171 M 26 Selection 5/15V PMU RS485 M 1) P24_S total max. 200mA 2) is required for 4Q converters EEPROM X108 RS232 BA BA G + M 1 BA = electronically switchable bus termination U/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input C98043-A7009 Rear panel wiring 2 X300 to OP1S .1 X3.4 Armature current Track 1 > RS232 / RS485 to X300 28 & 29 X109 COMP X>Y 30 Track 2 > 31 COMP X>Y 32 C98043-A7001 Zero mark > 33 COMP X>Y X173 X107 2 Connections 6-19 TB and CB boards ∼ Supply 27 M P15 200mA max.2.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 05. Armature current = Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 51 52 53 Load X3. 400V-830V 1AC 50-60Hz.

2.3 X11-X16 X21-X26 X3.2 X3.1 51 52 40 41 42 43 P24 C98043-A7006 M X163 X163 M CUD2 (optional) Supply voltage armature Armature voltage X110 / X111 1 Tx+ 56 57 58 59 60 Supply voltage field M TxBA CUD1 + Rx+/Tx+ X110 / X111 2 P10 ± 1% / 10 mA ∼ ∼ ∼ ∼ = = K1 Track 1 > RS232 / RS485 to X300 28 & 29 X109 COMP X>Y 30 Track 2 > 31 COMP X>Y 32 C98043-A7001 Zero mark > 33 COMP X>Y X173 X107 2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions M 16 17 46 M 48 P24 Analog tacho # X171 M 54 X101 47 C98043-A7002 / A7003 M X175 15 D A C98043-A7005 05. 200mA 2) is required for 4Q converters X108 BA G + RS232 BA 1 EEPROM BA = electronically switchable bus termination U/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input M C98043-A7009 Rear panel wiring X300 2 to OP1S .4 Armature current Binary select inputs M 53 Load X3. Armature current = 6-20 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Rx+/Tx+ 3AC 50-60Hz.and closed-loop control for armature and field X102 Fan control and monitoring or air flow monitoring X75 Switch-on/ shutdown Enable signal 37 38 XF2 3D + 3C 1C1 (1D1) 2) 1D1 (1C1) 39 X171 M 26 Selection 5/15V PMU RS485 M 1) P24_S total max. 400V-460V BA 45 M X164 Electronics power supply A M 50 Temperature monitoring 21 K1 X6 X7 X3.4 2 3 210 Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxParallel switch interface (2x) 211 BA P24_S 1) S_IMP Connections Binary select inputs 212 213 T/R 214 215 BA R/T 216 217 BA M X161 Clk 4U1 4N1 204 TxBA Motor temperature XT XS XP XP 8-270V X164 + Rx+/Tx+ 63 64 65 18 M 110 109 19 20 E-Stop Power ON Analog tacho M 205 ES/ P24 E-Stop XR Rx-/TxM X162 D A D # KTY84 / PTC BA 8 X164 9 10 M # RS485 ∼ = M 1~ 11 M # 44 P24_S 1) 3U1 C98043-A7014+15 XF1 X102 3W1 10k Main setpoint RS485 BA 12 13 Gating pulses field Field current actual value Fan control and monitoring 3 X101 Gating pulses armature N10 ± 1% / 10 mA 4 5 U/I # 6 M D A 14 Converters: 450A to 850A with a 1-phase fan 7 U/I KTY84 / PTC # Rx-/TxM M X172 I act ∼ ∼ f Shunt U 22 23 # 24 34 M X174 35 P24_S 1) 36 M Open.2007 TB and CB boards ∼ Supply 27 M P15 200mA max. 400V-690V 1AC 50-60Hz. 230V X165 K1 1 NC X166 1W1 1U1 5W1 5W1 or 1V1 5U1 5N1 5U1 5N1 103 104 105 106 107 108 Tx+ 61 62 M 6.1 3AC 50-60Hz.

A maximum of 6 converters can be connected in parallel. Caution: Parallel connections may only be made between converters with the same DC current rating! Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-21 . 3) The converters are connected by means of an (8-pin) shielded Patch cable of type UTP CAT5 according to ANSI/EIA/TIA 568.2007 Connections 6.05. the master unit should be positioned in the center to allow for signal transit times. 690V 3AC 50-60Hz. For the purpose of current distribution.3. When several converters are connected in parallel. separate commutating reactors of the same type are required for each SIMOREG converter. 400V 3AC 50-60Hz. (n-1) cables are needed to connect n converters in parallel. Current distribution is determined by the differential reactor tolerance. The bus terminator must be activated (U805=1) on the converter at each end of the bus. 830V 4) 4) 4) 3AC 50-60Hz. 5) For converters up to 850A in 4Q operation only The terminal expansion option (CUD2) is required for each converter in a parallel connection. A standard 5 m cable can be ordered directly from Siemens (order number: 6RY1707-0AA08). 400V NC 1) NC 1) NC 1) L1 L2 L3 5N1 5W15U1 Fan Power supply 3U13W1 Field 1U1 1V1 1W1 Armature L1 L2 L3 5N1 5W15U1 Fan Power supply 3U13W1 Field 1U1 1V1 1W1 Armature L1 L2 L3 5N1 5W15U1 Fan Power supply 3U13W1 Field 1U1 1V1 1W1 Armature SIMOREG-converter (Slave) CUD1 34 37 38 CUD2 X165 X166 3C 3D 3) 1C1 1D1 (1D1) (1C1) 2) SIMOREG-converter (Master) CUD1 34 37 38 CUD2 X165 X166 3C 3D 3) 1C1 1D1 (1D1) (1C1) 2) SIMOREG-converter (Slave) CUD1 34 37 38 CUD2 X165 X166 3C 3D 3) 1C1 1D1 (1D1) (1C1) 2) 5) 5) 5) M 1) The same phase sequence is required between 1U1 /1V1 /1W1.1 Parallel connection of converters Circuit diagram showing parallel connection of SIMOREG converters 3AC 50-60Hz.3 6. A tolerance of 5% or better is recommended for operation without derating (reduced current). 4) These fuses may only be used on converters up to 850A. 575V 3AC 50-60Hz. 2) The same phase sequence is required between 1C1 / 1D1. Maximum length of paralleling interface cable between master and slave converters at each end of bus: 15m. such as those used in PC networking.

must be connected to a group of parallel-connected SIMOREG converters via the master device.3.1 Parameterization of SIMOREG converters for parallel connection Standard operating mode Master U800 = 1 U800 = 2 U803 = 0 Paralleling interface active if a SIMOREG CCP is used "N+1 mode" not active U804.Connections 05. P110 = set as on master P111 = set as on master For further details about the operating principle of parallel connections between SIMOREG converters.4 and 5 U806 = 2.5 and 6 Set U806. "Enable operation".01 = 30 control word 1 U804. "Emergency stop" etc. 6-22 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Terminals 37 and 38 must be permanently connected to terminal 34 on the slave ! • Optimization runs must be started on the master device.01 = 32 status word 1 Slaves U800 = 2 Paralleling interface active Use master firing pulses U804.02 like U806.01 = 31 Use control word 1 from master Use control word 2 from master Suppress alarm A031 P110 = Actual armature resistance x no. 3 and 4 U806 = 2. of SIMOREG converters The optimization run for current controller and precontrol (P051 = 25) sets these parameters correctly.03 = 167 Actual speed value U805 = 1 0 U806 = 12 13 14 15 16 P082 <> 0 (bus termination) (no bus termination) master for one slave master for 2 slaves master for 3 slaves master for 4 slaves master for 5 slaves operating mode for field on the two end units (at both physical ends of the bus cable) on all other units U806 = 2 U806 = 2 and 3 U806 = 2. please refer to Section 8.01 Set P083 depending on the source of the actual speed value P100 = Rated motor current Number of SIMOREG units Rated motor current Number of SIMOREG units Set P648. All slaves must be connected and ready to run when optimization is started.4. Notes: • Control commands "Switch-on/Shutdown".02 = 31 control word 2 U804.02 like U806.2.2007 6.2 6. of SIMOREG converters P111 = Actual armature inductance x no.3.3. P649 depending on the source of the control word P648 = 6021 P649 = 6022 P821.3. Function Diagrams.01 P082 = 0 P083 = 4 P609 = 6023 P100 = internal field is not used Freely connected actual speed value Use actual speed value of master 1 slave 2 slaves 3 slaves 4 slaves 5 slaves Set U806. Sheet G195 (paralleling interface).

03 = any U804.01 U806.01 = 2 U806.05 = any U804.03 = 167 actual speed value U804.000s telegram failure does not lead to a fault message P110 =Actual armature resistance P110 = set as on master x no.08 = any U804.3.01 = 12 13 14 15 16 master + 1 slave master + 2 slaves master + 3 slaves master + 4 slaves master + 5 slaves U804.02 = 2 slave 2 P082 <> 0 operating mode for field internal field is not used P083 = 4 Freely connected actual speed value P083.07 = any U804. set according to source of the control word P648 = 6021 Use control word 1 from master P649 = 6022 Use control word 2 from master P821. P649.03 = any U804.04 = any U804.08 = any U804.01 = 31Suppress alarm A031 U807 = 0.05 = any U804.07 = any U804.02 = any U804.4.01 = 3.02 = set like U806.02 = 12 13 14 15 16 P082 = 0 slave 2 master + 1 slave master + 2 slaves master + 3 slaves master + 4 slaves master + 5 slaves U806.02 = 31 control word 2 U804.2 Master U800 = 1 Paralleling interface active U800 = 2 if a SIMOREG CCP is used U803 = 1 "N+1 mode" active U804.01 = 30 control word 1 U804.09 = any U804.06 = 32 status word 1 U804. of SIMOREG converters P111 = set as on master P111 = Actual armature inductance x no.06 = any U804.01 = 32 status word 1 U804.05 = any Operating mode "N+1 mode" (Redundancy mode of the armature supply) Standby master U800 = 2 Slaves Connections Paralleling interface active Use master firing pulses U804.05.04 = any U804.2007 6.02 = any U804.06 = 30 control word 1 U804.5 and 6 2 slaves 3 slaves 4 slaves 5 slaves U806.10 = any U804.10 = any on the two end units (at both physical ends of the bus cable) on all other units U806. set according to source of the actual speed value P609 = 6023 Use actual speed value of master P100 = Rated motor current Number of SIMOREG units P648.2.4 and 5 U806.10 = any U805 = 1 (bus termination) 0 (no bus termination) U806.01 = 32 status word 1 U804.04 = any U804. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-23 .09 = any U804.01 = 3.08 = 167 actual speed value U804.07 = 31 control word 2 U804.09 = any U804. of SIMOREG converters The optimization run for current controller and precontrol (P051 = 25) sets these parameters correctly.01 = 3 and 4 U806.01 = 3 U806.

“Enable operation”. CAUTION As soon as the paralleling connection is interrupted (either by unplugging the paralleling cable or if the electronics supply voltage for the master fails). the standby master operates as a “slave”. it sends the values set in accordance with U804. During configuration. the complete drive must be shut down before it is restored. NOTE An intact paralleling connection is essential for the redundancy mode of the armature supply. The electronics supply voltage for the standby master must be switched off before the electronics supply voltage for the master is restored (in order to prevent two masters from being simultaneously active). When the standby master operates as a slave (i. segment 15 or binector B0225). the master/slave assignment can no longer be guaranteed to function correctly. Providing the SIMOREG unit that is parameterized as the “master” functions correctly. “Emergency stop” etc. If a fault occurs on the master (i. after the “master” function has been transferred to the standby master). 6-24 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Notes: • Control commands “Switch-on/Shutdown”. Terminals 37 and 38 must be permanently connected to terminal 34 on the slaves.06 to 10. If the master fails. If the electronics supply for one unit fails.e. When the standby master is operating as the master (i. For further details about the operating principle of SIMOREG units connected in parallel. The master still has sufficient time to transfer the “master” function by sending a telegram even after its electronics supply voltage is switched off. standby master or slave). it sends the values set in accordance with U804. must be connected to a group of parallel-connected SIMOREG converters via the master device AND the “standby” master device. it sends the values set in accordance with U804.06 to 10. Function diagrams. see Section 8. after the “master” function has been transferred owing to a fault on the master). the standby master assumes the “master” function (indicated by display parameter n810. • All parameters except for those in the above list must be set identically on the master and the standby master. fuse blown in the power section. • Optimization runs must be started on the master device.01 to 05. make sure that the power of only n units (instead of n+1 units) is sufficient for the application. appearance of a fault message).2007 In this mode it is possible to maintain operation with the remaining SIMOREG units if one unit should fail (e. The parameters described above cause one SIMOREG unit to be defined as the “standby master”. Sheet G195 (Paralleling interface). All slaves must be connected and ready to run when optimization is started.e. When the master is active. The parameters described above enable the armature current to continue flowing without interruption if a fuse blows in the armature or field power section (on any one power section). • The speed setpoint and the actual speed must be connected to a group of parallel-connected SIMOREG converters via the master device AND the “standby” master device. a fault message appears on any one device or the electronics supply fails on any one device (master. when the master is active and functioning correctly). it sends the values set in accordance with U804.01 to 05.Connections Basic operating principle of the “N+1 operation” mode: 05. The functional SIMOREG units continue to run without interruption if one unit fails. The “master” function is always transferred from the master to the standby master by sending a telegram via an intact paralleling interface. The “master” function cannot be transferred if the paralleling cable is interrupted.e.g.

Optimization runs must be started on the master device for this purpose (current controller optimization run. Function diagrams. part of the total motor field current flows via the free-running branch of the relevant field power section with the disabled field firing pulses.05.09 = 266 (Operating mode for field) (Send word 4 if master device is active. In normal operation the field voltage is supplied via the master and the field firing pulses of the standby master are disabled. P112. If the master fails. • The field supply must be optimized on the master.2007 6. If redundancy of the field supply needs to be maintained even if the electronics supply voltage for the master or the standby master fails.2: P082 <> 0 U804. The 3C. The free-running current detected by the “partner” device must therefore be added to the actual internal field current K0266 with P612. a redundancy mode can also be defined for the field supply included in the SIMOREG unit.3. the following master parameters must be read and set to the same values on the standby master: P081. after all the necessary connections have been made: P076. NOTE An intact paralleling connection is essential for the redundancy mode of the field supply and the electronics supply voltage for the master and the standby master must likewise be intact.3 Redundancy mode of the field supply Connections In “N+1 operation” mode. Sheets G165 and G166). After the field supply for the master has been optimized. P078.2. At the same time.02.04 = 266 U804. This value must be fed to the master and the standby master by means of P612. The following settings are consequently required on the master and the standby master for the redundancy mode of the field supply in addition to the parameters specified in the table in Section 6. P255. P102.3. actual internal field current) (Send word 4 after “master” function transferred to standby master. P115 to P139.02 = 6024 (Addition of receive word 4 to actual field current controller value) The parameters described above enable the field current to continue flowing without interruption if one device fails (fuse blown in the armature or field power section. 3D output of the SIMOREG field supply for the master and the standby master is connected in parallel with the motor field winding for this purpose. the total actual motor field current must be externally sensed.02 in order to determine the total motor field current (indicated by parameter r035). Since the field voltages are connected in parallel. P276 as well as all field-specific settings that may have been made (see Section 8. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-25 .2. Notes on commissioning: • The following parameters must be identically set on the master and the standby master in addition to the above-mentioned parameters. appearance of a fault message). P275. P103. it transfers the “master” function to the standby master. actual internal field current) P612. P256. …. the field firing pulses of the master are disabled and the field voltage is supplied via the standby master.02. recording of field characteristics). All slaves must be connected and ready to run when optimization is started.

1Q T2.5mm2 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated XU2 XV2 XW2 Converters: 30A.6. T3 Primary conductor on L1: 15A-converters fed through 2x L2: 30A-converters fed through 1x K L l B602 B601 l L X3-3 X3-2 R75 k K k X3-1 X3-4 B603 6-26 AC 380 to 460V or AC 190 to 230V 6.1 Connections 1U1 1V1 1W1 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 F2 F1 M1A M1A 5N1 5W1 5U1 1 3 2 1 XP XU1 a XV1 XW1 NC 3 R100 ϑ X102 X7 X6 T2 T3 Power connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red X11 11 1 Cables are designated as specified at ends X11-2 X11-1 AK X14-1 X14-2 A 14 2 G1 G2 K X14 V1 + V4 X101 Arrangement of thyristor modules X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 to A7009 .4.4 R76 a = Rheytherm 120 2.2007 .X101 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 A A A X13-2 X13-1 AK X16-1 X16-2 A 16 2 13 1 X13 G1 G2 K V1+V4 V3+V6 V5+V2 K K K AK AK AK X16 V3 + V6 Tacho X15-2 X15-1 AK X25 25 15 1 103 104 105 106 107 108 X25-1 X25-2 109 110 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XT X15 G1 G2 K XS X12-1 X12-2 A 12 2 T2 T3 X12 V5 + V2 XR XC2 a XC1 a XD2 C98043-A7002 1C1 C98043-A7010 XD1 C98043-A7002 1D1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 05.

1Q Cables are designated as specified at ends 11 1 R100 X11-1 X11-2 G1 AK 2 14 ϑ G2 A X14-2 X14-1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K X7 X6 V1 + V4 X101 13 1 X13-1 X13-2 G1 AK 2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .4.X101 K V3 + V6 Arrangement of thyristor modules 15 1 X14 X11 G1 AK K X16 X13 X12 X15 X15-1 X15-2 G2 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 A A A A K K K V5 + V2 C c C (L+) X_AC c D (L-) X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 X_AC D (L-) 110 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XT V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 AK AK AK XS T2 C (L+) T3 C98043-A7007 XR 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 C98043-A7007 C (L+) b X_AC D (L-) C98043-A7002 C98043-A7007 b C98043-A7002 Connections 1C1 1D1 6-27 .2 05.6.2007 1U1 1V1 1W1 X75-4 X75-3 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 1 a X75-2 X75-1 XP AC 380 to 460V NC 3 3 or AC 190 to 230V 2 1 C98043A7014 C98043A7015 X102 a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated T2 L l L T3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red Converters: 60A.

3 a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated E302 AC 380 to 460V NC 3 2 1 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 B601 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 3 2 1 or AC 190 to 230V Connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red M E301 a XP Cables are designed as specified at ends C98043A7014 M Top-mounted fad from D.X101 X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A K K K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 A X25-1 X25-2 Tacho C c C (L+) X_AC c D (L-) AK AK AK T2 T3 V5 + V2 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS XT 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 XS Converters: 460V and 575V / 280A C98043-A7007 C (L+) X_AC D (L-) X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 110 NS XR A A A C98043-A7007 C (L+) X_AC D (L-) K K K V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 AK AK AK C98043-A7002 b C98043-A7007 b C98043-A7002 T2 T3 1C1 1D1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. / 210 only T2 L l L C98043A7015 Arrangement of thyristor modules Converters: 400V / 90A.4.6-28 1U1 1V1 1W1 X92-2 X75-4 X75-3 X92-1 X91-2 X75-2 X75-1 X91-1 X102 K k K k R76 R75 l B602 11 1 6... 125A and 210A 460V / 90A and 125A 575V / 125A and 210A T3 X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 R100 X11-1 X11-2 K1 AK 2 14 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A ϑ G1 A K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 K K K X7 K V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 X6 AK AK AK V1 + V4 X101 X13-1 X13-2 K1 G1 2 13 1 Converters: 90A to 280A.2007 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 . 1Q T2 AK G2 A K2 16 T3 X16-2 X16-1 1U1 K 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 Converters: 460V / 210A V3 + V6 X15-1 X15-2 K1 K G1 AK K2 G2 15 1 to A7009 .

1Q 1U1 K2 G2 A 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 X101 X16-2 X16-1 16 Converters: 575V / 400A K X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 to A7009 .X101 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A V3 + V6 X15-1 X15-2 K1 K G1 AK K2 15 1 K K K V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 G2 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 AK AK AK A T2 V5 + V2 T3 X25-1 X25-2 C Tacho 103 104 105 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S XT 1U1 C 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 106 107 108 109 110 P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS Converters: 460V / 450A 400V to 575V / 600A XS X14 X11 U1 95 c V1 96 X16 X13 X12 X15 W1 97 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 U2 92 V2 93 W2 94 c XR A A A K K K V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 AK AK AK C98043-A7002 b C 91 C98043-A7011 90 D b C98043-A7002 T2 T3 1C1 1D1 Connections 6-29 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 .4 Converters: 460V 4U1 4N1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R75 R76 K k K k l B602 X11-1 X11-2 K1 AK 2 14 11 1 05.2007 4U1 4V1 4W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A a = copper busbar 30 x 5 b = copper busbar 35 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red 1~ a XP 3~ 2 1 C98043-A7014 or E301 Fan M M NC 3 Cables are designated as specified at ends C98043-A7015 Arrangement of thyristor modules Converters: 400V / 400A X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 B601 X102 X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 R100 T2 L l L G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 T3 A A A ϑ X14-2 X14-1 K K K X7 G1 A K2 G2 V1 + V4 K V3 + V6 V5 + V2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions V1 + V4 X13-1 X13-2 K1 G1 AK 2 13 1 AK AK AK X6 T2 T3 Converters: 400A to 600A.4.6.

5 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 Connections C98043-A7014 3~ 2 1 M E301 Fan a XP a = copper busbar 60 x 5 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Bettherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (Kathoden) leads ⇒ red X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 C98043-A7015 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A Cables are designated as specified at ends X102 T2 L l L T3 R100 G1 A AK K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 Converters: 720A.4.6-30 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X11-1 X11-2 K1 2 14 11 1 6. 1Q ϑ X7 K X6 V1 + V4 X13-1 X13-2 K1 2 13 1 X101 X16-2 X16-1 16 G1 A AK K2 G2 Arrangement of thyristor modules K to A7009 .X101 V3 + V6 15 1 AK AK AK V1 + V4 X15-1 X15-2 K1 G1 AK G2 K K2 2 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 K K K 12 X12-2 X12-1 A A A K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 A X11 X14 b X13 X16 X15 X12 V5 + V2 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P XS XT T2 R10 b 91 90 99 98 U V W T3 R12 R14 R11 U 91 R13 V 99 R15 W 98 90 b 108 109 110 ES/P_Reset NS NS XR 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 C98043-A7003 a C98043-A7003 C98043-A7011 1C1 C98043-A7011 a Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.2007 1D1 .

2007 Converters: 460V 4U1 4N1 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 X11-1 X11-2 K1 AK 2 14 11 1 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A C98043-A7014 or 3~ a XP 2 1 1~ a = copper bar 60 x 5 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M E301 Fan X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 B601 M NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (Kathoden) leads ⇒ red C98043-A7015 Cables are sesignated as specified at ends X102 T2 L l L T3 R100 G1 A K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K ϑ X7 X6 Converters: 800 to 850A.6.6 05. 1Q V1 + V4 X13-1 X13-2 K1 AK 2 13 1 X101 X16-2 X16-1 16 G1 A K2 G2 Arrangement of thyristor modules K to A7009 .4.X101 AK 15 1 AK AK V3 + V6 X15-1 X15-2 K1 AK K G1 K2 X12-2 X12-1 G2 2 12 V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 K K K A A A K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 A X11 X14 X13 X16 X15 X12 V5 + V2 b X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P XS XT T2 R10 b 92 90 U 93 V T3 R12 R14 W 94 R11 U 92 R13 V 93 R15 W 94 90 b 108 109 110 ES/P_Reset NS NS XR 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 C98043-A7002 a C98043-A7002 C98043-A7011 1C1 C98043-A7011 a Connections 6-31 1D1 .

1Q C98043-A7003 X16-2 X16-1 16 G1 A K2 G2 F3 K F6 Tacho 103 104 105 106 12 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S X12-2 X12-1 P24/ES 107 ES/P 108 ES/P_Reset Arrangement of thyristor modules 15 1 V3 + V6 X15-1 X15-2 K1 AK 2 XT X14 X11 G1 A K2 G2 X16 X13 X12 X15 XS K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 A A A F5 K F2 X25-1 X25-2 109 110 NS NS XR K K K V5 + V2 b U2 U1 V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 AK AK AK F1 R10 b 91 90 99 98 U V W F4 R12 R14 F3 F6 F5 F2 R11 U 91 R13 V 99 R15 W 98 90 b W2 W1 V2 V1 X102 T2 a T3 C98043-A7004 C98043-A7004 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 C98043-A7011 1C1 C98043-A7011 a Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.6-32 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 11 1 6.2007 1D1 .X101 X7 X6 F4 V1 + V4 X13-1 X13-2 K1 AK 2 13 1 Converters: 900A to 950A.7 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 1 Connections a = copper busbar 60 x 10 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ a XP 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red E301 Fan 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A Cables are designated as specified at ends X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 T2 L l L T3 C98043-A7003 X11-1 X11-2 K1 AK 2 14 X101 R100 G1 A K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 ϑ F1 K to A7009 .4.

1Q X6 C98043-A7002 X16-2 X16-1 16 G1 A K2 G2 F3 K F6 Tacho 103 104 105 106 Tacho ± 270V Tacho Ground ES/S X12-2 X12-1 P24/ES ES/P Arrangement of thyristor modules 15 1 V3 + V6 X15-1 X15-2 K1 G1 AK K2 G2 XT X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 2 12 107 A XS 108 ES/P_Reset A A A F5 K F2 X25-1 X25-2 109 110 NS NS XR K K K V5 + V2 b U2 U1 V1 + V4 V3 + V6 V5 + V2 AK AK AK F1 R10 b 92 90 93 U V W 94 F4 R12 F3 F6 F5 F2 R14 R11 U 92 R13 V 93 R15 W 94 90 b W2 W1 V2 V1 X102 T2 T3 C98043-A7004 C98043-A7004 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 a C98043-A7011 1C1 C98043-A7011 a Connections 6-33 1D1 .6.X101 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions F4 V1 + V4 X13-1 X13-2 K1 AK 2 13 1 X7 Converters: 1000 to 1200A.2007 a = copper busbar 60 x 10 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Bettherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red E301 Fan a XP Cables are designated as specified at ends X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 B601 T2 L l L T3 C98043-A7002 X11-1 X11-2 K1 2 14 X101 R100 G1 A AK K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 ϑ F1 K to A7009 .4.8 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 11 1 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 05.

.2007 .. 575V/2200A.6. C98043-A7002 Converters D830/.. and D690/.4.X101 F142 F112 K1 G1 C98043-A7003 V1 V11 V14 2 14 F111 (F11) F141 (F14) X11-2 X11-1 V4 K2 G2 X14-2 X14-1 11 1 <1> Converters D485/...2.9 a = copper busbar 80 x 10 b = copper busbar 50 x 10 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red 3~ 2 1 M E301 Fan a XP NC 3 Cables are designated as specified at ends <1> Number of fuses see section 6. and D1000/. C98043-A7003 F162 F132 F131 (F13) F161 (F16) X13-2 X13-1 K1 G1 V3 V13 V16 2 V6 K2 G2 14 11 1 X16-2 X16-1 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS 110 NS XT <1> Converters: 1500 to 2000A...6-34 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 1 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 X101 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 2 AC 190 to 230V 6... and D690/.. and D1000/.2 T2 L l L T3 Converters D485/... to A7009 .. 1Q XS XR K2 G2 F152 F122 F151 (F15) F121 (F12) X15-2 X15-1 K1 G1 V5 V15 V2 V12 11 1 2 14 X12-2 X12-1 <1> c X25-1 X25-2 X7 X6 X102 ϑ R100 b U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 C98043-A7004 1C1 b C98043-A7004 1D1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05... C98043-A7002 Converters D830/..

2007 Arrangement of thyristor blocks Connections V14 V16 V12 At rear V11 V13 V15 At front Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-35 .05.

. C98043-A7002 Converters D830/. and D690/.. and D1000/.X101 F112 F111 F141 F142 2 K1 1 G1 C98043-A7003 V1 V11 V14 1 X11-2 X11-1 1 1 V4 4 14 K2 2 G2 1 X14-2 X14-1 11 X90 X90 C98043-A7017 F132 F131 F161 F162 C98043-A7017 2 1 K1 G1 Converters D485/..6-36 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 2 1 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 X101 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A AC 190 to 230V 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections a = copper busbar 80 x 10 b = copper busbar 50 x 10 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red E301 Fan a XP Cables are designated as specified at ends T2 L l L T3 Converters D485/.4. and D690/. and D1000/.. 690V/2600A.2007 .. C98043-A7003 K2 2 G2 1 Tacho ± 270V 6 16 X13-2 X13-1 V3 V13 V16 1 V6 13 3 1 X16-2 X16-1 Tacho 103 104 105 106 Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES 107 108 109 110 ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XT X90 X90 C98043-A7017 F152 F151 F121 F122 2 1 K1 G1 XS C98043-A7017 XR K2 2 G2 1 X12-2 X12-1 X15-2 X15-1 V5 V15 V2 V12 15 5 1 1 2 12 c X90 C98043-A7017 X90 C98043-A7017 D 25 X25-1 X25-2 X7 X6 X102 ϑ 6... 575V/2800A.. C98043-A7002 Converters D830/.... 950V/2200A 1Q R100 b U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 C98043-A7004 1C1 b C98043-A7004 1D1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.10 Converters: 400V/3000A...... to A7009 .

2007 Arrangement of thyristor blocks Connections V14 V16 V12 At rear V11 V13 V15 At front Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-37 .05.

5mm All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated 2 T2. 4Q V1 V4 AK G2 G1 A K X21 21 1 2 24 X24 X24-2 X24-1 X14-1 X14-2 14 2 G2 AK X14 X101 X21-1 X21-2 to A7009 .6-38 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 Connections 1U1 1V1 1W1 2 1 XP XU1 a XV1 XW1 NC 3 5N1 5W1 5U1 R100 ϑ X102 K k K k R76 R75 l B602 XU2 XV2 XW2 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 B603 F2 F1 M1A M1A X7 X6 T2 T3 l L L a = Rheytherm 120 2.4. T3 Primary conductor on L1: 15A converters fed through 2x L2: 30A converters fed through 1x G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red X11 11 1 Cables are designated as specified at ends X11-2 X11-1 G1 K A 6.2007 .11 Converters: 15 to 30A.X101 Arrangement of thyristor modules X14 X11 X16 X13 X12 X15 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 A A A X13-2 X13-1 13 1 X13 G1 K A V1 V3 V5 K K K V3 AK G2 G1 A K 2 V6 AK 1 X26 26 X26-2 X26-1 X23-1 X23 23 X16-1 X16-2 16 2 G2 AK AK AK X16 AK AK AK X23-2 103 Tacho 104 105 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S K K K V4 V6 V2 XT A A A G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 X15-2 X15-1 15 1 X15 G1 K A X21 X24 X23 X26 X25 X22 V5 AK AK V2 X22 G2 G1 2 22 X22-2 X22-1 1 106 107 108 X25 K 25 P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset X25-1 X25-2 109 110 NS NS XS X12-1 X12-2 A 12 2 G2 T2 T3 X12 XR XC2 XD2 a C98043-A7002 XC1 a C98043-A7010 XD1 C98043-A7002 1D1 (1C1) Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1C1 (1D1) 1U1 1D1 1V1 1C1 1W1 (1C1) (1D1) 05.

2007 1U1 1V1 1W1 X75-4 X75-3 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 1 a X75-2 X75-1 XP AC 380 to 460V NC 3 3 2 or AC 190 to 230V 1 C98043A7014 C98043A7015 a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated X102 T2 L l L T3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red 6.4.X101 23 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 A A A X26-1 X26-2 X23-1 X23-2 K K K AK 15 1 AK AK X15-2 X15-1 V5 AK AK V2 V1 A 22 2 V3 G2 V5 G1 K G2 A K G1 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 1 25 V4 V6 V2 X22-1 X22-2 X25-1 X25-2 C Tacho 103 104 105 106 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES XT AK AK AK K K K c C (L+) X_AC D (L-) c 107 108 109 X_AC D (L-) 110 ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XS A A A C98043-A7007 C (L+) G1 G2 G1 G2 G1 G2 XR X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 C98043-A7007 C (L+) b X_AC D (L-) T2 T3 C98043-A7002 C98043-A7007 b C98043-A7002 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 Connections 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 6-39 . 4Q Cables are designated as specified at ends X11-2 X11-1 R100 V1 AK AK G1 1 21 ϑ V4 G2 A 2 14 11 1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions G1 K A X24-1 X24-2 24 2 X14-2 X14-1 X7 K G2 X6 X21-1 X21-2 X101 Arrangement of thyristor modules X13-2 X13-1 V3 AK AK G1 K 1 V6 G2 A 2 X24 X11 A 26 2 X26 X13 G2 X22 X15 13 1 G1 K 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .05.12 Converters: 60A.

4.. 125A and 210A 460V / 90A and 125A 575V / 125A and 210A T3 C98043A7015 X24 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A R100 V1 2 14 K K K ϑ X11-2 X11-1 11 1 AK AK AK V1 AK A K 1 21 24 2 V3 AK V5 X7 K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 K2 G2 A V4 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V6 V2 X6 6.2007 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 1D1 (1C1) .13 Converters: 90A to 210A.X101 23 X21 X14 26 2 X23 X16 X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 X25 X12 T2 X15-2 X15-1 T3 V5 AK A 22 2 V6 X23-1 X23-2 1U1 15 1 1D1 (1C1) K1 G1 K AK 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 Converters: 460V / 210A G2 K2 C c C (L+) X_AC K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 X24 X22-1 X22-2 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 D (L-) c 106 107 108 109 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS XT K K K AK AK AK XS V1 V3 V5 C98043-A7007 C (L+) X_AC D (L-) V4 V6 V2 AK AK AK 110 NS XR K K K C98043-A7007 C (L+) X_AC D (L-) A A A G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 C98043-A7002 b X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 C98043-A7007 b C98043-A7002 T2 T3 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1C1 (1D1) 05. / 210 only T2 L l L Arrangement of thyristor modules Converters: 400V / 90A..6-40 1U1 1V1 1W1 X92-2 X75-4 X75-3 X92-1 X91-2 X75-2 X75-1 X91-1 X102 K k K k R76 R75 l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 B603 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 1 3 2 AC 380 to 460V NC 3 1 or AC 190 to 230V a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated Connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red E302 M E301 a XP Cables are designated as specified at ends C98043A7014 M Top-mounted FanD. 4Q AK AK AK V4 G1 K1 X21-1 X21-2 X101 K K K A 13 1 2 A A X13-2 X13-1 V3 AK AK K G1 K1 1 K1 G1 K A G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 K2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .

4Q Cables are designated as specified at ends X11-2 X11-1 R100 V1 2 14 11 1 ϑ K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 AK A K 24 2 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions AK G1 K1 1 21 X7 G2 K2 K2 G2 A X6 X24-1 X24-2 V4 X21-1 X21-2 X101 Arrangement of thyrister modules X13-2 X13-1 V3 2 13 1 K1 G1 K AK A K AK G1 K1 1 K2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .14 Converters: 280A.X101 23 X24 26 2 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 A A A X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 V6 X23-1 X23-2 K K K AK 15 1 AK AK X15-2 X15-1 V5 AK AK V1 A 22 2 V3 G2 K2 C c C (L+) X_AC V5 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 V4 V6 V2 X22-1 X22-2 V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 D (L-) c 106 107 108 109 X_AC D (L-) 110 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XT AK AK AK K K K XS A A A K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 C98043-A7007 C (L+) X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 XR C98043-A7007 C (L+) b X_AC D (L-) T2 T3 C98043-A7002 C98043-A7007 b C98043-A7002 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 Connections 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 6-41 ..4..1U1 1V1 1W1 X92-2 X75-4 X75-3 X92-1 X91-2 X75-2 X75-1 X91-1 X102 K k K k R76 R75 l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 B603 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A X3-1 X3-4 B600 2 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 1 AC 380 to 460V NC 3 3 2 or 05.2007 E302 AC 190 to 230V 1 M E301 a XP C98043A7014 M Top-mounted FanD. / 210 only T2 L l L C98043A7015 a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated T3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red 6.

X101 23 X21 A 26 2 X14 X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 X23 X16 X25 X12 T2 V6 T3 X23-1 X23-2 1U1 X15-2 X15-1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 V5 AK AK Converters: 575 / 400A A 22 2 15 1 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 X24 X22-1 X22-2 C C G2 K2 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 A A A V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 Tacho ± 270V Tachoground ES/S P24/ES ES/P XT K K K R10 R12 R11 R13 R14 R15 U2 92 V2 93 W2 94 c AK AK AK V1 V3 V5 107 108 109 110 XS ES/P_Reset NS NS XR V4 U1 95 96 c 97 V1 W1 V6 V2 AK AK AK K K K A A A G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 C98043-A7002 b C 91 C98043-A7011 90 D b C98043-A7002 X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 T2 1C1 (1D1) T3 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. 4Q V1 AK 1 21 V3 V5 X7 K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 K2 G2 A V4 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V6 V2 X6 AK AK AK V4 G1 K1 X21-1 X21-2 K K K X101 X13-2 X13-1 13 1 2 A A A V3 AK AK K G1 K1 1 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K2 G2 K1 G1 K 16 K2 G2 A X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .6-42 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 2 1 AC 190 to 230V a = copper busbar 20 x 3 b = copper busbar 20 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red C98043-A7014 3~ 2 1 M E301 Fan a XP NC 3 Cables are designated as specified at ends C98043-A7015 Arrangement of thyristor modules Converters: 400V / 400A T2 L l B602 B601 l L X3-3 X3-2 X24 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 X102 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 G2 K2 G1 K1 T3 A A A R100 V1 2 14 K K K AK 11 1 AK AK ϑ X11-2 X11-1 AK A K 24 2 6.15 Converters: 400A.4.2007 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1D1 (1C1) 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 .

16 Converters: 450A to 600A. 4Q Arrangement of thyristor modules X13-2 X13-1 V3 2 X24 X11 AK A 26 2 X26 X13 AK K X22 X15 13 1 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .2007 Converters: 460V 4U1 4N1 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 1U1 1V1 1W1 AC 190 to 230V 2 1 C98043-A7014 1~ a XP a = copper busbar 30 x 5 b = copper busbar 35 x 5 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M or 3~ 2 1 M NC 3 G (Gate)leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red C98043-A7015 E301 Fan Cables are designated like specified at ends X102 T2 L l L T3 R100 X11-2 X11-1 ϑ V1 2 14 11 1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 AK A K 24 2 X7 AK G1 K1 1 21 K2 G2 A X6 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V4 X21-1 X21-2 X101 6.4.05.X101 1 23 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 A A A X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 V6 G1 K1 X23-1 X23-2 K V1 K V3 K V5 V5 AK AK AK 15 1 AK AK X15-2 X15-1 A 22 2 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 X22-1 X22-2 G2 K2 C C V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 Tacho ± 270V Tachoground ES/S XT AK AK AK V4 V6 V2 K K K R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 106 107 108 109 P24/ES ES/P ES/P_Reset NS NS XR XS A A A K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 X21 X14 95 c C b 91 X23 X16 X25 X12 U1 V1 96 W1 97 U2 92 V2 93 W2 94 c 110 T2 T3 C98043-A7002 C98043-A7011 90 D b C98043-A7002 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 Connections 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) 6-43 .

X101 23 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 A A A X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 V6 G1 K1 X23-1 X23-2 K V1 X15-2 X15-1 K V3 K V5 AK 15 1 AK AK V5 AK AK K1 G1 K A K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 22 2 X22-1 X22-2 b G2 K2 V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P XT AK AK AK V4 V6 V2 K K K XS A A A R10 b 91 90 99 98 U V W R12 R14 R11 U 91 R13 V 99 R15 W 98 90 b 108 109 110 ES/P_Reset NS NS XR K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 T2 a T3 C98043-A7003 a C98043-A7003 C98043-A7011 1C1 (1D1) 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 C98043-A7011 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.17 Converters: 760A.6-44 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 1 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 2 AC 190 to 230V 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections C98043-A7014 3~ 2 1 M E301 Fan a XP a = copper busbar 60 x 5 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red C98043-A7015 Cables are designated as specified at ends X102 T2 L l L T3 R100 X11-2 X11-1 11 1 2 14 6.4. 4Q ϑ K1 G1 K V1 AK AK K G1 K1 X21-1 X21-2 1 21 X7 A 24 2 K2 G2 A X14-2 X14-1 X6 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V4 X101 X13-2 X13-1 Arrangement of thyristor modules V3 2 16 13 1 X24 X11 AK A K 1 26 2 X26 X13 AK X22 X15 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .2007 1D1 (1C1) .

4. 4Q R100 X11-2 X11-1 ϑ V1 2 14 11 1 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 AK A K 24 2 X7 AK G1 K1 1 21 K2 G2 A X6 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V4 X21-1 X21-2 X101 Arrangement of thyristor modules X13-2 X13-1 V3 2 X24 X11 AK A K 26 2 X26 X13 AK X22 X15 13 1 K1 G1 K K2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 to A7009 .X101 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 1 23 A A A X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 V6 G1 K1 X23-1 X23-2 K V1 X15-2 X15-1 K V3 K V5 AK 15 1 AK AK V5 AK AK K1 G1 K A K2 G2 A K 2 12 X12-2 X12-1 22 2 X22-1 X22-2 G2 K2 b V2 G1 K1 1 25 X25-1 X25-2 Tacho 103 104 105 106 107 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P XT AK AK AK V4 V6 V2 K K K XS A A A R10 b 92 90 93 U V R12 R14 W 94 R11 U 92 R13 V 93 R15 W 94 90 b 108 109 110 ES/P_Reset NS NS XR K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 X21 X14 X23 X16 X25 X12 T2 a T3 C98043-A7002 a C98043-A7002 C98043-A7011 1C1 (1D1) 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 C98043-A7011 Connections 6-45 1D1 (1C1) .Converters: 460V 4U1 4N1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 2 AC 190 to 230V 1 05.18 Converters: 850A.2007 4U1 4V1 4W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 C98043-A7014 1~ a XP 3~ 2 1 a = copper busbar 60 x 5 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M E301 Fan or M NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red C98043-A7015 Cables are designated as specified at ends X102 T2 L l L T3 6.

4. 4Q V3 F3 2 F6 AK K G1 K1 1 AK AK AK 13 1 K1 G1 K 16 K2 G2 A X16-2 X16-1 C98043-A7003 K 26 2 V1 A X26-1 X26-2 G2 K2 K V3 K V5 AK 23 Tacho X23-1 X23-2 103 104 105 106 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES ES/P 107 X12-2 X12-1 A A A V6 XT K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 X24 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 X15-2 X15-1 V5 F5 AK AK F2 XS 2 12 15 1 K1 G1 K A K2 G2 A K 108 109 1 25 ES/P_Reset NS 110 NS XR X21 X14 22 2 X23 X16 X22-1 X22-2 b G2 K2 X25 X12 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 V2 G1 K1 X25-1 X25-2 A A A K K K U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 X102 V4 V6 V2 AK AK AK R10 b 91 90 99 98 U V W R12 R14 R11 U 91 R13 V 99 R15 W 98 90 b F1 F4 F3 F6 F5 F2 C98043-A7004 C98043-A7004 T2 a T3 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 C98043-A7011 1C1 (1D1) C98043-A7011 a Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.19 Converters: 950A to 1000A.6-46 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 5N1 5W1 5U1 2 1 AC 190 to 230V 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections a =copper busbar 60 x 10 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ réd F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 E301 Fan a XP Cables are designatedas specified at ends.X101 X7 24 2 X6 X24-1 X24-2 G2 K2 V4 Arrangement of thyristor modules X13-2 X13-1 6.2007 1D1 (1C1) . F2 F1 M1A M1A T2 L l L T3 C98043-A7003 X11-2 X11-1 X101 R100 V1 F1 2 14 ϑ F4 AK K G1 K1 X21-1 X21-2 1 21 11 1 K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 AK A K2 G2 A to A7009 .

2007 1U1 1V1 1W1 a = copper bar 60 x 10 b = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables areBetatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ a XP 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red E301 Fan 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A Cables arer designated as specified at ends T2 L l L T3 C98043-A7002 X11-2 X11-1 X101 R100 V1 F1 2 14 ϑ F4 AK K G1 K1 1 21 11 1 K1 G1 K X14-2 X14-1 AK A K2 G2 A to A7009 . 4Q V3 F3 2 F6 AK K AK AK AK 13 1 K1 G1 K AK A K2 G2 A 16 X16-2 X16-1 C98043-A7002 K 26 2 V1 G2 K2 K V3 K V5 A A A X26-1 X26-2 V6 G1 K1 1 23 Tacho X23-1 X23-2 103 104 105 106 K2 G2 A 2 12 Tacho ± 270V Tacho ground ES/S P24/ES X12-2 X12-1 107 108 109 K 1 25 XT K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 K1 G1 G2 K2 X24 X11 X26 X13 X22 X15 X15-2 X15-1 V5 F5 AK F2 AK ES/P ES/P_Reset NS 110 NS XS 15 1 K1 G1 K A X21 X14 22 2 X23 X16 X22-1 X22-2 G2 K2 X25 X12 XR b K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 K2 G2 G1 K1 V2 G1 K1 X25-1 X25-2 A A A K K K U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 X102 V4 V6 V2 AK AK AK R10 b 92 90 93 94 U V W R12 R14 R11 U 92 R13 V 93 R15 W 94 90 b F1 F4 F3 F6 F5 F2 C98043-A7004 C98043-A7004 T2 a T3 1U1 1D1 (1C1) 1V1 1C1 (1D1) 1W1 C98043-A7011 1C1 (1D1) C98043-A7011 a Connections 1D1 (1C1) 6-47 .4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 2 AC 190 to 230V 1 05.20 Converters: 1100 to 1200A.4.X101 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 24 2 X7 G2 K2 X6 X24-1 X24-2 V4 X21-1 X21-2 Arrangement of thyristor modules X13-2 X13-1 6.

. and D875/. and D600/.. C98043-A7002 Converters D725/. C98043-A7003 Tacho ± 270V Tacho 103 104 Tacho ground ES/S 105 X13-1 X13-2 1 2 V3 F131 (F13) V16 3 16 V6 4 3 F161 (F16) <1> 26 F132 F162 V13 X16-2 X16-1 XT 2 1 X23-2 X23-1 X26-1 X26-2 1 15 1 3 4 3 V26 V23 6. C98043-A7003 11 X101 X11-1 X11-2 1 2 1 V1 F111 (F11) 3 14 V4 V14 4 3 X14-2 X14-1 F141 (F14) <1> 24 F112 F142 V11 to A7009 .. C98043-A7002 Converters D725/.X101 X24-1 X24-2 1 21 13 1 3 4 X21-2 X21-1 3 V24 2 1 V21 Converters D420/.2.2007 1D1 (1C1) . 4Q 23 106 107 4 3 3 12 P24/ES ES/P X12-2 X12-1 108 109 110 ES/P_Reset NS NS XR XS X15-1 X15-2 1 2 V5 F151 (F15) F121 (F12) F152 F122 V15 V12 V2 <1> 22 X22-1 X22-2 3 4 c 3 V22 V25 1 2 1 25 X25-2 X25-1 X7 X6 X102 ϑ R100 b XU1 XV1 XW1 XU2 XV2 XW2 C98043-A7004 1C1 (1D1) b C98043-A7004 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.2 T2 L l L T3 Converters D420/.6..4..21 Converters: 1500 to 2000A.. 575V/2200A...6-48 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 X3-3 X3-2 X3-1 X3-4 5N1 5W1 5U1 F2 F1 M1A M1A 2 1 AC 190 to 230V a = copper busbar 80 x 10 b = copper busbar 50 x 10 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red 3~ 2 1 M E301 Fan a XP NC 3 Cables are designated as specified at ends <1> Number of fuses see section 6.... and D875/. and D600/......

05.2007 Arrangement of thyristor blocks Connections V14 V16 V12 At rear V21 V23 V25 V24 V26 V22 At front V11 V13 V15 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-49 .

22 Converters: 400V/3000A.6-50 4U1 4V1 4W1 AC 380 to 460V or 3 1 XP 5N1 5W1 5U1 5N1 5W1 5U1 2 AC 190 to 230V 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connections a = copper busbar 80 x 10 b = copper busbar 50 x 10 c = Raychem 44A0311-20-9 All cables are Betatherm 145 1mm2 unless otherwise designated M 3~ 2 1 NC 3 G (Gate) leads ⇒ yellow K (cathode) leads ⇒ red F2 F1 M1A M1A B600 B603 R76 R75 K k K k l B602 B601 1 1 E301 Fan a XP Cables are designated as specified at ends X3-1 X3-4 X3-3 X3-2 F2 F1 M1A M1A T2 L l L T3 Converters D420/... and D600/. C98043-A7002 Converters D725/. and D875/. and D875/. 690V/2600A..X101 C98043-A7017 3 4 3 C98043-A7017 V21 K1 G1 24 G2 V24 K2 1 4 21 X24-1 X24-2 3 1 2 1 X21-2 X21-1 Converters D420/..4... C98043-A7002 Converters D725/..... 950V/2200A 4Q R100 b XU1 XV1 XW1 XU2 XV2 XW2 C98043-A7004 1C1 (1D1) b C98043-A7004 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..2007 1D1 (1C1) .. and D600/.. 575V/2800A... C98043-A7003 1 2 G1 K1 X101 11 X11-1 X11-2 V1 F112 3 14 V4 V14 K2 G2 4 3 X14-2 X14-1 F111 F141 F142 V11 to A7009 . C98043-A7003 Tacho ± 270V Tacho 103 104 105 Tacho ground ES/S 13 X13-1 X13-2 1 2 G1 K1 V3 F132 3 16 V4 V16 K2 G2 4 3 X16-2 X16-1 F131 F161 F162 V13 C98043-A7017 3 4 3 C98043-A7017 V23 K1 G1 1 XT X23-2 X23-1 6 23 26 G2 V26 K2 X26-1 X26-2 5 1 2 1 106 107 4 3 X12-2 X12-1 108 3 12 P24/ES ES/P XS ES/P_Reset 109 110 NS NS XR 15 X15-1 X15-2 1 2 G1 K1 V5 F152 F151 F121 F122 V15 V2 V12 K2 G2 C98043-A7017 3 4 3 C98043-A7017 c V25 K1 G1 1 X22-1 X22-2 22 G2 V22 K2 2 1 2 25 X25-2 X25-1 X7 X6 X102 ϑ 6..

2007 Arrangement of thyristor blocks Connections V14 V16 V12 At rear V21 V23 V25 V24 V26 V22 At front V11 V13 V15 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-51 .05.

/ 15 to 30A 3U1 3W1 C98043-A7010 XF1-2 XF1-1 G2 AK G1 A V7 K AK A V8 K R1 XF2-1 R2 XF2-2 3D Gating leads are Betatherm 145 1mm² 3C Module Rated DC current armature 15A 30A Rated DC current field 3A 5A R1 R2 A7010-L1 A7010-L2 0R1 0R1 0R1 0R05 6-52 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .2007 6.Connections 05. . .5 Field supply Converter type D .

. .2007 Connections Converter type D .X102 AK A V8 K R1 R2 R3 R4 XF2-1 R5 XF2-2 3D Gating leads are Betatherm 145 1mm² 3C Module Rated DC current armature 60A to 125A 210A to 280A 400A to 600A 720A to 850A Rated DC current field 10A 15A 25A 30A R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 A7014-L1 A7014-L2 A7014-L2 A7014-L2 0R04 0R04 0R04 0R04 0R04 0R04 0R04 0R04 — 0R04 0R04 0R04 — 0R04 0R04 0R04 — 0R04 0R04 0R04 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-53 .05. / 60 to 850A 3U1 3W1 XF1-2 XF1-1 C98043-A7014 C98043-A7015 G2 AK G1 X102 A V7 K to A7002 .

/ 900 to 3000A 3U1 3W1 XF1-2 XF1-1 a C98043-A7004 G2 AK G1 X102 A V7 K to A7002 .X102 AK U1 V1 W1 A V8 K U2 V2 W2 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 a XF2-1 R8 a XF2-2 3D a = Betatherm 145 6mm² Gating leads are Betatherm 145 1mm² 3C Module Rated DC current armature 900A to 1200A 1500A to 2000A 2200A to 3000A Rated DC current field 30A 40A 85A R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 A7004-L1/-L2 A7004-L1/-L2 A7004-L3/-L4 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 0R04 0R04 0R01 6-54 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . .2007 Converter type D . .Connections 05.

6. 830V and 950V Converter Order No. configuring data and dimension drawings.1.6 6. It is essential to use "UL-listed" or "UL-recognized" fuses for protection of devices in accordance with UL standards.6.6.1 Fuses and commutating reactors Commutating reactors Commutating reactors can be selected from Catalog LV60. 5SD420 5SD420 5SD420 5SD440 5SD440 5SD480 3NE1802-0 1) 3NE8021-1 1) A 16 16 16 25 25 30 40 100 1 Siemens fuse 1 Bussmann fuse FWP 700V ЯU Order No.6.2.6.2. A/V 6RA7018-6DS22 6RA7025-6DS22 6RA7025-6GS22 6RA7028-6DS22 6RA7031-6DS22 6RA7031-6GS22 6RA7075-6DS22 6RA7075-6GS22 6RA7078-6DS22 6RA7081-6DS22 6RA7081-6GS22 6RA7085-6DS22 6RA7085-6GS22 6RA7087-6DS22 6RA7087-6GS22 6RA7086-6KS22 30 / 400 60 / 400 60 / 575 90 / 400 125 / 400 125 / 575 210 / 400 210 / 575 280 / 400 400 / 400 400 / 575 600 / 400 600 / 575 850 / 400 800 / 575 720 / 690 3NE8003-1 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE1021-0 3NE3227 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3233 3NE3233 3NE3336 3NE3336 3NE3338-8 3NE3338-8 3NE3337-8 C/V A/V 35 / 690 50 / 690 50 / 690 80 / 690 100 / 690 100 / 690 250 / 1000 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 450 / 1000 450 / 1000 630 / 1000 630 / 1000 800 / 800 800 / 800 710 / 900 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-55 . FWP-5B FWP-5B FWP-15B FWP-20B FWP-30B FWP-35B FWP-50B FWP-100B A 5 5 15 20 30 35 50 100 1) UL-recognized 6. 6. permissible field current A 3 5 10 15 25 30 40 85 Order No. C/V 3 line fuses Siemens ЯU Order No.2007 Connections 6. 690V.2.2.1 Converters 1Q: 400V. Commutating reactors can be provided by the customer to limit commutating voltage dips in the supply system (subject to local regulations). 575V.2 Fuses For technical data. 6.1 Recommended fuses for field circuit Converter unit Rated DC current A 15 30 60 to 125 210 to 280 400 to 600 710 to 1200 1500 to 2000 2200 to 3000 Max.05.2 Fuses for armature circuit 6. The line impedance including commutating reactors must be equivalent of between 4% and 10% short-circuit voltage. please refer to Catalog DA94.

2. C/V 3 line fuses Siemens ЯU Order No.2007 Converter Order No..2 Converters 1Q: 460V Converter Order No. 3NE3338-8 3NE3337-8 3NE3337-8 3NE3337-8 6RY1702-0BA02 6RY1702-0BA02 6RY1702-0BA03 6RY1702-0BA03 6RY1702-0BA01 6RY1702-0BA01 6RY1702-0BA04 6RY1702-0BA04 6RY1702-0BA05 6RY1702-0BA07 6RY1702-0BA08 6RY1702-0BA08 6RY1702-0BA08 C/V A/V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 12 6 12 12 12 12 800 / 800 710 / 900 710 / 900 710 / 900 1000 / 660 1000 / 660 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1250 / 660 1250 / 660 630 / 1000 630 / 1000 1500 / 660 800 / 1250 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 6RA7091-6DS22 6RA7090-6GS22 6RA7088-6KS22 6RA7088-6LS22 6RA7093-4DS22 6RA7093-4GS22 6RA7093-4KS22 6RA7093-4LS22 6RA7095-4DS22 6RA7095-4GS22 6RA7095-4KS22 6RA7095-4LS22 6RA7096-4GS22 6RA7096-4MS22 6RA7097-4KS22 6RA7097-4GS22 6RA7098-4DS22 1200 / 400 1000 / 575 950 / 690 900 / 830 1600 / 400 1600 / 575 1500 / 690 1500 / 830 2000 / 400 2000 / 575 2000 / 690 1900 / 830 2200 / 575 2200 / 950 2600 / 690 2800 / 575 3000 / 400 Branch fuses are included in converter.. 6. A/V Branch fuses Siemens ЯU Order No. C/V A/V 35 /500 60 /500 100 /500 125 /500 225 /500 275 /500 450 /500 600 /500 800 /500 FWH-. fuses. A/V 6RA7018-6FS22 6RA7025-6FS22 6RA7028-6FS22 6RA7031-6FS22 6RA7075-6FS22 6RA7078-6FS22 6RA7082-6FS22 6RA7085-6FS22 6RA7087-6FS22 30 / 460 60 / 460 90 / 460 125 / 460 210 / 460 280 / 460 450 / 460 600 / 460 850 / 460 3NE1815-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3233 3NE3336 3NE3338-8 C/V A/V 25 / 690 50 / 690 80 / 690 100 / 690 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 450 / 1000 630 / 1000 800 / 800 170M1562 170M1565 170M1567 170M1568 170M3166 170M3167 170M3170 170M4167 170M5165 3 line fuses Bussmann ЯU Order No. 6-56 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .. external semiconductor fuses are not needed.6.Connections 05. C/V A/V 32 / 660 63 / 660 100 / 660 125 / 660 250 / 660 315 / 660 450 / 660 700 / 660 900 / 660 FWH-35B FWH-60B FWH-100B FWH-125B FWH-225A FWH-275A FWH-450A FWH-600A FWH-800A 3 line fuses Bussmann ЯU Order No. Converter Order No. 3NE3338-8 C/V A/V 6 800 / 800 6RA7091-6FS22 1200 / 460 Branch fuses are included in converter. external semiconductor fuses are not needed... fuses are not mechanically compatible with the 3NE.. or 170M. C/V Qty. and FWP-. A/V Branch fuses Siemens ЯU Order No...2. C/V Qty.

C/V 3 line fuses Siemens ЯU Order No. C/V A/V 20 / 690 40 / 1000 80 / 1000 80 / 1000 125 / 1000 160 / 1000 160 / 1000 250 / 1000 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 450 / 1000 450 / 1000 630 / 1000 630 / 1000 500 / 1000 500 / 1000 500 / 1000 Connections 1) Two fuses connected in parallel Converter Order No.3 Converters 4Q: 400V. 830V and 950V Converter Order No.2.05. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-57 .6. A/V 6RA7091-6DV62 6RA7090-6GV62 6RA7090-6KV62 6RA7088-6LV62 6RA7093-4DV62 6RA7093-4GV62 6RA7093-4KV62 6RA7093-4LV62 6RA7095-4DV62 6RA7095-4GV62 6RA7095-4KV62 6RA7095-4LV62 6RA7096-4GV62 6RA7096-4MV62 6RA7097-4KV62 6RA7097-4GV62 6RA7098-4DV62 1200 / 400 1100 / 575 1000 / 690 950 / 830 1600 / 400 1600 / 575 1500 / 690 1500 / 830 2000 / 400 2000 / 575 2000 / 690 1900 / 830 2200 / 575 2200 / 950 2600 / 690 2800 / 575 3000 / 400 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 12 6 12 12 12 12 3NE3338-8 3NE3338-8 3NE3337-8 3NE3337-8 6RY1702-0BA02 6RY1702-0BA02 6RY1702-0BA03 6RY1702-0BA03 6RY1702-0BA01 6RY1702-0BA01 6RY1702-0BA04 6RY1702-0BA04 6RY1702-0BA05 6RY1702-0BA07 6RY1702-0BA08 6RY1702-0BA08 6RY1702-0BA08 Branch fuses Siemens ЯU Order No.2007 6.2. C/V Qty. A/V 6RA7013-6DV62 6RA7018-6DV62 6RA7025-6DV62 6RA7025-6GV62 6RA7028-6DV62 6RA7031-6DV62 6RA7031-6GV62 6RA7075-6DV62 6RA7075-6GV62 6RA7078-6DV62 6RA7081-6DV62 6RA7081-6GV62 6RA7085-6DV62 6RA7085-6GV62 6RA7087-6DV62 6RA7087-6GV62 6RA7086-6KV62 15 / 400 30 / 400 60 / 400 60 / 575 90 / 400 125 / 400 125 / 575 210 / 400 210 / 575 280 / 400 400 / 400 400 / 575 600 / 400 600 / 575 850 / 400 850 / 575 760 / 690 3NE1814-0 3NE8003-1 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE1021-0 3NE3227 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3233 3NE3233 3NE3336 3NE3336 3NE3338-8 3NE3338-8 3NE3337-8 I/U A/V 20 / 690 35 / 690 50 / 690 50 / 690 80 / 690 100 / 690 100 / 690 250 / 1000 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 450 / 1000 450 / 1000 630 / 1000 630 / 1000 800 / 800 800 / 800 710 / 900 3NE1814-0 3NE4102 3NE4120 3NE4120 3NE4122 3NE4124 3NE4124 3NE3227 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3233 3NE3233 3NE3336 3NE3336 3NE3334-0B 1) 3NE3334-0B 1) 3NE3334-0B 1) 1 DC fuse Siemens ЯU Order No. 575V. C/V A/V 800 / 800 800 / 800 710 / 900 710 / 900 1000 / 660 1000 / 660 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1250 / 660 1250 / 660 630 / 1000 630 / 1000 1500 / 660 800 / 1250 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 Branch fuses are included in converter. 690V. external semiconductor fuses are not needed.

C/V A/V 3NE4102 3NE4120 3NE4122 3NE4124 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3334-0B 3NE3336 3NE3334-0B 1) 40 / 1000 80 / 1000 125 / 1000 160 / 1000 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 500 / 1000 630 / 1000 500 / 1000 1 DC fuse Bussmann ЯU Order No. fuses are not mechanically compatible with the 3NE... 6.2..3 F1 and F2 fuses in the power interface Only UL listed or UL recognized fuses must be used for UL listed converters. C/V A/V 800 / 800 Branch fuses are included in converter. Wickmann 198 1A / 250 V 5 x 20 mm time lag Wickmann 343 1A / 250 V 6. C/V 3 line fuses Siemens ЯU Order No.3987 Schurter FST 1A / 250 V 5 x 20 mm time lag Ordering Code 0034.2007 3 line fuses Bussmann ЯU Order No.6.Connections 6.4 Converters 4Q: 460V Converter Order No. A/V 6RA7091-6FV62 1200 / 460 6 3NE3338-8 Branch fuses Siemens ЯU Order No. C/V Qty. external semiconductor fuses are not needed. 1) Two fuses connected in parallel Converter Order No.6.2. fuses. C/V A/V 35 /500 60 /500 100 /500 125 /500 225 /500 275 /500 450 /500 600 /500 800 /500 1 DC fuse Siemens ЯU Order No.3117 6-58 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .2... 30 / 460 60 / 460 90 / 460 125 / 460 210 / 460 280 / 460 450 / 460 600 / 460 850 / 460 C/V 3NE1815-0 3NE1817-0 3NE1820-0 3NE1021-0 3NE3227 3NE3231 3NE3233 3NE3336 3NE3338-8 C/V A/V 25 / 690 50 / 690 80 / 690 100 / 690 250 / 1000 350 / 1000 450 / 1000 630 / 1000 800 / 800 170M1562 170M1565 170M1567 170M1568 170M3166 170M3167 170M3170 170M4167 170M5165 3 line fuses Bussmann ЯU Order No..3 x 32 mm time lag Schurter FSD 1A / 250 V 5 x 20 mm time lag Ordering Code 0034.. or 170M. A/V 6RA7018-6FV62 6RA7025-6FV62 6RA7028-6FV62 6RA7031-6FV62 6RA7075-6FV62 6RA7078-6FV62 6RA7082-6FV62 6RA7085-6FV62 6RA7087-6FV62 Converter Order No. and FWP-.. FWP-35B FWP-70B FWP-125A FWP-150A FWP-250A FWP-350A FWP-500A FWP-700A FWP-1000A C/V A/V 35 / 660 70 / 660 125 / 660 150 / 660 250 / 660 350 / 660 500 / 660 700 / 660 1000 / 660 A/V 6RA7018-6FV62 6RA7025-6FV62 6RA7028-6FV62 6RA7031-6FV62 6RA7075-6FV62 6RA7078-6FV62 6RA7082-6FV62 6RA7085-6FV62 6RA7087-6FV62 30 / 460 60 / 460 90 / 460 125 / 460 210 / 460 280 / 460 450 / 460 600 / 460 850 / 460 FWH-. C/V A/V 32 / 660 63 / 660 100 / 660 125 / 660 250 / 660 315 / 660 450 / 660 700 / 660 900 / 660 FWH-35B FWH-60B FWH-100B FWH-125B FWH-225A FWH-275A FWH-450A FWH-600A FWH-800A 05.

2007 Connections 6.7 Terminal arrangement Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 54 X107 X171 56 57 58 59 60 X172 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 22 23 24 12 13 14 15 16 17 X173 X109 X174 X175 C98043-A7001 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-59 .05.

Connections 05.2007 Module C98043-A7006 (CUD2) 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 X161 61 62 63 64 65 44 45 40 41 42 43 50 51 52 53 X162 X163 8 9 10 11 18 19 20 21 204 205 X164 C98043-A7006 6-60 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

2007 Connections Module C98043-A7002 or C98043-A7003 XT XS XR XP X102 F2 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 5N1 5W1 5U1 F1 Module C98043-A7010 XF1 XF2 X102 3U1 3W1 3C 3D Module C98043-A7014 XF1 XF2 3U1 3W1 3C 3D Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-61 .05.

finely stranded UK16N converter terminal (screw-type terminal) Maximum connection cross-section 16mm2. finely stranded Terminal XF1-2 3U1 XF1-1 3W1 XF2-2 3C XF2-1 3D Connection values/Remarks 2AC 400V (– 20%).g. The connection cross-sections must be determined according to the applicable regulations.1W1: Through-hole for M12 (2x copper bus 10x100) 1C1. (see Section 5.1W1: Through-hole for M8 (3x20 copper bus) 1C1. e. finely stranded G10/4 converter terminal (screw-type terminal) Maximum connection cross-section 10mm2. DIN VDE 0276 Part 1000. 2AC 460V (+10%) Field winding connection Rated DC voltage 325V / 373V For 2AC 400V / 460V supply connection Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-62 . finely stranded 1U1. Function Armature supply input Terminal 1U1 1V1 1W1 Connection values/Remarks PE conductor Armature circuit motor connection 1C1 (1D1) 1D1 (1C1) see technical data in Section 3.1D1: Through-hole for M12 (10x50 copper bus) 1U1.1 for connection options).Connections 05.1W1: Through-hole for M10 (5x30 copper bus) 1C1.8 Terminal assignments WARNING The converter might sustain serious or irreparable damage if connected incorrectly.1D1: Through-hole for M10 (5x35 copper bus) Through-hole for M12 (5x60 copper bus) Through-hole for M12 (10x60 copper bus) 1U1.4 Field circuit 15A to 850A units 1200A to 2000A units 2200A to 3000A units Function Supply connection Terminal type: MKDS terminal block (screw-type terminal) Maximum connection cross-section 4mm2. DIN VDE 100 Part 523.1V1.5.2007 6.1W1: Through-hole for M12 (10x80 copper bus) 1C1. PE conductor connection: Minimum cross-section 10mm2. The power cables and/or busbars must be secured mechanically outside the converter.1V1.2. Power section 15A and 30A units 60A to 280A units 400A and 600A units 710A to 850A units 950A to 1200A units 1500A to 2200A units 2200A to 3000A units Terminal type: KDS10 PCB feed-through terminal (screw-type terminal) Maximum cross-section 10mm2.1V1.1.1D1: Through-hole for M12 (2x copper bus 10x80) The converters are designed for a permanent power supply connection according to DIN VDE 0160 Section 6.1D1: Through-hole for M8 (5x20 copper bus) 1U1.1V1.

2007 Connections Electronics power supply Terminal type: Type 49 plug-in terminal Maximum cross-section 1.05. check whether fan is rotating in direction of arrow • On converters of > 850A (fan at top).6. see technical data in Section 3. In=2A (– 35% for 1min) Internal fuse protection with F1. Check: • On converters up to 850A (fan at bottom).4. Function Incoming supply 400V to 460V Terminal 4U1 4V1 4W1 Connection values/Remarks 3AC 400V to 460V For further details. Fan (for forced-cooled converters ≥ 400A) Terminal type: DFK-PC4 plug-in terminal (screw-type) Maximum connection cross-section 4mm2 . F2 on board C98043A7002 or -A7003 (see Section 6.3) external fuse protection 6A.5mm2. In=1A (– 35% for 1min) Internal fuse protection with F1. It is essential to use an isolating transformer for rated line voltages in excess of 460V. F2 on board C98043A7002 or -A7003 (see Section 6. see technical data in Section 3. The rated supply voltage for the armature circuit (index 001) and the field circuit (index 002) must be set in parameter P078.4 PE conductor or Incoming supply 230V 4U1 4N1 1AC 230V For further details.2.4 WARNING The converter might overheat if the incorrect phase sequence is connected (incorrect direction of rotation of fan). characteristic C recommended 1AC 190V (– 25%) to 230V (+15% ). characteristic C recommended or Incoming supply 230V 1 2 3 5U1 5W1 5N1 NOTE In the case of line voltages which exceed the tolerance range specified in Section 3.3) external fuse protection 6A. finely stranded The insulation on the supply cables must be taken up to the terminal housing.4.2. field circuit mains supply connection and converter fan connection must be adjusted by means of transformers to the permissible value stated in Section 3.6. check whether fan is rotating in counter-clockwise direction (to left) when viewed from above Caution: Rotating parts can cause physical injuries! Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-63 . the electronics supply voltage. finely stranded Function Connection Terminal XP 5U1 5W1 5N1 Connection values/Remarks Incoming supply 400V NC 1 2 3 2AC 380V (– 25%) to 460V (+15% ).

555µV (±14bit) Common mode suppression: ±15V Analog inputs . >143kΩ Ground analog M 104 6-64 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . XT Plug-in terminal (screw-type) Maximum connection cross-section 1. 300Ω Resolution can be parameterized up to approx. 10mA shortcircuit-proof Input type (signal type) parameterizable: .Current input 0 . sheet G113) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Reference M P10 N10 main setpoint + main setpoint – analog 1 + analog 1 – Select input Select input Terminal X174 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Connection values/Remarks ±1% at 25°C (stability 0.Differential input ±10V. sheet G113) Module C98043-A7002 or A7003 power interface Function Terminal Connection values/Remarks XT Tacho connection 8V to 270V 103 ±270V. XS.actual speed inputs.20mA.setpoint inputs. 150kΩ .5mm2 Analog inputs . reference voltage (see also Section 8.20mA.5mm2 MSTB2.Connections 05.5 plug-in terminal Maximum connection cross-section 2.1% per 10°K). 300Ω or 4 .2007 Open-loop and closed-loop control section Terminal type: X171 to X175 XR. tacho inputs (see also Section 8.

the minimum distance Tmin between two encoder signal edges (tracks 1 and 2) specified in the table must be observed: Table 1: Differential voltage Tmin 2) 1) Rated input voltage 5V 2V >2. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-65 . 27V differential voltage can be processed by the evaluated electronics. shield connection) Switching hysteresis: See below Pulse/pause ratio: 1:1 Level of input pulses: See below Track offset: Table 1 see below Pulse frequency: Table 2 see below Cable length: See below Ground pulse encoder M Track 1 Positive terminal Negative terminal Track 2 Zero marker Positive terminal Negative terminal Positive terminal Negative terminal 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Characteristic data of pulse tacho evaluation electronics Level of input pulses: Encoder signals (symmetrical and asymmetrical) up to a max.05. which may occur as the result of encoder and cable.2V) Terminal X173 26 Connection values/Remarks 200mA. Electronic adaptation of evaluation electronics to signal voltage of encoder: – Rated input voltage range 5V P142=0: Low level: Differential voltage <0.0V Restriction: See switching frequency Hysteresis: >1V Common-mode control range: ±10V If the pulse encoder does not supply symmetrical encoder signals. see below for cable.25mA at 15V (w/o switching losses. To ensure correct evaluation of the encoder pulses.2007 Pulse encoder input (see also Section 8.0V High level: Differential voltage >8.0V Hysteresis: >0.2V Common-mode control range: ±10V – Rated input voltage range 15V P142=1: Low level: Differential voltage <5.5V 630ns 380ns Rated input voltage 15V 8V 10V >14V 630ns 430ns 380ns 1) Differential voltage at terminals of evaluation electronics 2) The phase error LG (deviating from 90°).8V High level: Differential voltage >2. Switching frequency: The maximum frequency of the encoder pulses is 300kHz. track 2 and the zero marker. then its ground must be routed as a twisted-pair lead with every signal cable and connected to the negative terminals of track 1. can be calculated from Tmin : LG= ± (90° – fp * Tmin * 360°) LG = phase error fp = pulse frequency Tmin = minimum distance between edges This formula applies only if the encoder pulse ratio is 1:1. sheet G145) Connections Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Supply (+13. short-circuit-proof (electronic protection) Overload response: Fault message F018 Warning signal A018 Load: ≤5.7V to+15. cable length.

These reflections must be damped so that the encoder pulses can be correctly evaluated.2007 If the pulse encoder is incorrectly matched to the encoder cable. 24 Analog outputs (see also Section 8. cable length. The limit values listed in the table below must be maintained to ensure that the resultant power loss in the adapting element of the evaluation electronics is not exceeded. sheet G185) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Motor temperature Connection of the temperature sensor Ground analog M Terminal X174 22 23 Connection values/Remarks Sensor acc. max. . . 2mA short-circuit-proof Resolution ±11bits 6-66 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Connections 05.±10V corresponds to 0.002) Max. to P490 index 1 The cable to the temperature sensor on the motor must be shielded and connected to ground at both ends. short-circuit-proof 0.±200% Converter rated DC current (r072. a twisted cable pair with common pair shield is sufficient for each track. The RMS value of this current is proportional to the cable length and the pulse frequency and must exceed the current specified by the encoder manufacturer. Table 2: fmax Differential voltage 3) 50kHz Up to 27V 100kHz Up to 22V 150kHz Up to 18V 200kHz Up to 16V 300kHz Up to 14V 3) Differential voltage of encoder pulses at no load (approximate encoder power supply voltage) Cable. Crosstalk between the cables is thus reduced. Temperature sensor inputs (motor interface 1) (see also Section 8. . A suitable cable as recommended by the encoder manufacturer must be used. The shielding of all pairs protects against noise pulses. ±10V. disturbing cable reflections will be produced at the receive end. . . The shield must be connected to the shield bar of the SIMOREG converter over the largest possible surface area. Generally. The maximum cable length must not be exceeded. shield connection: The encoder cable capacitance must be recharged at each encoder edge change. load 2mA. sheet G115) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Actual current Ground analog M Select output Ground analog M Select output Ground analog M analog 1 analog 2 Terminal X175 12 13 Connection values/Remarks 14 15 16 17 0. .

2007 Connections Binary control inputs (see also Section 8. sheet G117) Module C98043-A7002 or A7003 power interface Function Terminal XS Supply for safety shutdown (output) 106 Connection values/Remarks Safety shutdown switch Safety shutdown pushbutton Safety shutdown Reset 105 107 108 24V DC. sheet G110) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Supply (output) Terminal X171 34 Connection values/Remarks 24V DC. 44.8 and Section 8. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-67 . short-circuit-proof Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 Ie = 20mA NC contact Ie = 30mA NO contact Ie = 10mA NOTICE Both 105 + 106 terminals or 106. Terminal 105 is connected to terminal 106 in the state as delivered.3. Enable operation H signal: Controller enabled L signal: Controller disabled See Section 9. 107 + 108 terminals can be used! Combined use of terminals 105 – 108 will result in a malfunction.4 for exact function description Select input binary 2 35 36 37 38 39 Safety shutdown (E-STOP) (see also Section 9. load 50mA.3 for exact function description. See Section 9. internal supply with respect to internal ground Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 H signal:+13V to +33V L signal:– 33V to +3V or terminal open 8. max. load 200mA (terminals 34. controller disable + line contactor OPEN. and 210 combined). L signal: Shutdown Deceleration along rampfunction generator ramp to n < nmin (P370) + .05. short circuit proof max. acceleration along rampfunction generator ramp to operating speed.5mA at 24V Ground digital M Select input binary 1 Power On / Shutdown H signal: Power ON Line contactor CLOSED + (with H signal at terminal 38).

characteristic C recommended Serial interface 1 RS232 (9-pin SUBMIN D socket connector) (G-SST1) X300 Use a shielded connecting cable! Ground shield at both ends! Module C98043-A7005 PMU Con.2007 Binary control outputs (see also Section 8.24) standard 3 Send and receive cables to RS485. 4A. sheet G112) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Select output Ground M Select output Ground M binary 2 binary 1 Terminal X171 Connection values/Remarks 46 47 48 54 H signal: +20V to +26V L signal: 0 to +2V Short-circuit-proof 100mA Internal snubber circuit (free-wheeling diode) Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 Binary control outputs (isolated relay outputs) Module C98043-A7002 or A7003 power interface Function Terminal XR Relay for line contactor 109 110 Connection values/Remarks Load capability: ≤250V AC. 2A. two-wire. 4A. positive differential input/output 4 Input: Reserved for later use 5 Ground 6 5 V voltage supply for OP1S 7 Send cable to RS232 (V.5nF (cable and receiver) A serial connection to a PLC or PC can be made using connector X300 on the PMU. positive differential input/output 9 Ground Cable length: Up to 15m according to EIA Standard RS232C Up to 30 m capacitive load. cosΦ=1 ≤250V AC.4 ≤30V DC.24) standard 8 Send and receive cables to RS485.Connections 05. allowing the converter to be controlled and operated from a central control center or room. pin Function X300 1 Housing earth 2 Receive cable to RS232 (V. 2A External fuse protection max. 2. max. cosΦ=0. 6-68 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . two-wire.

5kBd ⇒ 600m For transmission rate ≤93. negative differential output RS485. then equipotential bonding must be provided. 2-wire send/receive cable. negative differential input Ground For transmission rate =187. 4-wire receive cable. positive differential input RS485. 4-wire receive cable. If this cannot be guaranteed. negative differential input. positive differential output RS485. 4-wire send cable. positive differential input. 4-wire send cable.05. Activation of interface 1 or 2: – Set the baud rate in parameter P783 or P793. 2-wire send/receive cable. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-69 . – Set the protocol in parameter P780 or P790.2007 Connections Serial interface 2 RS485 (G-SST2) Module C98043-A7001 (CUD1) Function Terminal X172 TX+ 56 TX57 RX+/TX+ 58 RX-/TXM Cable length: 59 60 Connection values/Remarks RS485.75kBd ⇒ 1200m The following must be observed: DIN 19245 Part 1 The potential difference between the data reference potentials M of all interfaces must not exceed -7V / +12V.

Section 8. . ±10V. to P490 index 2 The cable to the temperature sensor on the motor must be shielded and connected to ground at both ends. sheets G185 and G186) Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Motor temperature (temperature sensor input) Terminal X164 204 205 Connection values/Remarks Sensor acc.2007 Options: Terminal expansion CUD2 Terminal type: Plug-in terminal (screw-type) Max. 52kΩ Resolution: ±10bit Common mode suppression: ±15V Analog outputs (see also Section 8. sheet G116) Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Select output Ground analog M Select output Ground analog M analog 3 analog 4 Terminal X164 18 19 20 21 Connection values/Remarks 0.5mm2 Motor interface (see also function diagrams. short circuit proof with respect to internal ground max. 44.Connections 05. . sheet G114) Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Select input analog 2 Ground analog Select input analog 3 Ground analog Terminal X164 8 9 10 11 Connection values/Remarks ±10V. 2mA Short-circuit-proof Resolution ±11bit 6-70 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . load 200mA (terminals 34. Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 H signal:+13V to +33V L signal:– 33V to +3V or terminal open Input resistance = 2. max. Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Supply for digital inputs (output) Terminal X161 210 Connection values/Remarks 24V DC.8kΩ can be isolated from internal ground (open wire jumper between terminals 216 and 217) Binary input Binary input Binary input Binary input Ground for binary inputs Ground for binary inputs M 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 Analog inputs (see also Section 8. connection cross-section 1. and 210 combined).

5mA at 24V Binary outputs (see also Section 8. then equipotential bonding must be provided. – Set the protocol in parameter P800. sheet G111) Connections Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Supply Terminal X163 44 Connection values/Remarks Ground digital M Select input Select input Select input Select input binary 3 binary 4 binary 5 binary 6 45 40 41 42 43 24V DC. 44. load 200mA (terminals 34.75kBd ⇒ 1200m The following must be observed: DIN 19245 Part 1 The potential difference between the data reference potentials M of all interfaces must not exceed -7V / +12V. 2-wire send/receive cable. negative differential input M 65 Ground Cable length: For transmission rate =187. internal supply with respect to internal ground Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 H signal:+13V to +33V L signal:– 33V to +3V or terminal open 8.05.5kBd ⇒ 600m For transmission rate ≤93. positive differential input. 4-wire receive cable. short circuit proof max. positive differential output TX61 RS485. 4-wire send cable. and 210 combined). 4-wire receive cable. 2-wire send/receive cable. sheet G112) Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Select output Ground M Select output Ground M binary 3 binary 4 Terminal X163 50 51 52 53 Connection values/Remarks H signal:+20V to +26V L signal:0 to +2V Short-circuit-proof 100mA Overload response: Error signal F018 Warning signal A018 Internal snubber circuit (free-wheeling diode) Serial interface 3 RS485 (G-SST3) Module C98043-A7006 CUD2 Function Terminal Connection values/Remarks X162 TX+ 61 RS485. negative differential output RX+/TX+ 63 RS485. negative differential input. positive differential input RX-/TX64 RS485. If this cannot be guaranteed. Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 6-71 .2007 Binary inputs (see also Section 8. 4-wire send cable. Activate interface 3: – Set the baud rate in parameter P803.

Connections 05.2007 6-72 Siemens AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

grounded object (e. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-1 . plastic foil.1).g. PCBs may only be set down on electrically conducting surfaces.g.1 Start-Up General safety information for start-up DANGER Before commencing with start-up on the converters (90A to 600A). insulating table tops or clothing made of synthetic fibers). bare metal cabinet component immediately beforehand). The simplest way of doing this is to touch a conductive. PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with highly insulating materials (e.2007 Start-Up 7 7. CAUTION Before handling any boards (in particular.05. make sure that the transparent terminal cover is mounted in the correct position (see Section 5. please make sure that your body is electrostatically discharged to protect electronic components against high voltages caused by electrostatic charges. the A7001 electronics board).

please contact your local Siemens office or representative. The use of unauthorized parts in the repair of this converter and handling of the equipment by unqualified personnel can give rise to hazardous conditions which may cause death. severe personal injury or substantial property damage. Non-observance of the safety instructions can result in death.c.Start-Up 05. from tripping. installation. The converter is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open. For special applications. If problems do occur and you feel in any way uncertain. Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the operating instructions as well as erection.l. The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation. These instructions do not claim to list all of the measures required to ensure safe and reliable operation of the converter. Hazardous voltage may be present at the signaling relays in the customer’s installation.b. 7-2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .b. supplementary information or instructions might be required. the fault current may contain a DC component that will either prevent or hinder a higher-level e. in the event of a fault to frame or ground. In this case. additional. operating and maintenance instructions should be allowed to work on these devices. all converter power sources must be disconnected and locked out. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work. proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance. Section 6. The converters must not be connected to a supply with earth-leakage circuit-breaker (VDE 0160.2007 WARNING Hazardous voltages and rotating parts (fans) are present in this electrical equipment during operation. have no protection either. All safety notices contained in this instruction manual and attached to the converter itself must be carefully observed.l. severe personal injury or substantial property damage. Please read the safety information given in Section 1 of this instruction manual.5) since. all loads connected to this e. The gating board (board mounted directly to lower part of housing) has many circuits at hazardous voltage levels.c.

− P and RAISE keys to switch a fault message and alarm to the background (see Section 10. When the lowest number is displayed. − Decreases the index in index mode (for indexed parameters) − Accelerates an adjustment process activated with the UP key (if both keys are pressed at the same time). − Decreases the selected and displayed parameter value in value mode.e.2 Operator control panels The basic converter is equipped with a simple operator panel (PMU) as standard.e. the key can be pressed again to return to the other end of the number range (i. All adjustments and settings that need to be undertaken for the purpose of start-up can be made on the simple control panel. parameter value (value mode) and index number (index mode) on indexed parameters.1 Simple operator control panel (PMU “Parameterization Unit“) The simple operator control panel is mounted in the converter door and consists of a 5-digit. − Increases the selected and displayed parameter value in value mode. When the highest number is displayed. Fault Messages and Alarms) − P and LOWER key to switch a fault message and alarm from the background back to the foreground display on the PMU (see Section 10. 7segment display with three status display LEDs and three parameterization keys below. the lowest number is thus adjacent to the highest number). Run Ready Fault X300 • P key − Switches over between parameter number (parameter mode). A user-friendly panel with plaintext display (OP1S) can be connected as an option. − Increases the index in index mode (for indexed parameters) − Accelerates an adjustment process activated with the DOWN key (if both keys are pressed at the same time). the key can be pressed again to return to the other end of the number range (i. − Acknowledges active fault messages. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-3 .2007 Start-Up 7.05. Fault Messages and Alarms) • UP key (▲) − Selects a higher parameter number in parameter mode. the highest number is thus adjacent to the lowest number).2. 7. • DOWN key (▼) − Selects a lower parameter number in parameter mode.

Start-Up 05. Sheet Z123) and the OP1S operating instructions.: 6SE70900XX84-2FK0) is mounted in the special location provided in the converter door. M0). In this case..2 User-friendly operator control panel (OP1S) The optional. 7. the numbers of existing parameters must be entered directly. nxxx Hxxx. o7). dxxx Lxxx. This automatic skipping over missing numbers does not work for technology board parameters. The converter parameters can be set in "Free access" status. By pressing the <P> key. Pxxx Uxxx. Operating status display <P> <R> Basic menu <P> <R> Free access 7-4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .2007 LED displays Run green LED LED illuminated ⇒ Ready yellow LED LED illuminated ⇒ Fault red LED LED illuminated ⇒ LED flashing ⇒ in “Torque direction active” state (MI. You can return to the operating status display by pressing the <R> key (several times if necessary). (see r000 in Section 11) in “Fault signal present” state (o11) (see r000 in Section 11 and Faults and Alarms (Section 10)) An alarm is active (see Faults and Alarms in Section 10). you can switch from the operating display to the Basic Menu in which you can either select "Free access" to all parameters or a variety of functions. operator control panel with plaintext display (order no. cxxx Number to be keyed in on OP1S (0)xxx 2xxx 1xxx 3xxx If the RAISE or LOWER key on the OP1S is used to select adjacent parameter numbers. user-friendly. (see r000 in Section 11) in “Ready” state (o1 . then any missing numbers in the range of basic converter parameters are skipped. This location provides a connection to the serial basic converter interface SST1. Details of these functions can be found in the function diagram "OP1S operational display" (Section 8. Parameters can be selected directly through input of the parameter number via the keyboard of the OP1S. The following interrelationships apply: Displayed number Basic converter parameter Technology board parameter rxxx. The OP1S switches to operational display a few seconds after initialization.2. MII.

The OP1S operator panel transfers the following control bits in process data word 1 in the USS message: Key on OP1S ON key / OFF key (I / 0) Reset Jog Reverse ON / OFF1 Acknowledge Jog (inch) Enable positive direction of rotation Enable negative direction of rotation UP key DOWN key *) Function *) Bit in PZD word1 (connector K2001) Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Binector B2100 B2107 B2108 B2111 B2112 B2113 B2114 Increase motorized potentiometer Decrease motorized potentiometer Suggested functions. see also Section 8. Sheet G180 2) OP1S in "Operational display" status ON / OFF1: Parameterization of switch-on/shutdown via OP1S by setting P654 = 2100 Please also note AND operation with "Switch-on/Shutdown" from terminal 37 (see also Function Diagrams. Sheet G130 in Section 8 and Section "Switch-on/Shutdown (ON / OFF) terminal 37" in Section 9) Acknowledge: Parameterization of fault message acknowledgements via OP1S by setting P665. P666 or P667 = 2107 Faults can always be acknowledged by pressing the <P> key on the PMU. the control signals from the OP1S can be used for any type of control task in the SIMOREG 6RA70.2007 Start-Up Control bits from OP1S operator panel: (see also function diagram "OP1S operational display" (Section 8. Since binectors can be freely wired up to any selector switch. Sheet Z123) and the OP1S operating instructions) Data are exchanged between the OP1S and SIMOREG 6RA70 converter via the G-SST1 interface (RS485) and USS protocol. Function Diagrams.05. Connection of control signals from the OP1S for the suggested functions: Functions can be implemented via the OP1S only if the following conditions are fulfilled: 1) Bit-by-bit input of control bits in control word 1 (P648 = 9). Inching: Parameterization of inching via OP1S by setting P668 or P669 = 2108 Selection of source of inching setpoint via the corresponding index of P436 (see "Inching setpoint" function diagram) Direction of rotation enable: Parameterization of direction of rotation enabling via OP1S by setting P671 = 2111 (positive direction of rotation) P672 = 2112 (negative direction of rotation) Motorized potentiometer: Parameterization of motorized potentiometer via OP1S by setting P673 = 2113 (higher) P674 = 2114 (lower) P644 = 240 (main setpoint from motorized potentiometer) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-5 .

L or c parameters. Setting parameters are used to both display and change quantities such as the rated motor current.Start-Up 05. etc. On the parameter value level. d. - 7-6 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .3. Parameters for the basic converter are called P.0). 2. To change parameters with this characteristic. NOTE Parameters can be altered only if the following conditions are fulfilled: . r. o7. The basic unit parameters are displayed first on the PMU. you can change the setting of a parameter value by pressing the <Up> or <Down> key. switch the converter to the ≥o1. The values of display parameters can never be changed (read only). press P. speed controller P gain. Parameter List) are displayed. Depending on how parameter P052 is set. or in the fault/alarm display state and indicating a fault or alarm (e.g. To reach the parameter number level from the operational display state (e.1 Parameter types Display parameters are used to display current quantities such as the main setpoint. “40” (see Section 11. setpoint/actual value difference of speed controller. Indexed parameters are used to both display and change several parameter values which are all assigned to the same parameter number.3 Parameterization procedure Parameterization is the process of changing setting values (parameters) via the operator panel. 7. T300 or T400).3. 4. 1. Parameters with characteristic “offline” cannot be changed when the converter is in the “Run” (online) state.g. thermal motor time constant.g. It is important not to confuse the parameters of the optional S00 technology software of the basic unit with the parameters of an optional supplementary board (T100. “Parameter List”). To reach the parameter index level (for indexed parameters) from the parameter number level. Parameters for an optional supplementary board are called H. If you press P when a non-indexed parameter is displayed. 3.2 Parameterization on simple operator control panel After the electronics supply voltage has been switched on. armature voltage. U or n parameters. only some parameter numbers (see Section 11. the PMU is either in the operational display state and indicating the current operating status of the SIMOREG 6RA70 (e. F021). - The converter is the correct operational state.0 status (“Ready”). etc. e. To reach the parameter value level from the parameter index level (for indexed parameters). activating converter functions or displaying measured values. o7. Operational states are described under parameter r000 in Section 11 and the fault and alarm messages in Section 10. you go directly to the parameter value level.The appropriate access authorization is set in key parameter P051. press the P key and then the <Up> or <Down> key to select individual parameter numbers. followed by the technology board parameters (if such a board is installed).g.2007 7.0). 7. The values of display parameters are read-only values and cannot be changed. press P and then the <Up> or <Down> key to select individual indices.

g.05.17“. the right-hand or left-hand digit flashes. 7. g.1 Index e. To indicate that digits are concealed to the right or left of this “window”. When the P and LOWER keys are pressed. Parameter value e.e.1 and 7. i.2 Status displays on the PMU NOTE Parameters are described in the Parameter List in Section 11 and faults and alarms in Section 10.173“. Display parameters Setting parameters Table7. Example: Parameter value “208.2 below show an overview of displays which may appear on the PMU: Parameter number e. As an orientation guide. Fig.17" is displayed when the parameter is selected. g. "2" appears briefly followed by “208. Manual shifting Start-Up If the 5 existing digits on the 7-segment display are not sufficient to display a parameter value. i. 7. you can shift the window over the remaining digits of the parameter value. Basic unit Technology Basic unit Technology or or or or Display of visualization and setting parameters on the PMU Actual value Parameter value not (currently) possible Alarm Fault Display Table 7. "1" appears briefly followed by “08.2007 5. the right-hand digit 3 is the 1st position in the parameter value.1). SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-7 .e. the right-hand digit 7 is the 2nd position in the parameter value. the display first shows just 5 digits (see Fig. Press the P key to return to the parameter number level from the parameter value level.1 Shifting the PMU display for parameter values with more than 5 digits 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 P + P + 6. By pressing the <P>+<Down> or <P>+<Up> key.173“ "208. When the P and RAISE keys are pressed. Tables 7. the position of the right-hand digit within the overall parameter value is displayed briefly during manual shifting.

0 or 1. The offset adjustment can also be activated as an individual function by means of parameter P051 = 22. in order to carry out a complete new start-up operation. it is no longer necessary to execute "Restore factory settings" after a software update because the parameter settings prior to the update remain valid.g.ii is set (takes approx. Transfer parameter values to the non-volatile memory. The electronics power supply must remain connected while this operation is in progress.Start-Up 05. We therefore recommend that all old settings be read out beforehand with Drive Monitor and stored on a PC or programmer. 10 s). The number of the parameter currently being processed is displayed on the PMU during the process. Set parameter P051 = 21 2.2 and later.4 Reset to default value and adjust offset Restoring parameters values to defaults (works settings) and performing an internal converter offset adjustment. 3. This operation takes at least 5 s (but may also last several minutes). NOTICE When the “Restore to default” function is activated.2007 7. Execution of function: 1. The parameter values are stored in non-volatile storage (EEPROM) so that they will still be available when the converter is switched off. e. all parameters set for a specific installation are overwritten (deleted). Offset adjustments Parameter P825. With converter SW version 1. 7-8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . The “Restore to default” function can be executed if a defined basic setting is to be established. The "Restore factory setting" function must be executed after every software update if the converter software has been updated from version 1. “Restore to default” must be followed by a completely new start-up operation or else the converter will not be “ready” with respect to safety.1.

. Rated input voltage converter field (in volts) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-9 . field current < 0. .5 Rated converter field DC current 3 Adjustment to actual converter supply voltage P078.001 . . .2007 Start-Up 7.002 .05. . . severe personal injury or substantial property damage. 1 Access authorization P051 . . The gating board (board mounted directly to lower part of housing) has many circuits at hazardous voltage levels. Key parameter 0 Parameter cannot be changed 40 Parameter can be changed P052 .001 (in %) or parameter P067. . The rated converter armature DC current must be adapted by the setting in parameter P076.5 Start-up procedure WARNING The converter is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open. armature current < 0.5 Rated armature DC current The rated converter field DC current must be adjusted by the setting in parameter P076. Rated input voltage converter armature (in volts) P078. if: Max. Enter an odd number if parameters are to be entered via CB (PROFIBUS) 2 Adjustment of converter rated currents NOTICE On North American manufactured Base Drive assemblies (Type 6RA70xx-2xxxx) the US rating must be set in Parameter P067. . Non-observance of the safety instructions given in this manual can result in death. Selection of parameters to be displayed 0 Only parameters that are not set to default are visible 3 All parameters are visible P927 . .002 (in %) if: Max.

00V) 5. XT. . 33 Heidenhain ROD Teldix Rotaswitch Serie 26 7-10 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .16 see also Section 9.16 see also Section 9. . Rated field current (in amps) P104 . .104) Tacho voltage at maximum speed (– 270. P100 . . Speed n1 (in rpm) P105 . .16 see also Section 9. . Thermal time constant of motor (in minutes) (if necessary: activate fault signal F037 with P820!) see also Section 9. .2 Operation with pulse encoder P083 = 2: P140 The actual speed is supplied by the pulse encoder (K0040) Selecting a pulse encoder type (pulse encoder types see below) 0 No encoder/"Speed sensing with pulse encoder" function not selected 1 Pulse encoder type 1 2 Pulse encoder type 1a 3 Pulse encoder type 2 4 Pulse encoder type 3 1. .00V to +270. .2007 4 Input of motor data In the parameters below. . the motor data must be entered as specified on the motor rating plate.103. Pulse encoder type 1 Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90° (with/without zero marker) Track 1 X173 28. 1 = speed-dependent current limitation active P114 .16 see also Section 9. . . . Rated armature current (in amps) P101 . 29 Track 2 X173 30. . .14 5 Actual speed sensing data 5.16 see also Section 9.16 see also Section 9. 31 Zero marker X173 32. . . Armature current I2 (in amperes) P108 . Speed n2 (in rpm) P107 . Maximum operating speed n3 (in rpm) P109 . . Rated armature voltage (in volts) P102 . Armature current I1 (in amperes) P106 .Start-Up 05. . .1 Operation with analog tacho P083 = 1: P741 The actual speed is supplied from the “Main actual value” channel (K0013) (terminals XT.

CW rotation Track 1 X173 28. POG9DN Teldix Rotaswitch Serie 25 Honeywell HDM Series 225 ± 60° internal zero marker 3. 33 Pulse output Rot.26 and 27). CW rotation Track 1 X173 28. Track 1 X173 28. The zero marker is converted internally to a signal in the same way as on encoder type 1. NOTICE Resetting parameter P142 to the alternative setting does not switch over the supply voltage for the pulse encoder (terminals X173.05. P143 Setting the maximum speed for pulse encoder operation (in pulses/rev) The speed set in this parameter corresponds to an actual speed (K0040) of 100%. 29 Track X173 30. 33 ≤ 360° Hübner OG9DN. 29 Track 2 X173 30. 33 CCW rotation 4. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-11 . direction CCW rotation Zero marker P141 P142 Number of pulses of pulse encoder (in pulses/rev) Matching to pulse encoder signal voltage 0 Pulse encoder outputs 5 V signals 1 Pulse encoder outputs 15V signals Matching of internal operating points to signal voltage of incoming pulse encoder signals. 31 Zero marker X173 32. Pulse encoder type 2 Encoder with one pulse track per direction of rotation (with/without zero marker). Terminal X173. 31 Zero marker X173 32.26 always supplies +15V. 31 Zero marker X173 32. Pulse encoder type 3 Encoder with one pulse track and one output for direction of rotation (with/without zero marker). 29 Track 2 X173 30.2007 Start-Up 2. Pulse encoder type 1a Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90° (with/without zero marker). An external voltage supply must be provided for pulse encoders requiring a 5V supply.

after operating status o7 or higher has been reached Field current permanently connected 6. at speeds above rated motor speed (= “threshold speed”). the motor EMF is maintained constantly at setpoint EMFset (K289) = P101 – P100 * P110.4 Freely wired actual value P083 = 4: P609 The actual value input is defined with P609. EMF at maximum speed (1. in the field weakening range.1 Field control P082 = 0: P082 = 1: P082 = 2: P082 = 3: Internal field is not used (e.Start-Up Operation without tacho (EMF control) P083 = 3: P115 The actual speed is supplied from the “Actual EMF” channel (K0287).3 5. i. but weighted with P115.00 to 140.2007 5. with permanent-field motors) The field is switched together with the line contactor (field pulses are enabled/disabled when line contactor closes/opens) Automatic connection of standstill field set via P257 after a delay parameterized via P258. 05. 6 Field data 6.2 Field weakening P081 = 0: P081 = 1: No field weakening as a function of speed or EMF Field weakening operation as a function of internal EMF control so that.e.00% of rated converter supply voltage (r078.1 Current limits P171 P172 Motor current limit in torque direction I (in% of P100) Motor current limit in torque direction II (in% of P100) 7.g. 7 Selection of basic technological functions 7. Number of connector which is connected to controller actual value input.2 Torque limits P180 P181 Torque limit 1 in torque direction I (in % of rated motor torque) Torque limit 1 in torque direction II (in % of rated motor torque) 7-12 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .001)).

0 or o7.3 Acceleration time 1 (in seconds) Deceleration time 1 (in seconds) Initial rounding 1 (in seconds) Final rounding 1 (in seconds) Execution of optimization runs 8. P256. 21) must therefore be set at P082 instead of 3 (13. 23) for the duration of this optimization run. P112. The standstill field P257 is to be set to 0. P255.0 percent if P082 = 2 (12.1 The drive must be in operating state o7. The value 1 (11.2007 Ramp-function generator P303 P304 P305 P306 8 Start-Up 7. P111. If the switch-on command is not given within 30 s.0 (RUN). this waiting status is terminated and fault message F052 displayed. Select one of the following optimization runs in key parameter P051: P051 = 25 P051 = 26 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and field Speed controller optimization run can be preceded by selection of the degree of dynamic response of the speed control loop with P236. the motor field current must be zero before starting this optimization run. An activity display appears on the PMU. separated by a bar that moves up and down.05. consisting of two 2-digit numbers.1 (enter SHUTDOWN!). The flashing of the decimal point in the operational status display on the PMU (simple operator control panel) indicates that an optimization run will be performed after the switch-on command. Optimization run for field weakening Optimization run for compensation of friction moment and moment of inertia Speed controller optimization run for drives with oscillating mechanical system. The following parameters are set automatically: P110.0 or o7.3 The SIMOREG converter switches to operating state o7.2 P051 = 27 P051 = 28 P051 = 29 8. P051 = 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and field (process lasts approximately 40s) The current controller optimization run may be executed without a mechanical load coupled to the motor.1 and waits for the input of SWITCH-ON and OPERATING ENABLE. it may be necessary to lock the rotor. the optimization run is executed. CAUTION In order to avoid rotation in the case of separately excited motors with a very high field circuit time constant. P826. where lower values produce a softer controller setting. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-13 .4 for several seconds and then to o7. P156. 8. CAUTION Permanent-field motors (and motors with an extremely high residual flux) must be mechanically locked during this optimization run. These two numbers indicate (for SIEMENS personnel) the current status of the optimization run.4 As soon as the converter reaches operating status <o1.. 22). 8. P155. Enter the commands SWITCH-ON and OPERATING ENABLE.

When P200 < 20ms. individual current spikes of approximately 120% of the motor rated armature current are generated. 22) or 4 (14. Furthermore. P225 (gain) is limited to a value of 30. filtering of the main actual value parameterized in P745. The field current setpoint is limited to a minimum according to P103 by parameterizing P103 to values < 50% of P102 for the duration of the run. P226. 23) must therefore be set at P082 instead of 1 (11.Start-Up 05. 24) for the duration of this optimization run.00. If field weakening is selected (P081 = 1). For the purpose of speed controller optimization. WARNING During the speed controller optimization run.2007 WARNING The set current limits are not effective during the current controller optimization run. if closed-loop torque control (P170=1) or torque limiting (P169=1) is selected or if a variable field current setpoint is applied: P051 = 27 Optimization run for field weakening (process lasts approx. Note: In order to determine the magnetization characteristic. starting from the measuring point. the ultimate mechanical load should be connected to the motor where possible. 75% of the rated motor armature current flows for approximately 0. if P083=1.7s. NOTICE In the case of separately excited motors with a very high field circuit time constant. P236 must be set before the speed controller is optimized. 2 (12. and affects the settings of P225. Note: The speed controller optimization run takes only the filtering of the actual speed controller value parameterized in P200 into account and. where lower values produce a softer control loop. and P228. the minimum field current (P103) must be parameterized to less than 50% of the rated motor field current (P102). The speed controller optimization run sets P228 (speed setpoint filter) to the same value as P226 (speed controller integration time) (for the purpose of achieving an optimum control response to abrupt setpoint changes). The following parameters are set automatically: P117 to P139. The following parameters are set automatically: P225. P051 = 26 Speed controller optimization run (process lasts approximately 6s) The degree of dynamic response of the speed control loop can be selected with P236. This might be necessary in the case of uncompensated motors with a very high armature reaction. P275 and P276. since the parameter settings are determined by the measured moment of inertia. 7-14 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . The motor may reach speeds of up to approximately 20% of maximum speed. 1min) This optimization run may also be started without a mechanical load. To execute this optimization run. The magnetizing characteristic is approximated linearly to 0. the field current setpoint is reduced during the optimization run from 100% of the motor rated field current as set in P102 down to a minimum of 8%. The value 3 (13. the motor is accelerated at a maximum of 45% of its rated armature current. a motor field current approximately equal to the rated field current of the motor according to P102 should be flowing before this optimization run starts. P226 and P228. 21). at a minimum field current setpoint.

the friction and inertia moment compensation function must be activated manually by setting P223=1. WARNING This optimization run must not be carried out if the motor is coupled to a mechanical load which is capable of moving the torque-free motor (e. An average is calculated from a programmable number of current peaks (P567.g. Note: The speed controller may not be parameterized as a pure P controller or as a controller with droop when this optimization run is executed. the drive accelerates to approximately 80% of rated motor speed (the armature voltage corresponds to maximum 80% of the rated motor armature voltage (P101)). P226 and P228. The frequency response of the controlled system for frequencies of 1 to 100 Hz are recorded during this optimization run. P051 = 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction moment and moment of inertia (if desired) (process lasts approx. FS=20%). a vertical load).2007 Start-Up WARNING During this optimization run. [The value set in P567 is significant in determining the time taken to perform the run. With a setting of 300. the run can take about 3 to 4 minutes. FS=1%) is then injected. On completion of this run.] The optimum speed controller setting for the controlled system is calculated on the basis of the frequency response measured for the system. P540 WARNING The drive accelerates up to maximum speed during this optimization run. the optimization run for friction and inertia moment compensation must be repeated. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-15 . 40s) The following parameters are set automatically: P520 to P530. A sinusoidal speed setpoint with low amplitude (P566. P051 = 29 Speed controller optimization run on drives with oscillating mechanical components (takes up to 10 minutes) The following parameters are set automatically: P225.05. WE=300) for each frequency. When the operating mode is switched from current control to torque control with P170. The drive is first accelerated up to a base speed (P565. The frequency of this supplementary setpoint is changed in steps of 1 Hz from 1 Hz to 100 Hz.

The determined parameters are dependent on the motor temperature. The optimization runs for field weakening and friction motor and moment of inertial compensation must be repeated every time the maximum speed setting is altered. the optimization run for the friction moment and moment of inertia compensation function (P051=28) may not be interrupted by SHUTDOWN until the measuring point at 10% of maximum speed has been determined. it will be continued at a more advanced position. the function data set selection must not be changed or else a fault message will be activated. The controller settings must therefore be checked by suitable means (oscilloscope. manual re-optimization will be necessary. Note: The respective optimization run is executed completely after a restart if a) a fault message is activated during the optimization run. speed controller. Likewise. If it is necessary to change the maximum speed setting by more than about 10%. In this way. c) if another function dataset than the one before is selected or d) if another optimization run is started in-between. the optimization run P051=25 should be repeated after the drive has been operated under load (i.2007 8. field weakening control.). For highly dynamic drives. P051 is displayed on the operator panel and the drive switches to operating state o7. 10 Checking the drive settings The optimization runs do not provide optimum results for every application. The parameters of the function data set selected in each case are optimized.Start-Up 05. NOTE Optimization runs should be executed in the order listed above (precontrol and current controller. the maximum speed must be checked and it's setting corrected if necessary. the optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) may not be interrupted by the SHUTDOWN command until the 1st field weakening measuring point has been plotted. Trace etc. even if the travel path is limited. In some cases. It may be necessary to repeat the speed controller optimization run or re-optimize the controller manually. Values set automatically when the motor is cold can be used as effective defaults. NOTICE In the case of drives with a limited travel path. Premature interruption in both cases will lead to activation of fault message F052. when motor is warm).e. 7-16 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . b) if the electronics supply is disconnected before the relevant optimization run is restarted.2. While optimization runs are being executed. DriveMonitor. friction moment and moment of inertial compensation). the respective run can be completed in several stages. the control response of the speed control loop must be checked. When either of these optimization runs is restarted (P051=27 or P051=28). 9 Checking and possible fine adjustment of maximum speed After the optimization runs have been executed.5 At the end of the optimization run.

activating the free function blocks NOTE Freely assignable function blocks are enabled in parameter U977.2 “Manual optimization”.06: F007 (overvoltage) F018 (short circuit at the binary outputs) F031 (controller monitoring speed controller) F035 (drive blocked) F036 (no armature current can flow) F037 (i2t monitoring of motor) Activate the monitoring functions required in your applications by replacing the fault number in question with the value 0.g. Speed controller P200 P225 P226 P227 P228 Actual speed filtering Speed controller P gain Speed controller integration time Speed controller droop Speed setpoint filtering Note: P228 is set to the same value as P226 (speed controller integration time) during the speed controller optimization run (P051=26) (for the purpose of achieving an optimum control response to abrupt setpoint changes). the following fault signals are deactivated with parameters P820.05. For enabling instructions. Parameter List.01 to P820. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-17 .g. please refer to Section 11. it may be better to parameterize a lower speed setpoint filtering value (P228). When the ramp-function generator is used. e. Setting of empirical values or optimization using setpoint control boxes according to generally applicable optimization guidelines. activating monitoring functions NOTE In the factory setting. EMF controller P275 P276 EMF controller P gain EMF controller integration time Setting of empirical values or optimization using setpoint control boxes according to generally applicable optimization guidelines. description of parameters U977 and n978.2007 Start-Up 11 Manual (post-)optimization (if necessary) Precontrol and current controller for armature and field Instructions on how to manually set parameters for the precontrol function can be found in Section 7. 12 Setting of supplementary functions e.

Armature circuit inductance P111 LA [mH] = 1. only parameters that are not set to the default setting are displayed on the operator control panel. Additional smoothing reactors and feeder resistances are not taken into account in the armature circuit inductance. The feeder resistances are not taken into account in the armature circuit resistance.1 Manual optimization (if required) Manual setting of armature resistance RA (P110) and armature inductance LA (P111) • Setting of armature circuit parameters according to motor list Disadvantage: The data is very inaccurate and/or the actual values deviate significantly.2007 13 Documentation of setting values • Read out parameters with DriveMonitor (see Section 15 “DriveMonitor”) or • Document parameters If P052=0.6. the rotor of the DC motor locked so that it cannot rotate. an armature current of approximately 0% now flows. − Set the overspeed protection threshold P354=5% − Enter a main setpoint of 0 − If ”ENABLE OPERATION” is applied and the “SWITCH ON” command entered.4 ∗ Rated converter supply voltage of armature power section [V] (P071) Rated motor armature current [A] (P100) The basis for this formula is the empirical value: The transition from discontinuous to continuous current is at approx. 7-18 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Start-Up 05. • Rough estimation of armature circuit parameters from motor and supply data Armature circuit resistance P110 RA [Ω] = Rated motor armature voltage [V] (P101) 10 ∗ Rated motor armature current [A] (P100) The basis for this formula is that 10% of the rated armature voltage drops across armature circuit resistor RA at rated armature current.6 7. in the case of excessively high residual flux. 7. • Calculation of armature circuit parameters based on current/voltage measurement − Select current-controlled operation: P084=2 − Set parameter P153=0 (precontrol deactivated) − The field must be switched off by setting P082=0 and. 30% of the rated motor armature current.

g.002) is equal to the required setpoint (P102). only field precontrol active and field current controller disabled − Set parameter P102 to the rated field current − Increase parameter P112 until the actual field current (r035 converted to amps be means of r073.05.e.2 Manual setting of field circuit resistance RF (P112) • Rough estimation of field circuit resistance RF (P112) from motor rated field data RF = Rated motor field voltage Rated motor field current (P102) • Adapt the field circuit resistance RF (P112) using a field current setpoint/actual value comparison − Set parameter P112=0 to produce a 180° field precontrol output. − Read out r019 (actual armature current value) and convert to amps (using P100) − Read out r038 (actual armature voltage in volts) − Calculate the armature circuit resistance: RA [W] = r038 r019 (converted to amps) − Set the armature circuit resistance in parameter P110 Calculation of armature circuit inductance P111 from measured armature current at transition from discontinuous to continuous current − Make an oscilloscope trace of the armature current (e. 7. − Measure armature current at transition (at standstill EMF=0) ILG.2007 Start-Up Calculation of armature circuit resistance P110 from measured armature current and armature voltage values − Increase the main setpoint (displayed at r001) slowly until the actual armature current value (r019 in % of rated converter armature current) reaches approximately 70% of the rated motor armature current. − Measure the phase-to-phase voltage of the armature power section Usupply or read out the value of r015. at terminal 12) Increase the main setpoint (displayed at r001) slowly starting from 0 until the armature current reaches the transition from discontinuous to continuous current. EMF=0 or read out the value of r019 and convert to amps using P100. − Reset parameter P082 to the plant operating value. EMF = [A] − Set the armature circuit inductance in parameter P111. i.4 ∗ Usupply [V] ILG. even when the line contactor has dropped out − Set parameters P254=0 and P264=0. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-19 .6. and thus an actual field current value = 0 − Set parameter P082=3 to ensure that the field remains permanently energized. − Calculate the armature circuit inductance using the following formula: LA [mH] = 0.

g. control.7 Starting up optional supplementary boards For board mounting instructions. inputs/outputs.001 is used for the 1st EB1 and parameter U755. If a communication board is used in addition to a technology board. This section also contains details on the number of supplementary boards that can be installed and in which slots they may be inserted.g. The connections of the transfer data are then determined by the configuration or parameter settings of the technology board. which are freely configurable using parameters. the 1st EB1) of this particular type and the board with the higher letter the 2nd board (e. CBD. then data are exchanged with the basic converter via the technology board. The basic converter cannot directly access the data of the communication board. If two boards of the same type (e. The board in the slot with the lower slot letter is the 1st board (e. As module T300 has already been replaced by T400. Module T400 is already available with standard configurations for frequent applications. Mounting Optional Supplementary Boards. however.002 for the 2nd EB1).g.1 Procedure for starting up technology boards (T100. two EB1s) are installed in a converter. to define the signal type of the analog inputs of boards of type EB1. 1 Disconnect the power supply and insert the board in location 2. The 1st board is parameterized via index 1 and the 2nd board via index 2 of the corresponding parameter (e. Power up the system again to gain access to the parameters of the technology board (d and H parameters.2007 7. please see Section 8. 2nd EB1). CBP2. All communications-related settings must be made by means of parameters. see Section 5.Start-Up 05.g. The basic converter automatically detects all installed supplementary boards during power-up. The function diagrams in Section 8 show a general overview of the parameters provided for this purpose. T400): NOTE Freely configurable technology boards T300 and T400 are guaranteed to operate correctly (board run up and data exchange with the SIMOREG 6RA70). the slots in which they are installed determine the parameter settings. This software can be expanded with customized components. as well as c and L parameters if programmed). parameter U755. and logic modules. 7.2 . Only one communication module (CBC. if required. T300 should only be used in special circumstances. function diagram Z110) For meaning of bits of control and status words.7. Module T100 comprising software submodule MS100 already contains several technology functions and arithmetic. 2 7-20 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Sheets G180 to G183. The user. The process data are interconnected at the basic converter end by means of the appropriate connectors and binectors (see Section 8. T300. SCB1) is permitted in slot G in addition to the technology modules T100 and T300 in slot 2. must bear responsibility for ensuring that the system is properly configured.3. link to a communications module) without any additional configuration. serial interfaces.g. They permit the use of several functions (e.

CBP2) for module T400.0 R07/98. SIMADYN D – Configuring Instructions T400. In this case. but the CB parameters must be configured as modifiable parameters of the T400.g. but two communications modules (CBC. the 2nd CB is not configured with parameters of the basic device. please consult the relevant documentation (e. CBD.).05. it is possible to configure not only one.2007 Start-Up As from configuration software D7-SYS V4. These modules are then located on an ADB in slots G (1. 6DD1903-0EA0 etc. CB) and F (2. Possible communications paths are shown in the figure below.module of the SIMOREG DC Masters 6RA70 FB-CBCONF Receiver FB-CRV Transmitter FB-CTV Setpoints Fault channel from TECHBOARD Receiver FB-CRV 1st COMBOARD Dual-port RAM Configuration channel to COMBOARD Setpoint channel Actual value channel Parameter channel BASEBOARD FB@DRIVE (BBF=0) processes parameters for number ranges 1000 to 1999 and 3000 to 3999 Transmitter FB-CTV Parameter channel TECHBOARD Parameter channel Setpoints Receiver FB-CRV lokal USS slave interface Actual values Warning channel from COMBOARD BASEBOARD TECHBOARD 2nd COMBOARD The SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 does not permit direct evaluation of the signals of a pulse generator connected to the terminals of the CUD1 by the T400. For details of how to configure a T400. CB). Dual-port RAM Configuration of the 1st COMBOARD using CB parameters U710 to U72 Configuration channel to COMBOARD Setpoint channel Transmitter FB-CTV Receiver FB-CRV FB-@DRIVE Receiver FB-CRV Transmitter FB-CTV Dual-port RAM Configuration channel to COMBOARD Setpoint channel Actual value channel Parameter channel BASEBOARD Parameter channel TECHBOARD Parameter channel from operator panel on CUD1 Actual value channel Parameter channel BASEBOARD Parameter channel TECHBOARD FB-PTRANS transfers parameters FB@DRIVE (BBF=0) processes parameters for number ranges 1000 to 1999 and 3000 to 3999 Transmitter FB-CTV Actual values Parameter channel Warning channel from TECHBOARD Warning channel from COMBOARD FB-TFAW receives and transmits alarm and warning messages lokal USS slave interface Warning channel from COMBOARD CUD1 . SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-21 .

Index 1 of each parameter is set for the 1st communication board (1st CB) and index 2 for the 2nd communication board (2nd CB): - 2 U712 PPO type.g. For details. If this monitoring function is activated.U722 Telegram failure time for process data (0 = deactivated) The DP master configuring data determine whether the slave (CBP2) must monitor telegram traffic with the master. please see Section 8.002 to "0" to transfer the values of parameters U712. Masters control the data traffic via the bus and are also referred to as active nodes. DP masters of class 2 (DPM2) are programming. There are two classes of master: DP masters of class 1 (DPM1) are central stations (e.7. SIMATIC S7 or SIMADYN D) which exchange data with slaves in predefined message cycles. U722 and P918 to the supplementary board. In the factory setting of U722 (monitoring deactivated) the drive continues to run with the last received setpoints in case of a PROFIBUS failure and can only be stopped by an OFF signal from the terminal. For the purpose of PROFIBUS. The following are important communication parameters. Sheets G180 to G183.Start-Up 05. Parameter list.2 . WARNING This initialization process will interrupt the communication of any supplementary board that has already been started up. it is necessary to distinguish between master and slave converters. the DP master passes a time value (watchdog time) to the slave when the link is set up. see Section 5. definition of the number of words in the parameter and process data section of the telegram (required only if the PPO type cannot be set via PROFIBUSDP master) . The CBP2 (Communication Board PROFIBUS) serves to link drives and higher-level automation systems via the PROFIBUS-DP.2 Sequence of operations for starting up PROFIBUS boards (CBP2): 1 Switch off the power supply and insert the board or adapter with board. If no data are exchanged within this period. -The 3 Turn the electronics supply voltage off and on again or set U710. WARNING Note the setting of parameter U722. - P918 Bus address P927 Parameterization enable (need only be set if parameters are to be assigned via PROFIBUS) process data of the 1st or 2nd communication board are connected by means of the appropriate connectors and binectors (see Section 8.2007 7. Mounting Optional Supplementary Boards. For board mounting instructions.3. DriveMonitor) which are used in operation to configure. The latter can monitor the process data as a function of U722 and activate fault message F082. function diagrams Z110 and Z111) For meaning of bits of control and status words. 7-22 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .001 or U710.g. DPM1s support both a cyclic channel (transmission of process data and parameter data) and an acyclic channel (transmission of parameter data and diagnostic data). configuring or operator control/visualization devices (e. SIMATIC S5. see Section 11. the slave terminates the process data exchange with the SIMOREG converter.

PKW section The parameter section (PKW . status words and actual values. DPM2s support only an acyclic channel for transferring parameter data. The bus is accessed according to the token-passing method. This channel is also frequently referred to as the STANDARD channel. The master can communicate with other masters. setpoints. Parameter data allow all parameters of the drive to be accessed.2007 start up or monitor the installation. The user data structure for the cyclic channel MSCY_C1 (see picture above) is referred to as a Parameter Process(data) Object (PPO) in the PROFIBUS profile for variable-speed drives. Process data are always transferred and processed as priority data in the drive. diagnostic quantities. When the bus system is started up. The type of PPO selected depends on what functions the drive has to perform in the automation network. lowcost installation.6 kbaud to 12 Mbaud and is set for all devices connected to the bus when the bus system is started up. to be called by a higher-level system without impairing the performance of the PZD transmission. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-23 . i.e. PROFIBUS-DP (Distributed Peripherals) predominantly utilizes the master-slave method and data is exchanged cyclically with the drives in most cases. PROFIBUS (Process Field Bus) combines high baud rates (to RS485 standard) with simple. fault messages. etc. or with slaves in a subordinate master-slave process. Process data are "wired up" by means of connectors of the basic unit (drive) or via technology board parameters. CBP2) may only respond to received messages and are referred to as passive nodes. if these are configured. Start-Up The contents of the data frames transferred via these channels are identical to the structure of the parameter section (PKW) as defined by the USS specification. permission to transmit for a defined time window is granted to the active stations (masters) in a "logical ring".Parameter ID Value) is used to read and write parameter values.g. the type of PPO used by the PROFIBUS master to address the drive is selected. allowing parameter values. within this time window. The user data structure is divided into two different sections which can be transferred in each telegram: PZD section The process data (PZD) section contains control words.05. The PROFIBUS baud rate can be selected within a range of 9. The following diagram shows the services and channels supported by a CBP2: CPU (Class 1 master) MSCY_C1 Cyclic channel MSAC_C1 Acyclic channel DriveMonitor (Class 2 master) MSAC_C2 Acyclic channel PPO PKW Job/ response PZD Setpoint/ actual values DS 0 Diagnosis DS 100 PKW Job/ response PKW Job/ response PZD Setpoint/ actual values Parameter channel Process data channel Slaves (e.

g. any job with different contents. The index IND contains the number of the relevant index value (equals 0 in the case of nonindexed parameters).2007 PZD 10 1 word PPO1 PPO2 PPO3 PPO4 PPO5 st 2 word nd 3 word rd 4 word 1 word st 2 word nd 3 word rd 4 word th 5 word th 6 word th 7 word th 8 word th 9 word th 10 word th PKW: Parameter ID value PZD: PKE: Process data Parameter identifier IND: STW: Index Control word ZSW ISW: Status word Main actual value PWE: Parameter value HSW: Main setpoint The acyclic channel MSCY_C2 (see diagram above) is used exclusively for the start-up and servicing of DriveMonitor.com). 7-24 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the master must not issue any new requests.1 Mechanisms for processing parameters via the PROFIBUS: The PKW mechanism (with PPO types 1. but must repeat the old job. This assignment complies with the USS specification. MSAC_C2) the number of the index is transferred in the low-order byte (bits 0 to 7). "Structure of request/response telegrams“. The low-order byte of the index word is used in the PPO of CBP2 to select the correct number range (bit7 = Page Select bit) in the case of parameter numbers of > 1999. The low-order byte (bits 0 to 7) is not defined in the DVA profile.profibus. The parameter identifier PKE contains the number of the relevant parameter and an identifier which determines the action to be taken (e. 2 and 5 and for the two acyclic channels MSAC_C1 and MSAC_C2) can be used to read and write parameters. The parameter section in the telegram always contains at least 4 words: Parameter identifier PKE Index IND Parameter value 1 PWE1 (H word) Paramter value 2 PWE2 (L word) Details about the telegram structure can be found in Section 7. the drive sends back a response. The IND structure differs depending on the communication mode: - Definition in the PPOs (structure of IND with cyclical communication via PPOs) Definition for acyclical channels MSAC_C1 and MSAC_C2 (structure of IND with acyclical communication) The array subindex (referred to simply as "subindex" in the PROFIBUS profile) is an 8-bit value which is transferred in the high-order byte (bits 8 to 15) of the index (IND) when data are transferred cyclically via PPOs.e.7. Until it receives this response. Drive technology" of the user's organization PROFIBUS International (http://www. "read value"). In the case of acyclical data traffic (MSAC_C1. and in the PROFIBUS profile "PROFIBUS Profile.7. Bit 15 in the high-order byte is used as the Page Select bit. When the job has been executed. Index value 255 (request applies to all index values) is meaningful only for acyclical transmission via MSAC_C1. A parameter request job is sent to the drive for this purpose. i. 7. The maximum data block length is 206 bytes with this transmission mode.2.Start-Up A total of five PPO types are defined: PKW section PKE IND PWE PZD section PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 STW HSW 1 HIW ZSW 1 th 05.9.

The complete job must be sent in one telegram. "Structure of request/response telegrams“): Request identifier PKE = 0x6065 (request parameter value (array) P101). The Internet address is http://www4. The values of the indices are as follows: SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-25 . then a "No job" job must be issued. If no information needs to be fetched via the PKW interface (but only PZD) in cyclic operation. The high-order word is entered as PWE1 and the low-order word as PWE2.ad. The description in this document is fully applicable in every respect. the characteristic features of each board are stored in a separate device master file (GSD).032 (1st CB) or n732.064 (2nd CB). the parameter index and the parameter value.2007 Start-Up The parameter value PWE is always transferred as double word (32-bit value) PWE1 and PWE2.7. The appropriate file can be chosen in the selection menu for the SIMOVERT MASTER DRIVES files in later versions of the configuring tool. except that the specified parameter numbers differ from those used on the SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70. Index IND = 0004h = 4d Parameter value PWE1 = PWE2 = 0 SIMOREG response: Response identifier PKE = 0x4065. Detailed information about communication via PROFIBUS can be found in Section 8. The same applies to the response. You need file <siem8045.de/view/cs/en/4647098. In order to ensure that all master systems can correctly address each supplementary board. Product Support/PROFIBUS GSD files/Drives/ .05.gsd> for CBP2.7.2 Diagnostic tools: LED displays of CBP2 (flashing LEDs mean normal operation): Red LED Yellow LED Green LED Status of CBP2 Communication between SIMOREG and CBP2 Communication between CBP2 and PROFIBUS As a start-up support tool. PWE1 must be set to 0 by the master.033 to n732. the corresponding GSD file containing all necessary information for this mode. the parameter number. Have all entries displayed using the search function and click on the search results. SIMOVERT/SIMOREG/SIMADYN CBP File: siem8045. The master must send the job repeatedly until it receives an appropriate response from the slave. Example (acyclical data traffic): Read parameter P101.9. In the case of 16-bit values. it can be collected from an Internet site. 6SE7080-0QX50). The master recognizes the response to the job it has sent by analyzing the response identifier. the PROFIBUS board supplies data which can be displayed in n732.2. If a device master file is not available in the menu.siemens. Index IND = 0004h = 4d Value of P101.001 to n732. PROFIBUS devices have a variety of difference performance features.004 (for details.2 of the compendium for SIMOVERT MASTER DRIVES Motion Control (order no.004 = 0190h = 400d (PWE1 = 0. see Section 7. The actual values in repeats of response telegrams are always up-to-date values. because it is not a double word parameter) Rules for job/response processing: A job or a response can only ever refer to one parameter. 7.gsd The communication boards can only be operated on a non-Siemens master as a DP standard slave.

01=Baud_Control. 0110=93. 0001=6MBd.) H byte: Reserved 011/043 L byte: "Re-config.2007 Bit0: "CBP Init".5kBd.5kB (0=no address violation. 10=DP_Control. CBP not selected by basic unit (not set in normal operation) Bit3: Illegal bus address (P918) (not set in normal operation) Bit4: Diagnostic mode activated (U711 <> 0) (not set in normal operation) Bit8: Incorrect identifier bytes transferred (incorrect configuring message from PROFIBUS Master) (not set in normal operation) Bit9: Incorrect PPO type (incorrect configuring message from PROFIBUS Master) (not set in normal operation) Bit10: Correct configuring data received from PROFIBUS_DP Master (set in normal operation) Bit12: Fatal error detected by DPS Manager software (not set in normal operation) Bit13: Program in endless loop in main. 0101=187. 1024 is subtracted from address and access made to the new address) Bit4+5: DP state (00=Wait_Prm. 11=not possible) Bit6+7: WD state (00=Baud search. 0100=500kBd. CBP is selected by basic unit (set in normal operation) Bit2: "CBP Offline". CBP is being initialized or waiting to be initialized by the basic unit (not set in normal operation) Bit1: "CBP Online". 0011=1. 0010=3MBd. 10=Data_Ex.45kBd. 1000=19. bytes for special diagnosis H byte: Reserved 009/041 L byte: Mirroring of slot identifier 2 H byte: Mirroring of slot identifier 3 010/042 L byte: Mirroring of P918 (CB bus addr. by CUD" counter H byte: "Initialization runs" counter 012/044 L byte: Error ID DPS manager error H byte: Reserved 013/045 L byte: PPO type found H byte: Reserved 014/046 L byte: Mirroring of "DWord specifier ref" 7-26 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 01=Wait_Cfg. 1001=9. 11=not possible) Bit8-11: Baud rate (0000=12MBd.2kBd. of received error-free messages (DP Standard only) H byte: Reserved 005/037 L byte: "Timeout" counter H byte: Reserved 006/038 L byte: "Clear Data" counter H byte: Reserved 007/039 L byte: "Heartbeat counter error" counter H byte: Reserved 008/040 L byte: No. 1=for addresses > 1536 bytes.5MBd.Start-Up Index 001/033 CBP_Status Meaning for CBP2 05.6kBd) Bit12-15: SPC3-Release (0000=Release 0) 003/035 SPC3_Global_Controls Bits remain set until the next DP global command Bit1: 1=Clear_Data message received Bit2: 1=Unfreeze message received Bit3: 1=Freeze message received Bit4: 1=Unsync message received Bit5: 1=Sync message received 004/036 L byte: No. 0111=45.c (loop can only be exited by a Reset) Bit15: Program in communications online loop (loop can only be exited through re-initialization by basic unit) 002/034 SPC3_Status Bit0: Offline/Passive Idle (0=SPC3 is operating in normal mode (offline) 1=SPC3 is operating in Passive Idle) Bit2: Diag flag (0=diagnostic buffer has been picked up by master 1= diagnostic buffer has not been picked up by master) Bit3: RAM Access Violation.75kBd. memory access >1.

Fault F082 Failure of PZD telegrams or a fault in the transmission channel. pos.05. reconfiguration necessary. counter H byte: DP/T:PUT DB101 ps. counter 022/054 L byte: DP/T:GET DB101 ps. ack. counter 021/053 L byte: DP/T:GET DB100 ps. counter H byte: Reserved 017/049 L byte: DPV1:DS_Write. counter H byte: DP/T:PUT DB100 ps. display x) 028/060 Software version (Vx. Fault F080 An error occurred as board CBP2 was being initialized. incorrect bus address or defective module. month 026/058 Date of creation: Year 027/059 Software version (Vx.2007 Index Meaning for CBP2 Start-Up 015/047 H byte: Mirroring of "DWord specifier act" 016/048 L byte: DPV1:DS_Write. Alarm A081 (1st CB) or alarm A089 (2nd CB) The identifier byte combinations transmitted by the DP master in the configuration telegram do not match the permitted identifier byte combinations (configuring error on DP master) Effect: No link can be established with the DP master. ack. ack.g. counter 023/055 L byte: DP/T service neg. incorrect value of a CB parameter. ack. ack. ack. 030/062 Reserved 031/063 Reserved 032/064 Reserved Fault and alarm messages: For details about fault messages. acknow. acknow. neg. Effect:The process data are not transferred to the basic unit. counter H byte: DP/T:PUT DB99 pos.yz. ack. pos. neg. counter H byte: Reserved 018/050 L byte: DPV1:DS_Read. Fault F081 The heartbeat counter (counter on CBP2) which is monitored by SIMOREG for "signs of life" from the board has not changed for at least 800 ms. ack. Alarm A082 (1st CB) or alarm A090 (2nd CB) No valid PPO type can be determined from the configuration telegram from the DP master.yz. counter H byte: Reserved 020/052 L byte: DP/T:GET DB99 pos. counter H byte: Reserved 019/051 L byte: DPV1:DS_Read. Effect: No link can be established with the DP master. counter H byte: DP/T:Application association pos. Alarm A083 (1st CB) or alarm A091 (2nd CB) No user data. counter 024/056 Reserved 025/057 Date of creation: Day. or only invalid data. ack. ack. display yz) 029/061 Software version: Flash-EPROM checks. reconfiguration necessary. see Section 10. When the telegram failure SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-27 . e. are being received from the DP master.

fault number in diagnostic parameter n732. Alarm A085 (1st CB) or alarm A093 (2nd CB) Error in the DPS software of the communication board. transmission of the setpoints to the SIMOREG may be interrupted depending on the setting of U715 (with secondary fault F082). Alarm A088 (1st CB) or alarm A096 (2nd CB) At least 1 configurable internode transmitter is not yet active or has failed again (for details. Effect: Interruption in communication with PROFIBUS.g. Effect:If a transmitter is not yet active. cable break. this disturbance generates fault message F082 with fault value 10. If an internode transmitter fails again. Effect:Total communication failure (secondary fault F082). bus connector removed or DP master switched off).2007 monitoring function is active (U722 set to value other than 0). the associated setpoints are set to "0" as an alternative. see diagnostic parameter n732). Alarm A086 (1st CB) or alarm A094 (2nd CB) Failure of heartbeat counter detected by SIMOREG DC-MASTER. this disturbance generates fault message F082 with fault value 10. Alarm A087 (1st CB) or alarm A095 (2nd CB) DP slave software has detected serious fault. Effect: When the telegram failure monitoring function is active (U722 set to value other than 0).Start-Up 05. 7-28 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .08. Effect: Fault message F081 is generated. Alarm A084 (1st CB) or alarm A092 (2nd CB) The exchange of data between the communication board and DP master has been interrupted (e.

01 or U721.02 or U721. Turn the electronics supply voltage off and on again or set U710. 6=500kbit/s. Note: The initialization process may interrupt the communication link to a supplementary board which is already operational. 8=1Mbit/s CANopen 1 Receive-PDO 2 Receive-PDO 3 Receive-PDO 4 Receive-PDO 1 Transmit-PDO 2 Transmit-PDO 3 Transmit-PDO 4 Transmit-PDO Response to Life Time Event Baud rate when U721.3. 4=125kbit/s. 5=250kbit/s.002 or U721.3 Sequence of operations for starting up CAN bus boards (CBC): 1 With the power supply switched off.06 U721.05. 3=100kbit/s.007 = 0: 0=10kbit/s. 6=500kbit/s. For board mounting instructions.07 U722 P918 P927 0 = Functionality according to Layer 2 of ISO-OSI.2 . 3 WARNING This initialization process will interrupt the communication of any supplementary board that has already been started up. CANLayer 2 (U721=0) and CANopen (U721=1): CAN-Layer 2 U711 U712 U713 U714 U715 U716 U717 U718 U719 U720 Basic identifier for PKW Request/PKW Response Basic identifier for PZD Receive Basic identifier for PZD Send Number of PZD for PZD Send Updating rate for PZD Send Basic identifier for PZD Receive-Broadcast Basic identifier for PZD Receive-Multicast Basic identifier for PZD Receive-Internode Basic identifier for PKW Request-Broadcast Baud rate when U721.007 = 0: 0=10kbit/s. function diagrams Z110 and Z111) For meaning of bits of control and status words. 1=20kbit/s. The following are important communication parameters.2007 Start-Up 7. 3=100kbit/s. Mounting Optional Supplementary Boards. 5=250kbit/s. The meaning of the parameters also differs depending on the setting of U721.002 to "0" to transfer the values of parameters U711 to U721 and P918 to the supplementary board. Sheets G180 to G183.1 = Functionality according to Layer 7 of ISO-OSI7 Layer Model 7 Layer Model (CANopen) Bus timing (this should not be changed) Bus timing (this should not be changed) Telegram failure time (0 = deactivated) Bus address (node ID) Parameterizing enable (required only in cases where parameter values must be altered via the CAN Bus) Telegram failure time (0 = deactivated) Bus address (node ID) Parameterizing enable (required only in cases where parameter values must be altered via the CAN Bus) The process data of the 1st or 2nd communication board are connected by means of the appropriate connectors and binectors (see Section 8.001 or U710. 7=Reserved.7. insert the board with adapter board (ADB) into the slot. 2=50kbit/s.002 or U721. Index 1 of each parameter is set for the 1st communication board (1st CB) and index 2 for the 2nd communication board (2nd CB): Exception: In parameter U721. i. 1=20kbit/s. 2=50kbit/s. i001 to i005 are applicable to the 1st CB and i006 to i010 to the 2nd CB (indices 3 to 5 and 8 to 10 are reserved).e. 8=1Mbit/s th rd nd st th rd nd st 2 U721. please see Section 8. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-29 . 4=125kbit/s. 7=Reserved. see Section 5.

Each data message. but messages with this format are not evaluated.2007 The CAN (Controller Area Network) fieldbus is being used increasingly for industrial applications in spite of its limited network length (max.e. Errored telegrams can be reliably detected by means of a number of interactive error detection mechanisms. Parameter data are exchanged by means of so-called SDOs (Service Data Objects). the slaves. i.7. 40 m with a data transmission rate of 1 Mbaud). i. CAN protocol Device profile Application Communication profile CIA DS 301 CIA CAL DS 201 . 205. function diagrams Z110 and Z111). mechanical CIA DS 102-1 Device Net ODVA ISO-DIS 11898 Layer 1 7. Process data (PZDs) are time-critical and therefore processed faster by the drive (every 3. All settings required to operate the communication board are made in drive parameters (see Section 8. electrical Physical layer.1 Description of CBC with CAN Layer 2 User data are exchanged between the CAN master and the CAN boards on the drives. Identifiers are assigned in the CB parameters as shown in the following diagram: 7-30 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 207 CANopen CAL Device net Device net specification includes: . the so-called COBs (Communication Objects).Start-Up 05. Simultaneous use by other nodes of Extended Message Format with 29-bit identifiers is tolerated. Nodes on the bus determine from the identifier which telegrams apply to them. setpoints and actual values) or data which relate to parameters. Data are transferred by means of telegrams. Process data (PZD) are categorized as either data received by the drive (control words and setpoints: PZD Receive) or data transmitted by the drive (status words and actual values: PZD Send).. they have higher priority then high identifiers. The figure below shows a diagram of the CAN architecture model that is oriented toward the ISOOSI-7 layer reference model. The identifiers also determine bus accessing priority. Functionality according to layer 7 (CANopen) Process data are exchanged rapidly by means of so-called PDOs (Process Data Objects) analogous to the transmission method used for layer 2. The COBs to be sent and received by each node must be defined before data transmission commences.e. these are divided into COBs with 4 data words each by the communication board. A transmission is automatically repeated when errors are detected. The CBC board uses the Standard Message Format with 11-bit identifier.3. A maximum of 16 PZDs can be transferred in either direction. User data are categorized as either process data (control and status information. 4 COBs are required to transfer 4 PZD words. Functionality according to layer 2 The user data from the user software (as COBs on byte level) must be transferred directly to layer 2 (see also the examples of PZD and PKW data exchange given further down). Low identifiers gain faster access to the bus.Device profile – Communication profile – Application layer Layer 7 Application layer Layer 3-6 Communication Layer 2 Data link layer Physical layer. with each COB requiring its own separate identifier. The CBC supports the functionalities provided by layers 2 and 7 of this model. has its own individual identifier and contains a maximum of 8 bytes of user data. which is processed by the drive every 20 ms. In other words.3 ms at system frequency of 50 Hz) than the non-time-critical PKW data (parameter identifier value).

3 different modes of COB transmission can be selected in CB parameter 5 (U715): U715 = 0 Actual values are transmitted only on request (Remote Transmission Requests) U715 = 1 to 65534 Actual values are transmitted after the set time [ms] or on request (Remote Transmission Requests) U715 = 65535 Actual values are transmitted if the values have changed (event) or on request (Remote Transmission Requests). How received data are utilized by the drive or which data are to be sent by the drive is determined by connectors (see Section 8. PZD Send 1 (actual values 1 to 4) Node address of drive (P918) x4 + +1 PZD Send 2 (actual values 5 to 8) Basic identifier for PZD send (U713) +2 PZD Send 3 (actual values 9 to 12) +3 PZD-Send 4 (actual values 13 to 16) Example of PZD Send: P918 = 1 U713 = 196 This setting assigns identifier 200 to the first 4 send PZDs.2007 PZD Receive 1 (setpoints 1 to 4) Start-Up Node address of drive (P918) x4 + +1 PZD Receive 2 (setpoints 5 to 8) Basic identifier for parameterizing PZD Receive (U712) +2 PZD Receive 3 (setpoints 9 to 12) +3 PZD Receive 4 (setpoints 13 to 16) Example of PZD Receive: P918 = 1 U712 = 96 This settings assigns identifier 100 to the first 4 receive PZDs. identifier 201 to the second 4 send PZDs. function diagrams Z110 and Z111). etc.05. This option should only be used in cases where values seldom change so as to prevent excessive bus loading. etc. PZDx are process data words SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-31 . identifier 101 to the second 4 receive PZDs. Structure of a telegram for PZD data exchange: The telegram consists of the following data words: Identifier ID Process data word 1 PZD1 Process data word 2 PZD2 Process data word 3 PZD3 Process data word 4 PZD4 ID is the CAN identifier that is defined for the COB in question by parameterization.

PZD Receive Multicast This function is used to send setpoints and control words from the master to a group of slaves on the bus simultaneously. If more than 4 data words are needed. etc. data consistency can be assured by means of control word bit 10 (control by PLC). If this is not possible. Notes regarding PZD transmission: Control word 1 must always be transferred as the first PZD word for setpoints. With this option. these must be divided among several COBs. then it must be transferred as the fourth PZD word. interrelated data should be transferred within the same COB. allowing PZDs to be exchanged between drives without intervention by a CAN master. the setpoint data appear as follows (data field length = 8 bytes.Start-Up 05. The remaining data are then transmitted.e. an identical identifier must be set on all slaves utilizing the function. by setting the bit to "off" in the first COB to temporarily prevent the drive from accepting the data from the communications board. The first 4 PZDs are transferred with the value set in U716 and the second 4 PZDs with the value in U716+1. If control word 2 is needed. Since drives accept the data asynchronously. Since a drive can accept up to 16 PZDs simultaneously from the communication board. Bit 10 (control by PLC) must always be set in control word 1 or else the drives will not accept setpoints and control words. Setpoint 2. For this purpose. etc. Setpoint 4. This group identifier is set in CB parameter 7 (U717). Finally. all slaves within the group using the function must be set to an identical identifier. 7-32 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . The consistency of process data can only be guaranteed within a COB. The first 4 PZDs are transferred with the value set in U718 and the second 4 PZDs with the value in U718+1. The first 4 PZDs are transferred with the value set in U717 and the second 4 PZDs with the value in U717+1. low and high bytes are shown swapped round): Identifier 64 00 ID 7F 9C PZD1 00 20 PZD2 Data field 7B 00 PZD3 00 00 PZD4 The following functions are also available.2007 Example of a PZD setpoint telegram: Using the receive identifier of the above example Receive identifier 1. With this option. etc. Setpoint 3. PZD Receive Internode This function is used to receive setpoints and control words from another slave. This identifier is set in CB parameter 8 (U718). Setpoint 100d 40063d 8192d 123d 0d 0064h 9C7Fh 2000h 007Bh 0h control word 1 speed setpoint 50% Using the CAN BusAnalyser++ from Steinbeis. i. This common identifier is set in CB parameter 6 (U716). data consistency is assured. For this reason. the data transferred in several COBs may not always be accepted and processed in the same processing cycle. each allowing a maximum of 16 process data to be transferred: PZD Receive Broadcast This function is used to send setpoints and control words from the master to all slaves on the bus simultaneously. a COB containing a control word bit 10 set to "on" is transmitted. the identifier of PZD Receive Internode on the receiving slave must be set to the identifier of PZD Send on the transmitting slave.

9. For a change request. one CAN identifier for PKW Request (parameter request job to drive) and one CAN identifier for PKW Response (parameter response by drive). the drive supplies all index values in the response telegram to a read request. Bit15 also has a special function as the page select bit for parameter numbers greater than 1999. for indexed parameters it contains the corresponding index value. Example of a PKW request: Changing the parameter value of the indexed parameter P301. The index IND contains the value 0 for unindexed parameters. The index value 255 means that the request concerns all indices of the parameter in question. The example telegram therefore contains the following values: Request identifier Request code Parameter number Index Parameter value 300d 7d 301d 2d 9500d 012Ch 7h 012Dh 0002h DAE4h For use of the IDs of the example above "Change parameter value (array word)" => PKE = 712Dh SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-33 . Bit 12 to bit 15 contain the request or response ID.e. Because a COB can only contain up to 4 data words (8 bytes) of net data. the parameter values must then be passed on for all indices of the parameter. For this reason. In the other direction.00%. care should be taken to ensure that data are transferred in meaningful combinations. the first PZD from PZD Receive and PZD Receive Broadcast are always interpreted as the same control word 1. i. PKE contains the request or response ID and the parameter number Request or response ID Parameter number PNU Bit 0 to bit 10 contain the number of the parameter concerned. Two CAN identifiers are required for the purpose of processing parameters. Details about the telegram structure can be found in Section 7.2007 Start-Up Since a variety of different functions can be used to transfer PZDs simultaneously. For example.7.05. data are overlayed in the drive. use of this request is only possible for parameters with (up to ) 2 indices. These assignments are made in CB parameters as shown in the following diagram: Node address of drive (P918) PKW Request x2 + Basic identifier for parameterizing (U711) +1 PKW Response Example of PKW data exchange: P918 = 1 U711 = 298 This setting assigns identifier 300 to the parameter job (request) and identifier 301 to the parameter response. "Structure of request/response telegrams“. Structure of a telegram for PKW data exchange: The telegram consists of the following data words: Identifier ID Parameter identifier PKE Parameter index IND Parameter value 1 PWE1 Parameter value 2 PWE2 ID is the CAN identifier that is defined for the COB in question by parameterization.02 (in the RAM) to -95.

7-34 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . This normally takes 20 ms. low and high bytes are shown swapped round): Identifier 2C 01 ID 2D 71 PKE 02 00 IND Data field E4 DA PWE1 00 00 The following transfer function is also available: PKW Request Broadcast A parameter job (request) is processed simultaneously by all slaves on the bus. initialization states). In certain system states (e. parameter processing is greatly delayed or does not take place at all.g. are made accessible in standardized form via the network by means of the entries in the object directory.g. resulting in a delay in job execution. the transmit data appear as follows (data field length = 8 bytes. The master may not issue a new parameter request job until any current parameter job has been acknowledged. one which contains general information about the device.g. drives [CiA DS-402]. 7. such as digital and analog input/output modules [CiA DS-401]. control panels [CiA DS-403].3. The node address is not used to generate the CAN identifier because this must be set identically on all slaves utilizing the PKW Request Broadcast function. industrial automation systems based on CAN and the CAL communication standard. A central component of the CANopen standard is the definition of device functionality using an "Object Directory" (OD). This object directory is subdivided into two sections. these jobs can only be executed where access is available to technology board parameters (e. the low-order byte (in words) or the low-order word (in double words) is transferred first. controllers [CiA DS-404].3. The CBC does not respond to a parameter request job until the drive data are available.1 Introduction to CANopen CANopen is a standardized application for distributed. Jobs which apply to all indices of a parameter (e. manufacturer's name. device parameters. T400).2007 Using the CAN BusAnalyser++ from Steinbeis.2. As a general rule. CANopen can be regarded in Europe as the definitive standard for the implementation of industrial CAN-based system solutions. CANopen is based on a so-called "communication profile" which specifies the underlying communication mechanisms and their definition [CiA DS-301]. and the other describing the scope of device functions. The corresponding parameter response is made with the CAN identifier for PKW Response described above.Start-Up 05. such as identification. The main types of device deployed for automating industrial systems. serial basic converter interface). The "application objects" of a device. SIMOREG 6RA70 does not use double word parameters itself.7.7. Notes regarding PKW transmission: The length of the job and the response is always 4 words. device functions or network variables. This common identifier is set in CB parameter 9 (U719). These profiles define the functionality of standard equipment of the relevant type. such as input and output signals. CANopen is a standard of CAN in Automation (CiA) and was in widespread use shortly after it became available. "Request all indices") are not possible. are described in so-called "device profiles". PLCs [CiA DS-405] or encoders [CiA DS-406]. An entry ("object") in the object directory is identified by means of a 16-bit index and an 8-bit subindex. and the communication parameters. etc.2 Description of CBC with CANopen 7.g. The response times will be longer only if change (write) jobs including storage of the value in the EEPROM are received from other sources (e.

3. The functionality required for the preparation and coordinated starting of a distributed automation system corresponds to the mechanisms defined under CAL Network Management (NMT). SDOs are used mainly to transmit parameters during the device configuring process and generally for the transmission of longer data areas.05. Using a synchronization message.e. Identifiers can be entered directly into the data structures of the object directory to assign CAN message identifiers to PDOs and SDOs. If the master does not receive a response to its request. i.).7. This telegram is used to signal all faults and alarms generated in the SIMOREG system via the CAN Bus. These settings override the settings of the CP parameters and are erased when the supply voltage is switched off.2. SYNC. the communication link to the slave must be malfunctioning in some way (e. etc. Parameters U711 to U714 can be programmed to select the mapping and communication properties of the Receive PDOs and parameters U715 to U718 to set the mapping and communication properties of the Transmit PDOs. The network functionality is monitored via the Node Guarding Telegram with which the master addresses the slaves cyclically. changing the assignment between the objects from the object directory and a PDO in operation. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-35 . Transmission type and identifier of the communication objects (PDO. Another available communication object is the SYNC object. Dynamic mapping.2 Functionality of CBC with CANopen The CBC with CANopen supports only minimal boot-up as defined in communication profile CiaA DS-301 (Application Layer and Communication Profile). event-oriented. Messages of unrestricted length can be transferred in principle. If the slave does not receive a Node Guarding Telegram from the master within a particular time period (Life Time Event). both in accordance with CiA DS-401 (Device Profile for Drives and Motion Control).2007 Start-Up Similar to other field bus systems. The EMCY object (Emergency Object) is implemented. cyclically or on request as broadcast objects without an additional protocol overhead. The relevant object directory entry is addressed through the specification of index and subindex. however. SDO. be set via SDOs in operation. Canopen modes Velocity Mode (speed control) and Profile Torque Mode (torque control). SDOs are transmitted as a confirmed data transfer with two CAN objects in each case between two network nodes. bus connector removed. Standardized. A total of 8 bytes of data can be transferred in a PDO. and the manufacturerspecific Current Mode (current control) are implemented. The transmission of SDO messages involves an additional overhead. Each slave must individually respond to this telegram within a parameterizable time frame. the CAN master can synchronize the transmission and reception of PDOs for the whole network ("synchronous PDOs"). cable break. Process data objects are generally transferred either event-oriented. The reaction of the slave to this event can be parameterized in parameter U719. this also applies to the "Node Guarding" principle underpinning the cyclical node monitoring function. One server SDO is available. The assignment between application objects and a PDO (transfer object) can be set by means of a structure definition ("PDO mapping") stored in the OD and is thus adaptable to the individual operating requirements of a device. high priority alarm messages ("Emergency Messages“) are available for signaling device malfunctions. EMCY and Node Guarding Object) can. 7.g. predefined identifiers can be used for simple system structures. it can assume that there is error in the communication link. Up to four Receive PDOs and four Transmit PDOs are available. is not supported by the CBC. CANopen employs two basic data transmission mechanisms: The rapid exchange of short process data via so-called "process data objects" (PDOs) and the accessing of entries in the object directory via so-called "service data objects“ (SDOs).

V1.3 Diagnostic tools: LED displays on the CBC (flashing LEDs indicate normal operation): Red LED Yellow LED Green LED Status of CBC Communication between SIMOREG and CBC Communication between CBC and CAN Bus LED red flashing flashing flashing flashing flashing yellow flashing off on flashing on green flashing on off off on Normal operation Status CBC waiting for commencement of initialization by SIMOREG CBC waiting for end of initialization by SIMOREG No PZD data exchange via CAN Bus CBC defective 7-36 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .3.2 and later To be able to operate the individual CANopen profiles.3. 7.Start-Up 05.2.3 Requirements for operating the CBC with CANopen To be able to operate the CBC with CANopen.7. the following two conditions must be fulfilled: - SIMOREG firmware.7.9 and later CBC firmware. certain parameter settings must be made in the SIMOREG.2007 7. V2.

035 Incorrect bus address (P918) Invalid baud rate (U720) Incorrect CAN protocol type (U721) Invalid mapping of 1st Receive PDO (U711) st Invalid transmission type of 1 Receive PDO (U711) st Invalid mapping of 1 Transmit PDO (U715) st Invalid transmission type of 1 Transmit PDO (U715) nd Invalid mapping of 2 Receive PDO (U712) nd Invalid transmission type of 2 Receive PDO (U712) nd Invalid mapping of 2 Transmit PDO (U716) nd Invalid transmission type of 2 Transmit PDO (U716) rd Invalid mapping of 3 Receive PDO (U713) rd Invalid transmission type of 3 Receive PDO (U713) rd Invalid mapping of 3 Transmit PDO (U717) rd Invalid transmission type of 3 Transmit PDO (U717) th Invalid mapping of 4 Receive PDO (U714) th Invalid transmission type of 4 Receive PDO (U714) th Invalid mapping of 4 Transmit PDO (U718) th Invalid transmission type of 4 Transmit PDO (U718) Invalid Life Time Event or incorrect basic unit parameterized (U719) Number of correctly received PZD CAN telegrams since Power ON Irrelevant for CANopen Number of PZD telegrams lost since Power ON Telegrams will be lost if the CAN Bus master sends PZD telegrams faster than they can be processed by the slave.003 or n732. Irrelevant for CANopen SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-37 .002 or n732.034 n732. i. indices i033 to i064 apply to a CBC as the second communication board.05. Value n732.e. too long (U714) Incorrect CAN identifier with PZD Receive-Broadcast (U716) Incorrect CAN identifier with PZD Receive-Multicast (U717) Incorrect CAN identifier with PZD Receive-Internode (U718) Invalid baud rate (U720) Incorrect CAN protocol type (U721) PKW Request-Broadcast (U719) without PKW Request (U711) Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PKW Broadcast Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PZD Receive Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PZD Transmit Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PZD Receive-Broadcast Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PZD Receive-Multicast Overlap between CAN identifier PKW and PZD Receive-Internode Overlap between CAN identifier PKW Broadcast and PZD Receive Overlap between CAN identifier PKW Broadcast and PZD Transmit Overlap between CAN identifier PKW Broadcast and PZD Receive-Broadcast Overlap between CAN identifier PKW Broadcast and PZD Receive-Multicast Overlap between CAN identifier PKW Broadcast and PZD Receive-Internode Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive and PZD Transmit Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive and PZD Receive-Broadcast Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive and PZD Receive-Multicast Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive and PZD Receive-Internode Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Transmit and PZD Receive-Broadcast Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Transmit and PZD Receive-Multicast Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Transmit and PZD Receive Internode Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive-Broadcast and PZD Receive-Multicast Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive-Broadcast and PZD Receive-Internode Overlap between CAN identifier PZD Receive-Multicast and PZD Receive-Internode Fault values for CANopen: 1 23 35 257 258 273 274 513 514 529 530 769 770 785 786 1025 1026 1041 1042 1092 n732.001 or n732.033 0 Meaning No fault Fault F080/fault value 5 is displayed under fault conditions: Fault values for CAN layer 2: 1 2 5 7 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 35 36 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 Incorrect address on CAN Bus (P918 / slave address) Incorrect CAN identifier with PKW Request (U711) Incorrect CAN identifier with PKW Request-Broadcast (U719) Incorrect CAN identifier with PZD Receive (U712) Incorrect CAN identifier with PZD Transmit (U713) PZD transmit length = 0 (U714) PZD transmit length > 16 .2007 Diagnostic parameter n732: Start-Up Indices i001 to i032 apply to a CBC as the first communication board.

041 n732.018 or n732.016 or n732.042 n732.026 or n732.028 or n732.048 Meaning Counter of Bus Off states since Power ON (alarm A084) 05.011 or n732.058 n732.036 n732.g.050 n732.061 Value of error occurring while processing PKW requests Number of lost PKW requests Irrelevant for CANopen Software version of CBC (e.040 n732.010 or n732. "12“ = version 1.046 n732.060 n732.029 or n732.049 n732.038 n732.014 or n732. e.012 or n732.009 or n732.047 n732.043 n732.059 n732.017 or n732.006 or n732. see also r060) Software identifier (extended software version identifier.044 n732.004 or n732.015 or n732.2007 Counter of Error Warning states since Power ON (alarm A083) Status of the CAN controller Number of errors occurring during reception of PCD frames Type of error occurring during reception of PCD frames Value of error occurring during reception of PCD frames Number of correctly transmitted PZD CAN telegrams since Power ON Irrelevant for CANopen Number of errors during transmission of PZD telegrams PZD telegrams cannot be transmitted when the bus is overloaded Irrelevant for CANopen Type of error occurring during transmission of PCD frames Value of error occurring during transmission of PCD frames Number of correctly processed PKW requests and responses since Power ON Irrelevant for CANopen Number of PKW request processing errors.g.013 or n732. owing to bus overload or missing responses from CUD1 (see below for error type) Irrelevant for CANopen 0 9 11 12 Type of PKW request processing error: No error Error transmitting the PKW response (while waiting for a free channel) Timeout waiting for the PKW response from the CUD1 Timeout waiting for a free channel (bus overload) Irrelevant for CANopen n732.037 n732.2.007 or n732.005 or n732.045 n732.008 or n732.039 n732. see also r065) Date of generation of CBC software Day (H byte) and month (L byte) Date of generation of CBC software Year 7-38 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Start-Up Value n732.027 or n732.

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-39 . fault message F082 with fault value 10 may be activated as a function of the telegram failure time set in U722. Alarm A084 (Bus Off) Errored telegrams are being received or sent and the error counter on the supplementary board has exceeded the fault limit. incorrect setting of a CB parameter. Fault F082 Failure of PZD telegrams or a fault in the transmission channel Alarm A083 (Error Warning) Errored telegrams are being received or sent and the error counter on the supplementary board has exceeded the alarm limit. No fault message is generated for PKW data. incorrect bus address or defective board. Errored telegrams are ignored. Fault F080 An error occurred during initialization of the CBC board. If the errored telegrams contain process data. The data most recently transferred remain valid. e. If the errored telegrams contain process data. Fault F081 The heartbeat counter (counter on CBC) which is monitored by SIMOREG for "signs of life" from the board has not changed for at least 800 ms. Errored telegrams are ignored. No fault message is generated for PKW data.g. The data most recently transferred remain valid.2007 Start-Up Fault and alarm messages: Detailed information about fault messages can be found in Section 10. fault message F082 with fault value 10 may be activated as a function of the telegram failure time set in U722.05.

The user data in the telegrams are exchanged cyclically (6x per mains period.4 Procedure for starting up the SIMOLINK board (SLB): 1 Disconnect the power supply and insert adapter board (ADB) containing SLB in a location. The following are important communication parameters. Please remember to insert a board in location 2 before you use location 3.3 ms at 50 HZ) between the SIMOREG converter and the SLB. every 3. that the data are transferred more quickly after they have been made available by the converter or more up-to-date information for the converter.36us ⎝ ⎠ 2 3 No.4 in the converter with the dispatcher board). of addressable nodes = The number of nodes serves only to check whether data can be exchanged with the values set in U745 and U746. Please also note that the transmitter (in center of SLB) on one unit is connected to the receiver (at corner of SLB) on the next unit. 1 ⎛ U 746[us ] + 3.18us ⎞ − 2⎟ * ⎜ ⎜ ⎟ U 745 6. i. These connections must be made on all units until they are linked in a closed circuit.U742 Transmitter power The output of the fiber optic transmitter module can be set on each active bus node.e. a bus cycle can be a maximum of 6.U741 Telegram failure time (0 = deactivated) . 7-40 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .4 ms in duration. with 8 channels per node. 40m with plastic fiber optics and max.U745 Number of channels (telegrams) used per node The SLB with dispatcher function assigns the same number of channels to all nodes .7. irrespective of the cycle time on the bus (U746). A shorter cycle time still means. These parameters must otherwise be corrected.U740 Node address (address 0 identifies the dispatcher) Node addresses must be assigned consecutively unless a SIMOLINK master is being used. Index 1 of each parameter is set for the 1st SIMOLINK board (1st SLB) and index 2 for the 2nd SIMOLINK board (2nd SLB) (the use of a 2nd SLB is planned for future software versions): . A maximum of 201 nodes (dispatcher and 200 transceivers) can be connected to the SIMOLINK bus. the line-synchronous SIMOREG converter cannot be synchronized with the cycle time of the SIMOLINK bus in order to minimize the data interchange time. . Node addresses 201 to 255 are reserved for special telegrams and others.U746 Traffic cycle time In contrast to converters of the SIMOVERT series. The SLBs must be connected up using fiber optics in such a manner as to avoid long distances between two units (max.U744 Reserved for SLB selection (leave at 0 setting) .Start-Up 05. U745 and U746 together determine the number of addressable nodes (this can be checked with diagnostic parameter n748. Consequently. .2007 7. however. 300 m with glass fiber optics). .

SIMOLINK consists of the following components: SIMOLINK Master Active bus node as interface to higher-level automation systems (e. in order to link the nodes on one ring bus to another ring bus after the failure of their master. The separating filter and concentrator are identical in terms of hardware.01 = 1 U751. it supplies the common system clock cycle for all nodes and sends telegrams in ascending sequence of telegram addresses and channel numbers in the task table. status information and actual values) via a closed ring bus. cyclic exchange of process data (control information. Fiber optic cables Transmission medium between the SIMOLINK nodes. Example: U749. The task table contains all telegrams which are transmitted cyclically in normal data interchange. U745. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-41 . 300m). e. resulting in an interruption in communication with all drives linked to the SIMOLINK bus. Concentrators allow ring segments to be star-connected to form a complete ring. serial data transmission protocol which uses fiber optics as a transmission medium.g.2007 Start-Up Process data are connected to the SIMOLINK board through assignment of the corresponding connectors and/or binectors to telegram addresses and channel numbers (see Section 8.05. WARNING Changing parameters U740. setpoints. Glass or plastic fiber optic cables can be used.01 = 0. The SIMOLINK drive link has been developed to allow a fast. One of the nodes on the bus has a dispatcher function (SIMOLINK master or SLB parameterized as the dispatcher).g. Using SYNC telegrams. SIMOLINK (Siemens Motion Link) is a digital. Separating filters are used to reverse the signal flow. U746 and U749 causes re-initialization. The permissible maximum distances between adjacent nodes in the ring differs depending on the type of fiber optic used (plastic: max 40m.2 U740. Sheet Z122). This dispatcher node is identified by node address 0 and controls communication on the bus.02 = 33 means that the values of node 0 / channel 2 are read as word1 (K7001) and word2 (K7002) means that node 1 in channel 0 transmits status word 1 (K0032) as word1 and status word 2 (K0033) as word2 4 Changes to the settings of the receive data parameters do not take effect until the electronics power supply is switched on again. glass: max. but perform different functions. SIMOLINK is a closed fiber optic ring. Parameter data cannot be transferred via SIMOLINK.01 = 32 U751. SIMATIC M7 or SIMADYN) SIMOLINK Board (SLB) Active bus node as interface for drives on SIMOLINK SIMOLINK Switch Passive bus node with switching function between two SIMOLINK ring busses.

number KK9498 KK9499 K0401 K0402 U751 (0) 9498 9499 401 402 . the values of any two adjacent connectors (K) are combined to form a double-word connector (KK) (e.01 .01 to U749. These simply forward telegrams (with updated contents in some cases) along the bus. For details of how to connect with double-word connectors. Telegrams are identified by the node address and distinguished by their channel number of between 0 and 7.04 H-Word H-Word Word Word 2 different KKs ! 7-42 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . subsection.02 . Active bus nodes receive and/or send telegrams (SIMOLINK master. The following restrictions apply as compared to the use of a SIMOLINK master as the dispatcher: Flexible address lists with gaps in address sequence are not allowed on the bus. " The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors ". A separate address is assigned to each active bus node. the dispatcher is always assigned node address 0. The number of telegrams (channels) used per node is identical for all nodes. Telegram Word0 Word1 Application Flags Channel number Node address The assignment between connector values to be transferred and individual telegrams and channels is also parameterized (see Section 8. The first channel number starts with 0 and is counted in ascending sequence.08 in the transmission direction).03 . dispatcher. The number of telegrams used per node is a parameterizable quantity. transceivers). All other active bus nodes apart from the dispatcher are transceivers.01 to U751. In the transmission direction.04 in the receive direction or with U751. Examples: KK9498 KK9498 K0401 K0402 U751 (0) 9498 9498 401 402 .04 L-Word H-Word Word Word 2x the same KK . Transmission of double-word connectors: The values of double-word connectors can be transmitted in the first four channels (selected with U749. A maximum of 8 telegrams can be transferred per active node.g.01 .Start-Up 05. a double-word connector is applied by entering the same doubleword connector at two contiguous indices of selection parameter U751. These double-word connectors can be connected to other function blocks in the usual way.2007 When an SLB is employed as the dispatcher.02 . Passive bus nodes simply forward received telegrams along the bus without changing their contents (separating filters. Addresses are assigned consecutively to the nodes. with 2 data words transferred as user data in each telegram. concentrators). In the receive direction. Sheet Z122). see Section 9. K7001 and K7002 to KK7031). the task table is configured solely on the basis of drive parameters. starting with address 0. It is not possible to use application-specific special data.03 .1.

When an SLB is configured as the dispatcher. An SLB as dispatcher does not support these special telegrams. only the peer-to-peer functionality is available. peer-to-peer functionality or master-slave functionality. no special data) do not apply. the restrictions described above (no gaps in address sequence. it automatically transmits special telegram "Time Out“. The transmission rate is 11 Mbits/s. the transmission time for one telegram is 6.36µs. Data telegrams SYNC Break The assignment of telegrams to nodes is determined by the type of SIMOLINK application. followed by a SYNC telegram and a pause telegram. Bus cycle . a SIMOLINK master can also send special telegrams with applicationspecific data (addresses 201 to 204 and channel number 0).. In contrast to peer-to-peer functionality.g. Transferring the data telegrams without pauses ensures a higher data throughput.05. but may only write information in the telegrams specifically assigned to them (node address = address in telegram). The data telegrams are transmitted in direct succession. Master-slave functionality A logical master (e.e. At a data transmission rate of 11 Mbit/s. The drives have equal status in logical terms and exchange data with one another via the ring bus. The master has its own 8 channels for transferring data. If a transceiver stops receiving telegrams due to an interruption. SIMATIC) supplies all nodes with information on the one hand and. Peer-to-peer functionality In this mode..e. All nodes receive and/or send user data. but can also use telegrams with the address and channel numbers of the transceivers for its data transmissions. i.2007 Start-Up Apart from these data. within one bus cycle. One node (SLB) specifies the bus cycle in its dispatcher role to keep the transmission alive. However. they receive and/or send user data. Dispatcher and transceivers can read any telegram. All other nodes behave as described above under peer-to-peer functionality. NOTE An external 24V power supply to the SIMOLINK modules ensures that communication with the other bus nodes continues if a device fails. there is no defined logical master for distributing information. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-43 . but are only permitted to read or write telegrams containing their address. uniform number of used channels. on the other. i. this power supply does not prevent the short interruption in communication when the device is switched on again when establishing communication is forced. specifies the bus clock cycle (dispatcher function).

the analog output can also be configured as a current or voltage source (X499).g. Parameterize the desired functions for the inputs and outputs (see Function Diagrams. 2 3 4 5 Expansion boards EB1 and EB2 expand the range of terminals on the basic converter. Please remember to insert a board in location 2 before you use location 3.2007 7. please note that the output circuit must be deactivated in the corresponding parameter (e.5 Procedure for starting up expansion boards (EB1 and EB2) 1 Remove connector X480 from the EB1 board for safety reasons. 2 boards may be mounted on each ADB. The same applies to EB2 (X498). The analog inputs on the EB1 can be used either as current or voltage inputs. EB1 boards only: Plug connector X480 back into board.Start-Up 05. The EB1 provides the following expansion terminals: 3 binary inputs 4 bidirectional binary inputs/outputs 1 analog input for differential signal (current or voltage input) 2 analog inputs (single ended). see Section 8. A total of 2 EB1 boards and 2 EB2 boards may be installed in one SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70. the mode being selected by setting jumpers (X486. Switch off the device. function diagrams for expansion boards EB1 and EB2. 7-44 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . If you wish to operate a bidirectional binary input/output on an EB1 as an input. X488) appropriately (see Function Diagrams. X487. With the power supply disconnected. The EB1 and/or EB2 are plugged into adapter (carrier) boards (ADB). A short circuit will otherwise occur if the signal levels of the external input and output signals are opposed. This risk of short circuits does not exist on EB2 boards. Section 8). on this board.01=0). U769. Section 8). A short circuit could otherwise occur should the signal direction of the bidirectional binary inputs/outputs be incorrectly parameterized (see also point 3). insert the adapter board with expansion board in a location.7. can also be used as binary inputs 2 analog outputs 1 connector for external 24 V voltage supply to binary outputs The EB2 provides the following expansion terminals: 2 binary inputs 1 connector for external 24 V voltage supply to binary outputs 1 relay output with changeover contacts 3 relay outputs with NO contacts 1 analog input for differential signal (current or voltage input) 1 analog output (current or voltage output) For further details.

6 Procedure for starting up the pulse encoder board (SBP) 1 Set the switches (for encoder supply and bus terminating resistors) on the SBP board: If one pulse encoder is connected to one SBP board. Please remember to insert a board in location 2 before you use location 3. The terminals designated coarse pulse1.U790 Voltage level of inputs 0: 1: 2: 3: 0: 1: HTL unipolar TTL unipolar HTL differential input TTL/RS422 differential input 5V voltage supply 15V voltage supply 2 3 4 . a ground connection for all signals to terminal 75 (CTRL-) is sufficient. (Caution: Switch open means supply voltage connected) Disconnect power supply and insert adapter with board into location. The zero track of the pulse encoder is not evaluated by SIMOREG and need not therefore be connected. description of parameters U790.2007 Start-Up 7.U794) The pulse encoder board SBP (Sensor Board Pulse) supports commercially available pulse encoders with pulse frequencies up to 410kHz. TTL or HTL level pulses. see Section 11. A voltage supply for 5V and 15V encoders is provided on the board. and 75 (A-.U791 Level of encoder supply . Connect the terminals on strips X400. refer to operating instructions for pulse encoder board). The fourth switch connects and disconnects the supply voltage for the encoder.U793 Type of pulse encoder 0: 1: Encoder with A/B track (two tracks displaced by 90 degrees) Encoder with separate forward and reverse track . The voltage level of the encoder signals can be parameterized. For very long lines or high interference irradiation.U794 Reference speed (For further details. then the three switches for bus terminating resistors must be switched to ON.7. then the three switches for bus terminating resistors must be switched to ON only on the last SBP. Evaluation of a temperature sensor is not supported on SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 converters.U792 Pulse encoder resolution . 71. If one pulse encoder is connected to several SBP boards. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-45 . X401 on the pulse encoder board to the appropriate terminals on the encoder (for circuit example. B-.05. can be used. bipolar or unipolar. we recommend jumpering terminals 69. If you connect unipolar signals. and CTRL-) and connecting to encoder ground. coarse pulse2 and fine pulse2 can be used as digital inputs for any function (see Function Diagrams in Section 8) Please make the following settings: .

.. The following parameters are relevant with respect to communications.. 4 PZD (control word and setpoints) U712 = 121 .. The following options can be selected: U711 = 170 . Once the network is operating correctly. The following options can be selected: U712 = 120 . a time value can be set within which PZDs are normally exchanged..7 Sequence of operations for starting up DeviceNet boards (CBD): 1 With the power supply switched off. see Section 8.. Wire up the DeviceNet using appropriate cabling (see below for details of cables).... Please note that slot 2 (on right) must always be occupied before slot 3 (in center) can be used. The following options can be selected: U720 = 0 .U722 CB/TB telegram failure time Definition of the time period within which at least 1 telegram with PZDs must be exchanged before a fault message is generated. 8 PZD (status word and actual values) U711 = 172 .002 to "0" to transfer the values of parameters U712.. For meaning of the control and status word bits. The first 4 PZD words (produced data) are always sent after a request from the master. U720... Index 1 of the relevant parameter applies to the 1st communication board (1st CBx) and index 2 to the 2nd communication board (2nd CBx): - 2 3 U711 CB parameter1 Definition of number of words in the process data area that the SIMOREG sends as a response to a request by the master (produced data)... 16 PZD (control word and setpoints) U711 and U712 can be parameterized independently of one another. 500kbaud .. 125kbaud U720 = 1 . 8 PZD (control word and setpoints) U712 = 122 ... - - 4 Switch the electronics power supply off and on again or set U710. 250kbaud U720 = 2 .Start-Up 05. 4 PZD (status word and actual values) U711 = 171 . 16 PZD (status word and actual values) -U712 CB parameter2 Definition of number of words in the process data area that SIMOREG expects to receive after a request from the master (consumed data)..2007 7. - - -U720 CB parameter10 Definition of the DeviceNet transmission rate....001 or U710. insert the board or adapter board with board in the slot.. Sheets G180 to G183. U722 and P918 to the supplementary board.. 7-46 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .... This parameter should be set to "0" first (monitoring function deactivated). - P918 Bus address Definition of DeviceNet MAC ID for the CBD in the 0 to 63 range.. function diagrams Z110 and Z111).. P927 Parameterizing enable (necessary only if parameter values need to be altered via DeviceNet) The process data of the 1st or 2nd communication board are wired up by means of the appropriate connectors or binectors (see Section 8...7.

e. to read or modify drive parameter settings - - The drive is controlled by process data. The CBD supports the "Predefined Master/Slave Connection Set“ defined in the DeviceNet Specification. The meaning of the data within an I/O message is determined by the corresponding "Connection ID". The number of process data words is determined either by the value of particular CB parameters (U711 and U712) after booting. control/status word and setpoints/actual values. "Thin Cable“ and "Thick Cable“.e. The CBD board supports "DeviceNet Explicit Messages“ for the transfer of process data. Thick cables are used in networks of >100m in length and thin cables for spur lines and networks of <100m. e.2007 Start-Up WARNING This initialization process will interrupt the communication of any supplementary board that has already been started up. timeouts and I/O messages.g.g. for which manufacturer-specific PKW objects and explicit messages are used.2 X438.05. or dynamically by the DeviceNet. channel assignment. The user thus has access via DeviceNet to all SIMOREG parameters and any installed technology board (e. utilizing the explicit messaging channel. The CBD adheres to the "DeviceNet Device Profile for Communication Adapter“ (Device Type 12). as well as "DeviceNet I/O Messages“ for the transmission of parameter data. 3083A or 3085A Pin assignment and color coding are defined as follows: Pin X438. The following cable types are recommended for use as DeviceNet bus cables: Thin cable:Belden 3084A Thick cable:Belden 3082A. detailed diagnostic information and fault messages).4 X438.1% ) Color of wire in DeviceNet cable Black (power supply ground) Blue Recommended bus connector:Phoenix Combicon MSTB 2. Both "poll" and "bit strobe I/O messages“ are supported.5 Function VCANShield CAN+ V+ White Red ( +24V supply +/. for which I/O messages are used Parameter data. DeviceNet specifies a shielded cable with 2 individually screened two-wire conductors for signal transmission and power supply.g. This profile has been selected to allow the DeviceNetMaster to utilize all the options and extended functions provided by the SIMOREG. i. DeviceNet messages can be divided roughly into 3 groups: - DeviceNet configuration data. for which explicit messages are used Process data.08-AU SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-47 . The master uses a manufacturer-specific PKW object to read or modify drive parameters via DeviceNet.1 X438. 2 types of different cross-sections may be used.3 X438.5/5-ST-5.

4 PZD (status word and actual values). Process data can be exchanged between the SIMOREG and CBD 6x per line period.e. Earthing the screen at several locations can produce ground loops and cause malfunctions. PZD object (process data) Both control words and setpoints as well as status words and actual values (process data) are transmitted by means of DeviceNet I/O message connections. 0. this must always be sent as the 4th PZD word.. but is dependent on the data exchange mode via DeviceNet. 8 PZD (status word and actual values) U711 = 172 . Control word 1 must always be sent as the first PZD word.25W)... Bit10 in control word 1 ("control requested“) must always be set or else no new setpoints will be accepted from the drive... 7-48 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .. For further details. The quantity of process data transmitted by the drive can differ from the quantity received.. 8 or 16) depends on which DeviceNet I/O assembly instance has been selected. see also "Information about PZD transmission" in Section 7. If control word 2 is also used. +/.. Telegrams transmitted via DeviceNet have the same useful data structure as those used in CAN Bus communication. The methods applied for DeviceNet transmissions allow useful data of any length to be transferred. cannot be changed - - The meaning of each process data word is determined by the assignment of connectors parameterized in the drive (see function diagrams in Section 8.. CAN identifier.. The DeviceNet cable screen should be earthed at ONE point (e..2007 To ensure proper functioning. both ends of the bus cable must be terminated by a terminating resistor (121Ω metal film resistor. at the power supply). Options for defining the number of PZD: - "Consumed Connection Path“ with "Poll I/O" (direction: Master -> drive) U712 = 120 .. particularly "Data exchange with 1st and 2nd CB"). 8 PZD (control word and setpoints) U712 = 122 . i. Data which are longer than 8 bytes can be transmitted in fragmented form (in several consecutive telegrams). "Sequence of operations for starting up CAN Bus boards“. 16 PZD (status word and actual values) "Produced Connection Path“ with "Bit Strobe I/O“ U711 = 170 . The second PZD word should normally contain the main setpoint. Information about PZD transmission: The low-order byte or word is always transferred before the high-order byte or word. 4 PZD (control word and setpoints) U712 = 121 . cable length (thick cable) 500m 250m 100m Spur line length (thin cable) Maximum 6m 6m 6m Cumulative 156m 78m 39m 05. 4 PZD (status word and actual values) U711 = 171 .Start-Up Transmission rates and bus cable lengths: Transmission rate 125kbaud 250kbaud 500kbaud Max. 16 PZD (control word and setpoints) "Produced Connection Path“ with "Poll I/O“ (direction: Drive -> master) U711 = 170 . A CAN telegram comprises the protocol header. up to 8 bytes of useful data and the protocol trailer. The number of process data to be transferred (4.g. every 3.1%.3ms at 50Hz...

L byte Parameter index.7. L byte Parameter value. L word. DeviceNet GET Single This object is used to read parameter values and 9 bytes in length. H word. H word. the structure of a telegram is follows: Parameter identifier PKE Parameter index IND Parameter value1 PWE1 Parameter value2 PWE2 For details about this telegram area. L word. PKW object (parameter data) The manufacturer-specific PKW object (class 100) is used to read and modify parameters of the drive or a technology board by means of the DeviceNet master (PKW = parameter identifier value). L byte Parameter ID. The data are not transferred from the CBD to the drive until all data words have been received.05. H byte Parameter index. The useful data area of PROFIBUS. Structure of request/response telegrams. L byte Parameter value. Explicit messaging mode is used for this purpose. H byte DeviceNet SET Single This object is used to modify parameter values and 14 bytes in length Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [Fragmentation Protocol] [R/R] [Service] Class Instance Attribute PKE IND PWE1 PWE2 0x10 100 1 1 [Set_Attribute_Single] [PKW object] manufacturer-specific [Instance number] always set to 1 [Attribute number] always set to 1 Parameter ID. H byte Parameter value.9. Only two instances are implemented for the PKW object: Instance 0 permits access to class attributes and instance 1 (always set to "1") access to all parameter numbers (see DeviceNet objects below).2007 Start-Up The consistency of a block of data words is guaranteed within a DeviceNet I/O message connection even in cases where more than 4 PZD words are used and the transmission data is distributed among several telegrams. H byte Parameter index. L byte Parameter ID. H byte SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-49 . Apart from the protocol header and trailer specific to DeviceNet. CAN Bus and DeviceNet telegrams is structured identically. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [R/R] [Service] Class Instance Attribute PKE IND 0x0E 100 1 1 [Get_Attribute_Single] [PKW object] manufacturer-specific [Instance number] always set to 1 [Attribute number] always set to 1 Parameter ID. H byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter index. see also Section 7.

L byte Parameter ID. H word. L word. H byte Parameter value. H byte Parameter value. H byte Examples Read parameter P101. L byte Parameter ID. Index = 0004h = 4d Response by SIMOREG: Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [R/R] [Service] PKE PWE1 PWE2 0x8E 0x65 0x40 0x90 0x01 0x00 0x00 [Get_Attribute_Single] Parameter ID. H word. L byte Parameter ID. L word. L byte Parameter index. Starting up PROFIBUS boards): Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [R/R] [Service] Class Instance Attribute PKE IND 0x0E 100 1 1 0x65 0x60 4 0 [Get_Attribute_Single] [PKW object] manufacturer-specific [Instance number] always set to 1 [Attribute number] always set to 1 Parameter ID. H byte Parameter index. H byte Parameter value. H byte Request identifier = 0x6065 (request parameter value (array) P101). L byte Parameter value.2007 0x8E 0x90 [Get/Set_Attribute_Single] Parameter ID.004 using GET Single (for details in the shaded data area.004 = 0190h = 400d (PWE2 remains unused because it is not a double word parameter) 7-50 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . see also Section 7. L byte Parameter value. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [R/R] [Service] PKE PWE1 PWE2 05.Start-Up DeviceNet Response This object is used to respond to requests of the above type and 8 bytes in length. H byte Response identifier = 0x4065. H byte Parameter value. H word. value of P101. L byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter value. L word. H word. L word.

H byte Response identifier = 0x4063. The master identifies the response to the transmitted request by evaluating the response identifier evaluating the parameter number evaluating the parameter value (if further identification is needed) The CBD slave does not respond to a parameter request until it has received the relevant data from the drive. see also Section 7. L word. H byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter Index. in which case the ensuing delay could be as much as 40 s. L word. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-51 . H word. H word.2007 Start-Up Modify parameter U099. L byte Parameter ID. H word. H byte Parameter value. L word. H byte Parameter value. value = 00C8h = 200d Response by SIMOREG: Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [R/R] [Service] PKE PWE1 PWE2 0x90 0x63 0x40 0xC8 0x00 0x00 0x00 [Set_Attribute_Single] Parameter ID. H word. L byte Parameter value. During the initialization phase after Power ON or a re-initialization operation due to a change in a CB parameter setting. index = 0001h = 1d (bit 15 is also set in the H byte in order to address the parameter number range from 2000 to 4000). requests may not be processed at all.001 using SET Single (for details in the shaded data area. The length of a SIMOREG response is always 3 words. Starting up PROFIBUS boards): Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 DeviceNet identification [FRAG] [XID] [SRC/DST MAC ID] [Fragmentation Protocol] [R/R] [Service] Class Instance Attribute PKE IND PWE1 PWE2 0x10 100 1 1 0x63 0x70 0x01 0x80 0xC8 0x00 0x00 0x00 [Set_Attribute_Single] [PKW object] manufacturer-specific [Instance number] always set to 1 [Attribute number] always set to 1 Parameter ID. H byte Request identifier = 7063h (modify parameter value (array) U099). L byte Parameter ID.001 = 00C8h = 200d (PWE2 remains unused because SIMOREG 6RA70 has no double word parameters) Information about PKW transmission: The length of a request from the master is two words (for GET Single) or 4 words (SET Single). The low-order byte or word is always sent before the high-order byte or word. The master may generate a new PKW request only after it has received a response from the slave to the previous request. The time delay depends on the type of request.05. but is at least 20 ms. value of U099. H byte Parameter Index. H byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter value. L byte Parameter value. L word.

034 Thousands place: (Idle Indicator) 0 = device not idle.041 n732.035 n732. In hexadecimal notation.002 or n732.019 or n732.7. A poll or bit strobe request with length other than 0 was last received 1 = device idle. every digit of the 16-bit data word has a meaning: Thousands place Bit11 Bit10 Bit9 Bit8 Tens place Units place Meaning n732.1 Diagnostic tools: LED displays on the CBD (steadily flashing LEDs indicate normal operation): Red Yellow Green Status of CBD (software working correctly) Communication between SIMOREG and CBD PZD data exchange between CBD and DeviceNet 05.2.2007 LED red flashing flashing flashing flashing flashing yellow flashing off on flashing on green flashing on off off on Normal operation Status CBD waiting for commencement of initialization by SIMOREG CBD waiting for end of initialization by SIMOREG No PZD data exchange via DeviceNet CBD defective Diagnostic parameter n732: Indices i001 to i032 apply to a CBD as the first communication board.033 0 1 2 3 17 Ok Fault F080/fault value 5 is displayed under fault conditions: DeviceNet MAC ID (P918 / slave address) incorrect DeviceNet polled I/O produced connection path (U711) incorrect DeviceNet polled I/O produced consumed path (U712) incorrect Baud rate (U720) incorrect The displayed decimal values must be converted to hexadecimal values. A poll or bit strobe request with length equal to 0 was last received Hundreds place: (Channel Allocation) The meaning of individual bits is as follows Bit8: 1 = Explicit Channel allocated Bit9: 1 = I/O Poll Channel allocated Bit10: 1 = I/O Bit Strobe Channel allocated Bit11: 1 = Reserved Tens place: Reserved Units place: (network status) 0 = CBD not online (Dup_MAC_ID test not yet complete) 1 = CBD online. but not assigned to a master 2 = CBD online and assigned to the master 3 = data cannot be exchanged via bus (multiple MAC IDs or Bus Off) n732. see also r060) 7-52 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . The value contains all Group2 DeviceNet messages including those that are not addressed to this CBD.040 n732. while indices i033 to i064 apply to a CBD as the second communication board. "12“ = Version 1. Value n732.051 n732.026 or n732.Start-Up 7.001 or n732.058 Number of correctly received telegrams since Power ON. Number of correctly received PZD telegrams since Power ON Number of Bus Off states since Power ON (alarm A084) Number of correctly transmitted telegrams since Power ON Software version of CBDs ( e.009 or n732.008 or n732.7.g.003 or n732.

e. Faulty CAN messages of this type are ignored. "2508“ = 25 August) Date of generation of CBD software (year) Start-Up Fault and alarm messages: For details about fault messages. The last transmitted data remain valid. The alarm is reset when a PZD telegram of normal length is received. fault message F082 with fault value 10 may be generated as a function of the telegram failure time set in U722.061 Meaning Software identifier (extended software version identifier. causing the internal error counter to overrun.2007 Value n732. Alarm A084 Faulty DeviceNet CAN telegrams have been received or transmitted. If the faulty telegrams contain process data.g. Alarm A081 Idle condition alarm. The last transmitted data remain valid. Fault F080 An error occurred as board CBD was being initialized. a PZD telegram of length = 0 has been received either in the "poll" or "bit strobe I/O message channel". The faulty telegrams are ignored.g.060 n732. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-53 . incorrect value of a CB parameter. see also r065) Date of generation of CBD software (day and month) th (e. Fault F081 The heartbeat counter (counter on CBD) which is monitored by SIMOREG for "signs of life" from the board has not changed for at least 800 ms. Alarm A083 (error alarm) Telegrams containing errors are being received or transmitted and the error counter on the supplementary board has exceeded the alarm limit.027 or n732. see Section 10. The last transmitted data remain valid.059 n732.05. incorrect bus address or defective board. Faulty CAN messages of this type are ignored.028 or n732.029 or n732. Fault F082 Failure of PZD telegrams or a fault in the transmission channel.

into slot 3). if you have installed a technology board. Display parameters n697 (diagnostic information) and n699 (display of input/output data) facilitate troubleshooting during start-up. The SCB1 board is used in conjunction with the SIMOREG DC-MASTER only as the master for SCI slaves.2007 7. 7-54 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Start-Up 05. Note: This initialization process will interrupt the communication of any supplementary board that has already been started up. Depending on the type of SCI slaves used and the functions required. and parameter list in Section 11): - 4 U690 Configuration of analog inputs of SCI1 The type of input signal for each input is parameterized via the indices. insert the SCB1 board into slot 2 (or.U691 Smoothing time constant of analog inputs of SCI1 Filtering of the input signal for each input is parameterized via the indices. see function diagrams in Section 7. U693 Actual value output via analog outputs of SCI1 A connector number is selected via the indices to define the output quantity at each output.7. . U698 Binector selection for binary outputs of SCI1 Selection of binectors whose states are output via the binary outputs of the SCIs. make the connection to the 24 V power supply and the fiber optic connection between SCB1 and SCI.8 Sequence of operations for starting up the serial I/O board (SCB1): 1 With the power supply disconnected. - - - - - 5 Switch the electronics power supply off and on again or set U710.001 or U710.002 to "0" to transfer the values of parameters U690 to U698 to the supplementary board. U694 Gain of analog outputs of SCI1 The gain for each output is parameterized via the indices. the following parameters are relevant with respect to board operation (for details. Set bus address on SCI using DIP-Fix switch S1 (each SCI slave requires its own address number): Slave 1 Address number Switch setting S1 1 open Slave 2 2 closed 2 3 Mount the interface board(s) on the rail. - U692 Zero calibration of analog inputs of SCI1 The input signal for each input is zero calibrated via the indices. U695 Zero calibration of analog outputs of SCI1 The output signal for each output is zero calibrated via the indices.

1A) from an external source.200A or Siemens glassfiber cable. The outputs are short-circuit-proof. Data cannot be exchanged between the SCI slaves themselves. can be connected to the SCB1. Analog outputs on SCI1: Only the voltage input or the current input may be used for each channel. Ground SCI at X80 using a short lead. Details about the functions and connections of inputs and outputs are shown in the function diagrams in Section 8.05. To protect them against static discharge. CA-1V2YP980/1000. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-55 .10A).2007 Start-Up Option board SCB1 (Serial Communication Board 1) is used to link the SIMOREG DC-MASTER 6RA70 to board SCI1 or SCI2 (Serial Communication Interface) using a fiber optic connection (recommendation: Siemens plastic fiber optic cable. The binary relay outputs are not designed for protective separation. SCI2 16 binary inputs 12 binary outputs CAUTION SCI boards have no external enclosure to protect them against direct contact or ingress of pollutants. Relays may only be connected to these outputs in conjunction with an external power supply. Analog inputs on SCI1: Only the voltage input or the current input may be used for each channel. To protect them against damage. These boards can be used if the CUD2 terminal expansion module is not large enough or safe electrical isolation via fiber optics is an absolute necessity. A maximum of 2 SCIs. The binary driver outputs are short-circuit-proof.e. This board only allows the SCB1 master to exchange data with the SCI slaves. they must be installed in a housing or in the control cabinet of a higher-level system. the data of two slaves is received simultaneously or transmitted simultaneously. the boards may only be placed on conductive surfaces. of either the same or different types. CLY-1V01S200/230. The maximum permissible length of fiber optic cables is 10m. SCI1 or SCI2 are terminal expansion boards which are mounted on a rail outside the SIMOREG DC-MASTER and supplied with 24 V DC voltage (-17% +25%. i. The interface boards extend the converter by the following additional inputs/outputs: SCI1 10 binary inputs 8 binary outputs 3 analog inputs 3 analog outputs Reception of SCI data by the SCB1 or transmission to the SCIs is synchronized. An input filter must be fitted for the external power supply of the interface boards.

In contrast. fiber optic cable not connected) 5Hz frequency Faulty telegram traffic (e.7.5Hz frequency Normal operation Error LED display on SCI1 or SCI2 slave: LED off Details about fault or alarm messages which may occur in relation to SCB1 or SCI (F070 to F079 and A049 and A050) can be found in Section 10.8.g.g. fiber optic ring interrupted or other slave has no supply voltage) 0. then the "1" signal applied at a binary input is sent to the SCB1 or SIMOREG as an "0" shortly before the power finally fails. this status will not be registered until the external voltage is disconnected and reconnected again. 7-56 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the "1" remains applied in the SIMOREG in the event of an interruption in the fiber optic connection. 7.2007 Recommended circuit for connecting SCB1 to SCI1 and SCI2 using fiber optic cables: SCB1 U121 U125 U425 U421 U435 U431 SCI1 X429 X428 X427 X439 SCI2 X438 X437 24V WARNING If the 24 V voltage supply for an SCI slave fails which data are being exchanged between the SCB1 and an SCI. If an external voltage (logical "1") has already been applied to a binary input when the electronics supply voltage is switched on.1 Diagnostic tools: LED display on SCB1: LED on LED flashing LED off LED on LED flashing Reset state Normal operation Error Reset state 12Hz frequency No telegram traffic (e.Start-Up 05.

999 2000 . cxxx Input on OP1S 0 . nxxx Hxxx. The spontaneous signaling bit SPM (bit11) is not used on the SIMOREG DC-MASTER.2999 1000 . The structure of the protocol frame and the transmission sequence of bytes are therefore described where necessary in the sections containing the start-up description for the appropriate board. Each request and each response basically comprises three areas apart from the telegram frame with header and trailer: Header Parameter identifier PKE Index IND Parameter value PWE Trailer The parameter identifier (PKE) contains a request or response identifier (i. which specifies parameter U280 (2280).2007 Start-Up 7. therefore. in the protocol frame and in the sequence in which H and L bytes are transmitted.1999 1000 .999 1000 .1999 3000 . for example. for example.e.3999 PNU in parameter identifier 0 . There are differences. a parameter number (PNU) higher than 1999 must be converted to another code for use in the parameter identifier. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-57 . rxxx Uxxx. Header Parameter identifier PKE Index IND Parameter value PWE Trailer Task/ response identifier SPM Parameter number (PNU) Bits 0 to 10 contain the number of the parameter specified in the request. PNU = 280 must be entered in the parameter identifier and bit 15 set in the index.1999 Page Select Bit (index bit 15) 0 1 0 1 In the case of a request.999 0 . Owing to the length restriction of the bit field (11 bits). for example. The structures shown here are those of a SIMOREG DC-MASTER n735.05. the Page Select Bit in the index is used for this purpose: Parameter area Basic unit Technology board Displayed number Pxxx. type of request or response) and the number of the addressed parameter.9 Structure of request/response telegrams There is no basic difference between the useful data area in the request and response telegrams for PROFIBUS and CAN Bus.7. dxxx Lxxx.

word) Modify parameter value (array-double word) Request number of array elements Reserved Modify parameter value (array-double word) and store in EEPROM Modify parameter value (array-word) and store in EEPROM Modify parameter value (double word) and store in EEPROM Modify parameter value (word) and store in EEPROM Request text 0 1 or 2 1 2 3 4 or 5 4 5 6 5 4 2 1 15 negative 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 7 or 8 If the drive has been unable to process the request.2007 Bits 12 to 15 contain the request identifier or the associated response identifier as shown in the following list: Request identifier Meaning Response identifier positive No request Request parameter value (word or double word) Modify parameter value (word) Modify parameter value (double word) Request descriptive element Reserved Request parameter value (array) (word or double word) Modify parameter value (array . an error code defining the error in more detail as shown in the following list is returned as a parameter value: Error code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 19 101 102 Illegal parameter number (PNU) Parameter value cannot be modified Lower or upper value limit violated Faulty subindex Parameter is not indexed (no array) Incorrect data type Parameter value can only be reset Descriptive element cannot be modified PPO Write (acc. In this case.Start-Up 05. to "Information Report") is not available Parameter description is not available Incorrect access level No parameterizing enable (P927) Keyword missing Text cannot be read cyclically No text PPO Write missing Incorrect operating state Value cannot be read cyclically Parameter number currently deactivated Channel not wide enough SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Key parameter P051 incorrectly set Meaning No PNU specified Visualization parameter 7-58 . it does not return the associated response identifier. but error identifier 7 (or 8) instead.

H byte Index.05. Parameter identifier PKE Index IND Parameter value PWE Header Trailer Bit 15 Index. a 8-bit long index value is entered (in the low-order byte) for indexed parameters. the parameter values for all indices of the parameter must be transferred.2007 Error code 103 104 105 106 107 108 PKW number incorrect Illegal parameter value Indexed parameter Request not implemented in drive Text cannot be modified Incorrect number of parameter values Meaning Start-Up Applies only to serial interfaces Applies to BiCo selection parameters Applies to "Change all indices" request The index IND contains a "0" for non-indexed parameters. This is used to identify parameter numbers higher than 1999 (see above for details of recoding parameter numbers). Parameter identifier PKE Index IND Parameter value PWE Header Trailer PWE1 PWE2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 7-59 . The parameter value PWE is treated like a double word (PWE1 and PWE2). Bit 15 (Page Select bit) has a special function. Conversely. In the case of a modification request. The high word is set to 0 when a single word is transferred. L byte An index value of 255 means that the request applies to all indices of the relevant parameter. Exception: In the case of cyclical PROFIBUS services. the L and H byte sequence is reversed (see "Start-up of PROFIBUS boards"). the drive supplies all index values in its response to a read request.

g.7.02 . For details of how to connect double-word connectors.02 .Start-Up 05.04 Word H-Word H-Word Word 2 different KKs ! 7-60 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . " The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors ".1.number U734 K0032 KK9498 KK9499 K0401 32 9498 9499 401 . the values of two adjacent connectors (K) are combined to form a single double-word connector (KK) (e. These double-word connectors can themselves be connected to other function blocks in the usual way. K3002 and K3003 to KK3032). Example: U734 K0032 KK9498 KK9498 K0401 32 9498 9498 401 .2007 7. see Section 9. In the transmit direction.01 . a double-word connector is applied by entering the same double-word connector in two contiguous indices of the selection parameter.03 .03 .01 . subsection.04 Word L-Word H-Word Word 2x the same KK .10 Transmission of double-word connectors for technology and communication modules In the receive direction.

.......................................... G126 Motorized potentiometer........................................................ 8-16 8-16 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 Internal control G140 Brake control................................................ 8-15 Setpoint generation G120 Fixed values............................ 8-6 Hardware configuration ....................................................................................2007 Function diagrams 8 Function diagrams Page Key to symbols ...................................................................................... G130 Crawling setpoint / terminal 37 ............................ G162 Closed-loop armature current control.................................................. G165 Closed-loop EMF control ..................... G121 Connector and binector displays ......................................................................................................................................................................... and 103/104 (power interface) .................................................................................................................................................................... G127 Fixed setpoint ............................. G125 Evaluation of a 4-step master switch............................................................... G137 Ramp-function generator (2) ........ 6/7 (CUD1)............................................. 8-14 G117 E-Stop........................................... Relay output line contactor (power interface)................................. G128 Oscillation / square-wave generator............ 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39 8-40 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 8-1 ................................... G161 Current limitation............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ armature gating unit ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-10 G113 Analog inputs terminals 4/5................................. field gating unit . G135 Setpoint processing ....................... G124 Connector selector switch ........................................................................... Constant fixed values and control bits... 8-29 Controllers G150 Starting pulse ............ 8-8 G111 Binary inputs terminals 40 to 43 (CUD2)........... Compensation of moment of inertia (dv/dt injection) .................................................................................................................. G167 Field current monitoring.....................................................................................05...................................................................................................................................................................................... G129 Inching setpoint....................................................................................................... G163 Auto-reversing stage...................... speed limit controller......................................................................................................................speed controller..................................................... 8-5 General Basic functions G100 G101 Overview.......................................................................... Fixed control bits..................................................................................................................................... 8-10 Binary outputs terminals 50/51 and 52/53 (CUD2) ................................................................... G160 Torque limitation.... and 16/17 (CUD1) .............................................................................. 8-11 G114 Analog inputs terminals 8/9 and 10/11 (CUD2)................................................................... 8-12 G115 Analog outputs terminals 12/13.......... G166 Closed-loop field current control............... 8-9 G112 Binary outputs terminals 46/47 and 48/54 (CUD1) ............................ G151 Speed controller (1) .............. G153 Friction compensation ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-7 Inputs and outputs G110 Binary inputs terminals 36 to 39 (CUD1)........................................................................ 8-13 G116 Analog outputs terminals 18/19 and 20/21 (CUD2) ......................................................................................................................... G136 Ramp-function generator (1) .................................................. 14/15.......................... 8-28 Actual speed value G145 Pulse generator evaluation................................................................................................................................................. G152 Speed controller (2) ..........................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. G171 USS interface 2 (CUD1) ........................................................Function diagrams Serial interfaces G169 Serial interfaces: connector-type converters ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Miscellaneous G185 Motor interface (1)............................................................ G189 Fault memory ......................................................................................... G195 Paralleling interface .................... G200 Field reversal with SIMOREG single-quadrant device ................................................................................................................... G183 Status word 2 ......................................................... 8-48 8-49 8-50 8-51 8-52 8-53 8-54 8-55 8-56 8-57 8-58 8-2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .................................. G181 Control word 2. G182 Status word 1 ................................................................................ G170 USS interface 1 (PMU) ................................................................................................................................................................ G173 Peer-to-peer interface 2 (CUD1)..2007 Page 8-41 8-42 8-43 8-44 8-45 8-46 Program structure G175 Data sets ................................................................................................ G172 USS interface 3 (CUD2) ........................................................................................................................................ G187 Messages (1) ........................................................................................................................................... terminals 211 to 214 ......... 8-47 Control words............................................................................................................. status words G180 Control word 1...................................... G174 Peer-to-peer interface 3 (CUD2)............................................................................. 05....................................................................................................................................................................................... G186 Motor interface (2) / binary inputs.............. G188 Messages (2) ................

........................................ 8-85 B161 3 Dead zones ............... 8-76 2 Connector memories ...................................................05....................................................84 B158 Characteristics B160 9 Characteristic blocks .................................................................................72............................................. 3 High-resolution multipliers / dividers .................................. 8-74 B140 4 Maximum selections............ 8-80 Control elements B155 3 Integrators . 8-75 4 Minimum selections............................................................................. 10 Derivative / delay elements (LEAD / LAG blocks)................................................................................................... B135 4 Absolute-value generators with filter ................ 8-88 B180................................................................................................... 2 Switchable sign inverters.............................................98 B189 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 8-3 ....................................................B138 7 Limit-value monitors without filter ........... B130 12 Multipliers .................................... 8-65 Mathematical functions B125 15 Adders / subtractors ................ 8-81 B156............................................................ 8-64 B121 3 Binector / connector converters ........................ S00 option) B100 B101 Monitoring B110 Table of contents............................................................... 8-69 B135 3 Limiters ............................................. limit-value monitors B134 3 Limiters ....................................................... 8-77 High-resolution blocks B151 2 limit-value monitors (for double-word connectors) ................................................................................................ 4 Sign inverters................................................................ 8-87 Controllers B170 1 Technology controller .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................2007 Function diagrams Page Freely assignable function blocks (Technology software in the basic converter................................................... 8-62 Alarm..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-66 8-66 8-66 8-67 8-68 8-68 8-70 Limiters.............................................. 8-61 Voltage monitor for electronics power supply ..................................... 8-89........................................... 8-78 2 connector-type converters........................ 8-70 B136 3 Limit-value monitors with filter ............ 8-60 Startup of the technology software (option S00)........................................ 8-81 3 DT1 elements ................................................................................................................................................. 8-62 Fixed values B110 100 Fixed values .................. 8-78 2 adders/subtractors (for double-word connectors) ..73 Processing of connectors B139 4 Averagers ......................... Root extractor B152 1 Position/positional deviation acquisition.......................................................................................... 8-75 B145 2 Tracking / storage elements .................................................................................................................................................... 8.............. 8-86 Ramp-function generator B165 1 Simple ramp-function generator............................................................... 8-63 8 Alarm message triggers ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-76 B150 15 Connector changeover switches ... 10 PI controllers...................................................... 8-79 B153 1 Root extractor ...................................................................................................................................................... 8-86 1 Setpoint branching ................................................................................................................................ 8-63 Connector / binector converters B120 3 Connector / binector converters ....................... fault messages B115 32 Fault message triggers.............................. 8-78 Position/positional deviation acquisition......................................................................................................................................................... 8-82.......................................................................................... B131 6 Dividers...................................................... 8-71 B137.......................

........................................................ transmitting ..... B205 28 AND elements with 3 inputs each............................................ Analog output.......................................... 4 relay outputs ........................................ 1st EB2: Analog input................ 1st EB1: Analog inputs....................................................................................................................... 2nd EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs.............. B211 4 D flipflops .................................. 4 relay outputs ....... SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary outputs .......... 2 digital inputs........................................ Parameter List................................ For enabling instructions..................... B210 14 RS flipflops.......................... Page 8-111 8-112 8-113 8-114 8-115 8-116 8-117 8-118 8-119 8-120 8-121 8-122 8-123 8-124 8-125 8-126 8-127 8-128 8-129 8-130 8-131 8-132 8-133 8-134 8-135 8-136 8-137 8-138 8-4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 digital inputs ........................................................................................................................................000........ SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary outputs ............................... 2 digital inputs........ 8-100 Multiplexers for connectors B195 3 Multiplexer ........................./ outputs....... SIMOLINK board: Receiving.......................... please refer to Section 11.................................600............................. SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary outputs .............................................60............................................................................ 8-101 Counter B196 1 16-bit software counter ................................... 8-102 8-103 8-104 8-105 8-105 8-106 8-106 8-107 8-108 8-109 8-110 8-110 Logical functions B200 2 Decoders / demultiplexers...........................................................................2007 Page Velocity / speed calculators....................................................................................................................... Optional supplementary boards Z100 Z110 Z111 Z112 Z113 Z114 Z115 Z116 Z117 Z118 Z119 Z120 Z121 Z122 Z123 Z124 Z130 Z131 Z135 Z136 Z140 Z141 Z145 Z146 Z150 Z151 Z155 Z156 Table of contents ............. SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog outputs ................................................................. SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary inputs ................................ 2nd EB2: Analog input........................................................................................................................................................ SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary outputs ............................................................................... 1st EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs.................. B215 6 Timers (0.................................................... 1st EB1: Analog outputs .......... SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog inputs .............................................00........... 12 NAND elements with 3 inputs each ....................................................... 4 EXCLUSIVE OR elements with 2 inputs each ................./ outputs........................... 3 digital inputs ................................................................. Analog output.............................................................................................................. diagnosis........................................................................................ 2nd EB1: Analog inputs...................................... SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog inputs ......................................................................... description of parameters U977 and n978........................................................................................................... Interfaces: connector-type converters .............. Data exchange with the 2nd communications board (CB)........................................................... SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog outputs ..................00s) ....................................................................................................... B207 16 Inverters.........000s) . Data exchange with a technology board (TB) or the 1st communications board (CB) .......................... B206 20 OR elements with 3 inputs each........ OP1S operator panel ............................................................................................ SBP pulse encoder evaluation.................................................................... 8-99 1 Speed / velocity calculator........................ 2nd EB1: Analog outputs.................................................................................................... SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary inputs .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8-99 B191 1 Calculation variable inertia ......... 5 Binary signal selector switches....................................................................................................................... variable inertia B190 1 Velocity / speed calculator...................................... B216 4 Timers (0......... SIMOLINK board: Configuration.............................................. NOTE Freely assignable function blocks are enabled in parameter U977.Function diagrams 05..... SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary inputs ................................................................................................................... SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary inputs .................... binary to 1 of 8 .....................................................

02 0 K0040 Connector assigned to a fixed quantity (i.F(10.HIGH word = x (K0401) x KK9498 P044 K 9498 y y (Word) = HIGH word of x (KK9498) Function diagrams .02 .000 - 8-5 .02 510 .1) Selection of binectors via "indexed" parameter Factory settings differ for each index Setting range = all binector numbers Selected binectors for each index can be specified in symbol Key to symbols P462.02 .LOW word = 0 y .00s Ramp-up time Setting parameter Factory setting in parentheses ". not optional) B0161 Binector assigned to a fixed quantity (i.300. destination symbol [Sheet.04 Selection of binectors via "indexed" parameter Factory setting in parentheses Setting range = all binector numbers Selected binectors for each index can be specified K0401 U181 KK 401 y y .1] Selection of a double-word connector Factory setting in parentheses Setting range = all connector numbers Selected connector can be specified in symbol Reference to another sheet in function diagrams.05.01 ..00s = setting range r045.F"= parameter in a function parameter set 0.01 ...03 1 (see also Section 9.03 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Key to symbols U320 B B B FS .00. not optional) P510 (0) KK Selection of connectors via "indexed" parameter Factory settings differ for each index Setting range = all connector numbers Selected connectors for each index can be specified in symbol 6 Identifier for a freely assignable function block (Number of function block) [G152.300.04 K0401 Connector (freely connectable 16-bit value) KK9498 Double-word connector (freely connectable 32-bit value) Selection of connectors via "indexed" parameter Factory setting in parentheses Setting range = all connector numbers Selected connectors for each index can be specified in symbol B0202 Binector (freely connectable binary signal) P601 K K FS .00s) 0.B (1) B Selection of a binector Factory setting in parentheses ".01 500 ..02 = index 2 of parameter Selection of a connector Factory setting in parentheses Setting range = all binector numbers Selected connector can be specified in symbol SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions P606 (9) K K K K .HIGH word = HIGH word of x (KK9498) x P697.Column] P818 (1) B Selection of a binector Factory setting in parentheses Setting range = all binector numbers Selected binector can be specified in symbol Selection of double-word connectors: x KK9498 U181 (0) KK9498 y y .e.LOW word = LOW word of x (KK9498) y .B" = Parameter in BICO data set Setting range = all binary numbers Selected binector can be specified in symbol P046 (0) B B B B .01 141 .03 .02 P510 (2) K Display parameter Parameter number = r045 .01.e.

.G130] [G136] Ramp-functiongenerator Ramp-function setpoint limiting generator Basic functions Sheets G100 to G200 [G135] Field current limits Additional setpoint EMF controller Additional field current setpoint Field current actual value Legend : Additional setpoint before r-f generator EMF setpoint generation Additional setpoint before r-f generator from abcd EMF controller equals a .8-6 3 4 5 6 7 8 Setpoint limiting speed controller Torque limits Armature current limits Actual value armature current controller Additional setpoint speed controller limiting Additional setpoint speed controller Speed controller Current setpoint generation Setpoint limiting [G151. Basic converter function d . Supplementary board Current controller Field gating unit [G165] Precontrol Current limiting [G165] [G166] Precontrol [G166] = Parameterizable connection /disconnection points EMF actual value generation SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. Analog input b .. Serial interface c .... G152] [G160] Actual value speed controller [G161] Current limiting [G136] Torque limiting [G162] Precontrol Current controller 1 2 Function diagrams Overview Sheet G100 Overview Setpoint limiting ramp-function generator Additional torque setpoint Additional current setpoint Additional setpoint Additional setpoint before r-f generator Main setpoint Setpoint processing Armature gating unit [G163] [G110 .2007 .G100 - ....

005 Slot G r060 .005 U910.003 3 2 F CUDx D Definition of SIMOREG DC Master power section Board code r063.002 Month .003 Slot E .003 Day .002 Slot D .004 r064.004 Hour .001 r064.001 Converter firmware .004 U910.004 r064.001 Year .G101 - 8-7 .005 r065.002 U910.001 CUD .001 r065.001 r065.002 Boot sector r062 Software Control word for power section P075 Sheet G101 Hardware configuration Reduction of converter rated DC current P076 Total thermal reduction factor P077 Reduction of converter rated supply voltage P078 Options according to rating plate r068 Serial number r069 MLFB (order number) r070 Converter rated supply voltage (armature) r071 Converter rated DC current (armature) r072 Converter rated DC current (field) r073 Converter rated supply voltage (field) r074 Function diagrams .004 Slot F .005 r064.003 0 1 r063.004 0 1 r063.003 r064.005 0 1 r063.05.002 r065.002 0 1 r063.003 r065.005 Minute r061 .002 Board compatibility Software identifiers G E Load class P067 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Board in slot D Board in slot E Board in slot F Board in slot G Board in location 1 Software version Creation date of software Checksum .2007 1 Arrangement of board locations 1 to 3 and slots D to G in electronics box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Hardware configuration 1 Select / deselect slots U910.

2007 .2] B0016 1 B0017 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.1] B0012 1 B0013 38 5V M 24V Enable operation (to sheet "Control word 1") [G180.G110 - .2] B0014 1 39 5V M 24V B0015 IRES (to sheet "Pulse encoder evaluation") [G145.8-8 3 4 5 6 7 8 X171 34 P24_S Display of terminal states on 7-segment display EStop 214 213 212 211 43 39 38 37 M K0020 42 41 40 36 1 2 Binary inputs (1) CUD1 Function diagrams r010 35 36 5V M B0010 24V 1 B0011 Sheet G110 Binary inputs terminals 36 to 39 37 5V M 24V Switch-on/Shutdown (to Sheet "Crawling setpoint / Terminal 37") [G130.

2] Enable counter for zero markers (to sheet "Pulse encoder evaluation") SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 40 5V M B0018 24V Sheet G111 Binary inputs terminals 40 to 43 1 B0019 41 5V M B0020 24V 1 B0021 42 5V M 24V B0022 1 B0023 43 5V M 24V B0024 1 B0025 Function diagrams .G111 - 8-9 .05. see block diagram "Binary inputs (1)" X163 44 45 M [G145.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Binary inputs (2) CUD2 P24_S For display of terminal states on 7-segment display.

01 (0) CUD1 0 <1> 46 M P770..10000ms) P770. "1": Output transistor is conductive ON/OFF delay SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..03 (0) CUD2 <1> P773 (0) B 1 1 Inversion T T 0 X163 50 M ON/OFF delay Sheet G112 Binary outputs terminals 46/47.10000ms) P772 (0) B T T ON/OFF delay P777 (0ms) (0..2007 ..10000ms) P770.8-10 3 r011 Indication of terminal states on 7-segment display 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Binary outputs r011 K0021 Function diagrams 109 110 52 P24 50 48 46 P775 (0ms) (0.10000ms) P770. 48/54... 50/51 and 52/53 P778 (0ms) (0.04 (0) 0 1 1 Inversion 51 P774 (0) B T T <1> 52 M 53 <1> With log..G112 - ..02 (0) 0 <1> 48 M 54 1 1 Inversion 47 1 1 Inversion P771 (0) B T T X171 ON/OFF delay P776 (0ms) (0.

6/7. +100% -100% .05. +100% 0 1 2 P704 (0) B P703 (0) Filter time [ms] P705 (0) 3 2 1 1 Filtering 0 K0010 B0050 1 = "Fault F046" P743 (0) Offset P742 (0....F (60.1] P744 (0) B Filter time [ms] P745 (0) Open circuit (i ≤ 2mA) P746 (1) B r002 Sign reversal -1 0 0% 0 K0011 1 Switch in analog input [G127...G113 - 8-11 .0) P712 (0. +10V ----- CUD1 X174 Resolution P707 (12Bit) Normalization Offset P701.2] P706 (1) B r001 0% 0% 0% 100% 100% 100% Kxxxx Signal type Normalization Offset 2 3 4 5 6 8 Analog inputs (1) U -10V . +100% 0 .2007 1 7 I ---20..+20mA 4 .00) 1ms -1 3 2 1 K0012 0 -1 0 1 Sign reversal Filtering 0% 0 K0013 1 Switch in analog input [G151. 20mA -100% ..00) PowerInterface XT 8 .00) Analog select input main setpoint -1 HardwareSmoothing 1ms 4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions u ±10V A D 10V =100% 20mA=100% i ±20mA 5 * 100% P701 -1 2 1 0 2 1 0 Signal type P700 (0) Normalization P741.00) Analog select input 1 HardwareSmoothing 1ms 6 A D 10V =100% 20mA=100% B0051 u ±10V K0014 i ±20mA 7 * 100% P711 0% 0 K0015 1 Switch in analog input 2 1 0 2 1 0 Signal type P710 (0) Open circuit (i ≤ 2mA) 1 = "Fault F047" Function diagrams .. and 103/104 M P714 (0) B P713 (0) Filter time [ms] P715 (0) -1 3 -1 2 1 0 -1 0 1 Sign reversal Filtering P716 (1) B r003 CUD1 X174 Resolution P717 (12Bit) Normalization Offset P711..0) P702 (0.F(100..270V 103 A -1 Analog input main actual value 104 D Sheet G113 Analog inputs terminals 4/5..F(100..

00) 10V = 100% -1 P736 (1) B r005 Analog select input 3 1ms 10 A D K0018 u ±10V * 100% P731 -1 0% 0 K0019 1 Switch in analog input 11 Hardwaresmoothing SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.G114 - .F(100.8-12 3 4 5 6 7 8 Normalization Offset P721.00) P723 (0) 10V = 100% -1 3 2 1 1 Filtering 0 Sign reversal K0016 -1 0 0% 0 K0017 1 Switch in analog input Filter time [ms] P725 (0) P724 (0) B P726 (1) B r004 1 2 Analog inputs (2) (to ground) Function diagrams CUD2 X164 Analog select input 2 1ms 8 u ±10V A D * 100% P721 -1 9 Hardwaresmoothing Sheet G114 Analog inputs terminals 8/9 and 10/11 P734 (0) B P733 (0) Filter time [ms] P735 (0) 3 2 1 0 -1 0 1 Sign reversal Filtering Normalization Offset P731.F(100.2007 .0) P722 (0.0) P732 (0.

. 14/15.00) Offset -10..05.00) Uout [V] = x x y [V] = * P753 100% y K0026 100% * normalization [V] + offset [V] P751 (0) -1 3 P750 (0) K -1 2 D 1 K0026 A 14 0 15 M Analog output 1 P756 (0) r007 Filter time (0.00.99V P758 (10.+10.+199.10000ms) P757 (0) Normalization -200..00. and 16/17 -1 3 x x y [V] = * P758 100% P755 (0) K -1 2 D 1 K0027 A 16 0 17 M Analog output 2 Function diagrams .+199.00) Offset -10.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Analog outputs (1) P749 (0) Actual current display X175 1ms CUD1 -1 3 2 1 0 13 12 Internal actual current -1 lact actual current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions M Filter time (0..00....00V P759 (0..10000ms) P752 (0) r006 Normalization -200..+10.00) Uout [V] = K0027 y 100% * normalization [V] + offset [V] Sheet G115 Analog outputs terminals 12/13..00V P754 (0.G115 - 8-13 .00..99V P753 (10..

10000ms) P762 (0) r008 Uout [V] = x y [V] = x * P763 100% y Normalization -200...+10.+10.+199.00.00) Uout [V] = K0029 100% Sheet G116 Analog outputs terminals 18/19 and 20/21 * normalization [V] + offset [V] -1 x y [V] = x * P768 100% y 3 P765 (0) K -1 2 D 1 K0029 A 20 0 21 M Analog output 4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05....G116 - ..10000ms) P767 (0) Normalization -200..00) Offset -10.00....00V P769 (0.00) * normalization [V] + offset [V] 1 2 Function diagrams Analog outputs (2) CUD2 P761 (0) -1 3 P760 (0) K -1 2 D A 18 1 K0028 M 0 19 Analog output 3 P766 (0) r009 Filter time (0..00V P764 (0.00.2007 .+199..00) Offset -10.99V P768 (10.99V P763 (10.00.8-14 3 4 5 6 7 8 X164 K0028 100% Filter time (0.

2] XS 105 24 V 106 XR 107 Power ON 109 Sheet G117 E-Stop.2] B0169 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 E-Stop.G117 - 8-15 .6] 0 1 PowerInterface K0021 r011 r011 Indication of terminal states on 7-segment display NOTICE Function diagrams Either terminal 105 or terminals 107 + 108 may be used! Terminal 105 is connected to terminal 106 in the delivery state. 109 110 52 50 48 46 .05.2007 1 E Stop 0 = E Stop 1 = no E Stop to sheet "Control word 1" [G180.B(124) B [G182. relay output line contactor ≥1 Pushbutton operation 1 Switch operation XS 0 0 U616 "E Stop" switch (NC contact) 105 Initiate E Stop 106 24 V 1 B0168 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Instantaneous pulse disable on E Stop [G163.6] [G180. Relay output line contactor "E Stop"button (NC contact) 107 Initiate E Stop 108 "Reset E Stop" button (NO contact) 108 Reset E Stop energize line contactor 110 Line contactor Power Interface U619.

F (0) 50.F (0) P424.00 % K0001 K0000 K0412 P413.00% K0004 B0423 -100.F (0) K0413 200.F (0.00 % K0005 B0424 -200.00 % K0006 K0406 P407.00) 1 B0001 K0409 P410.F (0.F (0.00) K0407 P408.00 % K0003 B0422 K0002 100.F (0.F (0.00) 150.00) K0410 P411.F (0) P423.F (0) 0.F (0) B0428 0 B0000 -150.G120 - SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.F (0) K0414 P415.F (0) P421.99% Function diagrams P401.00) K0402 P403.2007 .F (0.00 % K0007 B0425 P425.00) K0403 P404.F (0) K0416 P426.00) K0408 P409.8-16 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 11 fixed values setting range -32768 to +32767 P412.00 % P414.F (0) B0427 P428.99 to +199.F (0) K0415 P416.F (0. constant fixed values and control bits .00) K0411 Sheet G120 Fixed values.00) K0405 P406.F (0.00) K0401 P402.00 % B0421 P422.F (0) B0426 P427.F (0.00) K0404 P405.00% K0008 -50.F (0) 5 fixed values Constant fixed values and control bits 8 fixed control bits setting range -199. fixed control bits.F (0.F (0.

02 r045.03 n045.07 n045.03 U044 (0) K K K K K .01 .04 Display in % (-200.05 n047.01 n045.05 n045.G121 - 8-17 .03 r045.03 .01 .01 τ ≈ 300 ms P042 (0) K K r041.03 .02 τ ≈ 300 ms Function diagrams .04 K K K Sheet G121 Connector and binector displays K .06 .01 P046 (0) B B B B .02 .02 .03 .9 %) r041.05 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions n047.01 r043.03 r043.02 r043.02 n047.04 Binector displays r045.04 P044 (0) K K K r043.01 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Connector displays Display decimal (-32768 to 32767) Display hexadecimal (0000h to FFFFh) Display in % (-200.04 .02 .06 r043.05 n047.02 n045.07 High-resolution connector displays with filtering r045.01 .02 .9 %) r043.04 .05.0 to 199.01 .05 n047.02 .05 .01 r043.04 .0 to 199.03 .04 U046 (0) K K K K K .

01 .2007 .G124- .02 1 .01 .03 1 K0230 0 0 K P458 (0) B B .01 .8-18 3 4 5 6 7 8 P456 (0) B B .02 P455 (0) K K .01 .02 P457 (0) K K .02 1 .03 1 0 0 K0231 K 1 2 Function diagrams Sheet G124 Connector selector switch Connector selector switch SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.

00%) U667(40.00%) U668(100.00%) U666(25. 20% Slow SL / SR S2 Medium S3 Fast S4 U668 e.g. 50% U665 e.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Evaluation of a 4-step master switch U665(10.00%) 1 0 0 S2 0 0 0 0% 1 1 1 ∗ -1 1 K0510 Setpoint of the 4-position master switch SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions S3 Setpoint step S2 U662 (0) B Setpoint step S3 U663 (0) B =1 Setpoint step S4 U664 (0) B S4 SR Travel command 1 U660 (0) B SL Sheet G125 Evaluation of a 4-step master switch Travel command 2 U661 (0) B Output signal = K510 Speed setpoint in 4 steps n4 n3 U667 e. 80% U666 e. 100% n2 n1 0 Full Input signals = Control commands from the master switch = Activation of the setpoint steps Function diagrams .g.g.g.G125 - 8-19 .05.

.300..99%) (-199.300.+199.F(10. The motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator is bypassed in automatic mode (effect as for P462 and P463 = 0) 1 .F(+100.F (0) K P462.9%) MOP Starting value y=x B0241 Acceleration/deceleration completed 0 * -1 0 Setting value P466.+199.01..9.B (0) B Clockwise /Counterclockwise Manual/Automatic P471.F(0.300.6] Increase motorized potentiometer from control word 1 Bit13 [G180.6] SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. Non-volatile storage of output value : K240 remains stored in all operating states P465. No storage of output value : K240 is set to 0 in all operating states of > o5 The starting point after ON is specified by P467 (MOP starting value) 1 ..8-20 3 Motorized potentiometer operating mode P460.F(-100.F(10..01.F (0) K P470.00%) P468..+199..00s) (0.00s) P463.00s) Time difference P469.G126 - ...F (0) Function diagrams Automatic setpoint Sheet G126 Motorized potentiometer P461. The motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator is effective in the manual and automatic modes 60 1 1 0 0 .99.F(0) (0 or 1) 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Motorized potentiometer P473.99%) MOP min.F(10.0) (-199.00s) (0.F (1) 0 .....2007 ..00%) (-199.00s) Acceleration time Decelerartion time P464..00s) (0.B (0) B P472.99.B (0) B Set motorized potentiometer 1 0 1 (Capacitor symbolizes value memory) Decrease motorized potentiometer from control word1 Bit14 [G180.... MOP max.01.. Ramp-function generator with permanent memory dy/dt 00 K0241 y 01 0 0 K0242 * -1 1 1 x K0240 Setpoint from motorized potentiometer y=0 B0240 Output = 0 10 11 ≥1 1 P467..

05.08 K0204 1 K0209 0 [G128.01 .8] P433.05 .F (11) K Function diagrams .05 .07 .5] ≥1 Bypass ramp-function generator to sheet "Ramp-function generator" [G136.04 P432.06 .05 P432.07 .04 .08 ≥1 Select setpoint P431 (0) K K K K K K K K 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 .02 P432.07 P432.06 .G127 - 8-21 .5] ≥1 & & & & & & & & ≥1 Sheet G127 Fixed setpoint SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Select fixed setpoint 1 from control word 2 [G181.4] Select injection of fixed setpoint P430 (0) B B B B B B B B .03 .02 .01 Select fixed setpoint 0 from control word 2 [G181.3] [G113.06 P432.01 .03 P432.04 .2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Fixed setpoint P432.08 P432.03 .02 .

F(209) K 0 1 K0208 [G129.2] [G127.F Time1 P483.F Time2 1 2 Function diagrams Sheet G128 Oscillation.G128 - . square-wave generator Oscillating / square-wave generator P484.B (0) B SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.7] Oscillation P485.F Setpoint2 P482.F Square-wave generator % P480 Oscillating setpoint t P483 P481 K0203 P482 P481.8-22 3 7 4 5 6 8 Setpoint1 P480.2007 .

05.G129 - 8-23 .05 .04 .7] from ON/OFF1 (from sheet "Crawling setpoint") P435 (0) B B B B B B B B .03 . bit 0 from control word 1 [G180.04 P437.07 .08 P437.08 =1 & Select setpoint 0 1 0 1 0% 0 1 K0202 1 K0207 0 [G130.05 .F(208) K [G128.07 P437.4] & ≥1 On command from INCH (to control word 1) [G180.05 P437.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Inching setpoint P437.04 .6] Function diagrams .01 .06 . bit 1 from control word 1 [G180.02 .06 P437.6] ≥1 ≥1 Bypass ramp-function generator Sheet G129 Inching setpoint SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Select injection of inching setpoint & [G136.01 .07 .02 P437.2] ON command [G130.03 P437.06 .02 .2] P436 (0) K K K K K K K K 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 .03 .01 Inching.08 P438.6] ≥1 & & & & & & to sheet "Ramp-function generator" Inching.

2] ON command from CRAWL (to control word 1) <1> Flip-Flops are reset when P445=0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 K0201 Select crawling setpoint P441 (0) .03 .F(207) K [G129.2007 .08 ≥1 [G180.08 K 0 1 0 1 1 K0206 0 [G135...04 K .01 .07 .4] Bypass ramp-function generator to sheet "Ramp-function generator" ≥1 .06 .07 K .03 K .05 .07 P442.04 .B (0) B ≥1 1 & & & & & & & & ≥1 Selection for shutdown ≥1 [G136.02 K .1] P443.B (1) B & [G110.08 P442.2] Switch-on command from ON/OFF1 (to control word 1) 0 <1> [G129.6] P442.7] SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.06 P442.05 P442.01 K .01 to sheet "Ramp-function generator" Crawling setpoint / Terminal 37 Function diagrams P654.5] Switch-on/shutdown from terminal 37 (from Sheet "Binary inputs 1") R 1 D Q P444.8-24 3 7 Level/edge P445 1 2 4 5 6 8 Selection for switch-on/shutdown 1 [G180.G130 - .02 .06 K .02 P442.05 K .. 1 D Q 1 R 0 <1> Sheet G130 Crawling setpoint / terminal 37 Select injection of crawling setpoint P440 (0) B B B B B B B B .04 P442.03 P442.

F(194) K -1 10 11 B0210 K0193 [G136.00 %) <1> When P643.G135 - 8-25 .F (100.00) (-300.04 <1> P321.6] Enable negative direction of rotation from control word 1 [G180.6] 0% 00 01 Sheet G135 Setpoint processing P320..00) (-300.F(206) K [G130.01 <1> .300. the limit selected via P642.0x=9.03 <1> .00%) 0 K0194 1 K0197 U607..02 <1> .F (100..F (15.01 .F (1) K K0198 P643 (9) K K K K .02 .300.B (1) B Maximum Enable positive direction of rotation from control word 1 [G180.03 .05.7] P322.00.F (0) K no direction of rotation enabled P323.04 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Minimum K0196 K0195 U608.F (1) K Function diagrams .0x acts with inverted sign as a negative limit Additional setpoint P635..00.00 %) Main setpoint r029 P644.1] to ramp-function generator input P645.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Setpoint processing P642 (2) K K K K .

RFG setting 2 [s] P314.F Starting integrator P318.2 r315..∆ Deceleration distance K0191 r315.P306 P311 . "Crawling setpoint" [G127.3 r315.F P310.1 r028 x n-act + ∆ Setpoint K0192 y dv/dt r027 K0190 KK0047 n-act .F P311.F Upper transition rounding .01 .06 P637..P314 P307 .7] 1 K0193 1 [G153.F Set RFG on shutdown ON delay r316 RFG status Setting value Run B0104 [G182.00.8-26 3 Ramp-up time P303.02 .F(0) P641.F Lower transition rounding Upper transition rounding 1 0 r315.01 K .F (0.F(0) P298.... RFG setting 3 [s] 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Function diagrams Ramp-function generator (1) P636 (1) K K K K K K Effective times for emergency stop (OFF3): P296.8] 0 0% 0 Operating state .B (0) B Bypass ramp-function generator from sheets "Fixed setpoint"..6] B0161 [G180.00) (0.F . I or II P319.4] RFG output K0190 [G136.F P307.B (1) B Enable changeover of starting integrator Select bypass rampfunction generator P317.-.F P312.02 K 1 0 P640.F Upper transition rounding 60 1 Time difference [s] P542.F ..2] P646.F Ramp-down time P297.00 s) [G136.P310 Ramp-down time P304.B (0) B ≥1 ≥1 Display of RFG status on r316 15 RFG active to status word 1 [G182..8] Shutdown [G180.F Lower transition rounding P305.6] y=0 B0207 B0208 B0209 ramp-up ramp-down Enable ramp-function generator from control word 1 (with "0"-Signal: y=0) [G151.F P313.6] [129.G136 - .F P309.B (1) B & RFG tracking 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 7: 15: Ramp-function generator enable Ramp-function generator start Setpoint enable & /OFF1 Set ramp-function generator Track ramp-function generator Bypass ramp-function generator Ramp-down Ramp-up .03 .F Overshoot P302.6] Control parameter P295.6] Enable setpoint from control word 1 [G180.10.3] Set ramp-function generator P639 (167) .3] T B0211 & 0 B0104 [G182. "Inching setpoint".B (0) B RFG-setting 2 Parameter selection Ramp-up time Ramp-down time Lower transition rounding This changeover to RFG settings 2 and 3 has priority over the input of RFG setting 3 by the starting integrator control P638.2007 P647.7] ≥1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Enable RFG tracking SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.1] [G137.4 P330.05 .6] start from control word 1 RFG input [G135. RFG setting 1 [s] P306.F Ramp-function generator setting 2 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 Effective parameters P303 .04 .B (0) B RFG setting 3 Sheet G136 Ramp-function generator (1) from starting integrator control (see P302) ≥1 Ramp-function generator [G180.6] [130.F P308.F .

1][G188.8] Function diagrams .01 190 .1][G160.03 .02 <1> .05.G137 - 8-27 .03 <1> .04 positive setpoint limit P300.0x = 9.01 .1] Speed setpoint K0170 K0182 Maximum P633 (9) K K K K .F Minimum K0181 Lowest positive setpoint limit K0183 P634 K K B0206 Limitation after RFG has responded Highest negative setpoint limit FS .02 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Ramp-function generator (2) Limitation after RFG SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions P632 (1) K K K K .04 <1> P301. the positive limit selected via P632.0x acts with inverted sign as negative limit Sheet G137 Ramp-function generator (2) [G136.F negative setpoint limit <1> When P633.01 <1> .02 0 [G152.

00) (-10. RESET 2.8-28 3 7 4 5 6 8 P087 (0. This causes the brake to remain open during this short time without torque. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Footnote 2: A negative value in P087 means that the signal "Open brake" is delayed with respect to the enable for the firing pulses for the thyristor. 05...6] & T 0 Firing pulse disable (1 = firing pulse disabled) Footnote 1: The signal "automatic restart" is generated by the sequence control.G140 - .6] B0164 1 = n<nmin P088 (0. Only this case is shown in this function diagram. P086 > 0). If the voltage at the power section fails briefly in the "operating" state (see P086) (and if automatic restart is selected.00. "1" during this time.2007 .00 s) [see footnote 2] Brake opening time T SET (Q=1) Q Open brake B0255 1 2 Function diagrams Brake control Sheet G140 Brake control Automatic restart (see footnote 1) [G182. i. "0" and the "automatic restart" signal to log.0. the "operating" signal goes to log.00.. SET 0 Operation & ≥1 RESET (Q=0) Q B0250 [G187.00) (0..10.e.6] B0104 ≥1 1 P080 Close brake 1 1 2 Priority: 1.00 s) Delayed firing pulse disable OFF1 or OFF3 from the sequence control from control word 1 [G180.

F Position counter hysteresis <1> Value range FF80 0000H to 007F FFFFH (= -8388608 to +8388607 dec) Enable counter for zero markers (1 = enable) X163 5V see also Sheet "Binary inputs 2" & P453.F Maximum speed P140 Pulse encoder type Reset position counter P450.1] K0048 n024. P15 Pulse encoder supply 27 M 28 COMP X>Y Actual speed value from pulse encoder Track 1 29 Speed measurement Pulse encoder evaluation SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Actual speed value from pulse encoder in rpm COMP X>Y 1 = "Fault F048" with fault value 1 P143.F 0 1 2 3 P452.5] P451.F Aut.G145 - 8-29 .switchover of multiple evaluation P145.1] Position HIGH <1> No.B (0) B 0 P141 No.2007 1 Raw data of pulse encoder evaluation K0910 Automatic switchover of measuring time P146.F K0911 K0912 Measuring time Number of pulses Status register 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pulse encoder evaluation CUD1 Adjustment to pulse encoder supply 5V/15V (0/1) P142 K0041 K0040 r024 [G151.05.B (1) B <2> Value range 8000 0000H to 7FFF FFFFH CUD2 M Function diagrams <3> Position counter 0=enable 1=reset (K0042.F Measuring time Fault in speed measurement with pulse encoder COMP X>Y Pulse encoder faulty 1 = "Fault F048" with fault value 2 B0052 B0053 B0054 K0042 Underflow Overflow Position LOW <1> 30 Track 2 31 32 Sheet G145 Pulse generator evaluation Zero marker 33 Position sensing 1 <3> <4> CUD1 & 1 K0043 K0044 KK0046 [B152.F Pulse encoder monitoring ON/OFF P147.001 Multiple evalution of encoder signals P144.F X173 26 200mA max. of zero markers Position <2> 39 24V see also Sheet "Binary inputs 1" [G110. K0043.5] IRES Reset position counter (dependent on setting in parameter P450) (0 = reset) X171 5V M 40 24V [G111. of encoder pulses P148. K0046:=0) <4> Counter for zero markers 0=reset (K0044:=0) 1=enable .

B (0) B K0451 1 U652.F (50.002) U655 (451) <1> K 0 This connector can be used as a setting value for the I component of the speed controller (Sheet G152. P631) K0454 K0453 U653.F (0.F) K0452 U656 (452) <1> K Rated converter current (r072.8-30 3 4 5 6 7 8 U657.00%) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.speed controller <1> U651.00%) <1> <1> 100% corresponds to 100% of the rated current of the motor (P100) 1 2 Function diagrams Starting pulse .F (0.G150 - .2007 .00%) Rated motor current (P100.speed controller Sheet G150 Starting pulse .

05.3] P609 (0) K P563.00) (0.00) n contr. n contr.. Tn2 y y n contr..8] Main actual value P558.00) (0..00) (0.00 .10 200.650) (0.point 1 P560.00) (0.4][G160.1] [G161..05 2 3 4 P115.0) (0.000) n contr. droop Kp2 P555..point 2 P557..F Selection of actual speed value Reverse polarity of actual speed value on field reversal and applied negative field direction from Sheet "Field reversal with SIMOREG single-quadrant device" [G200.7] 1 Internal actual EMF value * P115 135.. 10...00 %) Adap. Kp2 P556.6] Speed controller P gain to Sheet Speed controller 2 x x y P554.000) n contr.0.G151 - 8-31 .F (0.00) (-199. 10..199.00 .point 1 P559..00 %) Adap.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Speed controller (1) Droop (with adaptation) x y y P051 x n contr.F (0. 200.. P630 (162) [G152.1].F (0) K dynamic response of the speed control loop P236. 100.0) (0.10 .F (0.F (0) K n contr.7] K I comp..5] K0166 [G152.00) (0.650) (0..F (3. 100.0) n contr.. 10.0 .99%) dn(droop) 0 1 K0167 [G152.3][G165.0) n contr.2] r025 Sheet G151 Speed controller (1) K0013 Actual value from pulse encoder 0 K0040 [G145..00 %) 0% P083.00%) Adaptation of the P gain Adaptation of the integration time x P553.00) (0..0 ..F (0.F(-100.point 2 Function diagrams .010 . 200.F (0. 100. 0% Enable droop from control word 2 [G181..00 .F (0) K P551.00 %) Adap...F (0.6] Speed controller integration time to Sheet Speed controller 2 x P550.99. Kp1 (3.F SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions P562.F (0. Tn1 P226.F(100.10 . Tn(act) r218 [G152.00) (0. 100..point 2 P561..00 .00 %) Adap.00 .00..F (0.00 %) Adap.00) n contr.. droop Kp (act) r217 P552. Kp(act) r219 y [G152.F (0..F (3.00) (0.0) P225.point 1 Adap.0) (0..010 ...00 . 100.3] Optimization run for speed controller 1 0 -1 1 [G113.F -1 K0176 [G152.00) (0.F (0. 10. 100. droop Kp1 P227..

1] Switchover speed P222. n(act) P200.F (1) (1.7] Speed controller P gain from Sheet Speed controller 1 [G151..F (0) (0 .3] K0177 P204.F (0) (0..G152 - .F (1) 0..F (1) 0.filter) K0178 [G152....) = M(set. Stop I-comp.2] r026 P623 (179) K P624 (0) K P230.B (0) B [G152.1] P234.F (0) P205.2] K0164 [G151..F (0) 1 0 0% n(act) [G152..3] n(act.F(170) K [G137. [G153..1] n(act.B (0) B P696.F (0) Speed controller integration time from Sheet Speed controller 1 [G151.. limit) and set speed setpoint = actual speed value (K0179) [G181.. n(set) Sheet G152 Speed controller (2) P625.3) P201. 100ms) (0 ..F (0) (0.5] Switchover to P controller -1 K0168 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions P627 (178) K [G152.. n contr.3] Absolute actual speed value B<A [G181.F (0) 0. smooth) P622 (174) K K0174 [G153.. 10000 ms) Smooth. smooth) Smooth.F(167) K [G151.F (0) (0.8] P621 (176) K Kp dn K0165 Contr.140Hz) quality Resonant frequency P224.F Set.3] K0162 K0161 Speed controller setpoint/act.2] Stop I component when αG-limitation. dev..3 Control word for speed controller I component P631 (0) K P695..B (1) B B Hysteresis P221.4] B0204 Enable speed controller from control word 2 and sequencing control B0205 P206..1 P626.I-comp.n contr.. torque limitation..F A K0166 P698.8-32 3 Master/slave drive from control word 2: Make I component follow on slave drive so that M(set.1] [G160. 1000ms) T1 Tv [G151. n contr. Set I-comp.F (1) (1. val. deviation I component P component K0148 K0160 M(set.. speed limiting controller reached [G163. n contr.2] 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Function diagrams Speed controller (2) Fast stop 0 1 ≥1 n(set.val.5] P229.3) P203.10000 ms Setting period of I-comp. current limitation. P620 (165) K Tn [G153.n contr.2] [G187.) [G160..2007 .limit) Fast stop P228.10000ms) P502 (0) K P202.140Hz) quality Resonant frequency Friction and moment of inertia compensation n(act) P629 (177) K n(act.2] K0169 & 05. 0 = set P component to zero n(act) K0179 [G152.n contr.1] [G153.4] r218 r219 r023 [G151.filter) P628 (179) K [G152..F (0) (0 .5] 0% 0 1 n(set.7] K0171 P223.

/act. [G152. Compensation of moment of inertia (dv/dt injection) dv/dt * P542 from ramp-function generator [G136. diff.01 179 .F P530 K0172 P521 -100% 0% 100% n P520 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K0171 [G152.6] n controller setpoint [G152..02 0 -P530 Compensation of moment of inertia (dv/dt injection) Sheet G153 Friction compensation.3] K0174 Threshold P543.7] Friction moment and moment of inertia compensation Filter time (0.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Friction compensation Friction characteristic P520.F (0) [G136.7] K0164 Function diagrams .B (1) B K0173 P540.3] P519 K K FS . val.F K0152 [G152.F to P530.10000ms) P546.05.8] K0191 P619 (191) K 0% 1 0 Enable dv/dt injection K0150 P697.F Setp.G153 - 8-33 ..F P541.

200.002 Maximum 0 1 Maximum P173.F <2> P182.) K0143 K0147 [G161.F (-105.B (0) B & M ϕ P510 (2) K y1 0 1 Torque limit changeover P171.5] Motor flux K0290 0 1 M ϕ SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.04 <1> .5] [G152.0x = 9..F (3.F P694.00) (0.pos. speed limit controller P515.B(170) K P601 K K FS .. speed limit reached B0192 x Neg.0%) <2> P100.F(100. speed limit reached y2 x (n act) y2 y1 K0137 K0136 Motor flux [G166.0%) <2> Minimum P100. n contr.03 .0x acts with inverted sign as a negative limit [G166. rot.00) Torque limitation. 1 = slave) [G181.neg.03 <1> .) K0148 Emergency stop P501.F 0 1 [G151.F <2> .2] K0145 P084 (1) P607.1] P500.0.1] y 0 x K0141 1 r022 <2> [G163.8-34 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Changeover speed P184.02 ..B(148) K [G152.5] 2 0 M ϕ y 1 x 0 K0140 M(set.5] Motor flux K0290 B>A <2> P180.F(-100.00) Kp P513.02 <1> .002 P605 (2) K K K K K .F (0) P606 (9) K K K K K .05 <1> <1> When P606..F (105.8] Sheet G160 Torque limitation.02 0 1 [G137.01 <1> .01 .9.2] B0203 K0144 Lower torque limit active r021 <2> B0202 [G163.F ________ Minimum r072.3] P509 (167) K A Function diagrams B [G151.) Pos.2007 <2>With this Parameters.G160 - .3] K0166 Absolute actual speed [G166.0) (-199.2] M(set. the positive limit selected via P605.0.05 1 B0201 [G163.01 141 .8] P503.9 %) n(max.199.04 .F (0..F <2> P183. speed limit controller M(set.) n(max..0) P512.10.B (0) K B0111 [G182.F ________ r072.0 %) (0. rot.F(100%) 1 Master/slave drive from control word 2 (0 = master.B (0) B 1 Changeover between current control and torque control P170. 100% corresponds to the rated motor armature current (P100) P181.5] K0290 Upper torque limit active Mlimit2(act) Mlimit1(act) Speed limit controller B0193 Limit controller active P511 (4) K P169. n contr.7] P172. limit) Iset K0134 [G161.

current limit reached B0195 Maximum K0132 Current limitation active Armature current setpoint P603 K K K K K K K FS . P100.xx Max. signal effective acc.07 *) With these parameters.current limit "+Ia_limit" I²t monitoring of power section P077 Sheet G161 Current limitation SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions y 0 x 1 Pos.2007 1 P109 (0) Absolute actual speed [G151.F *) (-100. current limit P172.01 . current limit P171.002 Armature current controller setpoint before current limitation K0133 [G160.8] B0161 Emergency stop B0111 [G182.04 0 [G160.05.04 .1] K0120 Neg.0%) 1 ∗ -1 Highest pos.02 1 .3] K0147 neg. Minimum K0131 Lowest pos.7] ≥1 |n act| P108 (n3) pos.03 1 .F *) (100.03 .03 134 .8] P601 K K FS . 100% corresponds to the rated motor armature current (P100) Function diagrams .07 2 Min.05 .02 .002 -150% * P077 (4Q converter) 0% (1Q converter) 1Q/4Q converter P604 (9) K K K K K K K Max.06 2 .0%) P075 Min. 0 1 Minimum Min.current limit "-Ia_limit" B0200 [G163.3] P105 (i1) P106 (n2) (see Section 9) P107 (i2) K0166 Speed-depend.04 1 .01 1 .2] 9=neg.F ________ r072. . current limit I limit P104 (n1) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Current limitation Shutdown [G180. to P603.F ________ r072.06 . 0 1 P100. current limit reached B0194 x y [G162.G161 - 8-35 . Max.05 1 .

I comp.06 0 [G161..2] I component :=0 P154.5] K0142 K0116 K0114 K0109 K0107 P155.F K0103 B0190 K0115 Kp Actual value Tn Pulsating current Average value over 6 current peaks *) Conducting angle Average value over 6 current peaks P175.F (1) P163.2] stop I component Switchover between reduced gearbox stressing and current setpoint integrator P157.8] K0120 K0125 P164.F P156.F(1) K Actual torque K0290 Motor flux r019*) internal actual armature current K0117 P602 (117) K Armature current controller K0113 K0111 K0112 K0110 set/actual diff. output - Current controller-armature Overcurrent monitoring B0057 r020*) Fault F030 Setpoint Filter time P191.10000ms) Sheet G162 Closed-loop armature current control + from sheet "Auto-reversing stage.. measured armature current P110.8-36 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 r072.F Set armature current P601 K K K0118 Filter time P190.F (0) (0.F (3) K0122 V_control_A Line voltage (armature) K0305 I_armature_set Filtering/ averaging MI M0 MII Line frequency K0121 La P111.1] Precontrol_armature P162.1] FS .F K0102 [G163..F Armature circuit resistance 12-pulse P079(0) if P079=2 P111.G162 - .F Measured actual EMF value K0123 ia Calculated EMF K0124 0 1 2 3 P193 (287) K Ra P110.F 0=Reset P comp..F Ua EMF * -1 K0306 Requested torque direction SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.F 0=Reset I comp. armature gating unit": [G163. [G163.F(1) K Average value over 1 current peak Absolute actual armature current P176. αG or α W limitation reached P158.F Closed-loop armature current control K0149 *) The following applies with these parameters or connectors: 100% corresponds to the rated motor armature current (P100) Function diagrams [G166.. P comp.F Acceleration time for reduced gearbox stressing or current setpoint integrator Control word armature precontrol P153.002 P100.F (0) (0.2007 i a .05 125 ..10000ms) K0119 [G163.F Armature circuit inductance .

7] stop I component [G162.B (1) B MI 1 MI 2 MI 3 MI 4 MI 5 MI 6 [G165.F Filtering of line frequency tracking P826.04 = no immediate pulse disable P177. armature gating unit [G162.8] B0204 B0201 Upper torque limit [G160.7] B0200 Limitation controller [G160.03 .01 . armature gating unit Changeover threshold P159.7] Instantaneous pulse disable on E Stop or in the case of F030 P152.7] αG-limit reached B0196 r018 K0100 Armature gating unit αG Sheet G163 Auto-reversing stage.F (0) [G163.5] ≥1 B0202 Limitation active Lower torque limit [G160.7] P600 K K K K FS 102 0 0 0 .Enable signal for M0 or MII 1.B (0) B [G117.F (0.05% Number of additional αW pulses with disabled second pulses Number of additional αW pulses with enabled second pulses Enabled torque direction for parallel drive 1 = Torque direction I active 1 = Torque direction II active I [G162.G163 - 8-37 ..ii Correction of zero passages P079 Short/long pulses Current limitation [G152.F K0106 P161.6] [G161.2007 1 "Enable a torque direction with torque direction changeover" [G163.F 165° P192.4] B0230 1 = No torque direction 1 = Torque direction I 1 = Torque direction II B0231 B0232 K0119 0 Requested torque direction SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions II P159 to sheet "Closed-loop armature current control": I component :=0 αG or α W limitation reached αW shift P150.05.F αW-limit reached MII 1 MII 2 MII 3 MII 4 MII 5 MII 6 fire all thyristors simultaneously P178.5] B0203 Function diagrams active .Enable signal for M0 or MI I=0 signal 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Auto-reversing stage.000s) Additional dead interval 0..1] K0101 B0197 continuous current αW ≥1 0 1 P151.B(220) B 0.F (0) P179.02 .7] P165.F [G162...5] B0220 P179 P160 B0221 B0222 P161 0 = No torque direction 1 = Torque direction I 2 = Torque direction II Auto-reversing stage P160.

3] K0166 n_act Absolute actual speed P120.F field characteristic P614 (1) K K K K K .01 .F (0) + - 0% 0 1 K0101 [G163.01 .02 .F P119. EMF controlller set/actual diff.02 ..05 P103.5 degrees or (pulsating) 165 degrees .1] P110.5 degrees P272 K0276 K0274 Lower field current setpoint limit Maximum P276.02 .F (0) K0278 EMF_set Enable precontrol P273.02 .2] Minimum 0% Automatic field reduction if EMF too high for braking operation n_f-w start P118.03 .F Minimum 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Closed-loop EMF control Function diagrams Ra P110.01 .F La P281.B (1) B - K0289 Field current setpoint limitation Field current setpoint K0275 P611 K K K K FS 277 0 0 0 .04 [G166. after droop K0284 Droop P277.04 Filter time (0.10000ms) P280.F P101.01 .002 P111.F Tn K0283 EMF controller set/actual diff.10000ms) Filter time Stop I component P284..F (0) (0.F EMF controller precontrol I_field_set 100% of P102 α P283.F Ra r039 P615 K K K K FS 289 0 0 0 ..2007 . EMF controller output EMF controller P comp.F P693.With operating status >=o10 or K0286>P357 AND |K0179/K0287|<5%: Setpoint upper limit ="old" K265 ia P282.F Kp Actual value .04 ... Setpoint r073.F Minimum motor field current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.05 EMF K0287 P613 (1) K K K K K ua K0286 P616 (286) K - EMF controller .F (0) K0281 K0282 EMF controller I comp. to zero P081 0 K0277 1 100% K0288 P274. to zero + K0280 Sheet G165 Closed-loop EMF control ua .03 .F r037 K0285 P275. measured armature current Enable EMF controller Minimum Upper field current setpoint limit K0273 Ia_rated Ua_rated P100.F 0=Reset P comp.F EMK_rated n_rated n_f-w start = P119*EMF_set/P118 [G151..F to P139.2] 2 1 K0293 [G166.03 .F P276..03 . measured armature voltage i a ..F P151 .F 0=Reset I comp.04 .G165 - With operating status >=05 : Setpoint upper limit = 200% ("Release") 8-38 3 Rated motor field current P102.

12 or 22 t Sheet G166 Closed-loop field current control.B (0) B αG K0252 P610 (252) K r034 = αW P251.1] <1> With "Standstill field" K0268 r035*) P082 = 0: Field firing pulses disabled 1: Field firing pulses enabled with ≤ o5...F to P139.6] Line contactor CLOSED <2> ≥1 & [G166.field power module r073.F Motor flux [G166.14: External 40..5] K0293 <1> 2 1 0 * P102 P255.F P256.4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the setpoint will be reset to 0 Function diagrams . 100% corresponds to the rated motor field current (P102) <2> If field firing pulses are disabled. field gating unit P263 (1) Field characteristic P120.3] [G188.01 266 .3] B0124 & Filter time P260.. I comp.0 3: Field firing pulses are always enabled 4: Field gating pulses enabled with "Auxiliaries ON" (B0251) 11.F Firing pulse 2/4 P082 = 2.. output K0261 K0262 K0260 Setpoint Stop I component Kp Actual value r073..002 is ineffective) otherwise as for P082=1.F P692.24: External field device Setpoint from K0268 Actual value to P612 r073. P254. P comp.10000ms) Filter time P264.02 0 Field current setpoint K0275 0 + αG or αW limitation reached [G165.00 A otherwise as for P082=1.7] [G162.00 A . field gating unit K0251 K0250 P258.F Standstill field 0% P250.2] [G167.3] K0268 [G165...001 and r073.3] r036*) P097: Response to fault messages 0 = Disable field firing pulses 1 = Enable field firing pulses P082 P097 0 1 P261.05.4 21.Current controller field K0265 [G167. Internal actual field current K0266 P612 K K FS .3] [G188.F (0) (0.0 2: Standstill field with ≥ o7.001=40.F Tn Field current controller K0263 set/actual diff.0 ≥1 P082=24 and auxiliaries OFF K0304 Line voltage (field) P112..F Field circuit resistance I_field_set *) With these parameters.002 K0290 [G160.002=U838 (P076.G166 - 8-39 .10000ms) Select input value for flux calculation P263..F Filtering of line frequency tracking K0271 P082<21 (no external field device) P082=21 and operating state > o5.F 0=Reset I comp.F 1=Enable precontrol P253.3] [G160.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Closed-loop field current control.F Firing pulse 1/3 [G182.F 0=Reset P comp.8] 1 Inject standstill excitation K0268 P257.F (0) (0.F Delay time V_control_F Field precontrol 1 = Field firing pulses disabled P252.

50) 0.B (1) B 1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.3] B B<A B>A K0268 [G166.8-40 3 7 4 5 6 8 2% of r073.F (50) 1.2007 .002 A B Monitoring time P397.60.02.3] Threshold P396.F (0.00s P082 > 0 P082 < 20 A K0265 [G166.100% 1 2 Function diagrams Field current monitoring Sheet G167 Field current monitoring Setpoint at field current controller input & ≥1 T 0 Fault F005 Actual value at field current controller input Selection of external field current monitoring signal P265....G167 - ..

2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Serial interfaces: connector-type converters USS interface 2 (G171) Peer-to-peer interface 2 (G173) [G171.05.5] USS interface 1 (G170) Peer-to-peer interface 3 (G174) USS interface 3 (G172) [G170.5] K2001 LOW HIGH KK9081 KK9082 KK9083 KK9084 KK9085 KK9086 KK9087 KK9088 KK9089 KK9090 KK9091 KK9092 KK9093 KK9094 KK9095 K2002 LOW HIGH SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K2003 LOW HIGH K2004 LOW HIGH K2005 LOW HIGH K2006 LOW HIGH K2007 LOW HIGH K2008 LOW HIGH K2009 LOW HIGH Sheet G169 Serial interfaces: connector-type converters K2010 LOW HIGH K2011 LOW HIGH K2012 LOW HIGH K2013 LOW HIGH K2014 LOW HIGH K2015 LOW HIGH K2016 Function diagrams .5] [G174.5] [G173.5] K6001 KK2031 K6002 K9002 KK6082 K9003 KK6083 K9004 KK6084 K9005 KK60085 K9006 KK6086 K9007 KK6087 K9008 KK6088 K9009 KK6089 K9010 KK6090 K9011 KK6091 K9012 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH K6016 KK6092 K9013 KK6093 K9014 KK6094 K9015 KK6095 K9016 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH KK2032 K6003 KK2033 K6004 KK2034 K6005 KK2035 K6006 KK2036 K6007 KK2037 K6008 KK2038 K6009 KK2039 K6010 KK2040 K6011 KK2041 K6012 KK2042 K6013 KK2043 K6014 KK2044 K6015 KK2045 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH KK6081 LOW HIGH K9001 [G172.G169 - 8-41 .

2007 .20 r811.002=0: Bit 10 is not treated as "control by PLC".18 r810.8-42 3 Receive data Transmit data r810. B2100 B2200 B2300 B2030 B2400 B2500 B2600 B2700 B2800 P788 (2030) B Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F011" For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 9.13 Parameters for USS interface 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" 1s B2031 P780 (2) USS On/Off P787 (0.17 r811.Value High Word r810. when bit 10=0.01 .12 0 .16 r811.Value High Word Process data from USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 <1> 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 USS interface 1 Function diagrams PMU X300: G-SST1 6 1 4 +5V 7 TxD RS232 2 RxD Sheet G170 USS interface 1 3 Rx+/Tx+ 8 Rx-/Tx- ≥1 5 9 M RS485 FS 32 .03 M Submin D P785.Index 1 Word 3: Param.19 r811.1 See also connector type converter on sheet G169 B2900 Bit 15 B2115 B2215 B2315 B2415 B2515 B2615 B2715 B2815 B2915 B U116 (0) B .07 33 . the other bits of word 1 as well as words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K2001 to K2016 or to binectors B2100 to 2915.Index Word 3: Param.16 Word 15 Word 16 processing USS parameter data Word 1: Param.-ID (PKE) Word 2: Param.16 every 16 bits K2001 K2002 [G151.10 0 .19 r810.18 r811.14 0 .17 r810.e. P785.13.Value Low Word Word 4: Param.09 0 .G170 - .16 0 . All these connectors and binectors retain their old values.04 0 .001 (0) 0 1 0 1 Bus terminator + M <1> P785.-ID (PKE) Parameter Word 2: Param.01 to .06 0 .15 Word 14 0 .20 USS parameter data Word 1: Param.6] K K K K K K K K K K K K K .11 0 0 .002=1: Bit 10 is treated as "control by PLC". i.05 K K2003 K2004 K2005 K2006 K2007 K2008 K2009 K2010 K2011 K2012 K2013 K2014 K2015 K2016 Bit 0 [G182.6] [G169..01 to .2] P784 K 1 Process Data to USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 0 .3] K [G183.08 .000s) Telegram monitoring time P786 (0) Slave address P783 (6) Baud rate 15 0 Binector / connector converter K2020 P781 (2) Length of process data P782 (127) Length of parameter data r789 USS diagnostic parameter P927 Enable parameterization SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.Value Low Word Word 4: Param. 0 .01 .02 167 0 ..

12 0 .001 (0) 0 1 0 1 Bus terminator + M <1> P795. when bit 10=0.02 r812.000s) Telegram monitoring time P796 (0) Slave address P793 (6) Baud rate P791 (2) Length of process data P792 (127) Length of parameter data r799 USS diagnostic parameter P927 Enable parameterization Function diagrams .16 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 K6010 K6009 K6008 K6007 K K K K K K K K K K K6006 K K6005 K K6004 [G183.4] K6001 P794 K FS 32 .Value High Word 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 USS interface 2 CUD1 G-SST2 X172 56 Tx+ 57 Tx- Sheet G171 USS interface 2 58 Rx+/Tx+ 59 Rx-/Tx- SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 15 0 Binector / connector converter K6020 60 M RS485 P795.13.01 167 .05.e.-ID (PKE) Word 2: Param. P795.10 0 .16 K6002 [G151.16 Process data to USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 USS parameter data Word 1: Param.Value Low Word Word 4: Param.2007 1 Receive data Transmit data r812.19 r812.Index 1 Word 3: Param.03 33 .18 r812.15 0 .14 0 .11 0 . Parameters for USS interface P790 (0) USS On/Off P797 (0.08 0 .01 to ..20 USS parameter data Word 1: Param.Index Word 3: Param.6] K K6003 K 0 .19 r813.07 0 .05 0 .16 r813.-ID (PKE) Parameter processing Word 2: Param.18 r813.3] K <1> every 16 bits [G182.17 r813.20 r813.01 .06 0 . All these connectors and binectors retain their old values. Bit 15 B6115 B6215 B6315 B6415 B6515 B6615 B6715 B6815 B6915 For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 9.01 to .. the other bits of word 1 as well as words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K6001 to K6016 or to binectors B6100 to 6915.002=1: Bit 10 is treated as "control by PLC".G171 - 8-43 .002=0: Bit 10 is not treated as "control by PLC".Value High Word 1 Process data from USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 K6011 K6012 K6013 K6014 K6015 K6016 Bit 0 B6100 B6200 B6300 B6030 B6400 B6500 B6600 B6031 B6700 B6800 P798 (6030) B Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F012" B6900 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" 1s . i.09 0 .6] [G169.04 0 .1 See also connector type converter on sheet G169 B U117 (0) B .17 r812.13 0 .Value Low Word Word 4: Param.

16 r815. Bit 15 B9115 B9215 B9315 B9415 B9515 B9615 B9715 B9815 B9915 For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 9.11 0 .01 to .16 K9005 K 0 .Value Low Word Word 4: Param.20 USS parameter data Word 1: Param.Value High Word 1 Process data from USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 K9011 K9012 K9013 K9014 K9015 K9016 Bit 0 B9100 B9200 B9300 B9400 B9030 B9500 B9600 B9031 B9700 B9800 Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F013" B9900 .6] [G169.18 r814.20 USS parameter data Word 1: Param.Value Low Word Word 4: Param.18 r815.15 0 .16 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 K9010 K K K K K K K K9009 K K9008 K K9007 K K9006 K 0 .01 to . P805.04 K9002 [G151. the other bits of word 1 as well as words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K9001 to K9016 or to binectors B9100 to 9915.05 0 .01 .16 Process data to USS interface Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 processing r815.3] K <1> every 16 bits K9001 [G182.000s) Telegram monitoring time P806 (0) Slave address P803 (13) Baud rate 15 0 K9020 Binector / connector converter P801 (2) P808 (9030) B Length of process data P802 (127) Length of parameter data r809 USS diagnostic parameter P927 Enable parameterization SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.1 See also connector type converter on sheet G169 B U118 (0) B .13 0 .19 r814.Value High Word 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Function diagrams USS interface 3 CUD2 G-SST3 X162 61 Tx+ 62 Tx- Sheet G172 USS interface 3 63 Rx+/Tx+ 64 Rx-/Tx- 65 M RS485 P805.19 r815.13.06 K9004 [G183.17 r814.G172 - .Index Word 3: Param. when bit 10=0.002=1: Bit 10 is treated as "control by PLC".-ID (PKE) Word 2: Param.6] K K9003 K 0 .001 (0) 0 1 0 1 Bus terminator + M <1> P805. i. All these connectors and binectors retain their old values.10 0 .01 167 .17 r815..Index 1 Word 3: Param.08 0 .12 0 .-ID (PKE) Parameter Word 2: Param.e.002=0: Bit 10 is not treated as "control by PLC".8-44 3 Receive data Transmit data r814.07 0 .02 r814.14 0 ..6] P804 K FS 32 .2007 .03 33 . Parameters for USS interface 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" 1s P800 (0) USS On/Off P807 (0.09 0 .

<2> Word 2 Word 3 K6002 every 16Bits [G169.G173 - 8-45 .05.001 (0) 0 1 0 1 Bus terminator + M <1> Binector = 0: Output drivers are high resistance <2> Binector = 0: Telegram sign-of-life-monitoring is not active Parametes for peer-to-peer interface : P790 (0) Peer-to-peer On/Off P797 (0..05 Transmit data Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 to following drive Bit 15 B6115 B6215 B6315 B6415 B6515 P817 (1) B CUD1 G-SST2 X172 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions FS .01 to . of words (1.04 33 .01 to .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Peer-to-peer interface 2 Enable data send For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 9.4] K6001 P794 [G182.13.02 167 .000s) Telegram monitoring time P793 (6) Baud rate P791 (2) No..5) r799 Peer-to-peer diagnostic parameter Function diagrams .3] K r813.03 0 ..01 .16 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" B6030 1s 56 Tx+ 57 Tx- 58 Rx+/Tx+ Sheet G173 Peer-to-peer interface 2 59 Rx-/Tx- 60 M RS485 P795.2 See also connector type converter on sheet G169 <1> 1 0 r812.05 Receive data Word 1 1 K6003 K6004 K6005 [G183.05 0 Enable data receive U117 (0) B Fault signal trip P798 (6030) B 1 = "Fault F012" 15 B6031 0 Binector / connector converter K6020 B .01 32 ..6] K [G151.6] K K K 0 Word 4 Word 5 P816 (1) B to preceding drive Bit 0 B6100 B6200 B6300 B6400 B6500 .

3] r815.001 (0) 0 1 0 1 Bus terminator + M Parameters for peer-to-peer interface: P800 (0) Peer-to-peer On/Off P807 (0.G174 - . of Words (1.05 every 16Bits K9002 K K [G183.6] K Transmit data Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 to following drive Bit 15 B9115 B9215 B9315 B9415 B9515 FS ..01 ..000s) Telegram monitoring time P803 (13) Baud rate P801 (2) No.05 P819 (1) B Receive data Word 1 1 Word 3 0 Word 4 Word 5 P818 (1) B from preceding drive Bit 0 B9100 B9200 <1> Binector = 0: Output drivers are high resistance <2> Binector = 0: Telegram sign-of-life monitoring is not active B9300 B9400 B9500 .01 to .5) r809 Peer-to-peer diagnostic parameter SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.03 0 .04 33 .16 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" B9030 1s B9031 P808 (9030) B 15 0 Binector / connector converter K9020 1 2 Function diagrams Peer-to-peer interface 3 CUD2 G-SST3 X162 61 Tx+ 62 Tx- 63 Rx+/Tx+ Sheet G174 Peer-to-peer interface 3 64 Rx-/Tx- 65 M RS485 P805.8-46 3 4 5 6 7 8 Enable data send For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 9.6] K K K9003 K9004 K9005 [G151.01 32 .. Enable Data receive <2> Word 2 [G169.2 See also connector type converter on sheet G169 <1> 1 0 r814.05 0 U118 (0) B Fault signal trip 1 = "Fault F013" B .2007 .02 167 .01 to .6] K9001 P804 [G182.13..

4) P057 (012) 011.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Data sets Sheet G175 Data sets P055.5] K0035 Note: The applicable parameters are identified by the code ".5] K0034 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx ...F" Switchover between binector and connector parameters Parameter number Index 1 Index 2 r058 active Bico data set Bico data set from control word 2 [G181..4) Function data set bit 1 from control word 2 [G181.05..143) Copy function data set Parameter number Index 1 Index 2 Index 3 Index 4 Switchover between function parameters r056 active function data set Target data set (1... Source data set (1..5] Function data set bit 0 from control word 2 [G181.121 Copy Bico data set Target data set (1/2) Source data set (1/2) Function diagrams .B" xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx .. Note: The applicable parameters are identified by the code "...G175 - 8-47 ... (012) (011.

10000ms) External fault 1 Fault F021 P667.B (1) B Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 P668.B (1) B P663. Function diagrams Switch-on commmand from ON/OFF1 (from sheet "Crawling setpoint [G130.1] to sequencing control to sheet "Inching setpoint" [G129..B (0) B Pulse generator <1> P674.3] to sequencing control 14 13 12 11 10 9 Bit8 Bit0 1 2 4 5 6 8 Control word 1 Bit No.B (0) B P673.B (1) B P656.B (1) B to sheet "Setpoint processing" [G135.B (1) B P665. Bit 0 Bit 1 0=OFF2. word-serial input of control bits (P654 to P675 are not effective) Terminals 37 and 38 are always active. functional. enable pulses 0=Pulse disable Bit 2 to sequencing control to sheet "Ramp-function generator" [G136.2] 05. G171. bit-serial input of control bits (P654 to P675 are effective) When P648 <> 9. operating condition (edge-controlled) When P648 = 9.6] P360. however.01 (0ms) (0. Z110 and Z111 P675.B (1) B to sheet "Motorized potentiometer" [G126. They are ANDed with bit 0 or bit 3.B (0) B ≥1 P672.line contactor [G117.7] P658.2] to sheet "Motorized potentiometer" [G126. to brake control [G140.2007 .3] to sheet "Ramp-function generator" [G136. It is not. The mode of functioning of bit 10 is shown on Sheets G170. G172.7] / Terminal 37") P648. relay outp.B (1) B & P669.1] [G161.7] & 1 B0160 Sheet G180 Control word 1 P661.B (1) B Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 0 =>1 edge Acknowledge 1=Inching bit 0 1=Inching bit 1 1=Control by PLC 0=No control by PLC 1=Enable positive direction of rotation 0=Positive direction of rotation disabled 1=Enable negative direction of rotation 0=Negative direction of rotation disabled 1=Increase motorized potentiometer 1=Decrease motorized potentiometer 0=External fault 1 (F021) 1=No external fault 1=Enable setpoint 0=Disable setpoint 1=Ramp-function generator start 0=Ramp-function generator stop 1=Enable ramp-function generator 0=Set ramp-function generator to 0 1=Enable..2] to sheet "Ramp-function generator" [G136. to brake control [G140.3] & B0161 [G136.B (1) B P662. fast stop 1=operating condition to sequencing control.B (1) B P657.B (0) B SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Bit 10 is displayed in connector K0030 and parameter r650 when control word 1 is input in word mode.B (0) B P659.2] <1> P key (PMU) 0=OFF3.7] (from sheet "Crawling setpoint") ≥1 Switch-on command from INCHING (from sheet "Inching setpoint") [G129.1] from optimization run from control logic for field reversal Enable operation (from Sheet "Binary inputs 1") [G110.B (1) B ≥1 B0179 E-Stop from E-Stop.6] to sheet "Setpoint processing" [G135.B (1) B P666.B (0) B P660.G180 - .5] P655.2] to sheet "Inching setpoint" [G129.B (9) K Meaning Switch-on command from CRAWL [G130.B (0) B 150ms P671. motor coasts to standstill 1=operating condition 0=OFF1. shutdown via ramp-function generator followed by pulse disable 1=ON.B (1) B & P664. pulse disable.8-48 3 7 15 r650 Control word 1 7 3 2 1 Display of control word 1 (r650) on 7-segment display 6 5 4 K0030 to sequencing control.

B (0) B Bit 21 Select fixed setpoint 1 Bit 22 Spare Bit 23 Spare P684..04 (0ms) (0.6] to sheet "Speed controller (2)" [G152.10000ms) to sheet "Data sets" [G175.B (1) B Bit 26 0=External fault 2 (F022) 1=No external fault 2 P687..4] Display of control word 2 (r651) on 7-segment display 23 19 18 17 22 21 20 Bit16 30 29 28 27 26 25 Bit24 When P649 = 9.B (1) B Bit 28 0=External alarm 1 (A021) 1=No external alarm 1 P689.2] to sheet "Speed controller (1)" [G151..2] [G152.4] to sheet "Data sets" [G175.10000ms) External fault 2 Fault F022 P360.B (1) B Bit 24 1=Enable speed controller droop 0=Speed controller droop disabled P685.G181 - 8-49 ..B (1) B Bit 25 1=Enable speed controller 0=Speed controller disabled P686.4] to sequencing control External alarm 2 Alarm A022 Bit 18 Spare Bit 19 Spare P680.B (0) B Bit 17 Select function data set bit 1 Sheet G181 Control word 2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions to sheet "Fixed setpoint" [G127.B (0) B Bit 31 Main contactor check-back signal Function diagrams . word-serial input of control bits (P676 to P691 are not effective) P649.B (0) B Bit 20 Select fixed setpoint 0 P681.02 (0ms) (0.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Control word 2 r651 31 Control word 2 K0031 to sheet "Data sets" [G175..6] P360.2] to sheet "Fixed setpoint" [G127.B (0) B Bit 27 0=Master drive (speed control) 1=Slave drive (torque control) P688.B (1) B Bit 29 0=External alarm 2 (A022) 1=No external alarm 2 P690 (0) B Bit 30 0=Select Bico data set 1 1=Select Bico data set 2 P691.B (9) K Bit No.B (0) B Bit 16 Select function data set bit 0 P677.10000ms) to sheets "Torque limitation" and "Speed controller (2)" [G160. bit-serial input of control bits (P676 to P691 are effective) When P649 <> 9..05.4] External alarm 1 Alarm A021 P360. Meaning P676.03 (0ms) (0.

5][G166.6] [G174.3] 1 B0129 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. Bit 0 B0100 1 = Ready to switch on 0 = Not ready to switch on Function diagrams Meaning [G170.8-50 3 7 4 5 6 8 r652 7 3 2 1 Display of status word 1 (r652) on 7-segment display B0101 B0103 B0105 B0107 B0109 [G160.6] from sequencing control 1=Actual value ≥ comparison setpoint (P373) 0=Actual value < comparison setpoint (P373) from sheet "Signals (1)" [G187.G182 - .1] B0121 from fault processing 1 B0124 B0123 from relay output line contactor 1 B0126 B0125 from ramp-function generator [G136.6] 1 = Undervoltage fault (F006) 0 = No undervoltage fault is active 1 = Request to energize main contactor 0 = Request not to energize main contactor 1 = Ramp-function generator active 0 = Ramp-function generator not active 1 = Positive speed setpoint 0 = Negative speed setpoint B0120 1 B0122 [G117.7] 1 B0128 B0127 from sheet "Signals (2)" [G188.6] Status word 1 K0032 13 12 11 Bit8 from sequencing control 1 B0102 [G136.6] [G172.3][G140.1][G160.1][G136.2007 .2] from sequencing control Bit 1 1 = Ready to operate (pulses disabled) 0 = Not ready to operate 1 1 Sheet G182 Status word 1 from sequencing control Bit 3 B0106 1 = Fault is active (pulses disabled) 0 = No fault is active Bit 2 B0104 1 = Run (output terminals energized) 0 = Pulses disabled from fault processing 1 B0108 rom sequencing control Bit 4 0 = OFF2 applied 1 = No OFF2 applied 1 B0110 from sequencing control Bit 5 0 = OFF3 applied 1 = No OFF3 applied 1 B0112 from sequencing control Bit 6 1 = Switch-on inhibit 0 = No switch-on inhibit (converter can be switched on) 1 B0114 from alarm processing Bit 8 B0116 Bit 9 1 = PZD control requests (always 1) Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Spare 0 = Setpoint/actual value deviation detected 1 = No setpoint/actual value deviation detected Bit 7 1 = Alarm is active 0 = No alarm is active 1 1 B0115 B0117 from sheet "Signals (1)" [G187.6][Z110.6][G173.2] B0111 B0113 6 5 4 15 14 Bit0 10 9 1 2 Status word 1 Bit No.6][G171.

6][Z110. Spare Spare 0 = Overspeed (A038 and F038) 1 = No overspeed B0136 Meaning Bit 16 Bit 17 Sheet G183 Status word 2 from sheet "Signals" [G188.6][G173.6] Status word 2 31 30 26 29 28 27 25 17 K0033 Display of status word 2 (r653) on 7-segment display Bit24 Bit16 Bit Nr.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Status word 2 r653 23 19 22 21 20 18 [G170.6] [G174.G183 - 8-51 .6] [G172.6][G171.7] Bit 18 1 B0138 B0137 B0139 B0141 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1 = External fault 1 active (F021) 0 = No external fault 1 active from sequencing control Bit 19 1 B0140 from sequencing control Bit 20 1 = External fault 2 active (F022) 0 = No external fault 2 active 1 B0142 from sequencing control 1 = Power section overload alarm active (A039) 0 = No overload alarm active B0144 1 = Power section overtemperature fault active (F067) 0 = No overtemperature fault active 1 = Power section overtemperature alarm active (A067) 0 = No overtemperature alarm active 1 = Motor overtemperature alarm active (A029) 0 = No motor overtemperature alarm active 1 = Motor overtemperature fault active (F029) 0 = No motor overtemperature fault active spare 1 = Motor locked fault active (F035) 0 = No motor locked fault active spare spare spare B0156 B0146 Bit 21 1 = External alarm active (A021 or A022) 0 = No external alarm active 1 1 1 B0148 B0143 B0145 B0147 from alarm processing Bit 22 from fault processing Bit 23 from alarm processing Bit 24 1 B0150 B0149 from alarm processing Bit 25 1 B0152 B0151 from alarm processing Bit 26 1 B0153 Bit 27 from fault processing Bit 28 1 B0157 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 Function diagrams .05.

02=1) 2.01 22 Motor temperature alarm (analog) Sheet G185 Motor interface (1) 01:2 02:2 15:2 23 # ≥1 0 1 2 3 ≥1 1 = "Alarm A029" <5> <3> 1...6 s P491..F P493.2007 <5> Use a shielded cable and connect it to ground at both ends .02=2.8-52 3 4 5 6 7 8 <1> r012.5) PTC response temperature <2> CUD2 <1> r012.4.6 s P491..5) PTC response temperature <2> <1> Parameter r012 and connectors K0051 / K0052 output valid values only if a KTY84 is selected.4.01=1) 2.F Motor temperature fault analog 2 P494.KTY84 (P490.F Alarm temperature (PTC alarm) 01:1 (PTC trip) 02:1 (KTY84) 15:1 ≥1 1 = "Fault F029" 204 01:2 02:2 15:2 205 # ≥1 Motor temperature alarm analog 2 0 1 2 3 B0185 <5> <4> 1.PTC (P490..KTY84 (P490. When a PTC is selected.G185 - .02 ≥1 Motor temperature 2 <1> <4> K0052 1 2 0. <2> Response temperature used depends on the type of PTC SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.PTC (P490.01=2.F Alarm temperature B0184 Motor temperature alarm analog 1 0 1 2 3 X174 (PTC alarm) 01:1 (PTC trip) 02:1 (KTY84) 15:1 Select temperature sensor P490.3.3... r012 and K0051 / K0052 always output "0".01 Trip temperature P492..F Motor temperature fault analog 1 1 2 Function diagrams Motor interface (1) CUD1 ≥1 Motor temperature 1 <1> <3> K0051 1 2 0.02 Trip temperature P492.F X164 Motor temperature fault (analog) 0 1 2 3 Select temperature sensor P490.

terminals 211 to 214 P498.G186 - 8-53 .05.F <1> M + SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 1 B0041 10s ON delay Bearing condition monitoring (binary) 1 = Fault Bearing condition alarm (binary) 1 = "Alarm A026" 0 1 2 B0181 P497. the associated binary input can be used as a select input for any desired application Binary inputs (3) X161 CUD2 P24_S +24V 210 + Brush length monitoring (binary) 0 = Fault 90:1 90:2 P495.F <1> Motor temperature alarm (binary) 1 = "Alarm A028" 1 B0047 215 T 0 0 1 2 10s ON delay B0183 M o to r te m p e ra tu re fa u lt (b in a ry) 1 = "Fault F028" 216 217 M Function diagrams .F <1> Brush length alarm (binary) 1 = "Alarm A025" Brush length fault (binary) 1 = "Fault F025" 211 1 B0040 T 0 0 1 2 B0180 P496. see block diagram "Binary inputs (1)" (G110) <1> If parameter is set to 0.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Motor interface (2) For display of terminal states on 7-segment display .F <1> Motor fan alarm (binary) 1 = "Alarm A027" B e a rin g co n d itio n fa u lt (b in a ry) 212 230V ~ T SPM Alarm box B0042 0 1 M + 1 B0043 1 = "Fault F026" 2s ON delay Motor fan monitoring (binary) 0 = Fault 56:1 Air-flow monitor 56:3 213 1 B0044 M + 56:2 1 B0045 & Operating status < o6 T 0 0 1 2 40s ON delay B0182 Motor fan fault (binary) 1 = "Fault F027" Motor temperature monitoring (binary) 0 = Fault 13:1 13:2 214 1 M B0046 Sheet G186 Motor interface (2) / binary inputs.

..00.00) (0.val./act. smooth) 1 0 [G152./act.2] B0164 n<nmin n(act) 1 0 1 B0165 P088 (0.00.3] P597 (167) K 1 B0173 n(act) 1 0 OFF delay P374..99%) Setp. hyst.99%) Setp.199.00) (0..99%) n(comp..val..0.00) (0.00) (0.00.3] P596 (174) K n(act) [G151.199.F (1.00) (0..00.. (time) 0 T 1 2 4 5 6 8 Signals (1) 1 0 OFF delay 0 = "Fault F031" 0 = "Alarm A031" P389.0) (0. dev. dev.3] P591 (167) K n(set. (perm./act.0) (0..F (0.99%) n(comp. bit 10 [G151.00.val.100.F (3.0) (0.00..) P390..00) (0.F (3.val.00 s) Comparison (time) [G151./act.10. hyst....F (100.../act.0.) P375. dev.F (3.199. value deviation to status word 1.G187 - .8-54 3 7 P388.val.) 05. (time) 0 B0172 OFF delay P377.99%) OFF shutdown speed (hyst../act.hyst.0 s) Comparison (time) 0 T T Setpoint/act.2007 .99%) OFF shutdown speed [G182.100.val.50) (0.0.F (3. smooth) [G182.F (0.199.0 s) Setp.00) (0.) P370. value deviation 2 Function diagrams n(set.2] Setpoint/act. P376.3] P592 (167) K [G140. dev.100.F (3.F (1.00..50) (0. P373.3] P593 (167) K OFF1 or OFF3 from sequencing control & T 0 Firing pulse disable (1 = Firing pulses disabled) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions P371.2] Comparison setpoint reached to status word 1.3] P590 (174) K n(act) Sheet G187 Messages (1) [G151.0 s) Setp.199.199.. (perm.199.F (3.199...00..00.) P378. bit 8 [G152...99%) Setp.99%) Setp.

F (1.02) (0..02) Hysteresis SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions If K0265 [G166.0.199.00.1] K0268 [G166. bit 18 [G183.2] Overspeed to status word 2.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 Signals (2) P395.00% of r073. bit14 [G182.00% of r073.. rot.1] 0 x x B0215 to control logic for field reversal (Sheet "Field reversal") 1 y y If < Ifmin Sheet G188 Messages (2) Actual value at the input of the field current controller P394.0) (-199.F (80.3] [G200.2] Limit-value monitor If < Ifx Actual value at the input of the field current controller Setpoint at the input of the field current controller n(set) [G137..) 1 = "Fault F038" 1 = "Alarm A038" Positive speed setpoint to status word 1.3] x 0 x y B0216 1 If < Ifx y to control logic for field reversal (Sheet "Field reversal") [G200..0) (0...F (1.00.199.) n(act) P595 (167) K [G151.99% of K0268) Field current threshold Ifx P381.0.05.. rot.199.00.02) (0..99% of r073.02) (0.9%) n(max.. pos.F (3..5] P594 (170) K 1 0 Function diagrams .9.F (-120.02) Hysteresis Limit-value monitor If < Ifmin If K0265 [G166.G188 - 8-55 .00% of r073.00% of r073..00% of K0268) (0. neg.3] 1 0 P380.02) Field current threshold Ifmin P399..F (120.0%) n(max.100.00.00% of r073.3] P398.100.

42 .54 .12 .52 .29 .02 r947.13 . acknowledged fault 2. Fault No.15 .60 .64 r049.20 .16 r049.39 . K9818 r949.07 Fault No.2007 . acknowledged fault SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.61 .50 .28 .38 .26 .46 .03 .31 .48 r049.09 . acknowledged fault r949.01 r947.22 .19 .24 Fault time (hours run) r949. r947.38 .56 r049. acknowledged fault K9817 Fault No.10 .01 .45 .17 Fault value .32 r049.16 Fault time (hours run) r949.10 .07 .32 Fault time (hours run) r949. acknowledged fault r947.43 .08 r049.37 .25 .03 .62 .26 .49 Fault value .08 6.56 Fault time (hours run) r947.59 .58 .31 .12 .06 .23 .25 .45 .48 Fault time (hours run) 5.13 .55 .01 Fault value .33 .63 .18 .49 .51 .27 .09 Fault value . acknowledged fault r949.02 .55 . K9816 <1> K0801: LOW byte: Current alarm number HIGH byte: Current fault number r947.62 .35 .04 r947.47 .61 .28 .35 .58 .30 . 1 2 Fault memory <1> K9812 K9813 Function diagrams Fault trip from sequencing control Sheet G189 Fault memory Operation from sequencing control Hours run r048 Current fault 1.22 .11 .37 .06 .43 .54 .20 .57 .53 .14 .44 .33 .63 .51 .G189 - .07 .42 .36 .60 . Fault No.21 .41 Fault value .24 r049.53 .05 .17 .40 r049.23 .05 .05 4.59 .34 .03 Hours run meter K9814 Fault No.08 Fault time (hours run) r949.27 .21 .41 .29 .39 .40 Fault time (hours run) r949.04 .57 Fault value .15 .44 . K0311 K9815 Fault No.06 3.8-56 3 7 4 5 6 8 K0801 K9811 Fault No.11 .02 .19 .64 Fault time (hours run) 7. Fault value Fault value Fault No. acknowledged fault r947.34 .04 .18 .30 .52 .46 .36 .47 .50 .14 .

ON: Data for slave with address 6 are ok 8 .02 ..6] [G195...05 Internal firing pulse U800 (0) U804 (0) K .15 Word 1 from slave 4 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 n812..01 to . Bit 15 B6535 . ON: Slave with address 4 responding 5 .06 to . ON: Master function active U806 (2) Bus adress U807 (0.100s) Telegram monitoring time n809 Diagnostic parameter n810 Display active slaves (see right) B0225 1 = active paralleling master Paralleling slave: (i. 9 .6] [G195. OFF 15.. ON: Data for slave with address 4 are ok 5 ..6] Sheet G195 Paralleling interface Rx+/Tx+ 0 1 RS485 2..2007 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 to next drive 1 X165 Summation firing pulse Bus terminator U805 (0) 0 1 2 Paralleling interface Imp..1 n813.. ON: Slave with address 2 responding 3 .04 ..21 to . OFF 15 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 1 8 0 Function diagrams U808(6040) B Fault signal trip 1 = "Fault F014" .. ON: Data for slave with address 2 are ok 3 ..01 .08 .... thyristor selection RS485 Rx-/Tx- Internal summation firing pulse Rx+/Tx+ 0 1 RS485 Rx-/Tx1 from Slave 2 12.07 ......0 U806 >10 n810: Paralleling master: (i. ON: Data for slave with address 5 are ok 6 ...03 ..6] B6523 B6623 B6222 B6322 B6422 B6522 [G195.05 K K K K 16Bit K6021 K6022 K6023 K6024 K6025 n812.25 Word 1 from slave 6 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 16Bit Word 3 from slave 5 Word 2 16Bit Word 2 16Bit K6041 K6042 K6043 K6044 K6045 Bit 0 B6520 K6051 K6052 K6053 K6054 K6055 Bit 0 B6620 K6061 K6062 K6063 K6064 K6065 . .. ON: Slave funktion active 9 .10 of U804 are activated on the master and the standby master when the “master” function is transferred to the standby master SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Word1 bit2 = Run bit3 = Fault [G195.. ON: Slave with address 3 responding 4 ..6 Rx-/Tx- U806 (2) Master (12...10 Word 1 from slave 3 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 n812....e....6] [G195..01 .6] B6223 [G195.6] B6622 [G195.. Bit 15 B6335 Bit 0 B6220 .16) / Slave (2..6] B6323 [G195.G195 - 8-57 . Bit 15 B6235 K K Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Transmit data 05... when U800 = 1) Segment 2 ..α Rx+/Tx+ 0 1 from master Receiving data from master Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Torque direction.6] [G195. ON: Slave with address 6 responding 8.09 . Bit 15 B6635 .6] B6423 [G195..20 Word 1 B6040 1s Word 4 B6041 Word 5 n812.16 to ..06 to .16 ≥1 Indices ..e... ON: Slave with address 5 responding 6 .6) ≥1 RS485 CLK from Master Rx+/Tx+ 0 1 Rx-/Tx- CLK to slaves & 1 → F044 X166 CUD2 Parameters for paralleling interface: U800 (0) On/Off U803 (0) Operating mode for parallel connection 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" U800 <> 0 Operating state <o1..11 to . ON: Data for slave with address 3 are ok 4 .05 . ON: Firing pulses of master are used 15.. when U800 = 2): Segment 2 . Bit 0 B6420 K6035 Bit 15 B6435 K6034 K6033 Word 2 K6032 16Bit K6031 Bit 0 B6320 .10 Firing pulse K K K n812.06 .

5] B0215 If < Ifmin (from Sheet Messages 2) Reverse polarity actual speed value K0167 to Sheet "Speed controller (2)" [G151.B (0) B B0261 P772 (0) B 261 Binary output Terminal 48 / 54 (see Sheet "Binary outputs") K21 RS V1 *) [G188.< 400 Ws 2 RS ≤ 1.5] B0216 If < Ifx (from Sheet Messages 2) *) Protective circuit a) with protective resistor b) with varistor A protective circuit with varistor can be used if the following applies: RS RS V1 I field rated2 * L ----------------------.2007 .01 (3.1s): Delay time before enable of the field firing pulses .01=0 Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal P580.02=0 M Reverse direction 48 M 54 k20 k20 k21 field reversal P582.04 (3.2] P092 (0. block varistor) 1000 V RS = ----------------I field rated Sheet G200 Field reversal with SIMOREG single-quadrant device Actual speed value .02 (0.B (0) B Braking with field reversal P581.0s): Delay time after field build-up before armature enable P583 (167) [G151.3] K SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.0s) [G188.0s): Delay time for field reduction before opening of the current field contactor .B (0) B Control logic for field reversal P776=0 1 = Switch on field contactor 2 (negative field direction) P770.5 kΩ V1 = B32k420 (SIOV.03 (0.G200 - .8-58 3 4 5 6 7 8 1C1 1D1 3C 3D (no delay) (not inverted) 1 2 Function diagrams Field reversal with SIMOREG single-quadrant converter X171 (CUD1) Forward direction Binary output Terminal 46 / 47 (see Sheet "Binary outputs") 46 M (no delay) (not inverted) 47 K20 k21 P775=0 1 = Switch on field contactor 1 (positive field direction) B0260 P771 (0) B 260 P770.10.0...2s): Delay time before actuation of the new field contactor .

and U963. U961. please refer to Section 11. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 8-59 . The setting for the sequence in which these function blocks are executed is made using parameters U960. For enabling instructions.05.2007 Function diagrams Free function blocks Sheets B100 to B216 Technology software in the basic converter. S00 option NOTE Freely assignable function blocks are enabled in parameter U977. U962. Parameter List. description of parameters U977 and n978.

option S00 Function diagrams Content Startup of the technology software (option S00) Fixed values Control elements B155 B155 B156 . B216 B216 05.Contents of the technology software in the basic converter.2007 .B189 100 Fixed values Monitoring Characteristics 1 Voltage monitor for electronics power supply Sheet B100 Table of contents Alarm.B158 B160 B161 B161 B165 B170 B180 . limit-value monitors Multiplexer for connectors Counter 1 3 3 3 4 3 B139 B140 B140 B145 B145 B150 B151 B151 B151 Limiters Limiters Limit-value monitors with filtering Limit-value monitors without filtering Limit-value monitors without filtering B134 B135 B136 B137 B138 Processing of connectors Logic functions 4 4 4 2 2 15 Averagers Maximum selections Minimum selections Tracking/storage elements Connector memories Connector changeover switches High-resolution blocks SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 2 28 20 4 16 12 14 4 10 5 2 2 2 limit-value monitors (for double connectors) connector-type converters adders/subtracters (for double connectors) Decoders/demultiplexers binary to 1 from 8 AND elements with 3 inputs each OR elements with 3 inputs each EXCLUSIVE OR elements with 2 inputs each Inverters NAND elements with 3 inputs each RS flipflop D flipflop Timers Binary signal selector switches B200 B205 B206 B206 B207 B207 B210 B211 B215.8-60 3 4 5 6 7 8 Sheet B101 B110 B110 B115 B115 9 3 1 Characteristic blocks Dead zones Setpoint branching Simple ramp function generator Technology controller PI controllers B120 B121 1 3 3 10 Integrators DT1 elements Derivative/delay elements (LEAD / LAG blocks) 1 1 Position/positional deviation acquisition Root extractor B152 B153 Content Sheet 1 2 Function diagram SIMOREG 6RA70 . fault messages 8 32 Alarm message triggers Fault message triggers Connector/binector converter Ramp function generator Controllers 1 10 3 3 Connector/binector converter Binector/connector converter Mathematical functions 15 4 2 12 6 3 4 Adders/subtracters Sign inverters Switchable sign inverters Multipliers Dividers High-resolution multipliers/dividers Absolute-value generator with filtering B125 B125 B125 B130 B131 B131 B135 Velocity/speed controller. variable moment of inertia 1 1 1 3 Multiplexers 16-bit software counter Velocity/speed calculator Speed/velocity calculator Calculation of variable inertia B190 B190 B191 B195 B196 Limiters.B100 - .

99 U952. and U952 are set in such a way that the unwired function blocks are deselected and the wired function blocks are selected (activated). U950. U951.01 2 U950. and U952 are set to the factory setting! = 4: Automatic activation/deactivation U950. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Time slice 1 2 4 10 20 <2> 99 100 101 102 . Sampling time 1 * T0 (firing-pulse-synchronous time slice) 2 * T0 (firing-pulse-synchronous time slice) 4 * T0 (firing-pulse-synchronous time slice) 20 ms (not firing-pulse-synchronous) Block is not calculated <1> T0 = Mean distance between 2 firing pulses T0 = 3. .100 The sampling times must be chosen in such a way that the maximum processor load (n009. Execution sequence 4.B101 - 8-61 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Startup of the technology software in the basic converter (option S00) Permanent enabling U977 = PIN number n978 = 2000 For each function block.02 . U951. . . all existing function blocks are activated) 5 time slices are available: <1> <1> <1> .e.02) is indicated on average as <90%. 1.99 U951. The execution sequence of the function blocks can be defined with parameters U960. U951. Enabling Temporary enabling U977 = 1500 n978 = 1xxx (xxx = hours remaining) 2. with which sampling time) it is processed. The time slice 10 (sampling time 20 ms) is set for all function blocks not previously activated.99 U950. Setting with parameter 1 U950. . and U962 are set in such a way that as few deadtimes as possible occur = 3: Set standard setting of the sampling times. if they are not yet selected.01 U952. U961. .01 U951. it is necessary to define in which "time slice" (i. = function block number 299 300 U952. Sheet B101 Startup of the technology software (option S00) 3. U961.78 ms at 60 Hz line frequency <2> All function blocks for which a time slice <20 is set are activated 287 U950. U961. and U962. Automatic setting Function diagrams . . unchanged for all previously activated function blocks.100 U951.100 U952. 199 200 201 202 . Setting and activating the sampling times Function block No.33 ms at 50 Hz line frequency T0 = 2.02 . The execution sequence of the function blocks and their activation can also be made automatic: U969 = 1: Restore standard sequence U960. (Note: In the factory setting of the parameters.05.02 . and U962 are set to the factory setting = 2: Set optimum sequence U960.

99 .2007 . fixed values U099 (0) U099 (0) U099 (0) .100 K9598 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.B110 - .01 .02 .03 K9501 10ms B9051 K9599 K9600 POWER OFF Sheet B110 Voltage monitor for electronics power supply.8-62 3 4 5 6 7 8 Function diagrams 1 2 100 fixed values Voltage monitor for electronics power supply POWER ON 100ms K9502 K9503 POWER ON B9050 U099 (0) U099 (0) U099 (0) .98 .

08 1 = F053 fault value 1 1 = F053 fault value 2 1 = F053 fault value 3 1 = F053 fault value 4 288 U105 (0) B .01 1 = "Alarm A024" 286 U102 (0) B B B B .01 1 = "Alarm A023" 1 = F023 fault value 1 1 = F023 fault value 2 1 = F023 fault value 3 1 = F023 fault value 4 6 U100 (0) B B B B .01 .02 1 = "Alarm A019" U105 (0) B .05 .04 1 = F033 fault value 1 1 = F033 fault value 2 1 = F033 fault value 3 1 = F033 fault value 4 4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 256 7 1 = F019 fault value 1 1 = F019 fault value 2 1 = F019 fault value 3 1 = F019 fault value 4 U100 (0) B B B B .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 alarm message triggers 32 fault message triggers U104 (0) B .07 .02 .B115 - 8-63 .05 .01 .01 .02 .01 1 = "Alarm A033" 8 U101 (0) B B B B .04 2 U102 (0) B B B B .03 .01 .07 .02 .06 .02 .02 1 = "Alarm A053" 258 U107 (0) B .07 .06 .03 .04 1 = F024 fault value 1 1 = F024 fault value 2 1 = F024 fault value 3 1 = F024 fault value 4 3 U103 (0) B B B B .02 1 = "Alarm A054" 259 Function diagrams .07 . alarm message triggers U106 (0) B .05 .05 .08 1 = F054 fault value 1 1 = F054 fault value 2 1 = F054 fault value 3 1 = F054 fault value 4 289 U107 (0) B .06 .05.01 1 = "Alarm A034" 9 U101 (0) B B B B .08 287 1 = F020 fault value 1 1 = F020 fault value 2 1 = F020 fault value 3 1 = F020 fault value 4 U103 (0) B B B B .08 U104 (0) B .02 1 = "Alarm A020" 257 U106 (0) B .06 .03 .03 .04 1 = F034 fault value 1 1 = F034 fault value 2 1 = F034 fault value 3 1 = F034 fault value 4 5 Sheet B115 Fault message triggers.

B120 - .2007 B9099 . n011 and n012 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 2 9 1 Bit8 Bit0 B9093 B9094 B9095 B9096 B9097 B9098 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.8-64 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 B9052 B9053 B9054 B9055 B9056 B9057 B9058 B9059 B9060 B9061 B9078 B9079 B9080 B9081 B9082 B9083 B9077 B9076 B9075 B9072 B9071 B9070 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n010 <1> 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 U111 (0) K Bit field 2 Connector / binector converter 2 n011 <1> B9068 B9069 1 2 3 connector/binector converters Function diagrams U110 (0) K Bit field 1 Connector / binector converter 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 10 B9073 B9074 11 B9062 B9063 B9064 B9065 Sheet B120 Connector / binector converters B9066 B9067 U112 (0) K n012 4 B9084 B9085 B9086 B9087 B9088 B9089 B9090 B9091 B9092 3 2 1 0 <1> 7 6 5 Bit field 3 Connector / binector converter 3 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 <1> 7-segment display of bit fields by converters n010.

12 . n014 and n015 n015 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 K9115 <1> 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 2 9 1 Bit8 Bit0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Bit field 6 Binector / connector converter 3 Function diagrams 8-65 .04 .10 .08 .04 .12 .01 .15 .02 .14 .15 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 binector / connector converter SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 13 n013 7 3 K9113 0 6 5 4 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 <1> U114 (0) B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B .07 .06 .03 .12 .06 .01 .16 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 K9114 U113 (0) B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B .01 .08 .16 15 <1> 7-segment-display of bit fields by converters n013.02 .10 .07 .14 .11 .16 14 n014 <1> 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Sheet B121 Binector / connector converters Bit field 4 Binector / connector converter 1 Bit field 5 Binector / connector converter 2 U115 (0) B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B .09 .06 .13 .05.15 .09 .03 .B121 - .14 .13 .07 .04 .11 .03 .09 .02 .11 .05 .05 .13 .08 .10 .05 .

01 .03 K9120 U128 (0) K K K -1 K9135 y = -x y U141 (0) B 40 35 U140 (0) K 0 K9140 1 x 21 29 K9129 U136 (0) K x .03 K9122 U130 (0) K K K -1 K9137 y = -x y U143 (0) B 23 31 37 K9131 U138 (0) K x y K9138 .01 .01 .02 .02 .06 U126 (0) K K K .01 .02 .01 .02 .02 .01 .02 . sign inverters 24 y = -x K9132 .06 32 38 -1 -1 y = -x y U124 (0) K K K .03 K9121 U129 (0) K K K -1 y = -x 22 30 K9130 U137 (0) K x .02 .01 .01 .02 .05 .8-66 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 15 adders / subtractors 28 K9128 x U135 (0) K 4 sign inverters 2 switchable sign inverters 20 .02 .01 .03 K9123 U131 (0) K K K Sheet B125 Adders / subtractors.03 36 -1 y = -x y U122 (0) K K K .03 K9125 U121 (0) K K K 26 34 K9134 .04 .2007 .03 K9127 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.01 .02 .03 41 U142 (0) K 0 K9141 1 x U123 (0) K K K .B125 - .04 .03 K9126 U122 (0) K K K 27 U127 (0) K K K .03 K9124 U120 (0) K K K 25 33 K9133 .01 .01 .05 .02 .04 .03 y K9136 U121 (0) K K K .05 .06 U125 (0) K K K .03 U120 (0) K K K .02 .

01 x1 .03 x1 .04 x2 x1 * x2 100% .06 x2 y K9437 x1 * x2 100% 53 296 x1 * x2 100% 297 Function diagrams 8-67 .05 x1 .03 x1 .03 x1 .01 x1 .03 x1 .06 x2 x1 * x2 100% y K9435 x1 * x2 100% 52 294 295 U153 (0) K K K9153 .01 x1 .05.05 x1 .04 x2 y x1 * x2 100% U151 (0) K K .06 x2 x1 * x2 100% .04 x2 y K9434 x1 * x2 100% .01 x1 .02 x2 y x1 * x2 100% 51 292 293 U152 (0) K K K9152 .02 x2 y U153 (0) K K y K9436 U153 (0) K K .04 x2 y y x1 * x2 100% U150 (0) K K .05 x1 .B130 - .05 x1 .02 x2 y K9431 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 50 290 291 K9151 K9432 U151 (0) K K .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 multipliers Sheet B130 Multipliers U150 (0) K K K9150 K9430 U150 (0) K K .02 x2 y U152 (0) K K U152 (0) K K .06 x2 x1 * x2 100% y K9433 x1 * x2 100% U151 (0) K K .

02 x2 .02 x2 y x4 (32Bit) K9147 U147 (1) K K Sheet B131 Dividers.02 x2 y K9145 U145 (1) K K U155 (1) K K K .00% when x4 < 0: y = -199.02 x2 y y K9156 K9146 U146 (1) K K U156 (1) K K K .04 x2 y K9142 x1 * 100% x2 .03 x1 . High-resolution multipliers / dividers x1 *100% x2 47 44 U157 (1) K K K .02 x2 .03 x3 x4= x1 * x2 y= x4 / x3 K9155 55 x1 *100% x2 45 42 x4 (32Bit) U146 (1) K K .99% when x1 = 0: y = 0.01 x1 .8-68 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 6 dividers 3 high-resolution multipliers / dividers x4 (32Bit) y U145 (1) K K .03 x1 .00% when x1 < 0: y = -199.99% when x4 = 0: y = 0.01 x1 .01 x1 .2007 .03 x3 x4= x1 * x2 x1 *100% x2 46 43 y= x4 / x3 56 U147 (1) K K .01 x1 .02 x2 .03 x1 .04 x2 y K9144 x1 * 100% x2 .99% SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.01 x1 .B131 - .01 x1 .99% x2 x3 y 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 40% 50% 80% -200% -200% -200% -200% With division by 0 (x2 = 0): when x1 > 0: y = +199.03 x3 x4= x1 * x2 y K9157 y= x4 / x3 57 Examples: x1 With division by 0 (x3 = 0): when x4 > 0: y = +199.04 x2 y K9143 x1 * 100% x2 .

05 9174 .05 9177 .04 0 .B134 - 8-69 .05 9260 .02 (100.04 0 .02 (100.06 9178 213 B+ B+ x y x B– X>B+ B9295 U179 K K9260 K K -1 K9261 y K9262 U180.00) FS .00) 212 B+ B+ x y B– B– X<B– B9159 x K9179 y U177 K K9177 K K -1 K9178 X>B+ B9158 U178.06 9261 B– X<B– B9296 214 Function diagrams .04 0 .00) FS .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 limiters B+ B+ x K9176 B– B– X<B– B9157 x y y U175 K K9174 K K -1 K9175 Sheet B134 Limiters X>B+ B9156 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions FS .06 9175 U176.02 (100.05.

02 9168 .00) K9165 K 3 60 U175 K x B+ y X>B+ B9150 K9167 U160 (0) K -1 2 1 FS ...03 9169 -1 K9162 3 62 66 U166 (0) K -1 2 Sheet B135 Absolute-value generators with filter.01 (100..03 9172 1 67 0 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..01 (100.10000ms U168 (0) y K9170 U167 (0) FS .00) K9168 K K -1 K9169 B+ 3 61 y B+ x B– B– X<B– B9153 x X>B+ B9152 U163 (0) K -1 2 1 0 Filter time 0..8-70 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 4 absolute-value generators with filter 3 limiters U161 (0) B+ Filter time 0..10000ms U162 (0) -1 x y B– B– X<B– K9160 K9166 K -1 U176.00) -1 3 63 U169 (0) K -1 2 FS .01 0 ..01 (100.10000ms U165 (0) -1 K9161 U177 K U178.03 9166 B9151 0 65 U164 (0) Filter time 0.02 9165 .10000ms U171 (0) y K9173 U180.2007 .01 0 .01 0 .02 9171 .. limiters 1 B+ B+ U179 K x K9171 K9172 K9163 -1 K K B– B– X<B– B9155 X>B+ y x B9154 0 U170 (0) Filter time 0.B135 - .

00.10000ms U187 (0) U188 K9180 U186 (0.00) U196 |A|<B B9166 A SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 72 U188/2 0 U192 0 B B U192 0 B U192/2 0 B U192 A A=B B9165 A A<B <1> B9164 A |A|<B B9163 U192 K9181 U185 K K FS .00 U196 (0.00) Filter time 0...05.10000ms U195 (0) K9184 U196 A 0 B B U196 A<B <1> B9161 B A 0 A<B <1> B U196/2 A=B B9162 B U188 Hysteresis 0.01 0 .00) |A|<B B9160 K9185 B U188 0 A U193 K K FS .00) A B 0 B U196 A A=B B9168 A B9167 A U188 U194 (0.100..00) Filter time 0..02 9183 A 71 B <1> Example: -50% < -40% Function diagrams .02 9185 0 B Hysteresis 0.02 9181 70 Sheet B136 Limit-value monitors with filter B Filter time 0..10000ms U191 (0) K9182 U190 (0.100...01 0 .B136 - 8-71 ...00.01 0 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 limit-value monitors with filter Hysteresis 0..00 U192 (0.100.00..00 U188 (0..00) K9183 U189 K K FS .

.01 0 .01 0 .02 9186 A 73 75 Sheet B137 Limit-value monitors without filter B U201 (0..00 U205 (0.00 U208 (0.01 0 .2007 <1> Example: -50% < -40% .100.00..00) U208 |A|<B FS ..00 U202 (0..00) U208 A B 0 B U208 A<B <1> B9173 B U202/2 0 B9174 B U202 A A=B B 0 B U208 A A 0 A<B <1> B9179 A A A=B B 0 B Hysteresis 0..00) U199 U204 (0..00) 0 B K9189 U202 0 B A |A|<B B9172 U202 U207 (0.00 U199 (0.B137 - .00.00.00) K9186 U197 K K FS .00) U205 0 B B U205 A<B <1> B9170 0 B U199/2 0 B9171 B U199 Hysteresis 0.00) U202 A K9187 U200 K K FS .8-72 3 4 5 6 7 8 Hysteresis 0.00.01 0 .02 9188 0 B U199 U205 1 2 Function diagrams 4 limit-value monitors without filter U198 (0.02 9189 U206 K K B9178 U205 A A A<B <1> B U205/2 A=B B9177 A B9176 A |A|<B B9175 Hysteresis 0.00) |A|<B B9169 A K9188 B U199 0 A U203 K K FS .100.100.100.02 9187 74 76 B U208/2 A B A=B B9180 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.

01 0 .00..01 0 .00) U215 A K9191 U213 K K FS .02 9192 U212 U217 (0.00) U212 U218 U218 |A|<B A U218 A<B <1> B U218/2 A=B U218 A B9189 A B9188 B9187 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 79 Hysteresis 0.00) Hysteresis 0.02 9191 78 B Function diagrams <1> Example: -50% < -40% .00.00 U212 (0.100..00.00) 0 B K9192 U212 0 B U212/2 0 B9183 B U212 A A=B B 0 B A A<B <1> B9182 0 B A B A |A|<B B9181 0 B U216 K K FS .01 0 ..00) U211 (0..100.02 9190 A 77 Sheet B138 Limit-value monitors without filter B U214 (0.00 U215 (0.B138 - 8-73 ..00 U218 (0..100.05.00) U215 0 B U215 0 B U215/2 0 B U215 A A=B B9186 A A<B <1> B9185 B A |A|<B B9184 K9190 U210 K K FS .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 limit-value monitors without filter Hysteresis 0.

02 x averaging over n values averaging over n values y K9458 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.B139 - .04 (1) n 17 19 K9456 U172 (0) K .8-74 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number of values for averaging U173.01 (1) Number of values for averaging U173.04 x U172 (0) K y .02 (1) n Number of values for averaging U173.01 x averaging over n values averaging over n values K9457 Number of values for averaging U173.03 x y U172 (0) K y .03 (1) n n 1 2 Function diagrams Sheet B139 Averagers 4 averagers 16 18 K9455 U172 (0) K .2007 .

g.07 .g.11 .03 x1 x2 x3 MAX MAX K9460 K9461 y K9193 y U220 (0) K K K MAX y U220 (0) K K K MAX y K9462 y = maximum of x1. -40% greater than -50%) Sheet B140 Maximum selections.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Maximum selection 80 U220 (0) K K K .02 .10 . -50% lower than -40%) Function diagrams .06 x1 x2 x3 U221 (0) K K K 178 .12 x1 x2 x3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U220 (0) K K K .08 . minimum selections Minimum selection 81 177 . x3 (e.09 x1 x2 x3 176 .12 x1 x2 x3 MIN y K9465 y = minimum of x1.01 .10 .11 .02 .05.04 .07 .05 .01 . x3 (e. x2.05 . x2.04 .08 .09 x1 x2 x3 179 U221 (0) K K K .B140 - 8-75 .03 x1 x2 x3 MIN K9463 y K9194 MIN y U221 (0) K K K MIN y K9464 U221 (0) K K K .06 x1 x2 x3 174 175 .

2 connector-memories U231 (0) B Sheet B145 Tracking / storage elements. TRACK 3.01 .8-76 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power On Mode U224 (0) Power On Mode U227 (0) <1> TRACK y K9195 K9196 U225 (0) K x y <1> TRACK 1 ⇒ y=x ⇒ freeze y 1 2 Function diagrams 2 tracking / storage elements 1 ⇒ y=x ⇒ freeze y U222 (0) K x 82 STORE STORE 83 U223 (0) B B B RESET (y=0) . STORE U226 (0) B B B Priority: 1. RESET 2.02 .03 Priority: 1. STORE <1> Power On Mode: U224/U227=0: No "non-volatile" storage: Zero appears at output when voltage recovers U224/U227=1: "Non-volatile" storage: When power is disconnected or fails. the current output value is stored and output again when voltage is reconnected/recovers.03 RESET (y=0) . TRACK 3.01 .B145 - . RESET 2. connector memories U229 (0) B SET (y=x) U230 (0) K SET (y=x) U228 (0) K K9197 K9198 POWER ON <2> RESET (y=0) 84 POWER ON <2> RESET (y=0) 85 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.02 .2007 <2> from voltage monitor for electronics power supply .

03 .04 U250 (0) K K U251 (0) B 95 U251 (0) B .02 0 1 Function diagrams .01 .01 .01 99 0 K9219 1 .03 .02 0 1 U247 (0) B 93 0 K9213 1 U256 (0) K K .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 connector changeover switches U241 (0) B .04 U248 (0) K K .B150 - 8-77 .02 .02 199 0 K9268 1 U256 (0) K K .02 196 K9265 U240 (0) K K .02 U257 (0) B .02 U252 (0) K K .01 90 0 K9215 1 1 0 K9210 U250 (0) K K .01 .01 U243 (0) B 96 U253 (0) B .02 U259 (0) B .04 U253 (0) B .01 .03 .01 .01 .02 198 U254 (0) K K .01 .01 97 U255 (0) B .02 229 0 K9269 1 U258 (0) K K .01 .02 0 1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 91 0 K9216 1 K9211 U252 (0) K K .01 .04 0 K9267 1 U244 (0) K K .02 0 1 U249 (0) B 94 K9214 U258 (0) K K U259 (0) B .03 .05.02 0 1 Sheet B150 Connector changeover switches U245 (0) B 92 K9212 1 U254 (0) K K .01 98 K9218 U257 (0) B .02 0 K9217 U255 (0) B .02 197 0 K9266 1 U242 (0) K K .04 U246 (0) K K .01 .03 .

01 (0.2007 .03 LOW .00) U182..02 0 B U182.8-78 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 High-resolution blocks Connector-type converters Function diagrams Limit-value monitors (for double-word connectors) 68 298 .05 ..01 0 B U182.03 .04 A U132 (0) KK KK KK 49 .100.01 A A=B A B9681 A<B <1> .02 48 .00) U182.02 A 299 B Adders / subtractors (for double-word connectors) 69 U182.02 .04 .B151 - .03 KK9490 K9491 U181 (0) KK KK .02 A A=B B9685 A A<B <1> B9684 B A B9683 |A|<B Hysteresis 0.02 HIGH KK9498 U182.01 .00 U182.00.100.04 HIGH KK9499 U098 (0) K K B A B9680 |A|<B U098 (0) K K Hysteresis 0.00 U182.02 0 B U182.01/2 0 B9682 B U182.01 0 B U182.02 (0..00.01 LOW .06 KK9492 K9493 B U132 (0) KK KK KK <1> Example: -50% < -40% SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..01 Sheet B151 High-resolution blocks U181 (0) KK KK .01 .02/2 0 B U182.

02 .7] Position actual value 1 U670 (46) .05 . U675 (0) B Subtract offset positional deviation Position 1 Reset SET (y=x) 0 1 0 Offset positional deviation U676 (9474) KK KK9471 KK9472 KK9473 KK9474 [B153.003 KK9473 = 65536*U677.04 ≥1 Priority: 1. RESET 2.F(10000) <1> Position 2 Reset SET (y=x) Set U671 (0) B B .08 RESET y=initial value <3> Priority: 1.1] KK9483 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) U677 (0) .01 KK The output connectors are calculated by the following formula: KK9471 = 65536*U677. RESET 2.01 .02 * Priority: 1.05 .007 That makes high-resolution setting possible.05.001 KK9472 = 65536*U677.02 KK Set value 0 0 1 POWER ON <2> RESET y=initial value <3> <3> Initial value is dependent on U678 = 0: Initial value = 0 = 1: Initial value is set such that on POWER ON KK9481 or KK9482 assumes whatever its setting value was before the electronics supply was disconnected.03 .008 + U677.04 .2007 1 54 KK9481 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Position/positional deviation acquisition Fixed values for set values [G145. Function diagrams .005 KK9474 = 65536*U677.03 .006 + U677. RESET 2.06 K9484 Set U671 (0) B B .01 KK 0 0 1 POWER ON <2> Sheet B152 Position/positional deviation acquisition transformation ratio U673.F(10000) <1> ≥1 0 1 SET (y=x) Position actual value 2 U670 (0) KK .07 .004 + U677. SET Positional deviation Reset Set Positional deviation U672 (9473) .02 ≥1 Position 1 Set value U672 (9471) . SET U673 U674 U674. SET <1> U873 must be set less than or equal to U674 (otherwise F058 is output with fault value 14) <2> from voltage monitor for electronics power supply Position 2 U672 (9472) .06 .01 .03 KK Set value 0 KK9482 POWER ON <2> RESET (y=0) U671 (0) B B .002 + U677.B152 - 8-79 .

B153 - .001 U684.001.U684.002 U684.001 Definition of the maximum gradient x value y value U683.001 U680 (9483) KK K9485 U683.002.2007 .001 Threshold U681 (1) Hysteresis U682 (1) U682 0 U681 U681 U682 B9686 1 B9687 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.001: Setting of the magnitude of the root function With parameter U683. U683.002 and U684.002 Function diagrams 58 Sheet B153 Root extractor Output [B152.002 Input U684.8] U683.001 and U684. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Root extractor Definition of the root function x value y value U683.002 you can define at which input value the limitation straight line will take on value U684.002 8-80 3 Parameters: U683.001 you can define at which input value the output of the root function will take on value U684.002: Setting of the maximum gradient With parameter U683.

65000ms) U261 (10) 100 y K9220 Tn Stop ......1000ms) U276 (0) U277 (0) Tn t U262 (0) B B Stop .65000ms) U269 (10) y y K9221 x t x U268 (0) K y t Tn Stop ..01 integrator ...05.01 integrator ...02 Set integrator 1 0 U271 (0) Setting value U270 (0) B B U264 (0) K x x 101 102 y U260 (0) K x x y SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U266 (0) B B U267 (0) K Derivative action time (Tv) Filter time (T1) (0.. DT1 elements Set integrator 1 0 U263 (0) K Setting value 3 DT1 elements s (transfer function: G(s) = Tv * -----------.01 integrator .B155 - 8-81 .1000ms) U273 (0) U274 (0) 103 y 104 105 y y t K9225 U278 (0) K y t K9227 y K9223 K9224 U275 (0) K U272 (0) K y t -1 -1 K9226 -1 K9228 Function diagrams .1000ms) U279 (0) U280 (0) Derivative action time (Tv) Filter time (T1) (0..) 1 + s T1 Derivative action time (Tv) Filter time (T1) (0.1000ms) (0.02 Set integrator Setting value K 1 0 K9222 Integral-action time (Tn) (10.65000ms) U265 (10) Integral-action time (Tn) (10..1000ms) (0....02 Sheet B155 Integrators.1000ms) (0.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 integrators Integral-action time (Tn) (10...

10000ms U552.02 (100ms) Filter time 1.10000ms U554.03 ...02 U553 (1) K U553 (1) K .04 K9403 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05...8-82 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 4 LEAD / LAG blocks Transfer function: .03 ...2007 ..10000ms U552.10000ms U554.04 Sheet B156 Derivative / delay elements (LEAD / LAG blocks) Derivative action time 0.02 U550 (0) K .10000ms U554.03 (100ms) Filter time 1...01 (100ms) Derivative action time 0.03 (100ms) Filter time 1.B156 - .10000ms U554.04 (100ms) Tv T1 Tv T1 271 273 U550 (0) K K9401 .10000ms U552.10000ms U552...02 (100ms) Derivative action time 0.01 U553 (1) K G(s) = 1 + sTv --------1 + sT1 Derivative action time 0.01 (100ms) Tv T1 T1 Tv 270 272 U550 (0) K K9400 .03 ..01 U551 (1) K U553 (1) K U551 (1) K ..04 (100ms) Filter time 1.04 ..01 U550 (0) K K9402 U551 (1) K ..02 U551 (1) K ..

10000ms U554.10000ms U554..B157 - 8-83 .07 U553 (1) K U551 (1) K ..06 (100ms) Derivative action time 0.10000ms U554.08 Sheet B157 Derivative / delay elements (LEAD / LAG blocks) Derivative action time 0.08 (100ms) Tv T1 275 Tv T1 277 U550 (0) K K9405 .08 (100ms) Filter time 1.05 (100ms) Derivative action time 0....06 ...07 U551 (1) K .05.07 276 U550 (0) K K9404 .05 .05 U553 (1) K G(s) = 1 + sTv --------1 + sT1 Derivative action time 0..10000ms U552.07 (100ms) Filter time 1.06 U553 (1) K U551 (1) K .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 LEAD / LAG blocks Transfer function: .....08 K9407 Function diagrams ..06 (100ms) Filter time 1.08 U553 (1) K ..10000ms U552.10000ms U552.05 K9406 U551 (1) K .07 (100ms) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions T1 Tv T1 Tv 274 U550 (0) K .10000ms U554.05 (100ms) Filter time 1.10000ms U552..06 U550 (0) K ..

.10000ms U552.10 K9409 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..8-84 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 2 LEAD / LAG blocks Transfer function: U551 (1) K .2007 ..10 .09 (100ms) Tv T1 278 ...09 U553 (1) K Function diagrams G(s) = 1 + sTv --------1 + sT1 Derivative action time 0.10000ms U554.09 K9408 U550 (0) K U551 (1) K .10000ms U552.B158 - .09 .10 (100ms) Filter time 1.10000ms U554..10 (100ms) Tv T1 279 U550 (0) K ..09 (100ms) Filter time 1..10 U553 (1) K Sheet B158 Derivative / delay elements (LEAD / LAG blocks) Derivative action time 0.

20 (0) X values U285.01 (0) K -200% x1 y 10 y10 10 y x x10 +200% y1 y Y values U286.21 to .10 (0) 107 Y values U289.10 (0) X values Y values U286.11 to .11 to .11 to .20 (0) X values Y values U289.21 to .05.03 (0) K K9411 x -200% x1 y x K9415 23 1 y1 x10 +200% Function diagrams U282.10 (0) Y values U283.10 (0) 108 y10 y 10 U281.02 (0) K U287.30 (0) Y values U283.01 (0) K K9229 x -200% x1 y x K9231 23 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U285.02 (0) K K9414 23 1 y1 x10 +200% U282.01 to .21 to .21 to .B160 - 8-85 .21 to .11 to .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 characteristic blocks 106 y10 U284.01 to .30 (0) 281 y10 U284.10 (0) X values Y values U289.03 (0) K 285 y10 -200% x1 23 1 y 10 y x x10 +200% y1 y10 y 10 U281.20 (0) 1 y1 x10 +200% Sheet B160 Characteristic blocks U282.10 (0) X values Y values U283.20 (0) 280 y10 x y x 23 1 y1 x10 +200% K9412 -200% x1 y 10 282 284 y10 x -200% x1 23 1 y 10 y x x10 +200% y1 y10 y 10 U281.30 (0) X values U288.01 to .01 to .03 (0) K x -200% x1 23 1 283 y 10 y x x10 +200% y1 x K9413 U287.11 to .01 to .01 to .02 (0) K K9410 x -200% x1 y x U284.30 (0) X values U285.30 (0) X values .20 (0) X values Y values U286.20 (0) U288.11 to .01 (0) K x y x 23 1 y1 1 x10 +200% 23 K9230 -200% x1 x U287.30 (0) U288.21 to .

00) y U290 (0) 112 K x -z z K9235 Dead zone z U293 (0.00) Sheet B161 Dead zones.00) 109 y x U298 U297 x -100% 100% -U297 -U298 x y U296 (0) K K9232 y Minimum speed U297(0.2007 .B161 - .00) Maximum speed U298(100. Setpoint branching 110 y x K9233 U299 U299 (0.00) 111 y x K9234 y U294 (0) K x -z z SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.8-86 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 3 dead zones Setpoint branching Dead zone z U291 (0.00) Hysteresis y U292 (0) K x -z z Dead zone z U295 (0.

2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Simple ramp-function generator Ramp-up time Ramp-down time U302 (0. S (SET) 2.B165 - 8-87 . R (RESET) <1> When U301. "0" to "1") <2> from voltage monitor for electronics power supply Function diagrams .05.02 0 .01 0 . the ramp-function generator operates only once after it has been enabled (edge log.00) 0s Bypass simple ramp-function generator <1> 0 0 1 1 0s SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 113 TH x y y=x TR K9236 B9190 freeze y y=0 U301 B B B FS .03 1 Stop simple ramp-function generator 1 = Enable simple ramp-function generator 0 = Reset simple ramp-function generator R Q B9191 0 = Ramp-function generator initial run S Sheet B165 Simple ramp-function generator U300 (0) K 1 POWER ON <2> Priority: 1.01 = 9191.00) U303 (0.

00) U499.000) 0 1 K9242 K9246 K9249 Kp D component Tn Sheet B170 Technology controller X2 X U490.F(0.F (0...02 .F U493.00) (100.200.00) 1 U508.03 .000) [B170.00) 0.F (0..00) (1.30.F (100.F U491.F(0) 1000 1 U507 (1) K Droop injection Function diagrams U489 (0) K Kp adaptation Kp-factors 0..04 0% 0% 1 0 Setpoint B9499 U509 (9252) K [B170.0) 0% 0 K9248 I component 1 K9247 P component U496 (0) B n018 Y Kp-factor U498.F (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component Technology controller output K9254 n017 Filter time [s] U487.00.0) K9251 Setpoint U484 (0) K K K K U500 (0) B U506 (0) B U505 (0) K Enable technology controller .00 U492.7] K9252 0 U495.01 .8] Controller at output limit K9243 K9244 U486 (0) B U502.03 .F (100.0) X1 U483.04 + 1 0 K9245 U503.F (1) U504.00% Tresholds 1 1000 * -1 n019 y x K9240 Filter time U481.F(0.00) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.00) U494.10.F (1.F(0.00) Stop I component K9253 Negative limit U510.01 .F (-100.F (0) <1> Set I component 1 0 Inject additional setpoint Setting value for I component U485.F (3.F (100.8-88 3 4 5 114 1 2 6 7 8 Technology controller U497.F (100.02 .00) X Y Y2 Y1 U511 (1) K U512.F (3.F(0.00s) technology controller K9241 Positive limit K9250 Actual value n016 U480 (0) K K K K .B170 - .0) U488.2007 <1> 0 = D component acts only in actual-value channel 1 = Normal PID controller: D component is applied for control deviation .F(0) U482.

01 setting value for I component . direction <7> K9307 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .01 (0 ms) K9300 T1 U530 (0) K .11 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .00) U539. disable PI-controller 2.01 (100. set I component 5.000 s) I component U543.01 K U545. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive. freeze I component in neg.01 P component K9301 K9302 K9303 K9305 Positive limit U537.01 1 = set I component <4> .11 setting value for PI-controller output <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .01 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9306) .01 Sheet B180 PI controller 1 * -1 K9306 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg.* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . set output 3. freeze output 4. freeze I component in pos.01 (3. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PI-controller 1 Transfer function: U538 (1) K . in neg.P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.B180 - . I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.05. direction 7.direction and limit it to negative limit (K9307) U540.01 (1) U541. direction Function diagrams 8-89 .0) B9670 Controller at neg.01 . output limit B9660 Filter time U535. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.01 (100.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative. in pos.21 . output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 PI-controller output K9304 Tn Stop I component in pos.41 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.0) 1 1 + sTn --------.direction and limit it to positive limit (K9305) Controller at pos. freeze I component 6.11 .01 U542 (1) K 260 G(s) = U536 (1) K .01 (3.31 .01 Enable PI-controller 1 B9650 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .01 .

* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . freeze I component in pos.12 .P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output .02 (3.02 setting value for I component . output limit K9310 T1 U530 (0) K . direction 7. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive.42 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.32 . output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 Tn B9661 Stop I component in pos. direction 05.02 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9316) .02 K U545.02 (0 ms) PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg.02 (100.02 U542 (1) K Function diagrams 261 G(s) = U536 (1) K . direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.00) U539.12 setting value for PI-controller output SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .02 (1) U541. in pos.02 P component K9311 K9312 K9313 K9315 Positive limit U537.direction and limit it to positive limit (K9315) Controller at pos.22 . in neg. disable PI-controller 2.02 (100.000 s) I component U543. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.2007 . set output 3.0) 1 1 + sTn --------. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.02 1 = set I component <4> .0) B9671 Controller at neg. freeze I component in neg.02 .12 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .02 Sheet B181 PI controller 2 * -1 K9316 Filter time U535.8-90 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 PI-controller 2 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos. freeze output 4.B181 - .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9317) U540.02 . set I component 5.02 (3. freeze I component 6. direction <7> K9317 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .02 PI-controller output K9314 Enable PI-controller 1 B9651 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B . I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.

direction and limit it to negative limit (K9327) U540. in neg. direction 7.0) 1 1 + sTn --------. set output 3.03 1 = set I component <4> .* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . output limit B9662 Filter time U535. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative. direction <7> K9327 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B . freeze output 4. direction Function diagrams 8-91 .P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.03 (0 ms) K9320 T1 U530 (0) K .B182 - . freeze I component in neg.03 P component K9321 K9322 K9323 K9325 Positive limit U537.23 .03 setting value for I component .000 s) I component U543.03 Enable PI-controller 1 B9652 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .03 .03 (3. freeze I component 6. set I component 5. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.13 . direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.03 (100.43 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.33 .direction and limit it to positive limit (K9325) Controller at pos.03 Sheet B182 PI controller 3 * -1 K9326 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg.03 .00) U539. freeze I component in pos.03 (3. in pos.03 K U545. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg. disable PI-controller 2.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output . output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 PI-controller output K9324 Tn Stop I component in pos.05.03 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9326) .03 (100.13 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PI-controller 3 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .03 (1) U541.13 setting value for PI-controller output <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .03 U542 (1) K 262 G(s) = U536 (1) K .0) B9672 Controller at neg.

04 K U545. freeze output 4. set I component 5.24 . disable PI-controller 2.04 P component K9331 K9332 K9333 K9335 Positive limit U537.2007 .B183 - .04 PI-controller output K9334 Enable PI-controller 1 B9653 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .04 setting value for I component .04 (3.04 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9336) .34 . in pos. direction 05. freeze I component in pos. set output 3. direction <7> K9337 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .04 (3.direction and limit it to negative limit (K9337) U540.04 Sheet B183 PI controller 4 * -1 K9336 Filter time U535. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.14 .8-92 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 PI-controller 4 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .00) U539.04 (1) U541.04 .0) 1 1 + sTn --------. freeze I component 6.04 U542 (1) K Function diagrams 263 G(s) = U536 (1) K . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive. freeze I component in neg.P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.04 .0) 1 sTn 0 0 1 Tn B9663 Stop I component in pos. output limit Stop I component in neg. in neg.000 s) I component U543.04 1 = set I component <4> . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output .* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K .44 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp. direction 7. output limit K9330 T1 U530 (0) K .direction and limit it to positive limit (K9335) Controller at pos.14 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .14 setting value for PI-controller output SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .04 (100.04 (100. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.04 (0 ms) PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 B9673 Controller at neg.

15 setting value for PI-controller output <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .05 1 = set I component <4> .05 (0 ms) K9340 T1 U530 (0) K .05 (100. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp. in pos.05 .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9347) U540.05 Enable PI-controller 1 B9654 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K .P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.05 P component K9341 K9342 K9343 K9345 Positive limit U537.05 (3.000 s) I component U543. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.00) U539. direction Function diagrams 8-93 . output limit B9664 Filter time U535. in neg. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.05 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9346) . direction <7> K9347 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .direction and limit it to positive limit (K9345) Controller at pos.05 K U545.45 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp. direction 7. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.05.25 .05 (3.B184 - .0) 1 1 + sTn --------.15 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .35 . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive. set output 3.05 U542 (1) K 264 G(s) = U536 (1) K . freeze I component in neg. set I component 5. freeze I component in pos.05 (1) U541. disable PI-controller 2.05 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PI-controller 5 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .05 (100.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output . freeze I component 6.15 . freeze output 4. output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 PI-controller output K9344 Tn Stop I component in pos.0) B9674 Controller at neg.05 setting value for I component .05 Sheet B184 PI controller 5 * -1 K9346 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg.

16 .06 (0 ms) PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg. direction 7.06 (100.8-94 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 PI-controller 6 Transfer function: U538 (1) K . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative. in pos.0) 1 1 + sTn --------.06 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9356) .06 . freeze I component in neg.36 .06 P component K9351 K9352 K9353 K9355 Positive limit U537.46 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp. direction <7> K9357 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .06 (100.06 setting value for I component .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9357) U540. freeze output 4. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive.2007 . output limit K9350 T1 U530 (0) K . output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 Tn B9665 Stop I component in pos.16 setting value for PI-controller output SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .06 K U545.06 (1) U541.00) U539.06 1 = set I component <4> .* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . in neg.06 U542 (1) K Function diagrams 265 G(s) = U536 (1) K .P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output .06 (3. disable PI-controller 2. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.06 PI-controller output K9354 Enable PI-controller 1 B9655 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B . freeze I component in pos. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.26 . direction 05. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.000 s) I component U543. freeze I component 6. set I component 5.0) B9675 Controller at neg.06 (3.B185 - .16 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .06 Sheet B185 PI controller 6 * -1 K9356 Filter time U535.06 .direction and limit it to positive limit (K9355) Controller at pos. set output 3.

05.00) U539. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp. set I component 5.27 .* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . freeze I component in neg. freeze output 4. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.07 setting value for I component . direction Function diagrams 8-95 .07 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PI-controller 7 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.17 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K . in pos.07 K U545.07 1 = set I component <4> .B186 - .07 U542 (1) K 266 G(s) = U536 (1) K . in neg. direction 7.17 setting value for PI-controller output <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value . output limit Stop I component in neg. freeze I component in pos. output limit B9666 Filter time U535.07 (100.07 (3.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output .07 Enable PI-controller 1 B9656 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .47 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.07 (1) U541.07 (100. disable PI-controller 2.17 .07 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9366) .07 . direction <7> K9367 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .0) 1 sTn 0 0 1 PI-controller output K9364 Tn Stop I component in pos.direction and limit it to negative limit (K9367) U540.07 Sheet B186 PI controller 7 * -1 K9366 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 B9676 Controller at neg. set output 3.07 (0 ms) K9360 T1 U530 (0) K .37 . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive.07 (3.0) 1 1 + sTn --------.000 s) I component U543. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.07 P component K9361 K9362 K9363 K9365 Positive limit U537.direction and limit it to positive limit (K9365) Controller at pos. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1. freeze I component 6.

direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp. direction 7.B187 - .08 U542 (1) K Function diagrams 267 G(s) = U536 (1) K .P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.8-96 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 PI-controller 8 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9377) U540.08 .0) 1 sTn 0 0 1 Tn B9667 Stop I component in pos.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output . freeze I component in neg.48 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.08 PI-controller output K9374 Enable PI-controller 1 B9657 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .28 .38 . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive. set output 3. direction <7> K9377 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .08 .08 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9376) . freeze I component 6.08 (3.08 (3.* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K .00) U539. set I component 5.direction and limit it to positive limit (K9375) Controller at pos.2007 .0) 1 1 + sTn --------. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1. output limit K9370 T1 U530 (0) K .08 (100. freeze I component in pos. output limit Stop I component in neg.08 1 = set I component <4> .08 (0 ms) PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 B9677 Controller at neg.08 P component K9371 K9372 K9373 K9375 Positive limit U537.000 s) I component U543. freeze output 4. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative. in neg.08 setting value for I component .18 setting value for PI-controller output SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .18 .08 (100. disable PI-controller 2. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg. in pos. direction 05.18 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .08 Sheet B187 PI controller 8 * -1 K9376 Filter time U535.08 K U545.08 (1) U541.

in pos. freeze I component in pos.09 (100.0) 1 1 + sTn --------.49 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.19 .09 .39 .09 (3.B188 - 8-97 . freeze I component 6.00) U539.0) B9678 Controller at neg.19 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9387) U540.29 .09 1 = set I component <4> .09 (100. in neg.000 s) I component U543. direction 7.09 . freeze I component in neg. direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp. direction <7> K9387 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B .P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output . direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.09 Enable PI-controller 1 B9658 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B .19 setting value for PI-controller output <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .09 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9386) . set I component 5.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PI-controller 9 Transfer function: U538 (1) K . output limit B9668 Filter time U535. I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg.09 Sheet B188 PI controller 9 * -1 K9386 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 Stop I component in neg. freeze output 4. direction Function diagrams . I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K .09 (0 ms) K9380 T1 U530 (0) K .05. disable PI-controller 2.09 P component K9381 K9382 K9383 K9385 Positive limit U537.09 U542 (1) K 268 G(s) = U536 (1) K .09 setting value for I component .09 (1) U541.09 (3.09 K U545. set output 3.P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos. output limit 1 sTn 0 0 1 PI-controller output K9384 Tn Stop I component in pos.direction and limit it to positive limit (K9385) Controller at pos. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive.

set output 3. in neg.40 .20 .00) U539. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is negative.10 (3.2007 . direction <6> 1 = freeze I comp.* Kp * --------1 + sT1 sTn U534 (1) K . direction 7.20 1 = set output <2> U533 (0) K K . output limit Stop I component in neg.50 0 = disable PI-controller <1> 1 = freeze I component <5> 1 = freeze output <3> 1 = freeze I comp.10 K U545.P component output is frozen <4> set I component: P component active I component = setting value output = P component + I component <5> freeze I component: P component active I component is frozen output = P component + I component <6> freeze I component in pos.10 setting value for I component .10 PI-controller output K9394 Enable PI-controller 1 B9659 Controller at output limit U531 (0) B B B B B . freeze I component 6. freeze I component in pos. direction 05. freeze output 4.30 .8-98 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 PI-controller 10 Transfer function: U538 (1) K .10 1 = set I component <4> .10 (0 ms) PI-controller Kp Kp X Y 1 0 0 B9679 Controller at neg.000 s) I component U543.10 P component K9391 K9392 K9393 K9395 Positive limit U537.10 Sheet B189 PI controller 10 * -1 K9396 Filter time U535. in pos.10 (100.10 (3. set I component 5.10 U542 (1) K Function diagrams 269 G(s) = U536 (1) K . output limit K9390 T1 U530 (0) K .direction and limit it to negative limit (K9397) U540. freeze I component in neg.0) 1 1 + sTn --------. disable PI-controller 2.10 (100.B189 - . direction <7> K9397 Negative limit Set PI-controller U532 (0) B B . I component is frozen output = P component + I component <7> freeze I component in neg. direction: P component active if controller input (X) is positive.P component output = setting value <3> freeze output: P component active I component = frozen output .20 setting value for PI-controller output SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions <1> disable PI-controller: P component = 0 I component = 0 output = 0 <2> set output: P component active I component = setting value .10 (1) U541.0) 1 sTn 0 0 1 Tn B9669 Stop I component in pos.10 .10 .direction and limit it to positive limit (K9395) Controller at pos. I component is frozen output = P component + I component Priority: 1.10 (1) 0 = Reset P 0 = Reset I component component U544 (9396) .

327..F (1450) Rated speed Diameter U517 (0) K Function diagrams .F (1.00) Gear ratio U520.38) (0..01.768. diameter (10.5mm) U518.60000mm) Min..∗ -------i 100% v act K9256 Normalization U522 (16.767 m/s) n021 Normalization U521 (16.327.67m/s) Actual speed n020 Speed-velocity calculator SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions n act Sheet B190 Velocity / speed calculator U515 (0) K D ∗ π ∗ nrated nact vact = ----------------..2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Velocity / speed calculator 115 Actual velocity (-32.38) (0.0.67m/s) Setpoint velocity (-32..B190 - 8-99 .32.6553.01.∗ 100% D ∗ π ∗ nrated D i n rated nset K9257 Normalization U523 (1638) (10...0) U519.05.....F (6500.768.32.767 m/s) n022 Velocity-speed calculator v set Setpoint speed n023 U516 (0) K vset ∗ i nset = ----------------..

...00) (0.* K Dmax4 DCore Normalization of max.60000mm) 1 2 Function diagrams Variable inertia 116 D Normalization diameter of sleeve U527 (10000) (10.10.100. diameter U528 (10000) (10....02 .60000mm) JV K9258 Dmax U529 (1.60000mm) Sheet B191 Calculation variable inertia U525 (1) K K K K .01 .00) K SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.DCore4 JV = -----------------.B191 - .04 Variable inertia D4 .2007 ..8-100 3 4 5 6 7 8 Normalization diameter U526 (10000) (10.03 ..

05 .04 .08 U310 (0) B B B B3 B2 B1 .01 .03 .02 .03 .B195 - .08 U313 (0) K K K K K K K K X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 .05 .04 .07 .02 .09 B3 B2 B1 B3 B2 B1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 86 Y K9450 Y .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 Multiplexers Sheet B195 Multiplexer U310 (0) B B B U310 (0) B B B .08 .04 .03 .03 88 K9452 U311 (0) K K K K K K K K X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 .05.05 .01 .06 .07 .04 .06 .07 .01 .02 .07 .01 .06 B3 B2 B1 Y 87 Y K9451 U312 (0) K K K K K K K K X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 .06 .02 .08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 Function diagrams 8-101 .05 .

04 <2> Start value Set counter to start value K9443 Counter start value 0. Maximum value = 7 Counter output 3 Count up Count down Overflow Underflow 2 2 7 7 5 4 6 7 3 2 4 5 6 7 3 2 4 3 7 6 2 7 5 4 3 6 2 5 <1> The counter is set to the start value after POWER ON 4 <2> The start and setting values are limited to the range (minimum value..8-102 3 4 5 6 7 8 <3> 1 2 16-bit software counter 89 Binary output 0.. Count up / down FS .03 0 .65535 n314 Function diagrams Maximum counting frequency = 1 / scanning time Priority: 1.05 0 .01 (0) Minimum value Overflow K 9442 .65535 U315.02 1 1 & DOWN Sheet B196 16-bit software counter Minimum counter value 0.B196 - .04 (0) K9444 POWER ON from sheet B110 <1> Example: Minimum value = 2. counting frequency = 300 Hz Note: The sampling time and sequence of the upstream signal processor must also be taken into account SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.02 Maximum value Underflow K9441 U316 K FS .04 0 ..03 (0) K 9444 .03 Setting value <2> Set counter to setting value K9442 B9291 Counter setting value 0.65535 U315....65535 U315.01 9441 Set counter to minimum value B9290 Maximum counter value 0. Set counter 3.65535 U315. Enable counter 2.02 (65535) K 9443 ..01 0 Count up U317 B & UP OUT K9445 Count down Stop counter Set counter (Binary code) Enable counter B B B B 1 ... Stop counter 4.maximum value) <3> Example: The counter operates in the time slice 1 → max..2007 ..

B200 - .02 .03 i0 i1 i2 B9270 B9280 Q1 /Q1 Q2 /Q2 U319 (0) B B B Q0 /Q0 U318 (0) B B B . binary to 1 of 8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Q0 /Q0 B9250 B9260 B9251 B9261 B9252 B9262 B9253 B9263 B9254 B9264 B9255 B9265 B9256 B9266 B9257 B9267 Q3 /Q3 Q4 /Q4 Q5 /Q5 Q6 /Q6 Q7 /Q7 Q1 /Q1 B9271 B9281 B9272 B9282 B9273 B9283 B9274 B9284 B9275 B9285 B9276 B9286 B9277 B9287 Q2 /Q2 .03 i0 i1 i2 118 Q3 /Q3 Q4 /Q4 Q5 /Q5 Q6 /Q6 Q7 /Q7 Sheet B200 Decoders / demultiplexers.01 .01 .05. binary to 1 of 8 119 i2-i1-i0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 /Q0 /Q1 /Q2 /Q3 /Q4 /Q5 /Q6 /Q7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 00 01 10 11 00 01 10 11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Function diagrams 8-103 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 decoders / demultiplexers.02 .

01 .02 .02 .03 .03 & & B9360 B9353 U337 (1) B B B .01 .2007 .03 & B9363 B9356 & & B9370 U347 (1) B B B .03 U326 (1) B B B .03 & B9357 B9350 B9364 & & 135 U334 (1) B B B .01 .03 U325 (1) B B B .02 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .02 .02 .01 .03 & U345 (1) B B B & 139 B9375 125 U332 (1) B B B .02 .02 .02 .B205 - .02 .02 .03 & B9372 122 U329 (1) B B B .01 .02 .02 .03 U341 (1) B B B & B9371 Sheet B205 AND elements 121 U328 (1) B B B .02 .01 .03 130 137 144 U344 (1) B B B .02 .03 131 145 B9368 .02 .02 .01 .01 .03 U324 (1) B B B U331 (1) B B B .03 146 .03 U323 (1) B B B .03 147 U340 (1) B B B .02 .01 .02 .03 & U342 (1) B B B .03 & 140 B9376 126 U333 (1) B B B .02 .03 128 142 U321 (1) B B B .01 .01 .03 U343 (1) B B B & B9373 123 U330 (1) B B B .03 1 2 Function diagrams 28 AND elements with 3 inputs each 120 U320 (1) B B B .01 .03 & B9358 B9365 B9351 & 129 136 U335 (1) B B B .02 .01 .02 .02 .01 .01 .01 .01 .02 .01 .03 & B9377 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.03 & B9367 & 138 B9374 124 .01 .01 .02 .03 & B9361 B9354 & 132 U338 (1) B B B .01 .03 & B9362 B9355 & 133 U339 (1) B B B & B9369 U346 (1) B B B .02 .01 .03 U322 (1) B B B .8-104 3 4 5 6 7 8 127 134 141 U327 (1) B B B .02 .02 .03 143 .02 .01 .03 & B9359 B9352 & & B9366 U336 (1) B B B .

01 .01 .01 .02 .02 .03 ≥1 U371 (0) B B =1 B9196 152 U359 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 B9389 B9396 B9382 ≥1 U366 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 B9392 B9385 ≥1 ≥1 B9399 156 U363 (0) B B B .02 .02 .02 .05.01 .01 .03 161 168 U354 (0) B B B .01 .01 .02 .01 .02 .01 .02 U352 (0) B B B .02 .01 .02 150 U357 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 B9391 B9384 ≥1 U368 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 U370 (0) B B =1 B9195 151 U358 (0) B B B .01 .02 .03 ≥1 =1 B9197 153 U360 (0) B B B .01 .01 .03 U355 (0) B B B .02 .03 ≥1 =1 B9198 154 U361 (0) B B B .02 . EXCLUSIVE OR elements U353 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 B9387 B9394 B9380 ≥1 U364 (0) B B B .01 .03 ≥1 B9398 155 U362 (0) B B B .01 .02 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U351 (0) B B B .03 ≥1 B9388 B9395 B9381 ≥1 U365 (0) B B B .B206 - .02 .03 U350 (0) B B B .03 158 165 171 .02 .01 .02 .03 159 166 172 U372 (0) B B .01 .01 .02 .02 .02 Sheet B206 OR elements.03 162 169 U369 (0) B B B .01 .03 163 U356 (0) B B B .02 .02 .01 .01 .03 ≥1 B9390 B9383 ≥1 U367 (0) B B B .01 .03 160 167 173 B9397 U373 (0) B B .02 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 20 OR elements with 3 inputs each 4 EXCLUSIVE OR elements with 2 inputs each 157 164 170 .02 .01 .01 .03 ≥1 B9386 ≥1 B9393 Function diagrams 8-105 .

03 182 U390 (0) B & B9471 U407 (1) B B B & B9477 U382 (0) B 1 B9460 B9452 1 202 191 Sheet B207 Inverters.01 .03 U406 (1) B B B & B9476 181 U389 (0) B 189 U381 (0) B 1 B9459 B9451 1 201 190 U401 (1) B B B .B207 - .03 & B9472 & B9478 184 209 B9473 U409 (1) B B B .01 .03 & B9479 U385 (0) B U393 (0) B 185 1 B9463 U394 (0) B B9455 1 194 U404 (1) B B B 204 .01 .02 .03 211 U387 (0) B 187 & B9475 1 B9465 B9457 1 U411 (1) B B B .01 .02 .02 .2007 .01 .02 . NAND elements 208 U408 (1) B B B .02 .02 .02 .02 .03 183 U391 (0) B U383 (0) B 1 B9461 U392 (0) B B9453 1 192 203 U402 (1) B B B .01 .03 210 U386 (0) B 186 & B9474 U410 (1) B B B .03 & B9480 1 B9464 U395 (0) B B9456 1 195 205 U405 (1) B B B .01 .8-106 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 16 inverters 12 NAND elements with 3 inputs each U380 (0) B U388 (0) B 180 200 188 206 1 B9458 B9450 1 & B9470 U400 (1) B B B .03 207 .01 .02 .03 & B9481 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.02 .01 .03 .01 .03 U384 (0) B 1 B9462 B9454 1 & 193 U403 (1) B B B .01 .02 .01 .02 .

02 SET (Q=1) Q .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .02 SET (Q=1) Q Q SET (Q=1) .01 .02 SET (Q=1) Q U426 (0) B B . SET 219 B9559 POWER ON <1> 224 1 RESET (Q=0) Q B9569 <1> from voltage monitor for electronics power supply POWER ON <1> 1 RESET (Q=0) Q Function diagrams 8-107 .02 SET (Q=1) Q B9574 227 POWER ON <1> POWER ON <1> 1 RESET (Q=0) Q 1 RESET (Q=0) 1 RESET (Q=0) Q B9575 U418 (0) B B B9556 Q .01 .01 .02 SET (Q=1) Q U423 (0) B B B9566 U428 (0) B B .02 SET (Q=1) Q 216 221 POWER ON <1> B9553 Q B9563 226 POWER ON <1> POWER ON <1> 1 RESET (Q=0) Q 1 RESET (Q=0) 1 RESET (Q=0) Q B9573 U417 (0) B B B9554 B9564 .02 SET (Q=1) Q U424 (0) B B SET (Q=1) Q B9568 Priority: 1. RESET 2.01 .B210 - .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 RS flipflops U415 (0) B B B9550 B9560 .02 SET (Q=1) .01 .02 SET (Q=1) Q U422 (0) B B 217 222 POWER ON <1> B9555 Q B9565 U427 (0) B B .01 .02 B9570 215 220 POWER ON <1> B9551 Q B9561 POWER ON <1> Q 225 1 RESET (Q=0) B9571 Sheet B210 RS flipflops POWER ON <1> 1 RESET (Q=0) Q 1 RESET (Q=0) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions B9552 B9562 U421 (0) B B .02 SET (Q=1) Q B9572 U416 (0) B B .02 .01 .05.01 .02 SET (Q=1) Q B9576 218 B9557 POWER ON <1> 223 1 RESET (Q=0) Q B9567 POWER ON <1> 228 1 RESET (Q=0) Q B9577 POWER ON <1> 1 RESET (Q=0) Q U419 (0) B B B9558 .02 SET (Q=1) Q U420 (0) B B U425 (0) B B .01 .

SET 3.2007 .04 232 POWER ON <1> 1 POWER ON <1> 1 SET (Q=1) D B9492 Q D SET (Q=1) Q B9496 U431 (0) B B B B .01 . STORE POWER ON <1> 1 POWER ON <1> 1 <1> from voltage monitor for electronics power supply SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.8-108 3 4 5 6 7 8 SET (Q=1) D B9490 B9494 Q D Q SET (Q=1) 1 2 Function diagrams Sheet B211 D flipflops 4 D flipflops U430 (0) B B B B .03 .03 . RESET 2.04 233 STORE Q RESET (Q=0) B9497 Priority: 1.02 .01 .04 231 STORE Q RESET (Q=0) B9493 U433 (0) B B B B .01 .B211 - .04 230 STORE Q RESET (Q=0) RESET (Q=0) B9491 Q B9495 STORE U432 (0) B B B B .02 .02 .01 .02 .03 .03 .

000) (0....60.02 ON/OFF delay T T Pulse generator B9580 B9581 B9585 U446 (0) B B 240 242 244 1 O T 1 OFF delay O T ON/OFF delay T T Pulse generator SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions B9588 2 U440 (0) B B .000s) Pulse generator T 3 1 = Reset U444 (0.02 ON/OFF delay T T 2 1 T 1 3 B9587 Pulse generator 2 1 T 3 B9591 Pulse generator T 3 1 = Reset 1 = Reset 1 = Reset Function diagrams 8-109 .000s) U451 (0) Mode T ON delay T O 0 U445 (0) U450 (0..000) (0.000..000s) U442 (0) T Mode ON delay T O 0 0 OFF delay OFF delay O T 1 B9584 2 U452 (0) B B .60.01 .60.60.02 2 241 OFF delay O T 243 1 OFF delay O T B9586 U455 (0) B B .02 ON/OFF delay T T 245 1 B9590 U443 (0) B B ...000s) U456 (0.01 ..000) (0.01 ..60.000.000..000s) U454 (0) Mode T ON delay T O U447 (0.000.01 .60.01 .01 .000) (0.000s) U448 (0) T Mode ON delay T O 0 U441 (0.60.05.000) (0.000s) T ON delay T O U457 (0) Mode T Mode ON delay T O 0 0 OFF delay O T 1 B9582 ON/OFF delay T T Pulse generator B9583 U449 (0) B B .02 ON/OFF delay T T 2 1 T 3 1 = Reset 1 1 T 3 1 = Reset B9589 Sheet B215 Timers (0.B215 - .02 .000) (0.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 timers U453 (0..000....000.000.

00.03 U462 (0. Binary signal selector switches Pulse generator T 3 T 1 = Reset U474 (0) B B B 1 = Reset SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.00) (0.03 OFF delay O T 1 B9594 ON/OFF delay T T 2 Pulse generator U467 (0) B B ..02 246 OFF delay O T 248 U470 (0) B B B .02 .01 ..03 Pulse generator 1 B9593 B9597 1 T 3 1 = Reset 3 T U471 (0) B B B 1 = Reset 252 0 B9484 1 ..8-110 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams 4 timers 5 binary signal selector switches U459 (0.00) (0.01 .00s) U468 (0.02 ...03 Sheet B216 Timers (0.B216 - .01 .00.02 .00s) U469 (0) Mode T ON delay T O 0 U463 (0) U472 (0) B B B T Mode ON delay T O 0 253 249 0 B9485 1 B9598 .00) (0.00.600.02 1 ON/OFF delay T T 2 251 0 B9483 1 .01 .01 .2007 ..00) (0.00.01 .600.00.600.600.01 .01 .02 .02 1 U473 (0) B B B ON/OFF delay T T 2 1 B9595 1 3 B9599 254 0 B9486 1 .00s).00s) T Mode ON delay O T 250 B9482 1 0 OFF delay O T 1 B9596 2 B9592 ON/OFF delay T T Pulse generator U464 (0) B B .01 ..02 ..00s) U466 (0) Mode T ON delay O T 0 0 U460 (0) U465 (0...03 U458 (0) B B .02 247 OFF delay O T U461 (0) B B .600.

diagnosis SIMOLINK board receiving.Z100 - 8-111 . relay outputs SBP pulse encoder evaluation SIMOLINK board configuration.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Function diagram SIMOREG 6RA70 . digital inputs 2nd EB1 analog inputs 2nd EB1 analog outputs 2nd EB1 bidirectional inputs/outputs.05. digital inputs. digital inputs. transmitting OP1S operator panel Interfaces: connector-type converters SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary inputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary inputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary outputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary outputs SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary inputs SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary inputs SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary outputs SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary outputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog inputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog inputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog outputs SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog outputs Function diagrams . digital inputs 1st EB2 analog input.Contents of optional supplementary boards Sheet Z110 Z111 Z112 Z113 Z114 Z115 Z116 Z117 Z118 Z119 Z120 Z121 Z122 Z123 Z124 Z130 Z131 Z135 Z136 Z140 Z141 Z145 Z146 Z150 Z151 Z155 Z156 Sheet Z100 Table of contents SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Optional supplementary boards Sheets Z100 to Z156 Content Data exchange with a technology board (TB) or the 1st communication board (CB) Data exchange with the 2nd communication board (CB) 1st EB1 analog inputs 1st EB1 analog outputs 1st EB1 bidirectional inputs/outputs. relay outputs 2nd EB2 analog input.

from supplementary board <1> When bit 10 ("control by PLC") = 0.2 CBs (for CB with the lower slot letter) For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 7.09-.TB only ..2] K3001 U734 FS Transmit data Word 1 <1> Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 .04 n738 Index.10 0 .14 0 .12 P918 Index.15 0 .03 0 .Z110 - . as well as words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K3001 to K3016 or to binectors B3100 to 3915.11 0 .01 U721 Index.6] K K K K K K K K K K K K K .3] K3002 K3003 K3004 K3005 K3006 K3007 K3008 K3009 K3010 K3011 K3012 K3013 K3014 K3015 K3016 Bit 0 B3100 B3200 B3300 B3400 B3500 B3600 B3035 B3700 B3800 B3900 [Z124.01-.01 U711-U720 Index.2007 See also connector type converter on sheet Z124 .04 n739 Index.07 0 . Control word 1 must therefore be transferred as the first PZD word.01 32 . Message monitoring for received process data: Parameters for the 1st CB board U710 Index.01 (0 ms) Sheet Z110 Data exchange with a technology board (TB) or the 1st communications board (CB) 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" Fault delay time U722. the other bits of word 1.13 0 .10 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.16 n735.7.05 n732 Index.32 n738 Index.01 Initialize link to supplementary boards CB parameters 1 to 10 CB parameter 11 CB or TB diagnosis Display parameter job (PKW) from CB Display parameter job (PKW) from TB Display parameter response (PKW) to CB Display parameter response (PKW) to TB Bus address P927 Enable parameterization Message monitoring time U722.12 n739 Index.CB only .09-..03 (0 ms) T B3030 B3031 B 15 .CB after TB (CB in slot G) .02 167 .16 0 1 2 Function diagrams Data exchange with a technology board (TB) or the 1st communications board (CB) Bit 10 must be set in word 1 of the receive data to ensure that the process data are accepted as valid data.01 to .09 0 .06 0 .16 every 16 bits [G182.05 0 . All these connectors and binectors retain their old values.01-.8-112 3 4 5 6 7 8 Receive data n733.01 0 1 = "Fault delay timeout" 1s U728 (0) B 0 Binector / connector converter K3020 Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F082" (fault value 10) Valid for the following configurations: .04 33 .01-.01 to . B3115 B3215 B3315 B3415 B3515 B3615 B3715 B3815 B3915 Bit 15 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 Word 10 Word 9 Word 8 Word 7 to supplementary board Word 6 Word 5 Word 4 Word 2 Word 3 Word 1 [G151.16 .12 0 .01-.6] K K K [G183.08 0 .

.04 (0 ms) communications board (CB) T 0 1 = "Fault delay timeout" 1s Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F082" (fault value 10) For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 7..12 .17 to .7.64 n738 Index.33-.01 [Z124. the other bits of word 1.10 .Z111 - . as well as words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K8001 to K8016 or to binectors B8100 to 8915.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data exchange with the 2nd communications board (CB) Receive data n733.02 U721 Index.05.2 CBs (for CB with the higher slot letter) from supplementary board Sheet Z111 Data exchange with the 2 <1> nd When bit 10 ("control by PLC") = 0.08 .15 .02 U711-U720 Index.14 .10 Function diagrams 8-113 See also connector type converter on sheet Z124 . SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Parameters for the 2nd CB board U710 Index. Control word 1 must therefore be transferred as the first PZD word.16 Initialize link to supplementary boards CB parameters 1 to 10 CB parameter 11 CB or TB diagnosis Display parameter job (PKW) from CB Display parameter response (PKW) to CB Bus address Enable parameterization B8030 B8031 B U729 (0) B Valid for the following configurations: 15 0 Binector / connector converter K8020 . All these connectors and binectors retain their old values.10 n732 Index.06 Word 5 .11 .01 .05 Word 4 .07 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 to supplementary board .08 n739 Index.08 P918 Index.05-. Message monitoring for received process data: Message monitoring time U722.06-.02 (0 ms) 1 = "Telegram monitoring timeout" Fault delay time U722.16 .32 every 16 bits K8001 K8002 K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K .17 to .4] U736 (0) K Transmit data Word 1 <1> Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 Bit 10 must be set in word 1 of the receive data to ensure that the process data are accepted as valid data.32 n735.04 Word 3 .13 .05-.03 Word 2 K8003 K8004 K8005 K8006 K8007 K8008 K8009 K8010 K8011 K8012 K8013 K8014 K8015 K8016 Bit 0 B8100 B8200 B8300 B8400 B8500 B8600 B8035 B8800 B8900 B8700 .02 Word 1 .02 P927 . B8115 B8215 B8315 B8415 B8515 B8615 B8715 B8815 B8915 Bit 15 .09 .

Z112 - . 52 > 8V) 0% 0 K5102 1 Analog input connection Digital input B5102 U759.0 U756.1000.1 (0.1 0 K5101 1 1 Smoothing Analog input connection Time constant 0.00) u ±10V i ±20mA 51 * 100% U756..10000ms U760.1 (0) 13 bits + sign -1 3 2 1 0 Sign reversal B5101 Open circuit (|i| ≤ 2mA) -1 0 0% U759.00) -1 0 1 Sign reversal Smoothing High at input (voltage at term..2 also usable as digital inputs 52 AI2 A D 10V=100% * 100% ±10V 1 2 3 X486 10V Standardization -1000.2 1 0 Offset -100.3 53 AI3 Hardware smoothing 220 µs 24V A D 10V=100% * 100% + - ±10V 54 1 2 3 Digital inputs 24V Analog inputs ±10V X487 10V SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05...3 (0) U759.1(100.0) 13 bits + sign U758.2 (1) B n762.2 (0) U761. 53 > 8V) 0% 0 K5103 1 Analog input connection Digital input B5103 U761.0.1 -1 1 2 3 X488 20mA 10V Sheet Z112 1 EB1: Analog inputs 1st EB1: Analog inputs (to ground) Standardization -1000.1000.....1000.00..3 (0) B Time constant 0.2007 ..2(100.3 -1 3 2 1 0 Offset -100.10000ms U760.00% U757.1 (1) B 1 2 1st EB1: Analog input 1 (differential input) Function diagrams Signal type (0/1=10V/20mA) U755.2 (0) 13 bits + sign -1 U756.0 U756.00) -1 2 -1 3 0 1 Sign reversal Smoothing High at input (voltage at term.0) U758.....1 (0) B U761.8-114 3 7 4 5 6 8 Standardization -1000.100.1 (0) n762.0) U758.3 (1) B n762..0..0 U756.0.100.3(100.10000ms U760..00% U757.1 (0) Hardware smoothing 220 µs st AI1 50 A D 10V =100% 20mA=100% Offset -100..00.2 (0.00.3 (0.100.3 (0) -1 U756.00% U757.2 (0) B Hardware smoothing 220 µs Time constant 0.

+10..00V U767.00.1 x y Time constant (0.1 11 Bit + VZ x y [V] = 100% * U766.1 (10.+199.1 (0.1 (0) K -1 2 D A 47 AO1 Uout [V] = K5104 100% * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] 1 K5104 Sheet Z113 1 EB1: Analog outputs 0 -10V.2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 1st EB1: Analog outputs st U764.10000ms) U765...00.1 (0) n768..00) 11 bits + sign -1 3 x y [V] = 100% x * U766.+10.05.+199.+10V 0 49 M Uout [V] = K5105 100% * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] Function diagrams 8-115 .Z113 - ....2 (0) Standardization -200.2 y U763..00V U767..10000ms) U765.00) -1 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U763..2 (10.99V U766..1 (0) Offset -10.2 (0) K -1 2 D AO2 1 K5105 A 48 -10V.2 (0) n768..2 (0.99V U766..00) Offset -10.+10V U764..2 Time constant (0.00.00) Standardization -200..00..

2 (0) B B5105 In 43 DIO1 Out 1 B5104 23 44 Out Out/In 5V 24V In U769.Z114 - ./ outputs. 3 digital inputs 21 42 24V n770.4 (0) B B5109 Out B5108 In In DIO2 Out 1 24 45 DIO3 1 25 46 In DIO4 6 2 Out 1 B5110 B5111 Outputs 1st EB1: 3 digital inputs 1 B5112 B5113 5V 24V 40 DI1 20 41 24V DI2 5V 1 B5114 B5115 Display of terminal states in n770.3=0 B5106 B5107 U769.1 DI3 5V 1 B5116 B5117 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 22 Inputs SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions K5106 05. the corresponding output must be set to "0" (transistor blocked)! Example: Terminal 45 = input => U769.2007 .3 (0) B U769.1 on the PMU Sheet Z114 1 EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs.1 (0) B 38 Function diagrams 24V st 39 Out In U769.8-116 3 7 4 5 6 8 1 2 1st EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs / outputs M_external Outputs Inputs NOTICE If one of the terminals 43 to 46 is to be used as an input.

.10000ms U760.4(100.0..4 Hardware smoothing 220 µs Sheet Z115 2 Signal type (0/1=10V/20mA) U755.00% U757.6(100. 52 > 8V) 0% 0 K5202 1 Analog input connection Digital input B5202 U759.6 -1 3 2 1 0 Offset -100.100.4 (0.4 -1 1 2 3 X488 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Standardization -1000.0 U756.1000.1000.0) U758.5(100..0) U758.6 (0) -1 U756..6 (0) U759..0 U756.6 (1) B n762.6 (0) B Time constant 0.2 (0) nd AI1 50 A D 10V =100% 20mA=100% Offset -100.10000ms U760.05...10000ms U760.00% U757.100.6 (0.5 (0.Z115 - ..0.5 (0) U761. 53 > 8V) 0% 0 K5203 1 Analog input connection Digital input B5203 U761.00..4 (1) B n762..100..00) u ±10V i ±20mA 51 * 100% U756.1000.00.5 (0) B Hardware smoothing 220 µs Time constant 0..5 (1) B n762.0 U756.00) -1 2 -1 3 0 1 Sign reversal Smoothing High at input (voltage at term..6 53 AI3 Hardware smoothing 220 µs 24V A D 10V=100% * 100% + - ±10V 54 1 2 3 Digital inputs 24V Analog inputs ±10V X487 10V Function diagrams 8-117 .0) 13 bits + sign U758....2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 2nd EB1: Analog input 1 (differential input) Standardization -1000.00.4 (0) B U761.00% U757..0.4 (0) 0 K5201 1 1 Smoothing Analog input connection 13 bits + sign -1 3 2 1 0 Sign reversal B5201 Open circuit (|i| ≤ 2mA) -1 0 0% U759.00) -1 0 1 Sign reversal Smoothing High at input (voltage at Kl.5 (0) 13 bits + sign -1 U756..5 20mA 10V EB1: Analog inputs 2nd EB1: Analog inputs (to ground) also usable as digital inputs 52 AI2 A D 10V=100% * 100% ±10V 1 2 3 X486 10V Standardization -1000.4 (0) Time constant 0.5 1 0 Offset -100.

00) Offset -10.3 (0) K5204 100% -1 3 U763..00V U767.00) 11 bits + sign -1 x y [V] = 100% * U766.3 (10.+10V 0 49 M Uout [V] = K5205 100% * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..3 (0.4 (0) Standardization -200..3 (0) K -1 2 D A AO1 Uout [V] = * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] 1 EB1: Analog outputs 0 U764.+199..00..4 (0) n768.8-118 3 7 4 5 6 8 nd Time constant (0.+10V K5204 * U766.10000ms) U765..Z116 - .3 11 bits + sign x y [V] = 100% 47 -10V.00V U767.99V U766.00..2007 .4 Time constant (0.+10...3 (0) n768.4 (0) K -1 2 D AO2 1 K5205 A 48 -10V.00) 1 2 Sheet Z116 2 Function diagrams 2nd EB1: Analog outputs U764.4 x y 3 U763.+199.99V U766.10000ms) U765.+10..00.00.4 (10....00) Standardization -200....3 x y Offset -10.4 (0.

/ outputs. 3 digital inputs 41 DI2 21 1 5V 24V n770.5 (0) B 38 Sheet Z117 2 24V nd 39 Out In U769.8 (0) B B5209 Out B5208 In U769. the corresponding output must be set to "0" (transistor blocked)! Example: Terminal 45 = input => U769.05.Z117 - .2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 2nd EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs / outputs M_external Outputs Inputs U769.7 (0) B In SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 4 DIO2 Out 1 2 45 DIO3 1 25 46 In DIO4 6 2 Out 1 B5210 B5211 Outputs 2nd EB1: 3 digital inputs 1 5V 24V B5212 B5213 40 DI1 20 1 5V 24V B5214 B5215 Display of terminal states in n770.2 on the PMU EB1: 4 bidirectional inputs.2 K5206 B5216 B5217 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 42 DI3 22 Inputs Function diagrams 8-119 .7=0 B5206 B5207 23 44 Out Out/In 5V 24V In U769.6 (0) B B5205 In 43 DIO1 Out 1 B5204 NOTICE If one of the terminals 43 to 46 is to be used as an input.

1 1 0 Sign reversal B5121 -1 -1 2 0 0% 3 Standardization -1000.00.1 (0) Function diagrams ±10V ± 20mA AI Hardware smoothing 220 µs st 49 u A D * 100% i 50 1 Open circuit (|i| ≤ 2mA) Offset -100.1 (0) n782.1 0 K5111 1 1 Smoothing Analog input connection 11 bits + sign -1 U776..+199.1(100..100.01 .1 (0) n788..1 (0) Standardization -200. 2 digital inputs.1 x y Time constant (0.1 (0.1 (0) K D A U I 1 X499 48 AO 51 1st EB2: 2 digital inputs 24V M_external 1st EB2: 4 relay outputs 22 38 39 40 Display of terminal states in n773..00) Offset -10..00.2007 .8-120 3 7 4 5 6 8 U778..10000ms U780.00) 2 3 X498 10V =100% 20mA=100% 20mA 10V 1st EB2: Analog output U784.1 (1) B 1 2 1st EB2: Analog input (differential input) Signal type (0/1=10V/20mA) U775.+20mA 3 2 47 U783.1 (0) B Time constant 0.0...04 5V 21 DO4 24V Sheet Z118 1 EB2: Analog input.1 B5125 K5113 54 DI2 U774 (0) B B B B .Z118 - .00V U787..0 U776.00..00% U777..+10....1 9 bits + sign x y [V] = 100% * U786.99V U786.1 (10..02 .0) U779.00) Uout [V] = K5112 100% * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] -1 -1 1 0 Smoothing K5112 2 3 Uout = -10V.1000.03 .1 on the PMU 23 41 DO1 52 P24_aux 1 B5122 B5123 45 43 41 DO2 42 39 54 53 24 43 44 25 45 46 53 DI1 5V 20 24V DO3 M_external 1 B5124 n773.1 (0) U781.1 (0..+10V Iout = -20.10000ms) U785. 4 relay outputs M_external SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05. Analog output.

00V U787.05..00.2 Time constant (0.1000.2 (0....08 54 DI2 5V 2 1 DO4 24V EB2: Analog input.. 4 relay outputs M_external Function diagrams 8-121 .+199.2 (0) B U781..2 (10.2(100.2 (0) U779.0.00.10000ms) U785..05 .Z119 - .0) Time constant 0..2 (1) B Sheet Z119 2 Signal type (0/1=10V/20mA) U775.. 2 digital inputs.00) Offset -10.2 (0) K D A U Iout = -20.2 (0) Standardization -200.00..+10V 3 U783.0 U776.2 x y Uout [V] = K5212 100% * Standardization [V] + Offset [V] 2nd EB2: Analog output -1 -1 1 0 Smoothing K5212 2 3 Uout = -10V.00% U777.99V U786..2 an der PMU 23 41 42 45 43 41 39 54 53 24 43 44 25 K5213 45 46 24V M_external DO1 52 P24_aux 1 B5222 B5223 DO2 53 DI1 5V 20 24V DO3 M_external 1 B5224 n773.10000ms U780.2 (0) ±10V ± 20mA AI Hardware smoothing 220 µs nd 49 u A D * 100% i 50 1 Offset -100.2 (0.2 (0) n788.2 B5225 U774 (0) B B B B .00) 2 3 X498 10V =100% 20mA=100% 20mA 10V SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U784.2 0 K5211 1 1 Smoothing Analog input connection 11 Bit + VZ -1 U776..06 .07 ..2007 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 8 2nd EB2: Analog inputs (differential input) U778.100.2 (0) n782.+20mA 2 47 I 1 X499 48 AO 51 2nd EB2: 2 digital inputs 2nd EB2: 4 Relay outputs 22 38 39 40 Display of terminal states in n773.+10...00) 9 bits + sign x y [V] = 100% * U786..2 1 0 Sign reversal B5221 Open circuit (|i| ≤ 2mA) -1 -1 2 0 0% 3 Standardization -1000. Analog output.

0) n795 1 2 Function diagrams SBP pulse encoder evaluation Supply voltage U791 = 0: 5V U791 = 1: 15V X400 K0038 n024.02 Speed measurement K0039 Speed actual value 60 + Vss +5/15V Speed actual value in rpm Power supply Pulse encoder 61 . CTRL track U793=1: Forward/reverse tracks U790. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.Vss u 62 63 B7001 B7002 B7003 0 0 1 2 Fine pulse 2 <2> Coarse pulse 2 <2> Coarse pulse 1 64 Reset position counter U796 Ground coarse/fine 65 Coarse pulse 1 66 Coarse pulse 2 <2> Sheet Z120 SBP pulse encoder evaluation 67 Fine pulse 2 <2> 1 Number of lines 100...8-122 3 7 4 5 6 8 Reference speed 50.. They have no other function.2007 .= M <1> 0=Enable position counter (KK0036) 1=Reset (KK0036:=0) <2> The signals "coarse pulse 2" and "fine pulse 2" are only routed to binectors B7002 and B7003 in the SIMOREG DC Master.Z120 - .01: A/B.6500.02: Zero pulse X401 Track A 68 Track A + <1> B0055 Underflow 69 Track A - Track B 70 Track B + 71 Track B - Pulse encoder evaluation Position acquisition B0056 KK0036 Overflow Zero pulse 72 Zero pulse + 73 Zero pulse - Position value range: 8000 0000H to 7FFF FFFFH 74 B7000 Control track CTRL + Control track 75 CTRL .0 U794 (500..0.20000 U792 (1024) & & Encoder type Voltage level U793=0: A/B track U790.

100..8 Dispatcherspecific section SLB cycle time U746.15m 2 = 15.36 µs = time for 1 telegram 8-123 .. of timeout errors i004: last accessible bus address i005: Address node transmitting the special "timeout" telegram i006:Implemented bus cycle time i007: Number of re-configurations i008: reserved .6500ms T 0 B7030 Monitoring is activated after the first valid telegram Telegram failure General section SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions SLB diagnosis i001: No.Z121 - . of CRC errors n748 i003: No..01 (3) 1. diagnosis Fault delay U753 (0..0.00.50ms Module address = 0 f <1> <1> U746 + 3.20) 1.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SIMOLINK board: Configuration.01 (0) 0...36 µs U745 Function diagrams 6. of addressed nodes = ( ---------------------.6..01 (3) 1 = 0.0) 0.05.200 Transmit power U742...... of error-free synchronizing telegram i002: No.40m Cable length Sheet Z121 SIMOLINK board: Configuration.01 (0 ms) 0.0 s SLB diagnosis Fault message trigger 1 = "Fault F015" SLB configuration Telegram monitoring time U741......01 (1.– 2) • -------6. diagnosis SLB channel selection U745.25m 3 = 25.18 µs 1 f: No. i016:reserved Time out B7040 Dispatcher specific section Module address = 0 Alarm message trigger "SIMOLINK starting" alarm 1 = "Alarm A015" B7050 Starting alarm SLB node address U740..

7.14 .05 Word 4 .11 . B7215 B7315 B7415 B7515 B7615 B7715 B7815 B7915 Bit 15 B7115 .01 K7002 K7003 K7004 K7005 K7006 K7007 K7008 K7009 K7010 K7011 K7012 K7013 K7014 K7015 K7016 Bit 0 B7100 B7200 B7300 B7400 B7500 B7600 B7700 B7800 B7900 U751 (0) Transmit data U749.07 Word 7 Word 8 Word 9 Word 10 Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 Word 6 .12 .02 Word 1 Channel 0 .01 Word 1 U749.02 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 E SIMOLINK U749..6] K7101 Word 2 Word 3 Special data Word 4 Word 5 Word 6 Word 7 Word 8 For transmission of double-word connectors see Section 7.09 .6] K7001 U749.) [Z124.15 .Z122 - .07 Word 13 Word 14 Channel 6 Channel 7 Sheet Z122 SIMOLINK board: Receiving.16 n752.4 "Procedure for starting up SIMOLINK boards" See also connector type converter on sheet Z124 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.ChannelNumber (before/after decimal point.06 Word 5 .04 Word 3 .04 Word 7 SIMOLINK O TxD Transmit Word 8 Receive E U749.05 Word 9 Word 10 U749.01 to .03 Word 5 Word 6 RxD O U749.01 to .06 Word 11 Word 12 U749.16 .10 .13 .03 Word 2 .08 Word 15 Word 16 Word 1 K7102 K7103 K7104 K7105 K7106 K7107 K7108 [Z124.08 .2007 .xx: Parameter value = Address.8-124 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams SIMOLINK board: Receiving..16 16 bits each K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K . transmitting U749. transmitting Receive data n750.

value 6.2).00% Torque direc.003 OP operation.001 U049. value act.00% ∗ 25.005 U049.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OP1S operator panel U049.002 U049.2.0V 00 # 25. display 1st line on right 1st line on left FS=38: FS=19: display of r038 display of r019 Motor current act.05.) Acknowledge <1> 0 to 9: Numerical keys Jog B2108 Inching 1 B2111 Positive direction of rotation B2112 Negative direction of rotation Reset key Sign key B2113 Raise motor pot. display OP operation. <1> Function diagrams <1> This key works only when the OP1S is in the "Operational display" state 8-125 . 1 Fault Run LC Display (4 lines x 16 characters) Reversing key ON key OFF key The control commands from the OP1S panel are transferred via word 1 in the USS protocol and can be wired up to other functions via the binectors below (see also Section 7.0% 0. I O P Raise key Lower key Key for the operating level switchover I O B2100 Inching (Jog) key Jog 7 4 1 0 8 5 2 +/- 9 6 3 Reset Reset B2107 ON / OFF1 (B2100 must also be connected to bit 1 or 2 in control word 1 for OFF2 or OFF3.Z123 - . Active node (=Bus address P786) U049. armature voltage val. <1> B2114 Lower motor pot.display 3rd line 2nd line FS=28: FS=25: display of r028 display of r025 Speed setpoint Speed controller act.display OP operation.004 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Sheet Z123 OP1S operator panel OP operation display 4th line FS=59: display of r059 Operating state OP operation.

3] KK8039 K7102 KK8040 K7103 KK8041 K7104 KK8042 K7105 KK8043 K7106 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH KK8044 K7107 KK8045 K7108 K7101 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH KK7131 KK7132 KK7133 KK7134 KK7135 KK7136 KK7137 KK7036 KK7037 K7002 KK8032 K7003 KK8033 K7004 KK8034 K7005 KK8035 K7006 KK8036 K7007 KK8037 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH K8002 KK3032 K8003 KK3033 K8004 KK3034 K8005 KK3035 K8006 KK3036 K8007 KK3037 K8008 KK3038 K8009 KK3039 K8010 KK3040 K8011 KK3041 K8012 KK3042 K8013 KK3043 K8014 KK3044 K8015 KK3045 K8016 [Z122.8-126 3 4 5 6 7 8 2nd communications board (Z111) [Z111.5] K3001 LOW HIGH K3002 LOW HIGH K3003 LOW HIGH K3004 LOW HIGH K3005 LOW HIGH K3006 LOW HIGH K3007 LOW HIGH Sheet Z124 Interfaces: connector-type converters K3008 LOW HIGH K3009 LOW HIGH K3010 LOW HIGH K3011 LOW HIGH K3012 LOW HIGH K3013 LOW HIGH K3014 LOW HIGH K3015 LOW HIGH K3016 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.2007 .5] K8001 LOW HIGH KK8031 KK7031 KK7032 KK7033 KK7034 KK7035 LOW HIGH LOW HIGH K7008 KK8038 [Z122.Z124 - .4] K7001 KK3031 1 2 Function diagrams Interfaces: connector-type converters SIMOLINK board (Z122) Technology board / 1st communications board (Z110) [Z110.

2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary inputs B3 5V 24V B4 5V 24V B5 5V 24V B6 5V 24V B7 5V 24V 25 5V 24V A4 26 5V 24V A5 27 5V 24V A6 28 5V 24V A7 <1> A8 Reference point for binary inputs 6 to 10 A1 B9 B10 B11 n699.01 P24 29 5V 24V B8 Reference point for binary inputs 1 to 5 A3 24 23 22 21 Binary input 1 2 0 X427 B4100 SCI slave 1 1 B4120 Binary input 2 B4101 1 B4121 Binary input 3 B4102 1 1 1 B4122 B4103 B4123 B4104 B4124 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions B4105 Binary input 4 Binary input 5 Binary input 6 <1> 1 1 1 1 1 B4125 B4106 B4126 B4107 B4127 B4108 B4128 B4109 B4129 =Supply of binary inputs via SCI1 Binary input 7 Sheet Z130 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary inputs =external supply of binary inputs Binary input 8 Binary input 9 Supply for binary inputs (optional) Binary input 10 <1> 24V ~ ~ ~ ~ Supply for the SCI1 board 24V DC A2 A9 A10 A11 Function diagrams 8-127 M .Z130 - .05.

05 A8 29 5V 24V 26 5V B8 Reference point for binary inputs 1 to 5 A3 24 23 22 21 B4201 1 2 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary inputs X427 2 0 SCI slave 2 Function diagrams Binary input 1 1 B4220 Binary input 2 1 B4221 Binary input 3 B4202 1 B4222 Binary input 4 B4203 1 1 B4223 B4204 B4224 Binary input 5 Binary input 6 B4205 <1> 1 1 1 1 1 B4225 B4206 B4226 B4207 B4227 B4208 B4228 B4209 B4229 = Supply of binary inputs via SCI1 Binary input 7 Sheet Z131 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary inputs = external supply of binary inputs Binary input 8 Binary input 9 Supply for binary inputs (optional) Binary input 10 <1> 24V ~ ~ ~ ~ Supply for the SCI1 board 24V DC A2 A9 A10 A11 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions M 05.Z131 - .8-128 3 4 5 6 7 8 B3 5V B4200 24V B4 5V 24V B5 5V 24V B6 5V 24V B7 5V 24V 25 5V 24V A4 24V A5 27 5V 24V A6 28 5V 24V A7 <1> Reference point for binary inputs 6 to 10 A1 B9 B10 B11 P24 n699.2007 .

02 .01 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary outputs X429 1 Binary output 1 2 3 Binary output 2 4 5 Binary output 3 6 7 Binary output 4 8 9 10 n699.09 Binary output 5 11 12 20 13 Binary output 6 14 15 16 Binary output 7 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions B1 Binary output 8 driver P24 VDC B2 driver 100 mA short-circuit-proof Sheet Z135 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: binary outputs U698 (0) B B B B B B B B .04 .05.03 .05 .06 .07 .08 Function diagrams X427 8-129 .Z135 - .

16 .Z136 - .13 .20 B1 Binary output 8 B2 100 mA short-circuit-proof SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.19 .15 .18 .2007 X427 .13 Binary output 5 11 12 20 13 Binary output 6 14 15 16 Binary output 7 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Function diagrams Sheet Z136 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary outputs U698 (0) B B B B B B B B .8-130 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: binary outputs X429 1 Binary output 1 2 3 Binary output 2 4 5 Binary output 3 6 7 Binary output 4 8 9 10 n699.17 .14 .

01 24V <1> ~ ~ M ~ ~ P24 B10 B11 B12 <1> 24V DC A10 A11 A12 =Supply of binary inputs via the SCI2 = external supply of binary inputs Function diagrams Supply of SCI2 board X437 8-131 .05.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary inputs X437 SCI slave 1 5V B4100 5V 24V B4101 10 A2 5V 24V B4102 11 A3 5V 24V B4103 12 A4 211 24V 13 B4104 A5 212 24V 14 B4105 A6 B4125 B4106 15 A7 214 24V B4107 16 A8 A9 215 24V 5V 213 24V 5V 5V B4124 5V 5V 210 29 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 9 A1 28 Binary input SCI slave 1 B4108 X437 Binary input 1 B1 20 1 B4120 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B4128 B4109 B4129 B4110 B4130 B4111 B4131 B4112 B4132 B4113 B4133 B4114 B4134 B4115 B4135 2 B2 21 1 B4121 3 B3 22 1 B4122 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 4 B4 23 1 B4123 5 B5 24 1 1 1 B4126 6 B6 25 7 B7 26 Sheet Z140 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary inputs 8 B8 27 Supply for binary inputs (optional) B9 1 B4127 <1> Reference point for binary inputs 1 to 8 Reference point for binary inputs 9 to 16 n699.Z140 - .

05 SCB1/SCI process data ~ ~ M ~ ~ P24 =external supply of binary inputs B10 B11 B12 <1> =Supply of binary inputs via SCI2 24V DC A10 A11 A12 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Supply for the SCI2 board 05.Z141 - .2007 X437 .8-132 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary inputs X437 SCI slave 2 5V B4200 5V 24V B4201 10 A2 5V 24V B4202 11 A3 5V 24V B4203 12 A4 5V 24V 13 B4204 A5 212 B4224 14 B4205 A6 213 B4225 B4206 15 A7 214 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V B4207 16 A8 A9 215 5V 24V 211 210 29 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 5V 24V 9 A1 28 Binary input SCI slave 2 B4208 X437 Function diagrams Binary input 1 B1 20 1 B4220 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B4228 B4209 B4229 B4210 B4230 B4211 B4231 B4212 B4232 B4213 B4233 B4214 B4234 B4215 B4235 2 B2 21 1 B4221 3 B3 22 1 B4222 4 B4 23 1 B4223 5 B5 24 1 1 1 B4226 6 B6 25 7 B7 26 Sheet Z141 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary inputs 8 B8 27 Supply for binary inputs (optional) B9 1 B4227 <1> Reference point for binary inputs 1 to 8 Reference point for binary inputs 9 to 16 24V <1> n699.

09 U698 (0) B B B B B B B B B B B B .11 .12 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 210 211 Function diagrams 8-133 .Z145 - .05.10 .2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary outputs X439 1 Binary output 1 2 3 Binary output 2 4 5 Binary output 3 6 7 Binary output 4 8 9 10 Binary output 5 11 12 13 Binary output 6 14 15 16 Binary output 7 17 18 P24 M B6 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 Binary output 12 Binary output 11 X438 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 Binary output 10 Binary output 9 Binary output 8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Auxiliary voltage P24 VDC Auxiliary voltage M for binary outputs Sheet Z145 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 1: binary outputs n699.04 .06 .01 .09 .02 .08 .03 .05 .07 .

16 .2007 .13 .24 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 210 211 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05.13 Auxiliary voltage P24 VDC Auxiliary voltage M for binary outputs U698 (0) B B B B B B B B B B B B .20 .15 .8-134 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary outputs X439 1 Binary output 1 2 3 Binary output 2 4 5 Binary output 3 6 7 Binary output 4 8 9 10 Binary output 5 B6 A1 Binary output 6 14 15 16 Binary output 7 17 18 P24 M A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 Binary output 12 Binary output 11 Function diagrams X438 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 Binary output 10 Binary output 9 Binary output 8 11 12 13 Sheet Z146 SCB1 with SCI2 as slave 2: binary outputs n699.14 .21 .Z146 - .22 .17 .19 .18 .23 .

U691 or U692 do not take effect until the system is reconfigured (e.00V U692. . X428. 20 mA 0 .03 6 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms 7 K4102 Analog input 2 Sheet Z150 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog inputs 8 Signal type 0.. .02(0) 12 bits + sign Smoothing 0..Z150 - ...20.02 SCI Slave 1 K4101 Analog input 1 12 bits + sign Signal type 0. using U710=0).03(0) Smoothing 0..03(2) <2> n699... .00.01(0) <1> Smoothing 0. 10 V 0 .11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog inputs 0 1 2 -10 .....15 U691. 20 mA 1 +10 V / 5 mA for potentiometer.2007 1 <1> Signal type U690 Voltage input Kl. short-circuit-proof <2> Smoothing time constant T = 2 ms * 2U691 Offset -20..8.05.2 U690.01(2) <2> 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions U ±10V 3 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms Offset -20.01(0) n699. 20 mA 4 .15 U691..20.. 8-135 . X428.20..5...2 U690..00.9 Current input Kl.. short-circuit-proof 2 -10 V / 5 mA for potentiometer.02(0) <1> n699.02(2) <2> 4 4 4 I ±20mA 5 5 Signal type 0. ..15 U691.3..g..03(0) <1> 12 bits + sign Offset -20. 10 V -20 .....00V U692.6.00V U692...2 U690.04 9 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms 10 K4103 Analog input 3 11 X428 Function diagrams Changes to parameters U690.00.

06 SCI Slave 2 K4201 Analog input 1 -10 .20.15 U691.00V U692....8....08 9 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms 10 K4203 Analog input 3 11 X428 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Changes to parameters U690..00V U692.g.00. 05.2 U690.2 U690.. 10 V -20 ..15 U691..15 U691..20. .9 Current input Kl.06(0) Smoothing 0. .06(0) <1> 12 bits + sign Offset -20.05(0) 12 bits + sign Smoothing 0... X428. U691 or U692 do not take effect until the system is reconfigured (e... .2007 . 20 mA 0 ..00..06(2) <2> n699.05(2) <2> n699..04(0) <1> 3 U ±10V 3 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms Offset -20.Z151 - .04(2) <2> n699.20..11 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog inputs 0 1 2 <2> Smoothing time constant T = 2 ms * 2U691 Offset -20. 20 mA 4 . short-circuit-proof 2 -10 V / 5 mA for potentiometer.2 U690..00V U692..3.8-136 3 <1> Signal type U690 Voltage input Kl. 10 V 0 .05(0) <1> 6 A D HardwareSmoothing 1ms 7 K4202 Analog input 2 Sheet Z151 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog inputs 8 Signal type 0. .07 4 4 4 I ±20mA 5 5 Signal type 0. X428...5.. 20 mA Function diagrams 1 +10 V / 5 mA for potentiometer..6...00.. using U710=0). short-circuit-proof Signal type 0.04(0) 12 bits + sign Smoothing 0.

Z155 - .02 (10..g.02 (0.00V U695.00V U694.00) n699.+320.02(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.12 U693.02 100% y D A 15 16 M Analog output 2 Sheet Z155 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog outputs U Gain -320.00) U693.00V U694...03 100% y D A M 18 19 Analog output 3 U I Iout = -20 ..00.+320.00) Iout = -20 ...00V U694..+320. 8-137 .+100.01 (10.00.00.11 U693.. 20 mA 20 Function diagrams Changes to parameters U694 or U695 do not take effect until the system is reconfigured (e. 20 mA Offset -100..03 (0.03 (10.00.00V U695.00) Offset -100..00.00) I Iout = -20 ..05.+100.01 100% y D A 13 M 12 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions Analog output 1 14 U I Gain -320.+100. 20 mA 17 n699...00) Offset -100..00..00V U695. using U710=0)..03(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.2007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 1: analog outputs X428 n699.01 (0..01(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.10 Gain -320..

.15 U693.00) n699..+320.00V U694...00) Offset -100.00...16 U693..00V U694.+320.05 100% y D A 15 16 M Analog output 2 17 Sheet Z156 SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog outputs U Gain -320..00.8-138 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 Function diagrams SCB1 with SCI1 as slave 2: analog outputs X428 n699.00V U695.00.+100..00.05 (0.00.06 (0. 20 mA Offset -100..04(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.00) I Iout = -20 .06(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.00V U695.06 100% y D A M 18 19 Analog output 3 U I Iout = -20 ..+320.04 (10.00V U694. using U710=0).+100.Z156 - . SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 05..00V U695.05(0) K x y [V] = x * U694.04 100% y D A 13 M Analog output 1 14 12 U I Gain -320..00.00) Iout = -20 . 20 mA 20 Changes to parameters U694 or U695 do not take effect until the system is reconfigured (e.00) Offset -100.2007 .14 Gain -320...04 (0.06 (10... 20 mA n699.g.+100.00) U693..05 (10.

Configurability The converter is characterized by the optional configurability of the function blocks provided. Section 9 does not attempt to provide a complete description of all these functions. K0003 = connector 3).05 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-1 . Sheet G173) G-SST2 X172 56 57 58 59 60 Tx+ TxRx+/Tx+ Rx-/TxM RS485 1 0 Receive data Word 1 Word 2 Word 3 Word 4 Word 5 K6001 K6002 K6003 K6004 K6005 1 0 r812. The quantities accessed via connectors correspond to output signals or measuring points in an analog circuit and are identified by their "connector number" (e. K0009 is assigned to different signal quantities. 50. A description can be found under the relevant parameter number in the Parameter List. please refer to Section 12. 100. Example: The data received via peer-to-peer 2 are available at connectors K6001 to K6005 (Section 8. -100.05. The resolution is 0.99%. For a list of available connectors. -50 and -150%. which cannot be adequately illustrated in graphic form.01 to . for further processing as input signals to other function blocks). but to explain in further detail certain individual features. then the selector switch (parameter) concerned must not be set to "9". If the Parameter List or block diagram does not contain any reference to a special function in relation to selection of connector K0009.006% (step change).2007 Function descriptions 9 Function descriptions NOTE The available scope of converter functions is shown in the function diagrams (block diagrams) in Section 8. and provide examples of their application. Which signal quantity it actually refers to is dependent on the selector switch (parameter) at which connector number 9 is set. Connectors have a value range of -200% to +199. -200.1 General explanations of terms and functionality Function blocks Although the illustrated function blocks have been implemented in digital form (as software modules). Special cases: K0000 to K0008 are fixed values with signal levels corresponding to 0. Connectors All output variables and important computation quantities within the function blocks are available in the form of "connectors" (e. 200.g. The internal numerical representation of connectors in the software is generally as follows: 100% corresponds to 4000 hexadecimal = 16384 decimal. 150. "Optional configurability" means that the connections between individual function blocks can be selected by means of parameters. the function diagrams can be "read" in a similar way to the circuit diagrams of analog equipment. 9.g.

connection with connector K0277) Factory setting for indices . The input is defined by entering the number of the connector or binector to be applied as the input quantity in the parameter for the relevant selection switch.02 ."1".9 and later) 05. connections (see also Section "Data sets") The inputs of function blocks are defined at "selection switches" by setting the appropriate selection parameters.03 . this factory setting applies to all the indices of P613) P704 (0) B P613 (1) K K K K . fixed value 0%) 9-2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . e.04 P611 K K K K FS 277 0 0 0 .2007 Double-word connectors are connectors with a 32-bit value range (i. fixed value 100%."0" B0001 = Fixed value log. Example: The status of terminal 36 is available at B0010 and.03 . therefore.04 Selection of connectors ("indexed" parameter with 4 indices) Parameter number = P611 Factory setting for index . fixed value 0) Selection of connectors ("indexed" parameter with 4 indices) Parameter number = P613. factory setting = 1 (i.04 = 0 (i.02 to . at binector B0011 (Section 8.02 .01 . This means that the value range in the upper 16 bits (HIGH word) of a double-word connector is the same as for a "normal" connector (C000 Hex to 4000 Hex or -16384 to +16384 decimal for -100 % to +100 %). Double-word connector symbol in function diagrams: KK9498 Binectors All binary output quantities and important binary output signals of the function blocks are available as "Binectors" (connectors for binary signals). The extra 16 bits in the LOW word as compared to a "normal connector" afford.01 = 277 (i.Function descriptions Double-word connectors (SW 1. -100 % to +100 % corresponds to connector values of C0000000 Hex to 40000000 Hex (= -1073741824 to +1073741824 decimal). B0003 = binector 3). The quantities accessed via binectors correspond to output signals or measuring points in a digital circuit and are identified by their "Binector number" (e. "0" and log. e. e. For information about how to use double-word connectors see also the section in "The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors" below. an improved resolution of the connector value by a factor of 65536. Sheet G110) 36 24V 5V M B0010 1 B0011 Selection switches. e.e. g. fixed value 0%) Selection of a binector Parameter number = P704. factory setting = 0 (i. e. Binectors can assume states log. LOW word and HIGH word with a double-word value range of 00000000Hex to FFFFFFFFHex ). factory setting = 0 (i. Representation in function diagrams (examples): P750 (0) K Selection of a connector Parameter number = P750. Special cases: B0000 = Fixed value log."1" A list of available binectors can be found in Section 12.01 . in inverted form.

01 L K 9498 . factory setting = 0 (i.02 B .05. The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors (SW 1.03 B . The value in brackets next to the parameter number is the factory setting of the selection parameter. SIMOLINK module): If the same double-word connector is entered in two contiguous indices of the selection parameter.04 B Function descriptions Selection of binectors ("indexed" parameter with 4 indices) Parameter number = P046.01 B .e.9 and later): KK9498 U181 (0) KK9498 Double-word connector to double-word connector selection: The double word for subsequent processing comprises: LOW word = LOW word of double-word connector (KK9498) HIGH word = HIGH word of double-word connector (KK9498) Connector to double-word connector selection: The double word for subsequent processing comprises: LOW word = 0 HIGH word = selected connector (K0401) Double-word connector to connector selection: HIGH word of the double-word connector (KK9498) is connected to another block.2007 P046 (0) .02 H K 9498 U751 (0) KK9498 KK9499 K 9498 K 9499 . fixed value 0%) The selected setting can be entered in the empty field (fields). K0401 U181 KK 401 KK9498 P044 K 9498 KK9498 KK9498 U751 (0) .9 and later) Parameter number = U181. e. in both cases only the HIGH word of the two double-word connectors will be used. the entire value (the LOW and HIGH word) will be used.01 H .02 H SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-3 . this factory setting applies to all the indices of P046) U181 (0) KK Selection of a double-word connector (SW 1. fixed value 0. factory setting = 0 (i. If different double-word connectors are entered in two contiguous indices of the selection parameter. the LOW word of the double-word connector (KK9498) is not used There are exceptions in the selection of transmission data for the serial interfaces and in the transmission of optional expansion modules (technology and communications modules.

2007 As a function of the status of terminal 36 (B0010 . thereby ensuring that the analog input is switched in continuously.10000ms) P752 (0) -1 P750 (0) K 15 -1 3 2 1 0 9-4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .00) (-300.03 <1> .00.300.F(206) K K0194 r029 K0198 P643 (9) K K K K P321.00 %) Additional setpoint P645. Sheet G110)... P714 = 10: Selects binector B0010 (status of terminal 36) as the control signal for sign reversal. This output value must then be injected as an additional setpoint and output simultaneously at analog output terminal 14. at the function block output (= connector K0015).02 <1> . Example 1: 05.04 <1> 3.F (0) K 15 K0197 Maximum . P645 = 15: Applies connector K0015 to the additional setpoint input when the setpoint is processed Section 8.F (100.see Section 8. The following settings need to be made to create the correct links: 1. Parameter P716 remains set at 1 (= fixed value 1. Sheet G135: Main setpoint P644. This example of K0015 illustrates how it is possible to apply a connector as an input signal to any number of function blocks. either with the correct sign or inverted sign.Function descriptions Examples: Some examples of how to handle connectors and binectors are given below. analog selectable input 1 (terminals 6 and 7) must be made available. Section 8.. P750 = 15: Applies connector K0015 to the input of the function block for the analog output terminal 14. Section 8. Sheet G113: P714 (0) B 10 P716 (1) B Filter time [ms] P715 (0) r003 P713 (0) -1 -1 3 2 1 0 -1 0 1 Filter 0% 0 K0015 1 Connection of analog input Sign reversal 2. Sheet G115: P751 (0) Filter time (0.01 <1> . delivery state)..

Contents of connector K0401 Contents of connector K0402 Setting parameters (see also Section "Data sets") In addition to the parameters that are used to select a signal (connector.300.index01 = 401: Links connector K0401 to the 1st connector display P044. Sheet G113 defines the filter time for the analog input (adjustable in ms)..03 to . factory setting = 10. binector). P109 (0) Setting parameter Parameter number = P109.02 r043.01 P044 (0) .03 to 07 remain at the works setting (0) (value in brackets next to parameter number) in this example.05 r043. Sheet G121: r043.07 r043.00s) Ramp-up time Setting parameter in function parameter set (".05 K . e. Parameters P520 to P530 in Section 8.04 r043. P705 in Section 8.00s Parameter for setting ramp-up time P700 in Section 8. function and value range of parameters as supplementary information.. Representation in function diagrams: Apart from parameter numbers.index. factory setting = 0 P462..F" after parameter number) Parameter number = P462.index02: r043..index02 = 402: Links connector K0402 to the 2nd connector display Section 8. current input 4. Sheet G153 determine the shape of the friction characteristic.01 K 401 .2007 Example 2: Function descriptions The contents of connectors K0401 and K0402 must be output on the connector displays (parameter r043) The following settings need to be made to create the correct links: P044. current input 0.300.00s Value range = 0.index.06 K .index01: r043.20mA.06 The following values are now displayed in parameter r043: r043. P465 in Section 8.05.F(10..index03 to r043.index07: Parameter P044. there are also parameters which define an operating mode or the parameter value of some function.03 K ..20mA).04 K .01.01.03 r043..07.02 K 402 . i.. the contents of connector K0000 (=fixed value 0) are displayed on r043. Sheet G113 defines the signal type of the analog input (voltage input ±10V.07 K r043. the function diagrams may also contain the factory setting. Sheet G126 determines whether the time settings must be multiplied by a factor of 1 or 60. Examples: SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-5 .00s) (0.

every 10 ms at a line frequency of 50 Hz). The switchover function is controlled by control word 2 (bit 30. The status of the control bit determines whether index. Sheets G181 and G175). RFG status r316 Display parameter Parameter number = r316 Display of RFG (ramp-function generator) status 9.02. Function blocks associated with the closed-loop EMF and field current controls (shown in Section 8. With regard to the transfer of parameter values via interfaces. the function diagrams may also include a function description for the parameter as supplementary information. rampfunction generator and closed-loop speed and armature current controls.01 or index . The switchover operation is controlled by control word 2 (bits 16 and 17. in the armature firing pulse cycle. Representation in function diagrams: Apart from the parameter number. every 3.2007 4 different sets of some parameters (function parameters) are available and can be selected by means of the "Switch over function parameters" function.2 Computation cycles.02 of the parameter is operative. binary outputs and interfaces. The execution of optimization runs is also controlled from this cycle.03 or . Sheet G121) can be used to link all connectors with display parameters so that they can be displayed. binary inputs. for example.01. 9-6 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Display parameters The values of certain signals can be output using display parameters (r parameters. as well as function blocks associated with the motorized potentiometer. The parameters belonging to the function parameter set must not be confused with other parameters which. . time delay Functions associated with analog inputs. The latter parameters are not affected by the "Switch over binector and connector parameters" function. n parameters). see Section 8.Function descriptions Data sets See also Section "Switch over parameter sets" Switch over function parameters (function data sets): 05. also have 4 indices. The parameters belonging to the Bico data set must not be confused with other parameters which.F" next to the parameter number in the function diagrams and by "FDS" under the parameter number in the tabulated parameter list. Connector displays (Section 8. analog outputs.B" next to the parameter number in the function diagrams and by "BDS" under the parameter number in the tabulated parameter list. . setpoint generation. also have 2 indices. Switch over binector and connector parameters (Bico data sets): 2 different sets of some selection switches are available and can be selected by means of the "Switch over binector and connector parameters" function. Sheets G181 and G175). it is important to remember that some transferred parameters must be converted to this 20 ms cycle before they can be applied.e. Index . by chance. The latter parameters are not affected by the "Switch over function parameters" function. see Section 8. The parameters of this parameter set are identified by an ".04 of these parameters is operative depending on the status of the control bit. are called up and calculated in synchronism with the armature firing pulses (i.e.333 ms at a line frequency of 50 Hz). Sheets G165 and G166) are called and calculated in synchronism with the field firing pulses (i. The parameters of the Bico data set are identified by a ". The parameter settings are processed in a further computation cycle with a cycle time of 20 ms. by chance.

"0" state = fast stop). 2. 6. The field is reduced to a parameterizable value (P257) 12. Bit 2 of this word then controls the OFF3 function. The following operating modes are possible: P648 = 9: The control bits in control word 1 are input bit-serially. 10. 14. Input "Disconnect voltage" command Disable ramp-function generator. Parameterizable delay time (P258) runs down 11. bit 2 The OFF3 signal is LOW active (log. P648 ≠ 9: Sequence of operations for ”Fast stop”: 1. 7. 9. P656 and P657 (see Section 8.control word 1. 6.05.3.0 or higher An "older" actual field current value (K0265) is input as the field current setpoint upper limit (function is "released" in operating states of ≤o5) 8.3 9. 4. when P080 = 1) 9. when P080 = 2) Converter reaches operating state o10. OFF2 is generated from the AND operation between the binectors selected with P655.3. P371) Output signal "Close operating or holding brake" (binector B0250 = 0) Wait for brake closing time (P088) to run down Enter Iset = 0 Ramp-function generator and n controller are disabled The pulses are disabled when I = 0 The "Line contactor closed" relay drops out Converter reaches operating state o9. When n < nmin (P370. P659 and P660 (see Section 8. 5. Sheet G180)."0" state = voltage disconnection). 7. n and I controllers Iset = 0 is applied The pulses are disabled when I = 0 Output signal "Close operating brake" (binector B0250 = 0. OFF3 is generated from the AND operation between the binectors selected with P658. 4. 12. Sheet G180). 3.0 or higher Delay time for field current reduction (P258) runs down The field is reduced to a parameterizable value in P257 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-7 . The following operating modes are possible: P648 = 9: The control bits in control word 1 are input bit-serially. P297. enabling OFF2 (voltage disconnection) . The connector selected via P648 is used as control word 1. The connector selected via P648 is used as control word 1. 11. The "Line contactor closed" relay drops out 9. P298 Wait until n < nmin (P370. 3. Drive coasts to a standstill (or is braked by the operating brake) 10. 5.2007 Function descriptions 9.g. shutdown.1 Switch-on. P371) has been reached. Bit 1 of this word then controls the OFF2 function. P648 ≠ 9: Sequence of operations for "Disconnect voltage": 1.2 OFF3 (Fast stop) . the "Close holding brake" signal is output (binector B0250 = 0.84: Decelerate along current limit from SW 1. 13.control word 1. 8. Input "Fast stop" command (e.90: Decelerate along reversal ramp acc. to P296. binary input wired up to "Fast stop") Ramp-function generator is disabled Enter nset = 0 up to SW 1. 2. bit 1 The OFF2 signal is low active (log.

an internal interlock is activated which prevents the drive from attempting to brake again if the motor is turned by external forces. The connector selected in P648 is used as control word 1. "ON / OFF" is controlled via the "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1". The "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1" is generated as an AND operation between the signal from terminal 37 and the binector selected in P654 (level-triggered. "1").e. P445 = 0: 9-8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .3 Switch-on / shutdown (ON / OFF) terminal 37 . see below) and bit 0 of connector selected as the control word in P648.3. 2. It is then stored internally. all commands must be set to "No fast stop" before the function can be deactivated. The following operating modes are possible: P648 = 9: P648 ≠ 9: The control bits in control word 1 are input bit-serially.g. 0 = shutdown. 1 = switch-on). Stop applying "Fast stop" command Enter "Standstill" command (e. level. via "Switch-on/shutdown" terminal) Converter exits operating state o8 ON Switch-on/Shutdown No fast stop Fast stop No fast stop Internal fast stop Controller enabled Internal controller enable Setpoint enabled Internal setpoint enable Setpoint =0 n > n min P087 05.or edge-triggered.Function descriptions Sequence of operations for cancellation of "Fast stop": 1. All "Fast stop" commands are ANDed by the SIMOREG converter.control word 1.2007 Shutdown External fast stop Internal fast stop Controller disabled n < n min (P370. The memory can be reset only by applying the "Shutdown" command. 3. 9. The n < nmin signal then disappears again. bit 0 The "Switch-on / shutdown" (ON / OFF) function is controlled via the "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1" (= ANDing between signal from terminal 37 and binector selected in parameter P654.P371) n < n min Setpoint reached Actual speed Brake control signal (B0255) (holding brake) Internal standstill field input Setpoint reached Release brake No standstill field Close brake Sandstill field P088 P258 P087 Brake release time (positive in this example) P088 Brake closing time P258 Delay for automatic field current reduction − − − The "Fast stop" command need only be applied as a short pulse (> 10 ms). P371) is reached for the first time. When n < nmin (P370. i. Bit 0 of the control word is ANDed with the "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1" to produce the "ON / OFF" command (ON only if both signals are log.

B (0) B 10 ≥1 1 ≥1 ≥1 Bit 0 Bit 1 0=OFF1.g.bit0 in this example) and the switch-on command from the converter terminal is shown in the boxes with dot-dash line borders.B (1) B P445 = 1 1 P648.01 .0. The memory is reset when this binector switches to the log. op. of ON/OFF1 35 M Control word 1 Bit No. Meaning Shutdown 36 24V 5V M B0010 Selection for shutdown P444. Sheet G180 (When P648 = 9 bit-serial input of control bits) Selection for switch-on / shutdown P654. 6. output signal "Release holding or operating brake" (binector B0250 = 1) and wait for P087 in operating state 01. The binector selected in P444 must be in the log. The following parameter values must be set: P444=10 P445=1 Connects binector 10 (= status of terminal 36) to the reset input of the memory for the ON signal (and to the reset input of the memory for the CRAWL command) Selects edge triggering of "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1" (and injection of the crawling setpoint) P648=3003 Connector K3003 is assigned status of control word 1. of ON/OFF1 K3003.. Section 8. "0" state. 4. Sheet G130 Level / Edge Section 8. go to step 6 immediately.. ON 37 24V 5V M Select injection of crawing setpoint P440 (0) B B B Switch-on / shutdown 1 . 3. word 3) is used as control word 1. the ON key (NO contact) is connected to terminal 37 and the shutdown key (NC contact) to terminal 36. With a positive brake release time (P087).05.03 D Q R <1> 1 0 Switch-on comm. 7. "1" state. Sheet G110 CUD1 34 P24_S Section 8. via terminal "Switch-on/shutdown”) The converter exits operating state 07 The "Line contactor closed" relay picks up The field current reduction command is cancelled If "Enable operation" signal is applied: 5. Connector K3003 (= Receive data from 1st CB/TB. Sheet G130).bit0 1 =9 / 9 Control word bit 0 ≥1 . brake remains closed (binector B0250 = 0) Ramp-function generator..02 . In the following example circuit. Shutdown 1=ON. 2. P648 & ≥1 Sequence of operations for switching on drive: 1. n controller and I controller are enabled When a negative brake release time (P087) has run down.2007 P445 = 1: Function descriptions Edge triggering of "Switch-on command of ON / OFF1": The switch-on command is stored on the 0 → 1 transition (see Section 8. output signal "Release holding or operating brake" (binector B0250 = 1). The combination of the control bit for ON/OFF from the DPRAM control word (K3003. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-9 .B (9) K 3003 & <1> 1 D Q R 0 Switch-on c. cond. with a negative brake release time (PO87 negative). Enter the "Switch-on" command (e.

11. and a "Crawl" edge at a binector selected in P440 cancels an active "Switch-on" edge. 4. certain functions are automatically deactivated when the "Shutdown" command is entered. All torque limits are made inoperative while the drive brakes down to n < nmin. an internal interlock is activated which prevents the drive from attempting to brake again if the motor is turned by external forces. 2. Enter the "Shutdown" command (e. only the system current limit (P171 and P172).Function descriptions 05. a "Switch-on" edge at terminal 37 cancels a "Crawl" function triggered beforehand. − In order to ensure that "Shutdown" still works after "rewiring of parameters". 5.P371) n < n min Setpoint reached Setpoint reached Release brake No standstill field Close brake Actual speed Brake control signal (B0255) (holding brake) Internal standstill field input Sandstill field P088 P258 P087 Brake release time (positive in this example) P088 Brake closing time P258 Delay for automatic field current reduction − When n < nmin (P370. 10. − The converter cannot be restarted automatically after a brief failure of the electronics power supply when edge triggering is selected.g. via terminal "Switch-on / shutdown”) Decelerate along ramp-function generator ramp Wait until n < nmin (P370. 6. 3. 7. 8.0 or higher Delay for field current reduction (P258) runs down The field is reduced to a parameterizable value (P257) ON Switch-on/Shutdown Controller enabled Internal controller enable Setpoint enabled Internal setpoint enable n > n min P087 Shutdown Controller disabled Setpoint =0 n < n min (P370.2007 Sequence of operations for shutting down drive: 1. the speed-dependent current limit and the limit derived from I2t monitoring of the power section remain operative. 9-10 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . if lower current or torque limits are applied or when additional setpoints are injected.e. 12. P371) Output signal "Close holding or operating brake" (binector B0250 = 0) Wait for brake closing time (P088) to run down Input iset = 0 Ramp-function generator and n controller are disabled The pulses are disabled when I = 0 The "Line contactor closed" relay drops out The converter reaches operating state o7. − The "Switch-on" and "Crawl" commands are applied alternately when edge triggering is selected. P371) is reached for the first time. 9. Of all the current limits. "Shutdown" and "Crawl" commands. The n < nmin signal then disappears again. − Changing the parameter setting between level and edge triggering affects the "Switch-on". i.

0. output signal "Release holding or operating brake" (binector B0250 = 1). 4. Cancel "Enable operation" command Disable ramp-function generator.10 or higher Drive coasts to a standstill (or is braked by the operating brake) When n < nmin (P370. 5. 2. bit 3 The Enable signal is HIGH active (log. the signal "Close holding brake" is output (binector B0250. brake remains closed (binector B0250 = 0) Ramp-function generator.3. The following operating modes are possible: P648 = 9: The control bits in control word 1 are input bit-serially. 8.B (1) B Operating enable (from terminal 38) & Sequence of operations for enabling operation (if a switch-on command is applied): 1.4 Operating enable (enable) terminal 38 . II or – – When a negative brake release time (P087) has run down. n and I controllers Enter Iset = 0 The pulses are disabled when I = 0 Output signal "Close operating brake" (binector B0250 = 0. P371) is reached. Sheet G136 NOTICE The following conditions must be fulfilled for the ramp-function generator to work: − Ramp-function generator enable = 1 − Enable setpoint = 1 (control word 1. The connector selected in P648 is used as control word 1.bit 4 = 1) (control word 1. the conditions defined in the following diagram must be fulfilled: P648 Bit 3 of connector selected as control word in P648 =9 / 1 9 & Control word 1. Sequence of operations for cancellation of operating enable: 1. when P080 = 1) 9. go to step 3 immediately. P648 ≠ 9: To ensure that the "Operating enable" function can be activated. 2. The operating enable command is generated from the AND operation between the enable signal from terminal 38 and the binector selected in P661 (see Section 8. 7. 3.4 Ramp-function generator See also Section 8. pulse enable 0 = Pulse disable P661. when P080 = 2) The converter reaches operating state 0. 5.2007 Function descriptions 9."1" state = Enable).control word 1.bit 6 = 1) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-11 .05. bit 3 1 = Enable. 6. 4. Enter the "Enable operation" command With a positive brake release time (P087). 3. output a "Release holding or operating brake" signal (binector B0250 = 1) and wait for P087 to run down in operating state o1. Bit 3 of this connector is ANDed with the signal that is generated as for P648=9 to produce the operating enable signal. Sheet G180). with a negative brake release time (P087 negative). n and I controllers are enabled Converter reaches operating state I.

Upper transition rounding (H306. from 10% to 90%) or from low. with a lower and upper transition rounding of 0 and a step change in the input quantity from 100% to 0 or from -100% to 0.. ER .. negative speeds (e. positive speeds (e.. 9. The rate of rise at the output is the same in response to smaller step changes in the input quantity.g. H314) 1) Transition from ramp-down gradient to ramp-up gradient 2) The lower rounding switches to the upper rounding before the maximum ramp-down gradient is reached 3) Due to the input step change.4. from 90% to 10%) or from high. negative to low. H311). from -90% to -10%) On transition from negative to positive speeds. only the last part of the upper transition rounding is executed here 9-12 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Function descriptions 05. negative speeds (e.. e.g. H313).4. Ramp-up time (H303. H310. positive to high.2007 9. The rate of rise at the output is the same in response to smaller step changes in the input quantity.g..g.1 Definitions Ramp-up = Acceleration from low. H308.g. from -10% to -90%) Ramp-down = Deceleration from high.2 K0190 K0192 100% Operating principle of ramp-function generator HLZ RLZ HLZ RLZ AR/2 AR/2 ER/2 AR/2 ER/2 t Ramp generator setpoint (K0192) Ramp generator outout (K0190) -100% K0191 (dv/dt) AR ER AR 1) AR ER AR 2) AR AR 3) t dy/dt (K0191) HLZ . H312) AR .. Lower transition rounding (H305. -10% to +50%: From -10% to 0 = ramp-down and From 0 to +50% = ramp-up and vice versa Ramp-up time refers to the time required by the ramp-function generator to reach the 100% output value. Ramp-down time (H304. positive speeds (e. positive to low.. RLZ . negative to high. H307. Ramp-down time refers to the time required by the ramp-function generator to reach the 100% output value. with a lower and upper transition rounding of 0 and a step change in the input quantity from 0 to 100% or from 0 to -100%. H309..

bit 4): 0 = Ramp generator disabled. 9.05. 2 and 3 Selection via binectors selected in parameters P637 and P638 Status of binector Effective R-F generator setting 1 2 3 ramp-up time P303 P307 P311 Effective rampdown time P304 P308 P312 Effective lower rounding P305 P309 P313 Effective upper rounding P306 P310 P314 Selected via parameter P637 0 1 0 1 P638 0 0 1 1 Not permitted. Parameter List. parameter P302 Enable switchover of ramp-up integrator (select via P646): See below Ramp-function generator settings 2 and 3 See below Ramp-function generator tracking ON (parameter P317): See below and Section 11.bit 5): 1 = Setpoint is injected at ramp-function generator input 0 = Ramp-function generator is stopped at current value (generator output is injected as generator input).4. The ramp generator can also be bypassed in INCHING.bit 6): 1 = Setpoint enabled at ramp-function generator input 0 = Ramp-function generator setting 1 is activated and 0 applied at the input (generator output is reduced to 0) Set ramp-function generator: 1 = The ramp-function generator output is set to the setting value (selected in P639) Enable ramp-function generator (control word 1.2007 Function descriptions 9. parameter P318 Bypass ramp-function generator: 1 = Ramp-function generator operates with ramp-up/ramp-down time of 0 The function is controlled via the binector selected in P641. Enable setpoint (control word 1. Parameter List.4.4 Ramp-function generator settings 1. generator output is set to 0 1 = Ramp-function generator enabled Ramp-up integrator operation (parameter P302): See below and Section 11. Parameter List. CRAWLING and INJECTION OF FIXED SETPOINT modes.3 Control signals for ramp-function generator The ramp-function generator operating mode can be preset by the following control signals: Ramp-function generator start (control word 1. activates fault message F041 (selection not clear) The ramp-function generator settings preset via the binectors selected in P637 and P638 have priority over the generator setting specified via the ramp-up integrator. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-13 . parameter P317 Set ramp-function generator on shutdown (parameter P318): See Section 11.

Note: Activation of "Ramp-function generator setting 2" (P307 to P310. the drive is shut down according to setting 1. this setting continues to remain active until the generator output has reached its setpoint again. The ramp generator setting selected in P302 is then activated again. selected in P637).25 + nact Kp When P170 = 1 (torque control). or "Ramp-function generator setting 3" (P311 to P314.6 Ramp-function generator tracking The ramp-function generator output (K0190) is limited to the following values when ramp-function generator tracking is activated: −M lim it ∗ 1. limit – IA. Enable switchover of ramp-up integrator = 1: As soon as the ramp-function generator output reaches the required setpoint for the first time after the "ON" command. "Inching".25 + nact Kp < RFG output < +IA. 9-14 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . ramp-function generator setting 1 is activated again and. lim it ∗ Φmotor ∗ 1. The ramp-function generator setting selected in P302 is then activated.5 Ramp-up integrator The ramp-up integrator is activated by setting P302 = 1.25 + nact Kp < RFG output < +M lim it ∗ 1.Function descriptions 05. selected in P368).4.2007 9. limit Kp Normalized motor flux (1 at rated field current) Actual speed value (K0167) Lowest positive torque limit (K0143) Lower negative torque limit (K0144) Lowest positive current limit (K0131) Lowest negative current limit (K0132) Effective speed controller gain However. Enable switchover of ramp-up integrator = 0: Ramp-function generator setting 1 (P303 to P306) remains active after the generator output has reached its setpoint until the "Enable switchover of ramp-up integrator" function is switched to 1. if the value added to nact were to correspond to less than 1%. lim it ∗ 1.4. has priority over the generator setting selected by means of the "Ramp-up integrator" function. Note: When ramp-function generator tracking is selected. then +1% or –1% would be added.25 + nact Kp Φmotor nact + Mlimit – Mlimit + IA. lim it ∗ Φmotor ∗ 1. The remaining sequence of operations is controlled by the "Enable switchover of ramp-up integrator" function (binector selected in P646). the ramp generator setting selected in P302 is activated automatically.25 + nact Kp When P170 = 0 (current control). the following equation applies: −IA. the following equation applies: −IA. When a "Shutdown" command is given. The purpose of the "Ramp-function generator tracking" function is to ensure that the ramp generator value cannot deviate excessively from the actual speed value once the torque or current limit has been reached. When the enable signal for ramp-up integrator switchover is cancelled (→ 0). ramp-function generator setting 1 (P303 to P306) is applied until the rampfunction generator output reaches the required setpoint for the first time. After an "ON" command ("Switch-on". 9. with a new enable command (→ 1).25 + nact Kp < RFG output < +IA. "Crawling"). the filter time for the speed setpoint should be set to a low value in P228 (preferably to 0). 2 or 3. lim it ∗ 1.

the sequence of operations commences in the same way as for "Shutdown" (see Section 9. The binectors selected in P668 and P669 determine bits 8 and 9 of control word 1 and thus the input of the INCH command. Bits 8 and 9 of this word control the input of the INCH command. it operates with ramp-up/down times of 0.00% and +100.05. Example: P632. the line contactor is energized via the "Line contactor closed" relay and the inching setpoint applied via the ramp-function generator (for exact sequence.2007 Function descriptions 9. The drive remains in operating state 01.01-04 = 1 (= 100. The connector selected in P648 is used as control word 1. this limiter stage can be used completely independently of the ramp-function generator.00 (%) P301 = 10. Sequence of operations for cancellation of Inching: After the "Inch" command has been cancelled.00%) P300 = 100.0 or higher). When the control word option is used. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-15 . Parameter P437 can be set to define for each possible inch command source (binector.3. In this case.3. When the ramp generator is bypassed.00%) results in a limitation of the value range for K0170 to between +10. P648 ≠ 9: The "Inching" function can be executed only if "Shutdown" and "Operating enable" are applied. 9.3). 60. Sequence of operations for entering Inching command: If the "Inch" command is entered. see the description of "Switch-on / Shutdown" in Section 9.01-04 = 9 (= -100.3 while the parameterizable delay period (max.00 (%) P633. Sheet G129 The INCHING function can be preset via the binectors selected with indices . bits in control word) change to the log. see function diagram in Section 8).3). This type of limit setting then acts as a lower limit (minimum value) for the ramp generator output signal in the other sign direction.4.4.logic operation. a setpoint selected in parameter P436 is assigned to each source.01 to .8 Velocity signal dv/dt (K0191) This signal specifies the change in the ramp-function generator output K0190 in the time period set in P542. After n < nmin has been reached.0 s) runs down. A special feature of this limiter is that the lower limit can also be set to positive values and the upper limit to negative values (see P300 and P301).5 Inching See also Section 8. "1" state.7 Limitation after ramp-function generator Since the input signal can be freely selected. The "Inch" command is input when one or several of the named sources (binectors. the controllers are disabled and the line contactor opened after a parameterizable delay (P085) of between 0 and 60 s (operating state 07. bit in control word .08 of parameter P435 or via bits 8 and 9 of control word 1 (logic operation. see block diagram in Section 8) whether or not the ramp-function generator must be bypassed. An inching setpoint of 0 is applied if the inch command is input by two or more sources simultaneously.00% 9. Sheet 33): P648 = 9: The control bits in control word 1 are input bit-serially. the following operating modes are possible (see also Section 8.

01 to . the setpoint values are added (limited to ±200%). If the "Crawl" command is entered in the "Run" state. automatic restart and the effect of the current and torque limits during braking. The "Crawl" command is entered when one or several of the binectors selected in P440 switches to the log. The memory is reset when the latter binector changes state to log. Parameter P442 can be set to define for each possible crawl command source (binector) whether or not the ramp-function generator must be bypassed.0 or higher). If the "Crawl" command is entered via several binectors. with "Operation enabled". Sheet G127 The "Fixed setpoint" function can be activated in the "Run" state with the "Enable controllers" signal applied.7 Fixed setpoint See also Section 8. Sheet G130). but no "Switch-on" command applied: If all bits which activate the "Crawling" function switch to log. 9. The binector selected in P444 must be in the log.6 Crawling See also Section 8. "0". in the Run state. then the drive accelerates from the set crawling speed to the operating speed via the ramp-function generator. 9-16 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . it operates with ramp-up/down times of 0. "1" state. A setpoint selected in parameter P441 is assigned to each binector. P445 = 1: Sequence of operations for entering Crawl command: If the "Crawl" command is entered in operating state o7.2007 9.3. the controllers are disabled after n < nmin is reached and the line contactor de-energized (operating state o7. Sheet G130 The "Crawling" function can be activated in operating state o7 and. the line contactor is energized via the "Line contactor closed" relay and the crawling setpoint applied via the ramp-function generator. The "Fixed setpoint" function can be input via the binectors selected via indices . With "Crawling" active from "Run" operating state: If all bits which activate the "Crawling" function switch to log. Level / edge P445 = 0: Level-triggered Binector selected in P440 = 0: No crawl Binector selected in P440 = 1: Crawl Edge-triggered The input of "Crawl" is stored when the binector state changes from 0 → 1 (see Section 8. Sequence of operations for cancellation of Crawling: With "Crawling" active.3 (switch-on / shutdown) with regard to edge triggering. See also Section 9. Switch-on / Shutdown). "0" (see also example circuit in Section 9.3. When the ramp generator is bypassed.3. "1" state at the same time.08 of parameter P430 and via bits 4 and 5 of control word 2 (= bits 20 and 21 of complete control word) (see function diagram in Section 8 for logic operation). "0" and if the conditions for the "Run" operating state are still fulfilled. the drive decelerates from the operating speed to the crawling setpoint via the ramp-function generator.Function descriptions 05.

XS-108 open) E-STOP is activated when the switch between terminals XS-105 and XS-106 opens. When the ramp generator is bypassed. Note The E-STOP function is not an EMERGENCY STOP function according to EN 60204-1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-17 . bits in control word) switch to the log. The binectors selected via P680 and P681 determine bits 4 and 5 of control word 2 (= bits 20 and 21 of complete control word). This status needs to be acknowledged through activation of the “Shutdown” function.logic operation. Parameter P432 can be set to define for each possible fixed setpoint source (binector. The E-STOP function can be triggered by one of the following methods: • Switch operation: (switch between terminals XS-105 and XS-106. XS-107 open.g. Sheet G181): P649 = 9: The control bits in control word 2 are input bit-serially. Pushbutton operation: (Stop pushbutton with NC contact between terminals XS-107 and XS-106. independently of semiconductor components and the functional status of the microprocessor board (basic electronics). The connector selected via P649 is used as control word 2. the closed-loop control outputs an I = 0 command to de-energize the main contactor. see block diagram in Section 8) whether or not the ramp-function generator must be bypassed. If "Fixed setpoint" is input via several sources simultaneously. Sequence for entering Fixed Setpoint function: The fixed setpoint is injected instead of the main setpoint. it operates with ramp-up/down times of 0. "0". Reset pushbutton with NO contact between terminals XS-108 and XS-106. If the basic electronics are operating correctly. the associated setpoints are added (limited to ±200%). Sequence for cancellation of Fixed Setpoint function: When all the possible sources for injecting the fixed setpoint (binectors. • When the E-STOP function is reset. e. "1" state. bit in control word . When an ESTOP command is given. the following operating modes are possible (see also Section 8. a setpoint selected in parameter P431 is assigned to each source. Closing an NO contact between terminals XS-106 and XS-108 resets the function. the setpoint selected in parameter P433 (main setpoint) is switched through again. 9. the drive coasts to a standstill. In this case. Bits 4 and 5 of this word control the input of "Fixed setpoint”. bits in control word) have changed back to log.8 Safety shutdown (E-Stop) The task of the E-STOP function is to open the relay contacts (terminals 109/110) for energizing the main contactor within about 15 ms.05.2007 Function descriptions When the control word method is used. by opening terminal 37. P649 ≠ 9: The "Fixed setpoint" function is input when one or several of the named sources (binectors. and thus input of the "Fixed setpoint" function. the drive switches to the “Starting lockout” state. XS-105 open) Opening an NC contact between terminals XS-106 and XS-107 triggers the E-STOP function and stores the shutdown operation.

Sheet G112. the "Close holding brake" signal is output (binector B0250 = 0. Parameterizable delay time (P258) runs down 11. when P080 = 2) 6. P371) The brake is an operating brake: The "Close brake" command is entered even when the motor is running Brake release time: A positive value prevents the motor from acting against the brake as it is released A negative value causes the motor to act against the brake while it is still closed in order to prevent the occurrence of a brief. e. this binector must be "wired up" to a binary output. terminal 37) and "Operating enable " (terminal 38). 3.9 Activation command for holding or operating brake (low active) The signal for controlling the brake is available at binector B0250: log.to drop out (even if Item 8 of this sequence has not yet been reached). This time should be set such that the brake has actually been released when the timer runs down. "0" state = Close brake log. when P080 = 1) Note: 15ms after entry of "E Stop" the hardware causes relay "Power contactor on" (terminal 109/110). Output signal "Close operating brake" (binector B0250 = 0. Converter reaches operating state o10.g. n and I controllers Iset = 0 is applied a) U616 = 0: E-Stop has same effect as OFF2 (as soon as I = 0. P088 P319 The following diagrams illustrate the chronological sequence of the brake control function with a signal level change at inputs "Switch-on / Shutdown" (e.2007 Enter "E-STOP" command Disable ramp-function generator.g. Drive coasts to a standstill (or is braked by the operating brake) 10. With respect to the brake control.Function descriptions Sequence of operations for entering E-STOP command: 1. When n < nmin (P370. An "older" actual field current value (K0265) is input as the field current setpoint upper limit (function is "released" in operating states of ≤o5) 8. torque-free interval Brake closing time: Causes the motor to produce a torque while the brake is closing Delay time for enabling ramp-function generator After the controllers have been enabled. 9-18 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . The following parameters influence the action of the brake control signal: P080 = 1 P080 = 2 P087 The brake is a holding brake: "Close brake" command is entered only when n < nmin (P370. the firing pulses are disabled) b) U616 = 1: E-Stop disables the output of firing pulses immediately (without waiting for I = 0) 5. Relay ”Power contactor on” (terminal 109/110) drops out 9. "Crawling" or "Fast stop" have the same affect as "Switch-on / Shutdown". 2. The field is reduced to a parameterizable value (P257) 12. input commands "Inching". P371) has been reached. This is of particular importance when P087 is set to a negative value. for other possible settings). The command "Close brake" is output during the optimization run for precontrol and current controller (P051 = 25).0 or higher 7. by setting P771 to 250 for connection to output terminals 46 /47 (see Section 8. a setpoint of 0 is input for the time set here. 05. "1" state = Release brake In order to drive a brake. 4. 9. and input commands "Voltage disconnection" or "E-Stop" the same affect as cancelling the "Operating enable" command.

signal (B0255) * 3) "release" "close" * 3) * 5) t Holding brake (P080 = 1). enable (term.0 o1. 37) P087 Internal contr.05.o1.. positive brake release time (P087) Oper.0 Brake contr.0 Brake contr. state o7.0 P319 Oper. signal (B0255) * 3) * 5) "close" t *1) *2) *3) *5) Drive is braked mechanically by means of operating brake Drive coasts to standstill..1 "release" I.II. enable P088 n < nmin (P370.o1.II. enable "enable" "disable" "ON" "OFF" P087 Function descriptions P088 n < n min (P370.. positive brake release time (P087) Oper.0 o1. "Close holding brake" not output until n < nmin Time for the brake to open before the motor produces a torque (P087 positive) Time for the brake to close while the motor is still producing a torque (P088) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-19 . 37) P087 Internal contr.o7. 38) Switch-on/shutdown (term.II..o7. 38) Switch-on/shutdown (term.0 I. enable (term.P371) B0164 Speed setpoint Actual speed P319 * 1) I.P371) B0164 Speed setpoint Actual speed P319 "enable" "disable" "ON" "OFF" * 2) Oper. state o7.1 o1.II.0 I.2007 Operating brake (P080 = 2).

37) "enable" "disable" "ON" "OFF" 05. negative brake release time (P087) Oper..o7. signal (B0255) * 4) "release" "close" * 4) * 5) P087 P087 t Holding brake (P080 = 1). 37) Internal contr. the motor is still rotating against the closed brake (P087 negative) Time for the brake to close while the motor is still producing torque (P088) 9-20 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . signal (B0255) * 4) "release" * 5) "close" P087 t *1) *2) *4) *5) Drive is braked mechanically by means of operating brake Drive coasts to standstill. state o7.II.0 I. state * 1) o1. negative brake release time (P087) Oper.- Oper. enable P088 n < n min (P370.2007 Internal contr. enable (term... 38) Switch-on/shutdown (term.P371) B0164 Speed setpoint Actual speed P319 o7.0 Brake contr.II..Function descriptions Operating brake (P080 = 2).0 "enable" "disable" "ON" "OFF" * 2) Brake contr.II. enable (term. enable P088 n < n min (P370.0 I. 38) Switch-on/shutdown (term. "Close holding brake" not output until n < nmin In this case.1 I.P371) B0164 Speed setpoint Actual speed P319 Oper.1 P319 I.II.o1.o7.

9. P649 ≠ 9: SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-21 . Bit 14 (= bit 30 of complete control word) controls the input of the Bico data set.B" next to parameter number in block diagrams in Section 8). motor fan).2007 Function descriptions 9.F" next to parameter number in block diagrams in Section 8) and Bico parameters (identified by a ". Sheet G181): P649 = 9: The control bits in control word 2 are input bit-serially. Sheet G112. The "Switch on auxiliaries" signal is available at binector B0251: log. depending on the setting of the control bits when the motor is running. The "Switch over parameter sets" function affects function parameters (identified by an ". However. The binectors selected in P676 and P677 determine bits 0 and 1 of control word 2 (= bits 16 and 17 of complete control word). As a result. we strongly recommend that a "basic" parameter set containing all basic parameter settings is created first and then copied into the other parameter sets. then the converter does not stay in operating state o6. The intentional changes of the "basic" version should then be entered in each parameter set.0 for a parameterizable delay period (P093). The line contactor is closed on expiry of the delay. for other possible settings). Bits 0 and 1 of control word 2 (bits 16 and 17 of complete control word) control the input of the function data set. and thus the input of the Bico data set.11 Switch over parameter sets See also in Section 9.1 under heading "Data sets" WARNING Parameter sets can be switched over while the converter is in operation (online). The "Switch on auxiliaries" signal switches to "low" after a parameterizable delay period (P094). The "Switch on auxiliaries" signal switches to "high" at the same time as the "Switch on" command. For this reason. The converter then waits in operating state o6. the firing pulses are disabled when n < nmin is reached and the line contactor drops out.g. The following operating modes are possible (see also Section 8. by setting P771 to 251 for connection to output terminals 46 / 47 (see Section 8. this binector must be "wired up" to a binary output. the configuration or functions may be altered in such a way as to produce dangerous operating conditions. "1" state = Auxiliaries ON To act as the auxiliaries drive signal.g. but the line contactor is closed immediately instead. "0" state = Auxiliaries OFF log. The binector selected in P690 determines bit 14 of control word 2 (= bit 30 of complete control word).0.10 Switch on auxiliaries The function acts as a switch-on command for auxiliaries (e. e. The connector selected in P649 is used as control word 2. When the "Shutdown" command is entered.05. if the "Switch on" command is entered again before this delay has expired. and thus the input of the function data set.

parameters P055 and P057. "Enable speed controller" and "Switch over master/slave drive". please see Section 11 (Parameter List). 25 and 27 of complete control word). I component (K0162) = value of connector selected in P631 1 = Enable controller Enable droop: 0 = Droop is not active 1 = Droop is active 9-22 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Sheet G181): P649 = 9: The control bits in control word 2 are input bit-serially. Bits 8. For information about copying parameter sets.Function descriptions 05. and thus the functions "Enable speed controller droop". "Enable speed controller" and "Switch over master/slave drive". 9 and 11 of control word 2 (= bits 24. 9 and 11 control the functions "Enable speed controller droop". P649 ≠ 9: Enable speed controller: 0 = Disable controller. a time delay of up to 25ms may occur before the newly selected parameter set actually becomes operative. 9. The connector selected in P649 is used as control word 2.12 Speed controller See also Section 8. "Enable speed controller" and "Switch over master/slave drive" are supplied by control word 2. When the "Switch over parameter sets" function is activated. Sheets G151 and G152 Control signals for speed controller The control signals for "Enable speed controller droop". The following operating modes are possible (see also Section 8.5 s.2007 Control word Bit 16 0 1 0 1 Bit17 0 0 1 1 Active function data set (active index) 1 2 3 4 Active Bico data set (active index) 1 2 Control word Bit30 0 1 Caution: The parameter set selection must not be changed while the optimization run is in progress. controller output (K0160) = 0. P685 and P687 determine bits 8. P component (K0161) = 0. Error message F041 will otherwise be output after 0. The binectors selected in P684.

13 Serial interfaces The SIMOREG 6RA70 converter is equipped with the following serial interfaces: − G-SST1 (serial interface 1) Connector X300 on board A7005 (operator panel) USS® protocol provided for the purpose of connection the OP1S operator panel − G-SST2 (serial interface 2) Terminal strip X172 (terminals 56 to 60) on board A7001 USS® and peer-to-peer protocol. The maximum cable length for a peer-to-peer connection from the transmitter to the last receiver connected to the same transmission output is 1000 m. For connectors and terminal assignments. Switch over to P controller: The P controller function is activated (I component = 0) when the speed drops to below the changeover value. Sheets G170 to G174. i. the I component of the speed controller is made to "track" such that M(set. the current limitation is active or when the firing angle for the armature circuit reaches the αG-limit. it is necessary to calculate the maximum possible rate of rise at the derivative action element input. "1" state when the upper or lower torque limitation is violated. the I component is set to the setting value (selected in parameter P631) Stop I component (selection of control signal via parameter P696): 0 = I component enabled 1 = Stop I component Limitation active: This signal is in the log. see Section 8. The derivative action time should preferably be set to a shorter value than this period. the period of time required by the input signal to change from 0 to 100% at this maximum rate of rise. the speed setpoint is set to equal the actual speed (K0179) (enable tracking with P229). parameterizable Interface hardware The hardware of G-SST1 is designed to operate in RS232 and RS485 standard / two-wire mode.limit.n contr. The maximum cable length is only 500 m for both types of connection if a baud rate of 187500 bd is selected. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-23 .) = M(set. D component in actual value channel or setpoint/actual value deviation channel As a basis for selecting the correct derivative action time. 9.e.05. Set I component (selection of control signal via parameter P695): When 0 ⇒ 1 signal transition of selected binector. The same maximum cable length applies to the bus cable of a USS connection. and G-SST2 and G-SST3 in RS485 standard / two and four-wire mode. parameterizable Additionally if board A7006 (terminal expansion) is installed: − G-SST3 (serial interface 3) Terminal strip X162 (terminals 61 to 65) USS® and peer-to-peer protocol. the I component of the speed controller is stopped. In this case.).2007 Switch over master/slave drive: 0 = Master drive 1 = Slave drive Function descriptions When "Slave drive" is selected. the speed limiting controller is active.

13.01 . It can be used to provide a point-to-point or bus-type link to a master station. In the transmission direction. 4 or 127 (select setting 4 only if double word parameters need to be transferred). With a "parallel connection". The bus connector must be activated on the two bus nodes which form each end of the bus circuit.2007 USS: A maximum of 32 nodes can be connected in the bus configuration (i. converters linked via the USS protocol cannot exchange data directly with one another (they can do this only via a peer-to-peer link). diagnostic information and parameters of the SIMOREG converter. The USS protocol is a pure master-slave protocol. 1 master and max. subsection "The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors". Numeric representation "100% equals 4000h = 16384d" applies to all connectors.04 Word L-Word H-Word Word K0032 KK9498 KK9499 K0401 P784 K 32 K 9498 K 9499 K 401 . a double-word connector is applied by entering the same double-word connector at two contiguous indices of the selection parameter. P801).04 Word H-Word H-Word Word 2 different double-word connectors 9-24 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . E20125-D0001-S302-A1 The SIEMENS USS® protocol is implemented in all digital converter devices supplied by SIEMENS. Transfer of double-word connectors: In the receive direction. For details of how to connect with double-word connectors. 31 slaves). The number of process data words to be transferred is basically identical for the transmit and receive directions and can be set in "Process data length" (P781. the bus connector must be activated on the last connected drive. The USS protocol makes it possible to access all relevant process data.Function descriptions 05.1.g. 9. then "Parameter data length" (P782. a converter device can only ever function as slave. In other words. Examples: K0032 KK9498 KK9498 K0401 P784 K 32 K 9498 K 9498 K 401 . In this case. the "Parameter data length" must be set to 0.03 . Converter devices will transmit a telegram to the master only if they have received one from it first. If parameters do not need to be transferred. K2002 and K2003 to KK2032). P791. Any mixture of converter types can be connected up to the same bus line. These double-word connectors can be connected in the usual way to other function blocks.03 . Useful data which can be transferred via the USS protocol Sheets G170 to G172 in Section 8 show how useful data can be interconnected and list the parameters relevant for configuring USS interfaces.01 .02 .1 Serial interfaces with USS® protocol Specification for the USS® protocol: Order No. P802) must be set to 3. If parameters need to be read and/or written via the USS interface.02 . P792. see Section 9.e. the values of any two adjacent connectors (K) are combined to form a doubleword connector (KK) (e. Peer-to-peer: Up to 31 other drives can be connected in parallel to the transmit cable of one drive.

it is possible to acknowledge these fault messages even if the fault is active continuously. Diagnostics and monitoring functions for USS interfaces All transmitted and received useful data words can be checked (directly at the internal software transfer point from/to USS driver) by means of display parameters r810 / r811. By connecting binectors B2031. any decimal point. A watchdog can be set in P787.2007 Function descriptions Numeric representation of parameter numbers and values on serial interfaces The mode of numeric representation of a parameter value is determined by the parameter "type" assigned to each parameter in the Parameter List. r812 / r813 or r814 / r815. Important ! The serial interfaces for the USS protocol are parameterized with the same parameters used to configure the peer-to-peer protocol. The different types of parameter are explained at the beginning of the list. B6031 or B9031 to the fault message triggers (using P788=2031 / P798=6031 / P808=9031). r799 or r809 provide information about the chronological distribution of errored and error-free telegrams. Parameters are always transmitted in the form specified in the "Value range" column of the Parameter List. P797 or P807 which can initiate a shutdown on faults (F011.45 → the number 12345d = 3039h is transferred via the serial interface). F012 or F013) in the case of timeout.05. although the setting ranges are different in some cases (see Notes for relevant parameters in Parameter List. as well as the nature of any communication errors that have occurred. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-25 . Diagnostic parameters r789. is omitted (example: display value 123. however. Section 11). thereby ensuring that the drive can still be operated manually after the USS interface has failed.

i01=32 (stat.Function descriptions USS protocol: Brief start-up guide for SIMOREG 6RA70 converters G-SST1 RS232 / RS485 G-SST1 RS485 for connection of an OP1S 05. 8 9-26 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .000 to 65. unique address for bus operation P787 = 0. corresponding to 300 to 187500 baud P780 = 2 P783 = 6 (9600 Bd) or 7 (19200 Bd) The baud rate setting must be identical for every node in bus operation P781 = 2 If the control bits from the OP1S are to be used: Word 1 (connector K2001): Wiring up of control bits from OP1S. corresponding to 300 to 187500 baud No.000 to 65. OFF 1: Bus term. OFF 1: Bus term. see Sect. ON Bus operation possible Telegram failure time Bus termination P787 = 0. see Sec. 8 P797 / P807 = 0.i02=0 P786 = 0 to 30 Every node must have its own.000s P795 / P805 = 0: Bus term. OFF 1: Bus term. of process data (PZD No.8 or Sheets G171.2007 G-SST2 / G-SST3 RS485 Select USS protocol Baud rate P780 = 2 P783 = 1 to 13. of PKW P782 = 0: No PKW data 3 / 4: 3 / 4 PKW data words 127: Variable data length for slave → master Selection of transmitted values via P784 P786 = 0 to 30 P792 / P802 = 0: No PKW data 3 / 4: 3 / 4 PKW data words 127: Variable data length for slave → master Selection of transmitted values via P794 / P804 P796 / P806 = 0 to 30 PZD assignment for actual values (transmitted process data) Node address Word 1: P784. 7. word 1 K0032) Word 2: P784.2. ON RS232: Only point-to-point operation possible RS485: Bus operation possible 2-wire operation is selected automatically Connector assignments.2 Word 2 (connector K2002): Not used P782 = 127 variable data length P790 / P800 = 2 P793 / P803 = 1 to 13. see Sect.000s P785 = 0: Bus term.8 or Sheet G170 in Sect. G172 in Sect. 6.000s P785 = 0: Bus term. 6.) (applies to Receive and Send) PZD assignment for control word and setpoints (received process data) P781 = 0 to 16 All received process data are taken to connectors and must be wired up as required P791 / P801 = 0 to 16 All received process data are taken to connectors and must be wired up as required No. ON Bus operation possible Bus / point-to-point communication 2-wire / 4-wire transmission via RS485 interface Cable 2-wire operation is selected automatically See operating instructions for OP1S operator panel 2-wire operation is selected automatically Connector assignments.

g. In the transmission direction. Parameters cannot be transferred via the peer-to-peer link.0AA43 (Jumper X3: 20-18 --> 2-wire cable) Rx Tx Function descriptions Slave 1 (Bus terminating resistors deactivated) 6RA70 Rx Tx Slave 2 (Bus terminating resistors deactivated) 6RA70 Rx Tx Slave n (n<=31)) (Bus terminating resistors activated) 6RA70 Rx Tx 14 12 10 X3 4 150 Ω 8 64 X3 + 11 + 59 + 58 59 + 58 + 59 + 58 + SUB-D connector 15-pin 1) 2) 1) The interface cable shields must be connected directly on the converter with the lowest possible impedance to converter or cubicle earth (e. In contrast to the classic master/slave bus system (e. LIYCY 2x0..g. For details of how to connect with double-word connectors. a double-word connector is applied by entering the same double-word SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-27 .g. the same converter can function as both the master (setpoint source) and the slave (setpoint receiver) in a peer-to-peer link. see Section 9.2007 Connection example for a USS bus Master (Bus terminating resistors activated) SIMATIC S5 CP524 with RS485 -module . e. These double-word connectors can be connected in the usual way to other function blocks.5 sqmm. via clamp). − Control commands Useful data which can be transferred via the peer-to-peer link Sheets G173 and G174 in Section 8 show how useful data can be interconnected and list the parameters relevant for configuring peer-to-peer links.13. Signals can be transferred in fully digital form from one converter to another via the peer-to-peer link. longitudinal-shaft drives on printing presses or S-roll drives − Acceleration setpoints (dv/dt) for acceleration precontrol on multi-motor drives.g. an equipotential bonding conductor must be used to ensure that the difference in frame potentials between nodes stays below 7 V.1. for example: − Velocity setpoints for producing a setpoint cascade. e. USS and PROFIBUS). with longer cables. the values of any two adjacent connectors (K) are combined to form a doubleword connector (KK) (e.05. Transfer of double-word connectors: In the receive direction.g.2 Serial interfaces with peer-to-peer protocol The term "Peer-to-peer link" refers to a "Link between partners of equal status". K6001 and K6002 to KK6081). e. on paper.. Any connectors can be parameterized as transmit data (numeric representation: 100% equals 4000h = 16384d).g. 2) Twisted cable. − Torque setpoints for closed-loop load distribution controls on drives that are coupled mechanically or via the material. foil and wire-drawing machines and on fiber-drawing machinery. subsection "The following rules apply to the selection of double-word connectors". 9.

Function descriptions connector at two contiguous indices of the selection parameter. Examples:
P794 KK9498 KK9498 K0401 K0402 K 9498 K 9498 K 401 K 402 .01 .02 .03 .04
L-Word H-Word Word Word

05.2007

KK9498 KK9499 K0401 K0402

P794 .01 K 9498 .02 K 9499 .03 K 401 .04 K 402

H-Word H-Word Word Word

2 different double-word connectors

Diagnostics and monitoring functions for peer-to-peer link All transmitted and received useful data words can be checked (directly at the internal software transfer point from/to peer driver) by means of display parameters r812 / r813 or r814 / r815. Diagnostic parameters r799 or r809 provide information about the chronological distribution of errored and error-free telegrams, as well as the nature of any communication errors that have occurred. A watchdog can be set in P797 or P807 which can initiate a shutdown on faults (F012 or F013) in the case of timeout. By connecting binectors B6031 or B9031 to the fault message triggers (using P798=6031 / P808=9031), it is possible to acknowledge these fault messages even if the fault is active continuously, thereby ensuring that the drive can still be operated manually after the peer-topeer interface has failed. Important ! The serial interfaces for the peer-to-peer protocol are parameterized with the same parameters used to configure the USS protocol, although the setting ranges are different in some cases (see Notes for relevant parameters in Parameter List, Section 11).

Peer-to-peer communication, 4-wire operation
Serial linking of converter to converter (partners of equal status). The signal flow can pass through the drives, for example, in a series connection. In this case, each drive forwards the data after processing only to the next drive (classic setpoint cascade).

9-28

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007 Brief start-up guide for SIMOREG 6RA70 converters
G-SST2 RS485

Function descriptions

G-SST3 RS485

Select peer-to-peer protocol Baud rate No. of process data (PZD No.) (applies to Receive and Send)

P790 = 5 P793 = 1 to 13 corresponding to 300 to 187500 baud P791 = 1 to 5

P800 = 5 P803 = 1 to 13 corresponding to 300 to 187500 baud P801 = 1 to 5 All received process data are taken to connectors and must be wired up as required No parameters can be transferred Selection of transmitted values via P804 (indices .01 to .05) P807 = 0.000 to 65.000s P805 = 0: Bus term. OFF 1: Bus term. ON (depending on type of link) "4-wire" operation is automatically selected Terminal assignments, see Section 6.8 or Sheet G174 in Section 8

PZD assignment for control word All received process data are taken to connectors and setpoints and must be wired up as required (received process data) No. of PKW PZD assignment for actual values (transmitted process data) Telegram failure time Bus termination No parameters can be transferred Selection of transmitted values via P794 (indices .01 to .05) P797 = 0.000 to 65.000s P795 = 0: Bus term. OFF 1: Bus term. ON (depending on type of link) 2-wire / 4-wire transmission via RS485 interface Cable "4-wire" operation is automatically selected Terminal assignments, see Section 6.8 or Sheet G173 in Section 8

Examples of peer-to-peer links
Drive 1 (Activate bus terminating resistors when a data feedback loop is used)
6RA70
Rx Tx

Drive 2 (Bus terminating resistors activated)

Drive 3 (Bus terminating resistors activated)

Drive n n=any number (Bus terminating resistors activated)
6RA70

6RA70
Rx Tx

6RA70
Rx Tx

Rx

Tx

+ 59 + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56

2)

Data feedback loop 3)

Peer link type "Series connection"

Each drive receives its own individual setpoint from the drive connected upstream (classic setpoint cascade) 1) The interface cable shields must be connected directly on the converter with the lowest possible impedance to converter or cubicle earth (e.g. via a clamp). 2) Twisted cable, e.g. LIYCY 2x0.5 sqmm; with longer cables, an equipotential bonding conductor must be used to ensure that the difference in frame potentials between nodes stays below 7 V. 3) Optional data feedback loop via which drive 1 can monitor operation of the entire peer chain.

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-29

Function descriptions
Drive 1 Drive 2 (Bus terminating
resistors deactivated) 6RA70
Rx Tx

05.2007
Drive 3 (Bus terminating
resistors deactivated) 6RA70
Tx Rx Tx

Drive n (n <= 32) (Bus terminating resistors activated)
6RA70
Rx Tx

6RA70
Rx

+ 59 + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56 59

+ + 58 57 + 56

1)

2)

Peer link type "Parallel connection"

Up to 31 drives receive identical setpoints from drive 1 1) The interface cable shields must be connected directly on the converter with the lowest possible impedance to converter or cubicle earth (e.g. via a clamp). 2) Twisted cable, e.g. LIYCY 2x0.5 sqmm; with longer cables, an equipotential bonding conductor must be used to ensure that the difference in frame potentials between nodes stays below 7V.

Bus terminating resistors activated

Bus terminating resistors deactivated

Bus terminating resistors deactivated

Bus terminating resistors activated

6RA70
Enable Transm. transmit=1 data

6RA70
Enable transmit=0

6RA70
Enable transmit=0

6RA70
Enable transmit=0

Rx

0

1

Rx

0

1

Rx

0

1

Rx

0

1

Tx

Tx

Tx

Tx

59

+ + 58

57

+ 56

59

+ + 58 57

+ 56

59

+ + 58 57

+ 56

59

+ + 58

57

+ 56

1)

2)

Peer link type "Bus connection"

Up to 31 drives receive identical setpoints from one drive. The setpoint source drive is selected with "Enable transmit" = 1. "Enable transmit" = 0 must be preset for all other drives.

1) The interface cable sheilds must be connected directly on the converter with the lowest possible impedance to converter or or cubicle earth (e.g. via a clamp). 2) Twisted cable, e.g. LIYCY 2x0.5 sqmm; with longer cables, an equipotential bonding conductor
must be used to ensure that the difference in frame potentials between nodes stays below 7V.

9-30

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Function descriptions

9.14

Thermal overload protection of DC motor (I2t monitoring of motor)
The I2t monitoring function is parameterized in parameters P100, P113 and P114. If these parameters are adapted correctly, the motor is protected against overloading (not all-round motor protection). This monitoring function is disabled in the factory setting of the parameters (P820 i006 = 37). Adaptation P114: A time constant Tmotor in minutes for the I2t monitoring function must be entered in parameter P114.

P113, P100: The permissible continuous current of the motor must be defined by parameters P100 and P113. The permissible continuous current is the product of the calculation P113 * P100. Warning characteristic / switch-off characteristic If the motor is loaded constantly, for example, with about 125% of the permissible continuous motor current, then alarm A037 is triggered after a time constant (P114) has elapsed. If the load is not reduced, then the drive is shut down when the switch-off characteristic is reached and fault message F037 displayed. Warning/switch-off times for other loads can be calculated from the diagram. Alarm message triggering by motor I2t monitoring function This diagram shows how long it takes for an alarm message to be triggered if, after a long preloading period (> 5 * T_th), a new constant load value is injected abruptly. T_th = P114 .. thermal time constant of motor

5 Load current / permissible continuous current (P100 x P113) 4,5 4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 Time / thermal time constant of motor 0% preloading 20% preloading 40% preloading 60% preloading 80% preloading

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-31

Function descriptions Fault message triggering by motor I2t monitoring function

05.2007

This diagram shows how long it takes for a fault message to be triggered if, after a long preloading period (> 5 * T_th), a new constant load value is injected abruptly. T_th = P114 .. thermal time constant of motor

5 Load current / permissible continuous current (P100 x P113) 4,5 4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 Time / thermal time constant of motor 0% preloading 20% preloading 40% preloading 60% preloading 80% preloading

CAUTION
When the electronics power supply fails for longer than 2 s, the calculated motor preloading value is lost. When the supply is reconnected, the system assumes that the connected motor has not been loaded at all! If the electronics power supply fails and the converter is switched on again within 2 s (e.g. via the "Automatic restart" function), then the temperature calculation is based on the last calculated l2t value of the motor.. The I2t monitoring function reproduces only a rough thermal image of the motor, i.e. it does not provide all-round motor protection. If P114 (Tmotor) is set to zero, then the I2t monitoring function is deactivated.

9-32

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007 Calculation of thermal equivalent time constant (P114)

Function descriptions

It must be noted that the thermal equivalent time constant is dependent on the maximum overcurrent. Thermal equivalent time constant of 1G . 5/1H . 5 DC motors according to Catalog DA12.
P114
40 30

20

10 8 6 5 4 3

2

1 100 120 140 160 180 200

I [%] I rated

Irated ... Rated motor armature current (=P100) I ... Maximum overcurrent at which motor is operated

NOTES
• • When other motor types are connected, the manufacturer's specifications apply. If you are using DC motors 1G.5 / 1H.5 as specified in catalog DA12, parameter P113 must be set to 1.00

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-33

Function descriptions

05.2007

9.15

Dynamic overload capability of power section

9.15.1 Overview of functions
The converter rated DC current specified on the rating plate (= maximum permissible continuous direct current when P077 = 1.00) may be exceeded in operation. The amount and permissible duration of the overload are subject to limits which are explained in more detail below. The absolute upper limit for the absolute value of overload currents corresponds to 1.8 times the converter rated DC current * P077 (= r072.001 * P077). The maximum overload period depends both on the time characteristic of the overload current and on the load history of the converter and differs depending on the installed power section. Every overload must be preceded by an "underload" (load phase at load current < P077 * rated DC current). After the maximum permissible overload period has expired, the load current must be reduced to a value of at least ≤ P077 * converter rated DC current. The dynamic overload period is made possible by a thermal monitoring function (I2t monitor) in the power section. This uses the time characteristic of the actual load current to calculate the time characteristic of the thyristor temperature rise over ambient temperature. When the converter is switched on, the calculation commences with the initial values that were calculated before the converter power supply was last switched off/last failed. Allowance can be made for ambient conditions (ambient temperature, installation altitude) by the setting in parameter P077. In the delivery state, the ambient temperature is always set to the maximum permissible value (i.e. 45°C for naturally cooled converters and 40°C for converters with forced cooling). The I2t monitoring function responds when the calculated thyristor temperature rises exceeds the permissible limit. Two alternative responses to the monitor can be parameterized: P075 = 1: P075 = 2: Alarm A039 with reduction of armature current setpoint to P077 * converter rated DC current Fault F039 followed by converter shutdown

The I2t monitoring function can be deactivated. In this case, the armature current is limited to the setting in P077 * converter rated DC current (= P077 * r072.001). Connector K310 contains the calculated thyristor overtemperature as a % of the maximum permissible converter-specific thyristor overtemperature: 80°C on 15A to 60A converters 85°C on 90A to 140A converters 90°C on converters of > 200A converter rated armature DC current.

9-34

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Function descriptions

9.15.2 Configuring for dynamic overload capability
Section 9.15.3 provides the following information for each converter model: − Maximum overload period tan for starting with cold power section and specified constant overload with an overload factor of X (i.e. loading with X times the converter rated DC current * P077) (see small table at top right) − Maximum current interval tab (maximum cooling time) until the power section reaches the "cold" state (see below small table at top right) − Limit characteristics fields for calculating overload capability in thermally settled, intermittent overload operation (periodic load cycles). (In tabulated form: Top left As curve with logarithmic y axis: Curve at bottom left As curve with linear y axis: Curve at bottom right) Important: The power section is in the "cold" state when the calculated thyristor temperature corresponds to less than 5 % of its maximum permissible value. This state can be scanned via a binary selectable output. Note: If load cycles are started with a cold power section at least slightly within the specified load cycle limits, then the thermally settled state can be reached without tripping the I2t monitor. If the I2t monitoring function is parameterized for a shutdown response (P075 = 2), the converter should not be allowed to operate too close to the limit characteristic when periodic load cycles are configured with a load cycle time of longer or slightly shorter or equal to 300 s. In all other cases, and especially when parameterizing reduction of the armature current setpoint (P075 = 1) as the I2t monitoring trip response, it is possible to fully utilize the maximum overload capability defined by the limit characteristic. Structure of limit characteristics fields for intermittent overload duty: Each characteristics field refers to a load cycle of intermittent overload operation with a total period of 300 s. This type of load cycle consists of two periods, i.e. the base-load duty period (armature actual current ≤ P077 * converter rated DC current) and the overload period (actual armature current ≥ P077 * converter rated DC current). Each limit characteristic displays the maximum permissible overload period Tp over the maximum base-load current Ig for a specific overload factor X for each converter model. For the remainder of the load cycle, the current may not exceed the base-load current as defined by the overload factor. If no limit characteristic is specified for a particular overload factor, then the characteristic for the nexthigher overload factor must be applied. The limit characteristics fields apply to a load cycle time of 300s. For load cycle times of < 300s, the overload period must be reduced proportionally (load cycle/300s). For load cycle times of > 300s, the overload period is the same as that for a cycle time of 300s, but the base-load period is correspondingly longer. The limit characteristics fields apply for a setting of P077 = 1.00. If P077 is set to ≤ 1.00, i.e. in the case of thermal derating, the currents which actually flow must be weighted with a factor of 1/P077: Overload factor X for characteristic = Actual maximum base-load current =
Actual overload current P 077 * converter rated DC current

P077 * max. base-load current acc. to characteristic in % of converter rated DC current

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-35

Function descriptions Basic tasks for configuring periodic overload operation Terms: Basic task 1: Known quantities: Converter type, cycle time, overload factor, overload period Quantities to be found: Minimum base-load duty period and maximum base-load current Solution: Selection of limit characteristic for specified converter type and overload factor Base-load duty period300 = min. base-load duty period for 300 s cycle time Overload period300 = max. overload period for 300 s cycle time

05.2007

Cycle time < 300s: Overload period300 = (300s/cycle time) * overload period Cycle time ≥ 300s: Overload period300 = Overload period If: Overload period300 > overload period300 for base-load current = 0 Then: Required load cycle cannot be configured, Otherwise: Determine the maximum base-load current for overload period300 from the limit characteristic Example 1: Known quantities: 30A/4Q converter; cycle time 113.2s; overload factor = 1.45; overload period = 20s Quantities to be found: Minimum base-load period and maximum base-load current Solution: Limit characteristic for 30A/4Q converter, overload factor 1.5 Overload period300 = (300s/113.2s) * 20s = 53s Base-load period300 = 300s – 53s = 247s → Maximum base-load current = approx. 45% of Irated = 13.5A

Basic task 2: Known quantities: Converter type, cycle time, overload factor, base-load current Quantities to be found: Minimum base-load period and maximum overload period Solution: Selection of limit characteristic for specified converter type and overload factor Determine overload period300 for base-load current from limit characteristic Cycle time < 300s: Max. overload period = (cycle time/300s) * overload period300 Min. base-load period = cycle time – max. overload period Cycle time ≥ 300s: Max. overload period = overload period300 Min. base-load period = cycle time – max. overload period Example 2: Known quantities: 30A/4Q converter; cycle time 140s; current overload factor = 1.15; base-load current = 0.6*Irated = 18A Quantities to be found: Minimum base-load period and maximum overload period Solution: Limit characteristic for 30A/4Q converter, overload factor 1.2 Base-load current = 60% of Irated → overload period300 = 126.35s Max. overload period = (140s/300s) * 126.35s = approx. 58s Min. base-load period = 140s – 58s = 82s

9-36

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Function descriptions

9.15.3 Characteristics for determining the dynamic overload capability for intermittent overload operation
6RA7013-6DV62 Tp (s) X=1.8 95.420 88.298 80.245 71.148 60.760 48.911 35.280 19.600 5.512 0.838 0.670 0.503 0.419 Tp (s) X=1.5 152.660 145.785 137.837 128.570 117.657 104.704 89.040 69.916 46.107 15.990 5.590 2.651 1.182 Tp (s) X=1.4 179.100 172.818 165.438 156.707 146.280 133.676 118.105 98.440 72.987 38.903 22.080 8.750 2.085 Tp (s) X=1.3 211.080 205.833 199.620 192.183 183.060 171.763 157.453 138.528 112.909 76.140 56.520 31.800 19.440 Tp (s) X=1.2 250.440 247.077 243.106 238.150 231.964 224.061 213.554 199.098 177.737 143.360 120.320 93.013 79.360 Tp (s) X=1.1 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000 300.000

Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8

tan (s) ∞ 1633 1112 833 651 382

tab (s) = 2281

6RA7013-6DV62 15A/400V 1000,0 300

6RA7013-6DV62 15A/400V

X=1,8 X=1,5 250 100,0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1 200

10,0

150

X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 1,0 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1

100

50

0,1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-37

Function descriptions

05.2007

6RA7018-6DS22 and 6RA7018-6FS22. 6RA7018-6DV62 and 6RA7018-6FV62 Tp (s) X=1.8 45.520 39.447 32.616 25.093 17.093 9.069 2.993 0.466 0.314 0.162 0.101 0.041 0.010 Tp (s) X=1.5 97.480 90.410 82.061 72.179 60.500 46.750 30.889 13.944 1.750 0.554 0.346 0.138 0.035 Tp (s) X=1.4 122.400 115.380 106.977 96.909 84.768 70.012 51.992 30.536 8.127 0.880 0.550 0.220 0.055
400V 460V 400V 460V 300 X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 250 X=1,3 X=1,2 100,0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 X=1,1

Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100

Tp (s) X=1.3 153.020 146.357 138.295 128.483 116.423 101.402 82.375 57.809 26.755 1.491 0.932 0.373 0.093

Tp (s) X=1.2 191.300 185.582 178.589 169.899 158.923 144.877 126.350 101.038 64.820 14.255 1.758 0.703 0.176

Tp (s) X=1.1 240.300 236.594 231.970 226.113 218.466 208.253 194.047 173.048 139.207 76.260 34.440 11.787 0.460
6RA7018-6DS22 6RA7018-6FS22 6RA7018-6DV62 6RA7018-6FV62

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8

tan (s) 1439 906 631 456 333 123

tab (s) = 2169
30A/1Q 30A/1Q 30A/4Q 30A/4Q 400V 460V 400V 460V

6RA7018-6DS22 6RA7018-6FS22 6RA7018-6DV62 6RA7018-6FV62 1000,0

30A/1Q 30A/1Q 30A/4Q 30A/4Q

10,0

150

X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1

100

1,0

50

0,1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current
SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-38

05.2007

Function descriptions

6RA7025-6DS22. 6RA7025-6FS22 and 6RA7025-6GS22 Tp (s) X=1.8 70.600 63.372 55.152 45.796 35.187 23.257 10.164 2.022 0.620 0.330 0.213 0.097 0.039 Tp (s) X=1.5 122.800 115.270 106.462 96.080 83.785 69.086 51.369 30.087 6.095 0.876 0.568 0.259 0.104 Tp (s) X=1.4 146.660 139.406 131.198 120.544 108.182 93.111 74.442 51.000 21.643 1.097 0.711 0.324 0.131 Tp (s) X=1.3 175.280 168.624 160.650 151.002 139.149 124.364 105.480 80.716 47.267 4.671 1.362 0.621 0.250 Tp (s) X=1.2 210.100 204.640 198.004 189.831 179.545 166.345 148.834 124.642 89.280 33.840 5.483 2.083 0.383 Tp (s) X=1.1 253.320 250.030 245.968 240.862 234.267 225.415 213.073 194.690 164.645 106.744 65.650 22.677 1.190

Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8

tan (s) 2071 1352 988 756 592 296

tab (s) = 2169

6RA7025-6DS22 60A/1Q 400V 6RA7025-6FS22 60A/1Q 460V 6RA7025-6GS22 60A/1Q 575V 1000,0 300

6RA7025-6DS22 60A/1Q 400V 6RA7025-6FS22 60A/1Q 460V 6RA7025-6GS22 60A/1Q 575V X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 250 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s

100,0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200

10,0

X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1

150

100

1,0 50

0,1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-39

Function descriptions

05.2007

6RA7025-6DV62. 6RA7025-6FV62 and 6RA7025-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.8 72.980 65.811 57.585 48.150 37.259 24.678 10.683 2.634 0.716 0.439 0.328 0.217 0.162 Tp (s) X=1.5 130.400 123.227 114.814 104.895 93.130 79.007 61.827 40.555 14.001 1.241 0.927 0.614 0.457 Tp (s) X=1.4 156.740 149.957 141.930 132.360 120.832 106.735 89.233 66.989 37.903 4.225 1.420 0.940 0.700 Tp (s) X=1.3 188.460 182.498 175.350 166.711 156.101 142.839 125.906 103.596 72.993 28.730 7.154 3.179 1.191 Tp (s) X=1.2 227.300 222.876 217.469 210.816 202.443 191.669 177.370 157.563 128.433 81.603 53.876 20.823 4.296 Tp (s) X=1.1 275.940 274.175 272.034 269.379 265.933 261.301 254.787 245.064 228.970 197.474 174.472 130.537 108.570

Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8

tan (s) 2535 1446 1016 761 587 283

tab (s) = 2522

6RA7025-6DV62 60A/4Q 400V 6RA7025-6FV62 60A/4Q 460V 6RA7025-6GV62 60A/4Q 575V 1000,0 300

6RA7025-6DV62 60A/4Q 400V 6RA7025-6FV62 60A/4Q 460V 6RA7025-6GV62 60A/4Q 575V

X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2

250

X=1,1

100,0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

200

10,0

X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1

150

100

1,0

50

0,1 0 10 20 30 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

9-40

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007

Function descriptions

6RA7028-6DS22 and 6RA7028-6FS22 Tp (s) X=1.8 44.040 36.508 28.138 18.933 9.535 3.430 1.190 0.432 0.293 0.154 0.099 0.043 0.015 Tp (s) X=1.5 99.800 91.356 81.553 70.135 56.833 41.356 23.503 5.814 0.954 0.502 0.321 0.141 0.050 Tp (s) X=1.4 126.140 117.870 108.144 96.619 82.883 66.380 46.481 22.736 2.778 0.790 0.506 0.221 0.079 Tp (s) X=1.3 157.960 150.323 141.179 130.216 116.804 100.170 79.223 52.448 18.590 1.309 0.837 0.366 0.131 Tp (s) X=1.2 196.940 190.607 182.942 173.518 161.716 146.594 126.664 99.405 60.445 6.765 1.579 0.691 0.247 Tp (s) X=1.1 245.560 241.690 236.930 230.885 223.119 212.760 198.343 176.957 142.178 76.545 32.480 11.259 0.648

Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100

X 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.8

tan (s) 1879 1186 831 604 443 151

tab (s) = 2668

6RA7028-6DS22 90A/1Q 400V 6RA7028-6FS22 90A/1Q 460V 1000,0 300

6RA7028-6DS22 90A/1Q 400V 6RA7028-6FS22 90A/1Q 460V X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 250 X=1,3 X=1,2 X=1,1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s

100,0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s

200

10,0 X=1,8 X=1,5 X=1,4 X=1,3 X=1,2 1,0 X=1,1

150

100

50

0,1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

9-41

044 18.540 85.4 1.396 0.911 161.867 1.0 X=1.580 145.103 Tp (s) X=1.5 X=1.222 171.0 50 0.792 0.5 141.462 67.581 0.473 37.354 0.261 64.466 77.280 154.315 44.1 1.0 300 6RA7028-6DV62 90A/4Q 400V 6RA7028-6FV62 90A/4Q 460V X=1.743 233.624 196.232 123.240 180.089 56.390 107.8 tan (s) 1911 1320 1007 804 659 391 tab (s) = 2658 6RA7028-6DV62 90A/4Q 400V 6RA7028-6FV62 90A/4Q 460V 1000.987 7.460 250.972 1.2 1.260 133.483 67.841 0.1 100.117 2.091 210.5 1.028 Tp (s) X=1.3 250 X=1.1 150 100 1.4 X=1.5 X=1.302 0.582 204.4 X=1.555 172.108 0.966 113.108 88.128 185.533 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-42 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .004 9.269 55.441 0.3 X=1.283 0.600 0.381 159.781 0.195 100.907 134.040 Tp (s) X=1.595 2.4 162.8 94.976 149.347 129.2007 6RA7028-6DV62 and 6RA7028-6FV62 Tp (s) X=1.079 1.985 17.239 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.460 86.3 187.3 1.787 246.200 57.598 224.466 9.009 122.Function descriptions 05.380 211.592 135.1 254.954 115.084 154.680 0.060 Tp (s) X=1.361 27.992 91.906 191.668 99.2 X=1.013 Tp (s) X=1.499 33.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.8 X=1.667 42.8 X=1.336 240.2 X=1.126 0.2 217.983 94.

540 114.161 74.5 122.269 0.680 202.153 69.525 142.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.239 9.887 237.483 186.2 X=1.948 49.148 Tp (s) X=1.975 65.4 1.184 22.756 47.607 153.2 208.556 119.025 Tp (s) X=1.409 54.128 158.226 229.160 63.4 X=1.258 0. 6RA7031-6FS22 and 6RA7031-6GS22 Tp (s) X=1.516 148.429 80.270 0.413 242.5 X=1.218 16.571 25.1 251.573 40.380 167.395 1.5 X=1.664 186.3 1.928 117.959 118.787 26.064 Tp (s) X=1.340 0.080 247.830 2.4 146.5 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-43 .518 0.3 174.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.799 0.8 71.159 1.2 X=1.911 220.088 0.3 X=1.653 175.655 0.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7031-6DS22.716 45.2 1.329 0.928 100.0 300 6RA7031-6DS22 125A/1Q 400V 6RA7031-6FS22 125A/1Q 460V 6RA7031-6GS22 125A/1Q 575V X=1.8 tab (s) tan (s) 1994 1318 968 743 582 289 = 3110 6RA7031-6DS22 125A/1Q 400V 6RA7031-6FS22 125A/1Q 460V 6RA7031-6GS22 125A/1Q 575V 1000.315 3.613 1.8 X=1.1 1.626 161.942 89.3 X=1.267 Tp (s) X=1.224 0.231 0.214 0.8 X=1.0 X=1.225 17.371 104.863 0.1 150 100 1.378 0.667 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.0 50 0.000 34.970 3.094 Tp (s) X=1.140 138.963 91.695 195.4 250 X=1.544 0.880 80.851 0.886 46.165 135.905 93.05.178 206.003 104.730 5.230 128.

946 48.040 168.764 0.100 203.951 183.304 0.027 Tp (s) X=1.584 107.184 0.560 66.487 227.952 217.919 203.925 137.8 tan (s) 2160 1453 1079 836 662 344 tab (s) = 3112 6RA7031-6DV62 125A/4Q 400V 6RA7031-6FV62 125A/4Q 460V 6RA7031-6GV62 125A/4Q 575V 1000.311 121.159 0.303 235.5 X=1.485 107.Function descriptions 05.5 125.603 0.799 131.379 1.8 74.670 2.600 75.462 14.3 X=1.4 148.832 160.128 195.1 150 100 1.8 X=1.454 0.2 1.944 1.340 0.660 117.1 249.686 1.4 X=1.5 X=1.377 46.910 25.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 9-44 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .760 245.328 19.972 241.896 187.358 0.208 79.363 83.984 35.404 84.2 X=1.8 X=1.2 X=1.0 X=1.5 1.047 Tp (s) X=1.0 50 0.012 Tp (s) X=1. 6RA7031-6FV62 and 6RA7031-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.613 101.259 149.810 143.702 6.4 1.3 176.635 0.512 57.226 149.433 91.749 0.679 67.066 12.022 0.230 0.017 Tp (s) X=1.042 175.3 1.2007 6RA7031-6DV62.3 X=1.2 209.680 140.405 38.4 250 X=1.581 46.974 95.467 1.983 161.548 120.141 21.065 0.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.005 Tp (s) X=1.0 300 6RA7031-6DV62 125A/4Q 400V 6RA7031-6FV62 125A/4Q 460V 6RA7031-6GV62 125A/4Q 575V X=1.655 0.468 1.113 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.425 71.811 0.079 117.501 0.1 1.080 0.329 39.

400 1.160 0.369 0.870 1.377 80.8 tan (s) 680.749 1.150 24.96 tab (s) = 766 210A/1Q 210A/1Q 210A/1Q 210A/4Q 210A/4Q 210A/4Q 400V 460V 575V 400V 460V 575V 6RA7075-6DS22 6RA7075-6FS22 6RA7075-6GS22 6RA7075-6DV62 6RA7075-6FV62 6RA7075-6GV62 1000.585 0.5 X=1.419 1.486 0.347 110.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 100.370 15.324 167.428 2.00 25.4 50.456 0.024 0.007 Tp (s) X=1.209 0.2 X=1.443 188.652 74.454 Tp (s) X=1.424 0.1 235.995 0.00 78.313 4.826 0.733 0.628 212.080 0.789 202.264 0.100 50.010 0.081 0. 6RA7075-6FS22 and 6RA7075-6GS22 6RA7075-6DV62.490 94.109 0.902 0.092 400V 460V 575V 400V 460V 575V Tp (s) X=1.956 6RA7075-6DS22 6RA7075-6FS22 6RA7075-6GS22 6RA7075-6DV62 6RA7075-6FV62 6RA7075-6GV62 X 1.278 48.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 10.4 X=1.947 0.8 X=1.085 0.720 43.048 210A/1Q 210A/1Q 210A/1Q 210A/4Q 210A/4Q 210A/4Q Function descriptions Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Tp (s) X=1.667 3.448 133.015 0.5 21.4 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-45 .608 226.069 0.600 14.266 0.1 250 300 X=1.581 0.009 34.8 1.0 150 100 1.498 74.600 142.4 X=1.3 91.131 0.001 34.00 167.644 0.3 1.990 136. 6RA7075-6FV62 and 6RA7075-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.873 4.3 X=1.5 X=1.1 1.025 0.560 231.150 0.407 1.2 149.187 Tp (s) X=1.480 0.589 16.344 0.068 12.0 X=1.631 1.05.8 X=1.3 X=1.2 1.999 45.216 63.0 50 0.286 0.980 16.00 0.741 220.843 8.2007 6RA7075-6DS22.5 1.00 318.825 123.2 X=1.246 0.660 83.

410 0.461 53.437 0.0 150 100 X=1.700 116.682 4.584 50.938 21.4 X=1.042 118.925 5.680 58.638 0.420 12.624 85.736 0.841 46.2 169.083 0.3 123.4 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-46 .202 0.4 90.768 12.5 1.585 203.279 400V 460V 400V 460V 300 X=1.930 Tp (s) X=1.025 107.0 X=1.753 168.2 X=1.4 250 X=1.053 Tp (s) X=1.177 Tp (s) X=1.698 11.Function descriptions 05.641 41.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Tp (s) X=1.953 133.276 0.1 100.506 137.798 84.673 0.795 144.708 213.474 0.400 82.3 X=1.015 154.300 16.433 4.2 1.1 1.142 0.605 1.714 12.8 1.748 0.8 X=1.418 100.5 X=1.846 74.500 233.435 0.435 11.091 4.023 2.870 20.2 X=1.249 228.192 2.0 280A/1Q 280A/1Q 280A/4Q 280A/4Q 10.3 1.127 76.5 65.092 221.8 21.699 70.2007 6RA7078-6DS22 and 6RA7078-6FS22 6RA7078-6DV62 and 6RA7078-6FV62 Tp (s) X=1.472 Tp (s) X=1.316 40.842 1.548 53.650 2.1 50 0.028 188.609 33.1 237.770 31.265 0.960 163.632 26.460 53.534 8.139 96.540 1.725 4.017 0.088 6RA7078-6DS22 6RA7078-6FS22 6RA7078-6DV62 6RA7078-6FV62 X 1.943 2.923 6.290 0.247 64.3 X=1.5 X=1.8 tan (s) 729 381 237 155 103 24 tab (s) = 840 280A/1Q 280A/1Q 280A/4Q 280A/4Q 400V 460V 400V 460V 6RA7078-6DS22 6RA7078-6FS22 6RA7078-6DV62 6RA7078-6FV62 1000.

555 0.145 14.355 0.090 0.010 0.352 0.060 49.1 121.378 7.40 53.8 X=1.216 50.237 0.658 0.3 1.0 50 0.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-47 .859 2.209 43.90 3.025 Tp (s) X=1.150 0.020 0.969 0.184 16.682 2.447 0.318 6.80 0.131 0.0 150 100 1.3 23.657 2.046 0.703 13.106 Tp (s) X=1.254 93.507 0.584 0.5 X=1.621 0.079 9.478 4.3 X=1.532 0.05.1 1.276 0.680 0.218 82.039 0.116 68.2 1.437 6.016 Tp (s) X=1.309 2.4 10.8 0.708 102.70 8.146 0.8 tan (s) 130.820 0.044 Tp (s) X=1.141 1.518 0.094 29.1 250 100.2 54.420 20.5 4.006 Tp (s) X=1.906 109.4 X=1.250 2.221 0.500 3.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7081-6DS22 and 6RA7081-6GS22 Tp (s) X=1.090 0.5 X=1.154 6.057 3.140 8.8 X=1.207 0.560 37.134 1.361 0.617 0.0 6RA7081-6DS22 400A/1Q 400V 6RA7081-6GS22 400A/1Q 575V X=1.3 X=1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 300 6RA7081-6DS22 400A/1Q 400V 6RA7081-6GS22 400A/1Q 575V X=1.4 X=1.414 1.2 X=1.5 1.079 0.4 1.767 3.872 22.145 1.086 0.191 0.201 0.054 0.080 115.309 0.2 X=1.90 21.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.000 0.029 0.437 28.434 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.72 tab (s) = 198 1000.

5 5.421 66.305 75.4 13.039 0.0 9-48 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .514 66.1 250 100.640 1.5 X=1.549 0.832 0.5 X=1.010 28.1 179.155 0.372 1.023 0.277 0.140 Tp (s) X=1.320 4.483 5.812 1.296 0.0 150 100 1.025 Tp (s) X=1.980 10.525 4.8 X=1.059 Tp (s) X=1.349 0.0 13.433 7.137 0.2 1.4 X=1.499 0.018 0.318 12.020 83.438 3.2 0.007 Tp (s) X=1.3 42.443 0.1 1.460 36.276 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.596 20.3 1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s X=1.925 2.358 2.136 1.8 1.0 4.929 25.477 135.0 6RA7081-6DV62 400A/4Q 400V 6RA7081-6GV62 400A/4Q 575V 300 6RA7081-6DV62 400A/4Q 400V 6RA7081-6GV62 400A/4Q 575V X=1.9 1.814 0.2 90.985 2.089 0.405 5.275 0.660 1.235 1.130 41.1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 50 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 200 10.1 0 10 X=1.321 97.8 X=1.743 0.720 10.672 148.139 55.036 0.382 0.019 2.5 tab (s) = 338 1000.912 20.258 3.454 0.449 0.3 X=1.825 1.2 X=1.202 7.915 1.4 X=1.0 112.068 0.011 0.333 Tp (s) X=1.437 0.617 0.666 2.711 119.446 1.210 0.460 173.786 166.961 158.4 1.Function descriptions 05.105 3.829 0.189 4.2007 6RA7081-6DV62 and 6RA7081-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.148 0.0 47.3 X=1.5 1.8 tan (s) 282.

289 0.160 15.266 3.008 0.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-49 .847 0.248 0.460 44.783 13.141 74.601 19.495 0.0 150 100 1.110 0.3 X=1.423 8.5 6.2 1.005 Tp (s) X=1.032 0.192 2.002 Tp (s) X=1.083 0.736 0.8 1.000 Tp (s) X=1.051 0.1 103.248 1.560 5.189 4.663 0.001 Tp (s) X=1.096 10.455 4.830 0.959 1.867 63.1 5.900 20.0 22.575 49.262 33.248 1.4 X=1.980 0.051 0.512 0.213 0.8 49.5 X=1.528 14.2 X=1.110 0.583 2.325 0.829 84.001 Tp (s) X=1.1 250 100.344 0.724 33.0 6RA7082-6FS22 450A/1Q 460V 6RA7082-6FV62 450A/4Q 460V X=1.816 17.018 0.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 300 6RA7082-6FS22 450A/1Q 460V 6RA7082-6FV62 450A/4Q 460V X=1.090 0.3 tab (s) = 206 1000.039 0.1 1.8 X=1.704 39.844 0.053 6.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.936 2.181 26.947 0.8 tan (s) 109.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7082-6FS22 and 6RA7082-6FV62 Tp (s) X=1.320 0.412 4.4 12.3 23.5 1.5 X=1.029 0.442 6.4 1.320 10.149 0.005 0.587 0.4 X=1.138 0.2 49.620 98.189 2.05.2 X=1.460 1.3 X=1.3 1.014 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.959 0.599 7.7 1.542 0.249 91.8 X=1.014 0.4 11.353 0.0 50 0.836 2.460 0.

8 X=1.2 X=1.837 1.640 25.876 0.228 13.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-50 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 150 100 X=1.0 44.3 67.179 7.5 X=1.520 62.666 Tp (s) X=1.020 6.058 1.453 98.3 X=1.2 X=1.388 35.Function descriptions 05.525 3.094 Tp (s) X=1.500 45.4 1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.069 0.028 1.238 22.156 Tp (s) X=1.647 131.281 0.582 35.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.378 10.806 3.398 0.146 9.9 tab (s) = 381 6RA7085-6DS22 600A/1Q 400V 6RA7085-6FS22 600A/1Q 460V 6RA7085-6GS22 600A/1Q 575V 1000.2007 6RA7085-6DS22.825 8.665 90.1 50 0.462 104.0 74.467 70.1 1.0 28. 6RA7085-6FS22 and 6RA7085-6GS22 Tp (s) X=1.3 1.022 30.2 111.5 X=1.202 24.177 5.206 0.653 58.930 19.383 14.802 184.979 50.218 0.214 0.300 39.260 105.894 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.285 Tp (s) X=1.4 250 X=1.113 18.479 0.422 0.8 8.031 Tp (s) X=1.240 197.792 0.158 1.5 28.126 17.1 202.031 164.0 6.4 43.3 X=1.0 X=1.557 27.342 0.955 2.0 300 6RA7085-6DS22 600A/1Q 400V 6RA7085-6FS22 600A/1Q 460V 6RA7085-6GS22 600A/1Q 575V X=1.235 0.044 0.591 56.118 0.538 22.8 1.8 tan (s) 331.452 4.2 1.5 1.655 43.704 0.4 X=1.504 0.647 65.067 43.977 150.0 137.342 10.131 0.738 27.179 1.626 0.094 0.774 176.734 81.222 0.543 191.

283 0.199 89.079 0.524 65.3 X=1.342 18.177 0. 6RA7085-6FV62 and 6RA7085-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.340 12.301 Tp (s) X=1.0 5.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.016 1.4 250 X=1.645 0.0 150 100 1.942 32.911 0.8 X=1.4 55.684 8.577 19.249 2.058 0.5 1.922 2.741 120.803 172.465 210.1 219.420 73.5 X=1.728 24.161 Tp (s) X=1.2 1.4 1.452 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.997 196.167 5.420 29.1 1.192 0.226 0.355 0.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7085-6DV62.320 4.5 X=1.8 X=1.460 56.05.2 X=1.2 133.1 50 0.173 43.3 X=1.347 0.0 105.877 55.026 Tp (s) X=1.764 28.318 153.094 Tp (s) X=1.680 127.483 0.724 9.3 1.908 58.691 112.208 0.354 0.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-51 .3 86.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.953 74.025 185.269 25.0 63.012 44.361 1.4 X=1.0 36.130 13.355 203.575 0.975 32.294 1.421 0.300 80.5 34.632 4.620 50.497 0.0 300 6RA7085-6DV62 600A/4Q 400V 6RA7085-6FV62 600A/4Q 460V 6RA7085-6GV62 600A/4Q 575V X=1.852 0.824 126.287 102.0 X=1.293 0.2 tab (s) = 452 6RA7085-6DV62 600A/4Q 400V 6RA7085-6FV62 600A/4Q 460V 6RA7085-6GV62 600A/4Q 575V 1000.660 215.037 0.662 0.868 0.2 X=1.0 183.899 36.161 7.8 tan (s) 423.914 83.8 6.809 20.190 Tp (s) X=1.132 0.343 6.768 3.565 0.

225 0.1 6RA7087-6DS22 6RA7087-6FS22 6RA7087-6GS22 6RA7086-6KS22 1000.472 29.240 15.482 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-52 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .029 0.453 2.796 1.2007 6RA7087-6DS22.8 tan (s) 296 161 102 70 50 19 tab (s) = 516 850A/1Q 850A/1Q 800A/1Q 720A/1Q 400V 460V 575V 690V X=1.540 55.8 X=1.586 0.4 1.947 7.447 7.1 1.3 X=1.712 130.378 40.427 62.1 180.272 31.0 250 100. 6RA7087-6FS22.710 21.392 0.023 Tp (s) X=1.350 43.045 Tp (s) X=1.837 49.5 X=1.869 4.014 400V 460V 575V 690V Tp (s) X=1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.080 0.2 X=1.405 9.128 0.675 57.534 4.279 3.913 35.234 104.331 23.357 53.003 Tp (s) X=1.936 1. 6RA7087-6GS22 and 6RA7086-6KS22 Tp (s) X=1.209 0.084 0.4 X=1.940 12.009 850A/1Q 850A/1Q 800A/1Q 720A/1Q Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Tp (s) X=1.583 9.Function descriptions 05.400 112.197 3.0 X=1.383 0.211 0.2 119.122 6RA7087-6DS22 6RA7087-6FS22 6RA7087-6GS22 6RA7086-6KS22 300 X 1.160 77.234 0.118 26.5 45.981 19.195 62.164 16.776 113.2 X=1.816 17.125 0.2 1.017 71.900 40.369 91.356 1.565 0.405 0.078 144.3 1.132 0.1 100 50 0.195 2.4 61.5 1.724 84.619 0.8 19.376 165.3 84.668 70.585 0.0 150 X=1.5 X=1.370 6.861 9.571 42.357 0.4 1.557 23.491 156.3 X=1.060 173.8 X=1.101 0.059 94.685 35.

946 4.681 4.760 10. 6RA7087-6GV62 and 6RA7086-6KV62 Tp (s) X=1.044 Tp (s) X=1.352 116.1 100 50 0.335 17.687 190.176 6.146 0.409 70.596 0.774 2.802 0.740 136.4 74.8 1.694 79.5 X=1.084 Tp (s) X=1.971 87.2 X=1.787 0.760 95.548 0.0 300 250 100.217 6RA7087-6DV62 6RA7087-6FV62 6RA7087-6GV62 6RA7086-6KV62 X 1.507 181.232 0.820 49.651 64.066 0.0 228.5 X=1.723 1.819 47.606 0.836 5.439 0.775 170.080 12.928 104.017 850A/4Q 850A/4Q 850A/4Q 760A/4Q Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Tp (s) X=1.887 2.132 0.126 3.2 X=1.090 0.631 1.4 X=1.220 46.005 Tp (s) X=1.840 5.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7087-6DV62.303 0.236 0.573 50.039 37.8 13.025 0.426 7.141 0.3 1.3 X=1.05.3 X=1.947 157.393 1. 6RA7087-6FV62.058 1.449 14.019 37.2 1.973 28.417 58.242 23.106 0.981 0.5 1.4 X=1.5 53.942 0.4 1.188 127.980 67.1 6RA7087-6DV62 6RA7087-6FV62 6RA7087-6GV62 6RA7086-6KV62 1000.197 139.1 0 10 20 30 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-53 .005 2.368 0.968 19.382 0.486 5.3 103.8 tan (s) 382.0 102.013 76.1 1.350 33.660 197.5 tab (s) = 582 850A/4Q 850A/4Q 850A/4Q 760A/4Q 400V 460V 575V 690V X=1.217 114.0 150 X=1.480 89.0 X=1.027 400V 460V 575V 690V Tp (s) X=1.0 150.798 25.0 13.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 10.150 0.373 11.1 203.8 X=1.0 68.2 143.

952 5.251 18.807 0.220 72.8 tan (s) 185.793 0.035 0.462 2.301 0.984 3.052 0.8 X=1.916 1.148 1.287 15.6 tab (s) = 296 1000.4 27.728 8.653 8.692 0.359 0.0 150 X=1.1 100 50 0. 6RA7088-6KS22 and 6RA7088-6LS22 Tp (s) X=1.296 29.5 1.828 114.491 0.Function descriptions 05.727 2.0 6RA7090-6GS22 1000A/1Q 575V 6RA7088-6KD22 950A/1Q 690V 6RA7088-6LS22 900A/1Q 830V 300 6RA7090-6GS22 1000A/1Q 575V 6RA7088-6KS22 950A/1Q 690V 6RA7088-6LS22 900A/1Q 830V X=1.050 Tp (s) X=1.537 133.145 0.025 6.551 7.3 44.2 1.058 20.2 78.905 65.173 0.0 16.740 3.2 X=1.8 X=1.520 24.007 65.980 40.009 Tp (s) X=1.655 0.0 26.5 17.317 3.280 35.075 6.028 57.3 1.8 5.100 0.090 Tp (s) X=1.296 0.1 0 10 20 30 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-54 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 X=1.179 0.0 4.938 84.787 12.2007 6RA7090-6GS22.029 Tp (s) X=1.4 X=1.123 41.3 X=1.652 1.0 46.541 12.020 100.0 86.1 148.1 250 100.4 X=1.689 0.925 0.058 12.058 0.043 18.781 24.183 0.5 X=1.200 0.282 0.203 29.1 1.132 4.664 39.200 4.4 1.017 0.060 141.436 0.144 9.672 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.5 1.115 0.198 Tp (s) X=1.128 2.879 124.397 0.812 2.3 X=1.136 1.2 X=1.380 16.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 10.360 14.253 48.

048 128.080 3.250 0.142 2.360 3.755 13.8 X=1.4 X=1.4 X=1.460 21.147 0.068 0.0 6RA7090-6KV62 1000A/4Q 690V 6RA7088-6LV62 950A/4Q 830V X=1.05.794 2.058 60.337 0.597 1.360 41.693 0.385 0.682 51.8 tan (s) 218.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s X=1.280 12.4 25.114 35.493 9.686 86.442 2.305 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.049 0.746 5.013 Tp (s) X=1.667 17.973 27.260 145.616 1.650 1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 200 10.2 300 6RA7090-6KV62 1000A/4Q 690V 6RA7088-6LV62 950A/4Q 830V X=1.013 0.2 82.164 1.023 Tp (s) X=1.581 0.3 X=1.516 2.418 9.099 Tp (s) X=1.752 117.5 1.134 0.399 1.403 7.0 50 0.3 46.237 28.3 1.313 0.159 0.093 0.1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-55 .5 14.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7090-6KV62 and 6RA7088-6LV62 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.0 13.690 0.4 1.5 X=1.782 138.1 250 100.748 2.554 6.1 152.525 0.0 50.032 39.849 5.040 0.3 X=1.6 tab (s) = 373 1000.004 Tp (s) X=1.378 0.2 1.049 15.036 9.5 X=1.324 0.665 15.0 25.322 69.0 99.854 4.1 1.334 4.296 0.554 64.030 0.2 X=1.950 37.045 Tp (s) X=1.600 76.586 1.093 0.8 4.160 0.803 22.811 7.048 0.929 10.0 3.487 103.516 0.0 150 100 1.

126 1.4 X=1.003 Tp (s) X=1.1 146.248 4.337 11.032 Tp (s) X=1.120 35.820 0.586 23.776 55.2007 6RA7090-6GV62 Tp (s) X=1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 100.905 0.0 50 0.3 41.916 4.276 0.200 17.020 0.518 109.9 tab (s) = 366 1000.412 0.959 32.294 17.763 131.3 1.976 29.1 250 6RA7090-6GV62 1100A/4Q 575V X=1.030 1.531 13.388 0.098 11.246 0.8 3.042 0.864 0.514 0.8 tan (s) 208.116 0.922 21.3 X=1.0 6RA7090-6GV62 1100A/4Q 575V 300 X=1.8 X=1.104 0.2 X=1.194 0.Function descriptions 05.963 10.255 0.839 5.571 53.5 1.843 43.052 0.595 0.330 77.405 2.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 9-56 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .688 7.5 2.4 X=1.1 1.220 2.009 Tp (s) X=1.068 0.992 0.577 7.592 29.393 3.260 62.202 3.5 X=1.4 21.2 77.032 0.5 X=1.2 1.559 0.817 0.943 1.107 0.435 1.683 5.008 0.029 0.016 Tp (s) X=1.235 0.840 139.020 70.415 121.746 0.123 0.627 1.460 9.667 2.6 20.0 91.464 7.190 0.441 3.0 43.5 11.5 10.3 X=1.2 X=1.230 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 10.109 6.074 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.4 1.666 95.0 150 100 1.679 1.

728 8.1 150 100 50 0.030 Tp (s) X=1.111 Tp (s) X=1.056 0.780 0.018 0.349 66.3 47.180 40.019 Tp (s) X=1.2 1.427 96.627 4.8 tan (s) 180 88 49 30 19 6 tab (s) = 312 1000.0 X=1.460 73.492 0.05.086 3.873 7.340 136.321 4.8 6.101 3.231 0.405 80.839 129.5 20.463 58.589 1.779 30.053 Tp (s) X=1.297 13.640 19.886 12.061 0.916 6.898 4.204 0.5 X=1.952 1.569 3.129 14.0 6RA7091-6DS22 1200A/1Q 400V 6RA7091-6FS22 1200A/1Q 460V 300 6RA7091-6DS22 1200A/1Q 400V 6RA7091-6FS22 1200A/1Q 460V X=1.550 2.534 2.089 0.130 0.754 0.974 8.720 42.1 0 10 20 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-57 .859 0.700 5.3 1.494 61.447 14.373 0.4 X=1.340 0.864 32.479 20.160 0.1 143.737 1.231 0.568 0.1 1.344 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.3 X=1.749 50.5 X=1.043 2.8 X=1.571 0.2 1.140 17.352 26.042 0.334 0.910 23.139 0.3 X=1.613 11.198 109.006 Tp (s) X=1.1 250 100.2 79.0 X=1.8 X=1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 10.016 37.216 120.988 10.951 9.850 0.2 X=1.4 X=1.4 30.891 1.5 1.066 0.992 37.126 19.4 1.208 0.440 26.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7091-6DS22 and 6RA7091-6FS22 Tp (s) X=1.

939 3.2 X=1.2 X=1.8 tan (s) 223 104 54 28 15 4 tab (s) = 383 6RA7091-6DV62 1200A/4Q 400V 6RA7091-6FV62 1200A/4Q 460V 1000.780 43.2 86.170 2.002 103.4 1.004 Tp (s) X=1.976 37.632 2.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-58 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .099 0.270 0.041 0.682 0.4 X=1.1 154.344 0.5 1.021 Tp (s) X=1.433 1.Function descriptions 05.0 150 X=1.8 X=1.816 3.1 100 50 0.445 0.1 1.292 16.482 0.048 0.958 2.441 40.2 1.320 23.560 30.134 0.3 X=1.745 4.481 129.170 0.588 23.220 13.673 6.620 147.253 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.3 49.451 15.916 28.161 15.8 4.100 1.030 0.5 16.189 5.163 36.686 1.748 86.340 8.720 3.098 11.766 1.227 10.194 0.727 118.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.323 0.936 19.0 X=1.175 64.3 1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.0 300 6RA7091-6DV62 1200A/4Q 400V 6RA7091-6FV62 1200A/4Q 460V X=1.2007 6RA7091-6DV62 and 6RA7091-6FV62 Tp (s) X=1.301 4.4 250 X=1.604 1.442 6.456 62.511 0.403 0.013 0.133 7.747 0.039 Tp (s) X=1.5 X=1.415 2.071 0.202 0.283 0.678 139.083 Tp (s) X=1.248 71.167 0.8 1.843 8.3 X=1.080 79.5 X=1.4 28.761 1.157 0.012 Tp (s) X=1.575 52.465 10.596 0.074 0.

057 27.954 183.626 8.5 1.174 20.903 8.116 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.208 4.657 27.1 10.649 0.360 0.802 0.516 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.175 0.1 50 0 0.707 88.753 14.272 20.467 1.786 1.120 45.920 72.251 0.777 39.2 100.251 0.948 92.5 33.3 78.3 X=1.354 8.711 7.380 9.0 150 100 X=1.716 12.580 29.3 1.560 65.1 203.269 2.516 25.063 109.061 0.463 191.5 1.973 174.347 Tp (s) X=1.324 0.232 2.676 23.400 0.2 1.420 3.967 16.4 X=1.736 Tp (s) X=1.3 X=1.107 0.313 2.058 5.721 75.056 38.342 57.783 5.8 11.099 47.8 tan (s) 407 183 100 59 35 11 tab (s) = 565 1000.850 2.466 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-59 .840 198.933 1.960 10.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 X=1.5 250 X=1.2 123.4 51.190 48.770 60.674 0.4 X=1.063 99.374 0.128 Tp (s) X=1.0 X=1.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7093-4KS22 and 6RA7093-4LS22 Tp (s) X=1.472 42.4 1.05.690 9.640 0.038 Tp (s) X=1.471 26.185 0.020 122.1 1.798 9.920 117.2 X=1.045 161.206 0.663 17.0 6RA7093-4KS22 1500A/1Q 690V 6RA7093-4LS22 1500A/1Q 830V 300 6RA7093-4KS22 1500A/1Q 690V 6RA7093-4LS22 1500A/1Q 830V X=1.8 X=1.434 145.505 3.920 33.

565 0.012 178.150 0.3 100.954 2.3 73.724 1.341 Tp (s) X=1.550 0.2 1.070 7.134 49.880 38.875 12.800 23.180 123.808 13.403 0.151 5.260 66.111 4.3 X=1.4 1.373 1.885 108.316 0.465 208.8 8.8 tab (s) = 480 1000.2 130.159 196.681 7.1 1.Function descriptions 05.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-60 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .852 65.792 2.773 2.327 3.580 234.5 26.204 17.8 1.0 27.063 Tp (s) X=1.1 50 0.0 195.0 6RA7093-4KV62 1500A/4Q 690V 6RA7093-4LV62 1500A/4Q 830V 300 6RA7093-4KV62 1500A/4Q 690V 6RA7093-4LV62 1500A/4Q 830V X=1.298 6.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 X=1.906 35.356 17.514 94.241 115.0 150 100 X=1.5 250 X=1.4 X=1.363 10.959 2.241 26.092 0.079 4.028 3.4 X=1.280 224.713 12.080 1.8 X=1.306 47.460 23.2 X=1.3 1.359 33.729 0.566 33.5 X=1.1 238.675 Tp (s) X=1.0 92.099 105.860 52.173 1.440 7.637 217.0 7.4 42.266 82.162 43.283 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.975 0.608 20.489 2.0 X=1.256 16.713 8.339 0.844 230.2007 6RA7093-4KV62 and 6RA7093-4LV62 Tp (s) X=1.187 151.2 X=1.0 47.907 59.623 3.1 10.882 29.265 0.025 Tp (s) X=1.198 Tp (s) X=1.174 0.545 9.8 tan (s) 546.5 1.532 28.013 0.199 80.

612 Tp (s) X=1.040 12.496 0.8 X=1.134 1.830 4.2 140.2 X=1.5 1.144 0.1 X 1.773 20.820 84.0 122.928 3.476 127.577 10.597 55.393 3.885 67.1 0 10 20 30 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-61 .0 73.612 74.591 155.969 210.975 6.555 7.5 X=1.796 76.104 55.3 1.304 0.176 1.0 219.342 400V 575V 400V 575V Tp (s) X=1.869 8.065 Tp (s) X=1.360 222.4 1.0 14.348 41.8 X=1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.208 1600A/1Q 1600A/1Q 1600A/4Q 1600A/4Q Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 Tp (s) X=1.328 Tp (s) X=1.986 57.783 6.3 91.3 X=1.478 104.708 18.551 15.5 1.280 55.530 6RA7093-4DS22 6RA7093-4GS22 6RA7093-4DV62 6RA7093-4GV62 300 X=1.805 6.091 0.103 48.826 3.675 13.200 1.133 0.4 61.932 23.482 2.825 0.550 0.780 133.283 1.316 31.5 41.650 216.954 10.075 90.4 250 X=1.343 190.641 4.340 36.811 28.291 14.1 1.569 125.083 25.0 150 X=1.350 1.211 115.964 0.226 175.028 0.05.8 15.264 0.418 25.1 227.871 0.070 33.2 1.0 X=1.052 12.5 tab (s) = 548 1600A/1Q 1600A/1Q 1600A/4Q 1600A/4Q 400V 575V 400V 575V 6RA7093-4DS22 6RA7093-4GS22 6RA7093-4DV62 6RA7093-4GV62 1000.017 201.0 45.905 0.8 tan (s) 518.559 33.3 X=1.2 X=1.373 11.892 34.036 81.998 46.1 100 50 0.0 100.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7093-4DS22 and 6RA7093-4GS22 6RA7093-4DV62 and 6RA7093-4GV62 Tp (s) X=1.4 X=1.

224 0.347 47.3 103.403 0.4 1.0 76.0 X=1.5 X=1.266 116.4 77.248 0.899 137.240 71.464 6.2 X=1.5 59.138 35.3 1.654 8.5 X=1.139 0.2007 6RA7095-4LS22 and 6RA7095-4LV62 Tp (s) X=1.487 20.1 100.8 tab (s) = 1056 1000.391 154.644 0.8 X=1.1 150 100 1.091 2.2 1.529 32.823 81.8 X=1.784 16.759 2.459 10.061 64.179 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.809 69.568 187.3 X=1.320 96.4 250 X=1.735 79.908 1.1 1.901 0.0 108.829 41.447 126.592 179.035 168.016 Tp (s) X=1.0 30.997 5.175 0.006 Tp (s) X=1.320 53.588 2.038 Tp (s) X=1.0 160.055 0.475 0.274 28.927 44.562 75.352 113.203 0.070 Tp (s) X=1.151 0.1 200.866 0.8 tan (s) 513.326 0.0 259.152 0.224 34.870 12.600 14.940 24.103 17.762 30.114 56.297 3.383 0.4 X=1.075 26.448 18.118 0.588 57.1 0 10 20 30 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 9-62 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .585 4.2 141.0 50 0.360 194.5 1.772 0.2 X=1.561 0.528 88.275 15.728 38.420 134.3 X=1.208 91.Function descriptions 05.864 47.0 6RA7095-4LS22 1900A/1Q 830V 6RA7095-4LV62 1900A/4Q 830V 300 6RA7095-4LS22 1900A/1Q 830V 6RA7095-4LV62 1900A/4Q 830V X=1.633 105.024 Tp (s) X=1.8 27.774 8.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 10.176 55.

3 X=1.913 34.260 30.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7095-4DS22 Tp (s) X=1.490 4.731 3.880 69.5 X=1.857 13.219 154.164 0.4 X=1.1 1.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-63 .3 75.749 32.005 7.203 21.2 100.0 150 X=1.086 12.755 0.4 51.958 0.7 tab (s) = 600 6RA7095-4DS22 2000A/1Q 400V 1000.323 19.801 26.8 14.5 35.033 0.2 114.340 6.2 X=1.590 17.180 43.489 2.3 X=1.0 X=1.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 X=1.597 53.647 1.256 2.834 98.758 0.827 5.330 88.320 45.150 0.965 1.802 8.2 1.057 Tp (s) X=1.632 0.280 0.476 3.0 164.144 61.411 0.242 8.5 1.124 1.086 15.080 12.0 13.618 39.379 4.030 Tp (s) X=1.595 0.164 10.013 24.3 1.05.0 96.091 0.0 300 6RA7095-4DS22 2000A/1Q 400V X=1.455 0.514 77.949 48.0 59.8 X=1.059 0.861 128.148 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.191 164.457 32.220 106.843 8.954 26.049 16.101 0.750 0.004 Tp (s) X=1.610 142.285 109.679 18.011 Tp (s) X=1.644 0.4 1.8 X=1.8 tan (s) 321.781 0.1 100 50 0 0.273 0.1 178.007 54.4 250 X=1.1 10.0 38.5 1.384 1.880 172.411 7.018 Tp (s) X=1.844 86.142 63.

780 73.090 0.8 tan (s) 479.210 114.032 7.935 1.1 100 50 0.4 X=1.200 215.0 X=1.180 43.715 12.367 136.031 74.097 0.978 13.097 102.089 41.406 3.0 300 6RA7095-4KS22 2000A/1Q 690V 250 X=1.227 Tp (s) X=1.7 104.581 58.081 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.709 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.599 Tp (s) X=1.318 20.5 155.004 19.8 73.2 151.7 tab (s) = 663 6RA7095-4KS22 2000A/1Q 690V 1000.8 X=1.871 6.602 0.607 0.3 X=1.665 10.327 16.460 34.200 Tp (s) X=1.2 200 X=1.496 0.1 220.021 20.872 63.4 1.5 X=1.149 3.406 202.799 67.649 20.067 181.485 3.7 248.4 28.2 1.331 17.1 1.899 2.3 100.5 1.463 127.906 6.3 108.700 54.608 1.135 0.174 48.226 11.569 66.882 85.0 150 X=1.5 59.318 209.545 43.833 9.4 X=1.1 10.610 93.552 2.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s X=1.380 4.860 35.770 0.850 86.360 101.5 1.427 0.120 144.351 Tp (s) X=1.828 0.484 30.458 166.196 18.8 26.050 40.367 27.243 0.3 1.200 49.Function descriptions 05.758 50.144 193.159 145.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-64 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .2 X=1.2007 6RA7095-4KS22 Tp (s) X=1.152 116.445 7.4 79.998 68.880 23.812 1.

849 59.331 171.642 4.757 3.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-65 .497 30.043 251.782 66.5 X=1.415 7.869 89.027 7.547 158.968 20.542 0.720 35.680 96.026 38.3 X=1.171 1.640 0.256 78.897 89.641 241.753 0.817 112.265 1.902 Tp (s) X=1.8 tan (s) 1247.3 X=1.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7095-4GS22 and 6RA7095-4GV62 Tp (s) X=1.2 X=1.935 246.2 111.160 259.580 101.951 15.987 163.1 1.951 58.123 48.9 46.5 X=1.295 0.5 421.5 80.1 100 50 0 0.798 140.224 104.853 9.069 34.060 73.016 11.0 150 X=1.5 1.1 250 100.6 tab (s) = 1064 1000.458 96.254 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.666 195.1 262.576 Tp (s) X=1.840 129.225 1.381 30.4 X=1.620 70.469 74.904 21.4 103.411 0.2 X=1.218 80.257 216.819 32.4 1.789 25.838 121.3 1.214 Tp (s) X=1.3 136.2 185.280 0.8 X=1.402 256.135 22.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.277 152.419 134.553 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.298 3.568 2.224 50.876 41.0 X=1.4 1.2 241.8 39.524 5.580 179.552 45.883 0.440 15.189 230.2 1.670 17.05.988 78.958 60.0 6RA7095-4GS22 2000A/1Q 575V 6RA7095-4GV62 2000A/4Q 575V 300 6RA7095-4GS22 2000A/1Q 575V 6RA7095-4GV62 2000A/4Q 575V X=1.848 Tp (s) X=1.037 124.779 10.9 159.

541 109.189 43.385 3.021 Tp (s) X=1.3 1.920 87.1 164.563 138.038 11.197 0.0 300 6RA7095-4DV62 2000A/4Q 400V 6RA7095-4KV62 2000A/4Q 690V X=1.043 Tp (s) X=1.3 X=1.428 0.535 0.596 0.4 X=1.5 X=1.797 22.344 4.302 0.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.475 45.970 38.192 0.2 X=1.889 5.665 4.070 0.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.064 26.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 100 9-66 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .533 0.161 78.173 2.559 0.062 0.281 1.1 1.112 0.2 X=1.114 13.5 1.852 29.520 1.8 8.623 9.8 X=1.2 1.361 17.012 Tp (s) X=1.871 10.0 150 X=1.012 3.613 0.439 57.709 0.2 94.425 21.5 23.639 15.022 0.311 0.169 5.107 0.4 250 X=1.008 Tp (s) X=1.520 20.400 31.4 1.300 50.571 5.752 7.910 1.5 1.620 7.195 0.0 X=1.115 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.421 0.4 35.8 X=1.245 10.681 36.992 1.3 X=1.188 125.275 2.922 2.8 tan (s) 274 128 65 37 23 8 tab (s) = 493 6RA7095-4DV62 2000A/4Q 400V 6RA7095-4KV62 2000A/4Q 690V 1000.610 1.179 0.186 148.663 8.540 21.420 157.316 65.929 1.671 33.002 Tp (s) X=1.2007 6RA7095-4DV62 and 6RA7095-4KV62 Tp (s) X=1.3 56.887 17.Function descriptions 05.378 6.901 90.1 100 50 0.198 12.348 68.

663 Tp (s) X=1.366 37.930 0.460 118.1 231.741 128.496 76.784 73.5 75.781 1.073 0.048 25.412 Tp (s) X=1.000 34.940 62.1 1.5 1.218 15.030 20.016 27.650 2.818 0.3 125.398 152.2 X=1.05.591 100.4 X=1.251 Tp (s) X=1.231 179.803 221.4 96.226 20.411 3.0 150 X=1.433 4.3 X=1.8 tan (s) 753 340 209 142 102 45 tab (s) = 985 6RA7096-4GS22 2200A/ 1Q 575V 6RA7096-4GV62 2200A/ 4Q 575V 1000.444 194.341 0.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7096-4GS22 and 6RA7096-4GV62 Tp (s) X=1.8 X=1.0 X=1.8 39.4 1.003 2.616 0.722 24.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-67 .500 226.279 Tp (s) X=1.713 12.221 54.786 41.370 8.5 X=1.3 1.396 89.901 9.453 15.838 5.303 117.485 46.887 100.636 0.189 109.521 1.163 62.521 81.699 131.653 30.872 80.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.4 250 X=1.147 214.3 X=1.038 28.083 18.722 Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X 1.440 89.360 160.630 0.5 1.492 3.1 100 50 0.625 46.187 205.067 9.978 1.2 167.482 28.482 3.0 300 6RA7096-4GS22 2200A/ 1Q 575V 6RA7096-4GV62 2200A/ 4Q 575V X=1.823 54.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.190 0.114 Tp (s) X=1.496 0.494 52.032 0.8 X=1.267 142.140 63.350 158.2 1.480 69.237 54.525 80.2 X=1.

112 0.750 0.314 13.934 8.920 10.023 tab (s) = 464.850 21.299 55.3 84.396 2.346 0.108 36.949 43.198 18.060 0.033 159.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.2 X=1.350 1.250 3.388 65.8 tan (s) 282.709 X 1.155 148.5 X=1.716 28.790 13.832 117.3 1.004 Tp (s) X=1.051 160.007 Tp (s) X=1.438 42.556 15.Function descriptions 05.042 25.967 24.276 6RA7098-4DS22 3000A/ 1Q 400V 6RA7098-4DV62 3000A/ 4Q 400V 6RA7098-4DS22 3000A/ 1Q 400V 6RA7098-4DV62 3000A/ 4Q 400V 1000.2007 6RA7098-4DS22 and 6RA7098-4DV62 Tp (s) Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X=1.8 21.160 96.992 0.241 49.995 86.153 4.411 168.324 73.4 1.003 Tp (s) X=1.979 7.016 7.1 250 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.4 X=1.623 0.710 95.274 0.086 21.377 0.483 36.742 34.321 0.169 22.003 12.1 181.1 1.895 114.291 63.482 2.5 45.536 19.244 31.036 0.445 6.596 175.230 70.2 1.8 X=1.250 0.107 1.0 300 X=1.785 12.0 50 0 0.311 134.002 Tp (s) X=1.680 78.512 29.271 0.792 2.0 150 100 1.877 0.276 0.887 49.093 0.346 54.5 1.4 61.2 120.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-68 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .060 106.001 Tp (s) X=1.496 44.379 71.486 103.014 0.279 0.454 0.884 59.3 X=1.996 11.618 41.

400 1.959 160.869 71.278 0.061 0.239 11.860 36.4 X=1.003 Tp (s) X=1.100 135.037 0.530 1.8 21.2 X=1.921 43.298 0.302 56.625 6.1 182.2 122.663 176.008 Tp (s) X=1.596 2.3 1.591 13.354 95.003 Tp (s) X=1.012 0.013 149.762 0.098 97.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-69 .1 1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.613 162.244 10.437 0.05.824 87.5 1.361 0.595 50.049 16.4 62.876 31.102 14.891 0.5 46.3 X=1.076 55.321 25.007 29.560 25.362 72.496 41.001 Tp (s) X=1.407 168.095 0.0 X=1.551 118.147 64.191 13.315 0.101 45.947 20.494 2.664 0.115 0.3 85.468 21.1 150 100 50 0 0.042 74.488 59.053 115.8 tan (s) 284.0 X=1.2 200 X=1.279 0.0 300 X=1.947 66.4 X=1.915 6RA7097-4GS22 6RA7097-4GV62 2800A/ 1Q 575V 2800A/ 4Q 575V 6RA7097-4GS22 6RA7097-4GV62 2800A/ 1Q 575V 2800A/ 4Q 575V 1000.155 8.790 79.5 250 X=1.4 1.107 107.527 23.8 X=1.783 19.203 7.164 28.2 1.221 34.8 X=1.711 X 1.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7097-4GS22 and 6RA7097-4GV62 Tp (s) Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X=1.461 104.255 0.691 44.276 12.099 37.0 10.027 tab (s) = 464.201 1.932 2.264 7.005 Tp (s) X=1.952 21.758 50.332 4.387 3.014 0.461 0.3 1.5 X=1.

1 150 100 50 0 0.332 118.889 2.4 1.711 X 1.2 X=1.1 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.972 20.728 1.776 7.053 0.2 1.406 6.4 64.3 1.385 30.312 2.650 52.105 0.923 140.792 74.0 X=1.5 1.961 6RA7097-4KS22 2600A/ 1Q 690V 6RA7097-4KV62 2600A/ 4Q 690V 6RA7097-4KS22 2600A/ 1Q 690V 6RA7097-4KV62 2600A/ 4Q 690V 1000.060 1.969 14.845 89.303 110.357 38.003 Tp (s) X=1.8 22.215 32.737 4.980 173.265 62.088 0.111 0.149 43.464 0.863 10.407 0.2 125.481 12.185 180.357 81.009 Tp (s) X=1.497 45.2007 6RA7097-4KS22 and 6RA7097-4KV62 Tp (s) Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X=1.046 71.659 22.743 26.5 X=1.685 74.1 1.353 58.326 0.054 46.655 38.0 300 X=1.1 187.2 X=1.735 153.3 1.039 24.418 45.209 100.583 2.166 0.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 9-70 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .283 0.854 0.399 101.486 123.089 0.138 tab (s) = 464.743 0.3 X=1.206 57.382 53.061 0.969 36.4 X=1.5 X=1.014 Tp (s) X=1.913 3.542 0.858 8.8 X=1.4 250 X=1.596 164.957 77.433 66.8 X=1.123 108.069 32.0 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 200 10.567 1.889 16.0 X=1.845 3.586 14.006 Tp (s) X=1.019 0.027 15.920 13.040 22.3 88.030 Tp (s) X=1.8 tan (s) 295.584 27.913 0.005 8.737 19.5 48.696 168.Function descriptions 05.

598 5.490 93.547 56.3 72.862 40.436 0.891 0.390 152.5 X=1.952 56.944 89.839 6RA7096-4MS22 2200A/ 1Q 950V 6RA7096-4MV62 2200A/ 4Q 950V 6RA7096-4MS22 2200A/ 1Q 950V 6RA7096-4MV62 2200A/ 4Q 950V 1000.770 40.728 42.2 108.8 X=1.486 114.5 X=1.743 25.340 64.942 0.737 23.138 48.308 31.011 Tp (s) X=1.014 0.4 1.179 13.3 1.0 X=1.05.118 0.535 11.463 1.1 171.172 10.865 130.736 1.220 79.704 7.004 Tp (s) X=1.939 7.062 0.661 103.627 160.084 0.938 7.4 X=1.882 28.858 0.616 142.1 200 10.468 1.097 2.286 33.4 250 Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s Overload period in s with cycle time of 300s 100.490 0.292 0.837 0.633 166.037 0.461 3.432 0.8 tan (s) 259.0 300 X=1.002 Tp (s) X=1.177 21.0 X=1.259 0.8 X=1.003 Tp (s) X=1.2 X=1.5 36.043 tab (s) = 464.5 1.1 1.869 11.046 62.0 X=1.221 2.2 X=1.236 29.3 1.532 46.205 85.368 96.434 31.461 14.515 18.194 0.699 9.824 11.948 2.711 X 1.006 Tp (s) X=1.3 X=1.919 55.963 68.203 12.988 5.693 25.220 0.2 1.4 50.696 68.1 150 100 50 0 0.2007 Function descriptions 6RA7096-4MS22 and 6RA7096-4MV62 Tp (s) Ig (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 94 98 100 X=1.690 0.325 0.323 37.493 16.076 38.007 140.1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Base-load current as % of rated DC current SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-71 .8 15.819 21.

resulting in a drastic reduction in brush life! 9-72 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the speed-dependent current limitation must be activated by setting P109 = 1! CAUTION Setting the speed-dependent current limitation function to the wrong value may cause excessive loading of the commutator and brushes. The maximum operating speed of the motor (P108) must also be entered.16 Speed-dependent current limitation The speed-dependent current limitation protects the commutator and brushes of the DC motor at high speeds. Furthermore.2007 9. The necessary parameter settings (P104 to P107) can be taken from the motor rating plate. The actual maximum operating speed is determined by: − P143 with actual speed supplied by a pulse encoder. − P741 with actual speed supplied by an analog tacho. − P115 in operation without a tachometer. This must be the same as the actual maximum operating speed.Function descriptions 05.

5 0. V A THYR. 1GG5162-0GG4 ...1 Setting the speed-dependent current limitation for motors with commutation transition Converter rated DC current IA P Invention point Current limit I10 I3 I rated Irated Prated S1 I 20 S1 I2 I3 ~1/n (commutation limit curve) I1 P2 n rated nE n1 n3 n2 n motor Motor rating plate data nE = Point at which speed-dependent current limitation intervenes n3 = Maximum operating speed • Permissible limit values I10 = 1. speed-dependent current limitation deactivated 1 . n2 and I20. speed-dependent current limitation activated Example of a motor rating plate: * S H U N T -MOT.05.CL..0-78.0 / 19.: B6C LV= 0MH 380V/ 50HZ SEP.4 * I1 I20 = 1.. 80. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-73 .0 26. I10.85 IP 23 IM B3 77/51 0. -6HU7-Z NRE EN 60034 V n1 1/MIN n2 I1 A I2 KW 46-380 50-1490 78.0 / 58.0 ERR.2007 Function descriptions 9.880-26.2 * I2 The current limitation curve is determined by n1. VENTIL.60 I.F Z: A11 G18 K01 K20 SEP.87/0.16.0 380 3400 / 4500 REG. 310 2. Parameters: P104 = n1 P105 = I1 (used by unit to calculate I10) P106 = n2 P107 = I2 (used by unit to calculate I20) P108 = n3 (defines speed normalization) P109 = 0 .

5 0. VENTIL.0-37.5 I2 = I1 12.16.0 380 6000 REG.0 ERR. 9-74 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .32 I. 310 1.2007 9.265-12. V A THYR.2 Setting of speed-dependent current limitation for motors without commutation transition Converter rated DC current IA P Current limit Invention point I3 I3 ~1/n (commutation limit curve) I 20 I rated P rated = P 2 I1 = I 2 Irated S1 S1 n rated n n3 n1 = n2 n motor Motor rating plate data nE = Point at which speed-dependent current limitation intervenes n3 = Maximum operating speed • Permissible limit values I20 = 1.45 IP 23 IM B3 54 0.2 * I2 Example of a motor rating plate: * S H U N T -MOT.: B6C LV= 0MH 380V/ 50HZ SEP. 38.Function descriptions 05.F Z: A11 G18 K01 K20 SEP.CL. 1GG5116-0FH40-6HU7-Z NRE EN 60034 V n2 = n1 1/MIN A KW 46-380 50-2300 36.

0 (with armature line voltage faults) or 05. Two contactors in the field circuit (1.0s No automatic restart ”Automatic restart" in seconds The purpose of the "Automatic restart" function is to prevent the SIMOREG converter from switching immediately to the "FAULT" state. the converter cannot be restarted automatically after the power supply backup has been used. 2) are required to reverse the polarity of the field voltage. 5W1) Armature supply phase failure (1U1. F008. very high or very low line frequencies or in the case of an excessive deviation between the field current actual value and setpoint.17 Automatic restart The "Automatic restart" function is controlled by the setting in parameter P086: P086 = 0 P086 = 0.18 Field reversal (also refer to Section 8 “Function diagrams” Sheet G200) By reversing the current polarity in the field winding of the DC motor (i.1s to 2.2007 Function descriptions 9. F009 is active and the automatic restart time delay is still running. These binectors are used to control the two reversing contactors for changing the field polarity. if the failure has not lasted as long as the "Restart time" set in P086. 9. 1V1. The appropriate fault message is output only if one of the following fault conditions prevails continuously for longer than the "Automatic restart time" set in P086 (maximum time delay within which fault condition must be eliminated for "Automatic restart"): F001 F004 F005 F006 F007 F008 F009 Failure of electronics supply in operation (5U1. a drive which incorporates a SIMOREG 6RA70 single-quadrant converter (with only a single armature conduction direction) will be able to operate in other quadrants of the speed/torque characteristic (reversal of rotational direction and braking).g. 1W1) Fault in field circuit (field supply phase failure (3U1. brief undervoltage or overvoltage. 0 No contactor control 1 Control for one contactor for switching through negative field direction.0 (with field line voltage or field current faults). the converter restarted again immediately provided that the corresponding control signals (e. A snubber circuit must be installed in the field circuit.e. With longer failures. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-75 . Level of B0260: Level of B0261: 0 No contactor control 1 Control for one contactor for switching through positive field direction. 3W1) or Ifield act < 50% Ifield set) Undervoltage (armature or field supply) Overvoltage (armature or field supply) Line frequency (armature or field supply) less than 45Hz Line frequency (armature or field supply) greater than 65 Hz When one of the fault conditions associated with faults F003 to F006. the failure time is measured by measuring the voltage across one "discharge capacitor" and. "Operating enable") are still applied.05. "Switchon". the converter dwells in operating state 04. "Shutdown" and "Crawl" functions are edge-triggered (see P445 = 1). When the "Switch-on". Failures in the electronics supply lasting up to several 100 ms are bridged by the back-up power supply. through field reversal). but allow it to return to the "Run" state after the elimination of certain fault conditions such as brief failures in supply voltages. The signal level of binectors B0260 ("Close field contactor 1") and B0261 ("Close field contactor 2") are defined in an internal operating sequence involving functions "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" and "Braking with field reversal".

Otherwise. Sheet G152). EMF as actual speed value) 3. 2.2007 9. if a positive speed setpoint is applied.4).Function descriptions 05. ” Close field contactor 2” (B0261) = 1) 1 Changing the logic level of the binector controlling the "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" function initiates an internal sequence which brakes the motor and accelerates it in the opposite direction.1 s) 3. When the ramp-function generator is in use. Only on completion is another check made to establish whether the logic level of the controlling binector actually coincides with the currently selected field direction. Drive is rotating in rotational direction 1 (or is at standstill) Logic level of binector controlling the "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" changes Internal field reversal process takes place (only if a braking operation has not already been activated by pushbutton function "Braking with field reversal"): 3. the logic level of the controlling binector is irrelevant.0 s. 3.. P083 (but not P083=3) is supplied with inverted signal values (see Section 8.i001 (0.7 Close new field contactor (B0261 = 1 or B0260 = 1) 3. Note: If the actual speed value polarity is reversed internally as a result of field reversal.18. ”Close field contactor 2” (B0261) = 0) Negative field direction is selected (”Close field contactor 1” (B0260) = 0.0 to 10.10 Enable field firing pulses 3. 9-76 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .4) 3. once the function has commenced.2 s) 3.i002 (0.0 s.2 Disable field firing pulses (also causes K0268=0) 3. The "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" has a switch function and defines the field direction and.9 Waiting time according to P092. Level: 0 Positive field direction is selected (”Close field contactor 1” (B0260) = 1.12 Waiting time according to P092.0 s.5 Open current field contactor (B0260 = 0 or B0261 = 0) 3. Sequence of control operations when "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" is applied: 1. factory setting 0.0 s.0 to 10..1 Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal This function is controlled by the binector selected in P580. factory setting 3. factory setting 3.1 Wait for armature current IA = 0 and then armature pulse disable (drive then dwells in operating state ≥ o1.i004 (0.i003 (0.13 Enable armature firing pulses (It is possible to exit operating mode o1. it is completed without interruption. initial braking along the current limit may occur in connection with the actual speed value polarity reversal and setting of the ramp-function generator output (to (reversed) actual speed value (or to value set in P639) in operating state o1.0 s) 3.0 s) 3.0 to 10. also the direction of rotation. it is advisable to set P228=0 (no speed controller setpoint filtering).3 Wait for Ifield (K0265) < Ifield min (P394) 3. i.6 Waiting time according to P092. factory setting 0.11 Wait for Ifield (K0265) > Ifield set (K0268)*P398/100% 3.4 Waiting time according to P092.0 to 10. Note: Only positive speed setpoints are meaningful.e. While the field reversal process is in progress.4) Drive brakes and then accelerates in rotational direction 2 (or remains at standstill) 4.8 Reverse polarity of actual speed value (except when P083 = 3 .

1 Wait for armature current IA = 0 and then armature pulse disable (drive then dwells in operating state ≥ o1.0 to 10.13 Enable armature firing pulses (It is possible to exit operating mode o1.i004 (0.3 Wait for Ifield (K0265) < Ifield min (P394) 5.0 s.1 s) 3. factory setting 3.1 Wait for armature current IA = 0 and then armature pulse disable (drive then dwells in operating state ≥ o1.18.12 Waiting time according to P092.0 to 10.2 s) 3. factory setting 0.i002 (0.1 Internal setting of nset = 0 at the ramp function generator input.i001 (0.i002 (0.7 Close new field contactor (B0261 = 1 or B0260 = 1) 3.5 Open current field contactor (B0260 = 0 or B0261 = 0) 5.0 s.0 to 10.0 to 10.0 s. factory setting 3.4) 3. drive is held in operating state o7. factory setting 0.i003 (0.13 Armature firing pulses are possible again 4. an internal process is activated for braking the drive down to n < nmin The original field direction is then selected.6 Waiting time according to P092.. factory setting 0.10 Enable field firing pulses 3.12 Waiting time according to P092. EMF as actual speed value) 3.0 s.7 Close new field contactor (B0261 = 1 or B0260 = 1) 5.2 Disable field firing pulses (also causes K0268=0) 5. If the logic level of the binector controlling the "Braking with field reversal" function = 1 (for at least 30 ms) and the converter is in an operating state ≤ o5 (line contactor closed).0 s.3 Wait for Ifield (K0265) < Ifield min (P394) 3. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-77 .8 Reverse polarity of actual speed value (except when P083 = 3 .6 Waiting time according to P092.0 s. factory setting 3..0 s) 5. The motor cannot accelerate again in the original rotational direction until the braking command has been cancelled (binector level = 0) and an acknowledgement given with "Shutdown" and "Switch-on". factory setting 0. Drive rotates in direction 1 The binector controlling the "Braking with field reversal" function = 1 for more than 30 ms Internal field reversal process takes place (only if the line contactor is closed (in operating state of ≤ o5) and the drive is not already in braking mode.05.0 s) 5.2 s) 5.0 s) 3.4 Waiting time according to P092.4 Wait for cancellation of braking command through binector level = 0 (as long as level = 1.2) 4.0 s.0 to 10.2007 Function descriptions 9.0 s.11 Wait for Ifield (K0265) > Ifield set (K0268)*P398/100% 5.4) Internal sequence for braking the drive: 4.. factory setting 3. "Braking with field reversal" has a pushbutton function.i004 (0.i003 (0.0 s) 3. EMF as actual speed value) 5.i001 (0.1 s) 5.0 to 10. Braking is detected by a negative internal actual speed (resulting from reversal of the real actual speed polarity in the negative field direction): 3.3 Wait for armature current IA = 0 and thus armature pulse disable (drive then switches to operating state o7.9 Waiting time according to P092. the drive brakes 4.4) 5.2 Disable field firing pulses (also causes K0268=0) 3.10 Enable field firing pulses 5. 2.9 Waiting time according to P092.5 Open current field contactor (B0260 = 0 or B0261 = 0) 3.0 to 10. 3.2 Wait for n < nmin (P370) 4. 5.2 Braking with field reversal This function is controlled by the binector selected in P581.4 Waiting time according to P092..0 to 10.8 Reverse polarity of actual speed value (except when P083 = 3 .11 Wait for Ifield (K0265) > Ifield set (K0268)*P398/100% 3. Sequence of control operations when "Braking with field reversal" is applied: 1.2) Internal sequence for switching over to original field direction (only if the current field direction is not the same as the direction requested by the "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" function): 5.

Delay times for field reversal (parameter P092) IA IF P092.001 K268 * P398 Field contactor 1 B260 closed open P092.004 P394 P092.002 P092. Please also read the Note at the end of the section 9.18.18.2 Drive can be accelerated in original rotational direction after acknowledgement by an external "Shutdown" and "Switch-on" command.2007 Drive is in operating state o7.1.1 9-78 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Function descriptions 6. 05.003 closed open Field contactor 2 B261 Bild 9.

.2007 Function descriptions 9. MI or MII (=RUN) Waiting for operating enable (=READY) reserved Test phase Wait for voltage (armature) Wait for field current Wait status before closing the line contactor Wait for switch-on (=READY TO SWITCH-ON) Wait for acknowledgement of the switch-on inhibit Fast stop (OFF3) Voltage disconnect (OFF2) Fault Electronics not initialized Code I .19 Status description of some bits of status word ZSW1 Bit 6 Switch-on inhibit Bit 5 (low active) Fast stop (OFF3) Bit 4 (low active) Voltage disconnect (OFF2) Bit 3 Fault Bit 2 Run Bit 1 Ready Bit 0 Ready to switch-on Operating status M0.o1 o2 o3 o4 o5 o6 o7 o8 o9 o10 o11 o12 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 I II -- SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 9-79 .05.II .

K0287). The resistive + inductive total armature voltage drop is automatically halved for the internal EMF calculation (K0123. Precontrol for the armature current controller is switched over from 6-pulse operation to 12pulse series connection operation. • • The slave device must be disconnected from the line and bridged on the output side in order to perform an optimization run for the current controller and precontrol (P051 = 25) on the 12-pulse series master device.01 to 06 must be set to 0. This is essential to ensure that with low armature currents. The EMF input value for precontrol (K0122.1 ms before next pulse) are output every 30 degrees on the armature gating unit of both devices. Balancing resistors must be connected in parallel with the two series-connected single converters. If the total armature voltage is symmetrically divided between the two individual units. Two SIMOREG units with identical power are connected in series on the output side and supply a DC motor.2007 9. The parameter setting P079 = 2 has the following effect: • The firing pulses of the 12-pulse series slave device are output 30 degrees later than the firing pulses of the master device. selection with P162. 9-80 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . see the description of applications entitled “12-pulse operation” (see Section 17). P110 and P111 only have an effect on half the set total motor value. or if the armature current = 0. Since the EMF setpoint for field weakening control (K0289) is also calculated with half the armature circuit resistance P110/2 (K0289 = P101 . The threephase system connected on the slave device must lag the system on the master device by 30 degrees. It also enables the armature voltage and the EMF to be correctly calculated internally. the total armature voltage is symmetrically divided between the two individual units. For details of the 12-pulse series connection. are coupled via the paralleling interface and fed with electrically isolated line voltages of identical magnitude with a 30 degree phase displacement.1 and later. K0124.Function descriptions 05. In addition. These two units. The power sections of both converters must be supplied with a clockwise phase sequence. Only the automatically calculated current controller P gain P155 still needs to be “manually” halved.P100*P110 / 2). Long pulses (pulse duration up to approx. P826. P156 is also correct. The total armature circuit values P110 and P111 for the motor are set correctly after the current controller and precontrol have been optimized. 0. U800 = 0 must be set on the master device for the duration of the current controller and precontrol optimization run. then half the total EMF of the motor is calculated. to enable current to flow if the armature current pulsates.20 12-pulse series connection This function is facilitated by the parameter setting P079 = 2 and is available in SW 2. which are parameterized as a 12-pulse series master and a 12-pulse series slave. P193) must contain half the “total EMF” of the motor. half the actual rated armature voltage of the motor must be parameterized at P101.

05. If you do not press any key on the PMU within a 30 s period. Operator control panels). An alarm stops being displayed immediately the cause of the alarm signal has been eliminated. it is displayed both on the simple operator control panel (PMU) and on the OP1S user-friendly operator control panel (see also Section 7. A fault message must be cancelled by pressing the P key on the PMU or Reset key on the OP1S (panel must be in "Operational display" status) as soon as the cause has been eliminated. the fault message or active alarm in the background is automatically displayed again. On the OP1S: You can set parameters normally even if a fault message or alarm is active. NOTE Setting parameters when fault or alarm message is active On the PMU: You can shift an active fault message or alarm "to the background" by pressing the P key and Higher key simultaneously on the PMU. You can fetch a message back to the foreground earlier by pressing the P key and Lower key simultaneously on the PMU when the parameter number level is selected. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-1 .2007 Faults / Alarms 10 Faults and alarms When a fault or alarm message is activated.2.

i. they are included in the following list of fault messages. e. This is also stored in r949 which also contains the fault values belonging to older fault messages. The values in r047 are overwritten when the next fault message occurs. be displayed on the OP1S.001 is referred to as the "fault value".2 List of fault messages NOTE Further information about the causes of fault messages When a fault message is activated. e. to be able to determine the relevant terminal in the case of F018) P952 number of faults A text is also displayed for each individual fault in parameter r951 (fault text list). external faults. the firing pulses are disabled and the SIMOREG unit switches to operating state o11.1. values providing more information about the fault cause are stored in parameter r047. If a fault is not acknowledged before the electronics supply voltage is switched off.2007 10. For bit-serial evaluation. 10-2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the values must be converted from decimal to binary notation. even if the meaning of the individual indices of parameter r047 is not specified for every fault message listed below.e. for example. then fault message F040 will be displayed when the supply is next switched on. to be able to determine the relevant terminal in the case of F018) r049 Fault time r947 fault memory. On the OP1S: On bottom line of operational display: The red LED (Fault) lights up.Faults / Alarms 05. other simultaneously active faults are ignored. 10. Values for r047 which are not included in the list below can help a SIEMENS specialist to locate a fault cause. see also r947 in Section 11. OP1S) B0106 ( = status word 1. bit 3) is set and B0107 cancelled (see also alarm bits for special faults such as undervoltage. Parameter List r949 fault value (The displayed values are decimal. These texts can. overtemperature.0 (fault) Fault message is displayed on the operator panel (PMU. all indices of parameter r047 should be read out whenever a fault message occurs. Please note: Before you contact SIEMENS with any query regarding a fault message. please make a note of the contents of all indices of parameter r047.g. For bit-serial evaluation.) The following parameters are refreshed: r047 fault diagnostic memory (The displayed values are decimal. The system responses to a fault are as follows: • • • • The armature current is reduced. The value in r047. For this reason. etc. Many fault messages (see List of Fault Messages) can only be active in certain operating states. the values must be converted from decimal to binary notation.1 Fault messages 10.g. Where the values can be interpreted by the user.1. Only one current fault message can be displayed at a time.1 General information about faults Fault message display: On the PMU: F (fault) and a three-digit number. The red LED (Fault) lights up.

5W1. After switch-on. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-3 . a fault message is activated. must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring P078.009 with acknowledged error) Faults / Alarms Further information (r047.1.016) 10.8 and later]. X16 are voltage carriers). X14.05. r949. 1V1. the converter waits in operating states o4 and o5 together for a period not exceeding the setting in P089 for voltage to appear at the power terminals (and for field current) before activating the fault message. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. 1W1) (when P086=0) Delay time set in parameter P089 has expired in operating state o4 Fuse has blown in power section Voltage failure has lasted longer than period set in P086 (if this is >0) The "Main contactor checkback" (control word 2 bit 31) [see also P691] did not switch to "1" before the time set in P095 ran out.001 or r949.2. Possible fault causes: ♦ ♦ ♦ Line contactor has opened in “RUN” state Brief supply failure Supply voltage too low r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Duration of actual supply failure in 1/10 seconds - Fault value: 1 2 3 F004 Electronics supply voltage in “RUN” has been interrupted for longer than setting in P086 Supply failure prewarning responds periodically Supply failure prewarning is active for longer than 1.2007 Fault No.28 s Phase failure in armature supply (active in operating states of ≤ o4) The supply voltage RMS value.002 to r047.001.001 ∗ P353 100% The distance between two identical supply zero passages of a phase must not exceed 450 degrees. Fault value: 1 2 3 4 6 Voltage failure has occurred in armature supply (1U1. 5N1) in “RUN” state for longer than the “restart” time set in parameter P086 or the electronics are operating on undervoltage.1 Supply faults F001 Failure of electronics power supply (active in all operating states) Failure of the electronics supply voltage (terminals 5U1. Possible fault causes: ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Parameter P353 is incorrectly set Armature phase has failed Line contactor opened in operation Fuse has blown on three-phase side in armature circuit Fuse has blown in power section Interruption in a thyristor firing pulse cable (auxiliary cathodes at connectors X12. calculated from the area of each supply half-wave (rectified average value * peak factor). or switched back to "0" during operation [V1. If one of these two conditions remains unfulfilled for longer than the “restart time” set in P086.

9. P398. can be altered by means of P396] and until "I Field extern > I f min" (see P265) After P086 > 0 has elapsed (time for automatic restart) in operating state ≤ o4: Voltage failure in the field supply or IField act (K0265) < 50% IField set (K0268) for longer than 500 ms [as of SW 1.i02) or P394. possibly execute current controller optimization) Check P396 (field current monitoring threshold) and P397 (field current monitoring time) If the fault value is 6: Offset fault in the actual field current value sensing. P253 to P256. F005 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.2007 The line voltage RMS value calculated from the area of each network half-wave (rectification average value * peak factor) must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring P078. P364).002 ∗ P353 100% The distance between two identical network zero passages of the voltage for the field converter must not exceed 450 degrees.1.009 with acknowledged error) Fault in the field circuit (active in operating states of ≤ o5) Further information (r047. because the contactor for "new" field direction does not pick up). P352) set incorrectly Field phase failed Line contactor opened during operation Fuse blown in the field circuit Field current controller and/or field current precontrol not optimized or badly optimized (check P112. The actual field current K0265 equals < 50% of the required field current setpoint K0268 for more than 500ms. P399 (Threshold and hysteresis for message I_field < I_field_x) must be checked Fault value: 1 2 3 Voltage failure occurred in the field supply (terminals 3U1 and 3W1) (if P086 = 0) Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state o5.001 or r949. After the converter is switched on. relevant parameter: P825.Faults / Alarms Fault No.001.002 to r047.7 and later. P352. it waits in operating state o5 for a period not exceeding the setting in P089 for the field supply voltage or sufficiently high field current before this fault message is activated. can be altered by means of P396 or P397] or "I Field extern > I f min" (see P265) If field reduction before field reversal. This monitoring function is effective only if the field current setpoint corresponds to >2% of the converter rated field current. [In SW 1. the fault message is output. P363. Wait until the voltage and frequency at the field power section are within the tolerance range (P351. r949. Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state o5.0 Wait until IField act (K0265) > 50% of the instantaneous field current setpoint K0268 [as of SW 1. Monitoring for timeout as the field decays or builds up after initiation of field reversal (fault values 6 and 7) is not implemented until SW 1.9 and later. I_field ≤ I_field_min (P394) is not reached within 30 s If field build-up after field reversal.9. P353. I_field > I_field_x (P398) is not reached within 30 s 4 5 6 7 10-4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .i01-i03 (Offset depends on P076. can be altered by means of P396 or P397] or "I Field extern > I f min" (see P265) When P086 = 0 (no automatic restart) in operating state ≤ o4: IField act (K0265) < 50% IField set (K0268) for longer than 500 ms [as of SW 1. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Threshold for phase failure (P353) set incorrectly Undervoltage / overvoltage threshold (P351. P395 (Threshold and hysteresis for message I_field < I_field_min) must be checked If the fault value is 7: Circuit for the "new" field direction is interrupted (e.g. the percentage (50%) and time (500ms) can be altered in P396 and P397 respectively] If one of the fault conditions described persists in operation (or ≤ o4) for longer than the “restart” time set in P086.9.016) 05.

002 ∗ (1+ Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ P352 ) 100% P352 ) 100% Response threshold for field supply voltage: Line overvoltage Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly (P352. to parameter P363 (active in operating states of ≤ o5) This fault message is activated if the line frequency is less than the minimum line frequency (for longer than the “restart time” set in parameter P086). P078) r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Number of phase that has activated fault message 0 .7 the threshold for activation of the fault message (minimum line frequency) is 45Hz..001 ∗ (1+ P078.. Fault value: 1 Overvoltage has occurred r047 Index 002 to 016: 002 Number of phase that has activated fault message 0 .. r949. 3W1 was lower than the response threshold for longer than the "restart time" set at P086 and the delay time according to P361 has expired.2007 Fault No. It can be activated via parameter P820. Phase UV 1 .... Phase field i003 Incorrect voltage value (normalized to 16384) - Fault value: 1 Undervoltage has occurred (when P086=0) 4 F007 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in parameter P086 (if this is set to >0) Overvoltage (active in operating states of ≤ o4) The voltage across terminals 1U1.016) The voltage across terminals 1U1.002 to r047. 1V1 or 1W1 and 3U1..05. Phase field i003 Incorrect voltage value (normalized to 16384) - 4 F008 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in parameter P086 (if this is >0) Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency acc.. Response threshold for armature supply voltage: P078..002 ∗ (1+ Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Line undervoltage Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly (P351. Phase WU 3 .. 1V1 or 1W1 and 3U1. Note: Up to software version 1.001 ∗ (1+ P351 ) 100% P351 ) 100% Response threshold for field supply voltage: P078.. 3W1 was higher than the response threshold for longer than the "restart time" set at P086 and the delay time according to P362 has expired. Response threshold for armature supply voltage: P078.009 with acknowledged error) Undervoltage (active in operating states of ≤ o4) Faults / Alarms Further information (r047... F006 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. P078) NOTICE This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state.. Phase WU 3 .001 or r949.001. Phase VW 2 . SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-5 . Phase VW 2 .. Phase UV 1 ..

2 Interface error F011 Telegram failure at GSST1 when P780 = 2: USS telegram failure at G-SST1 (active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states) After the receipt of the first valid protocol.2007 Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency acc.001 or r949.1.7 the threshold for activation of the fault message (maximum line frequency) is 65Hz Fault value: 1 2 4 Frequency of the armature supply > maximum line frequency Frequency of the field supply > maximum line frequency Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency for longer than set in parameter P086 (if >0) 10. Note: Up to software version 1. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Cable break Error in USS master when P790 = 4 or 5: Peer-to-peer telegram failure at G-SST2 (active in operating states of ≤ o6) After the receipt of the first valid protocol. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797.002 to r047. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P787.009 with acknowledged error) Fault value: 1 2 4 F009 Frequency of the armature supply < minimum line frequency Frequency of the field supply < minimum line frequency Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency for longer than set in parameter P086 (if >0) Further information (r047. to parameter P364 (active in operating states of ≤ o5) This fault message is activated if the line frequency is greater than the maximum line frequency (for longer than the “restart time” set in parameter P086). Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ F012 Cable break Error in USS master Telegram failure at GSST2 when P790 = 2: USS telegram failure at G-SST2 (active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states) After the receipt of the first valid protocol. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ Interruption in connecting cable EMC interference on connecting cable P797 is set too low 10-6 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .016) 05. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797. r949.Faults / Alarms Fault No.001.2.

no further valid telegrams have arrived within the period set in parameter U741.009 with acknowledged error) Telegram failure at GSST3 when P800 = 2: USS telegram failure to G-SST3 (active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states) Faults / Alarms Further information (r047.016) After the receipt of the first valid protocol. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807.2007 Fault No. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807.002 to r047.001 or r949. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ F015 Interruption in connecting cable EMC interference on connecting cable U807 is set too low Telegram failure on one SIMOLINK board (active when U741 > 0 as soon as the first valid telegram is received) After receipt of one valid telegram.05. no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter U807. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Cable break Error in USS master when P800 = 4 or 5: Peer-to-peer telegram failure at G-SST3 (active in operating states of ≤ o6) After the receipt of the first valid protocol.001. F013 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. r949. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ Break in connecting cable Parameter setting change during telegram exchange (for parameters see Section 11 "Configuration of SIMOLINK board) U741 is set to low Fault value: 1 Telegram failure on 1 SLB 2 Reserved F016 Hardware fault on expansion board EB1 Fault value: 1 2 F017 Fault on first EB1 Fault on second EB1 st Hardware fault on expansion board EB2 Fault value: 1 2 Fault on first EB2 Fault on second EB2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-7 . Possible fault causes ♦ Interruption in connecting cable ♦ EMC interference on connecting cable ♦ P807 is set too low F014 Telegram failure at paralleling interface (active when U800 = 1 or 2 from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states) After the receipt of the first valid protocol.

2.”1” Fault message from free function block FB287 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 F021 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.”1” F023 F024 Fault message from free function block FB3 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.002 is in the state log.007 is in the state log.005 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.”1” 3 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.004 is in the state log.002 is in the state log.008 is in the state log.001 or r949.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index. 48. r949. 44 and/or 210 (24 V output) NOTICE This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state.002 to r047. 10.001 is in the state log. It can be activated via parameter P820.006 is in the state log.3 External faults F019 Fault message from free function block FB286 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.001 is in the state log.”1” 10-8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .001.”1” 2 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.009 with acknowledged error) Short circuit or overloading of binary outputs (active in all operating states) Possible fault causes ♦ Short circuit or overload at terminals 46.008 is in the state log.003 is in the state log.007 is in the state log.016) 05.”1” 4 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index. "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 001 F022 External fault 2 (active in all operating states) Bit 26 in control word 2 was in the log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U100 Index. 50 or 52 and 26 or 34 r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Bit 8 = 1: Bit 9 = 1: Bit 10 = 1: Bit 11 = 1: Bit 12 = 1: Bit 13 = 1: Further information (r047.”1” the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.Faults / Alarms Fault No. F018 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.2007 Fault value: 1 Short circuit or overload at binary outputs Overload at terminal 46 Overload at terminal 48 Overload at terminal 50 Overload at terminal 52 Overload at terminal 26 (15 V output) Overload at terminal 34.005 is in the state log. "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 002 Fault message from free function block FB2 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.”1” F020 External fault 1 (active in all operating states) Bit 15 in control word 1 was in the log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.006 is in the state log.003 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U100 Index.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.”1” the binector wired via parameter U101 Index.004 is in the state log.1.

001.2.02=2. 3. Fault value: 1 2 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205 10.001 or r949. F035. They can be activated via parameter P820. fault message at log. “0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 214 Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Thermostat for monitoring motor temperature has responded Open circuit in encoder cable F029 Motor overtemperature (active in all operating states) Select via P493=2 or 3 (temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23) or P494=2 or 3 (temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205) When parameter P490. F030 Commutation failure or overcurrent has occurred or test command has been issued via U583 (active in all operating states) Possible error causes • • Mains voltage dip in regenerative feedback mode Current control loop not optimized r047 Index 002 to 016: for i001= 1 to 3 and 5.1. i002 to i006 are valid for i001= 4.1.2.”0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 211 Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ F026 Encoder for brush length has responded Open circuit in encoder cable Bearings in bad condition (active in operating states of ≤ o6) When parameter P496=2 (bearing condition sensing) fault message at log.016) 10. i002 to i015 is invalid Fault value: 1 2 The blocking voltage time area for the commutating thyristor pair was too small The current crest curve breaks upwards SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-9 .5 Drive faults NOTICE The monitoring functions F031. F036. When parameter P490.01=1 (KTY84 at terminals 22 / 23) or P490.2007 Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. “1” signal (longer than 2 s) at terminal 212 Possible fault causes ♦ Encoder for bearing condition has responded F027 Air-flow monitoring of motor fan (active in operating states of < o6) When parameter P497=2 (air-flow monitoring).01=2. r949. 4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals 204/ 205): The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the response value of the selected PTC thermistor. and F037 are deactivated in the delivery state. fault message at log.002 to r047.4 Fault messages from motor sensors F025 Brush length too short (active in operating states of ≤ o3) When parameter P495=2 (binary sensing of brush length).009 with acknowledged error) Faults / Alarms Further information (r047. 3. fault message at log ”0” signal (longer than 40s) at terminal 213 Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Encoder for fan monitoring has responded Open circuit in encoder cable F028 Motor overtemperature (active in operating states of ≤ o6) When parameter P498=2 (thermostat connected).05. 4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals 22 / 23) or P490.02=1 (KTY84 at terminals 204 / 205): The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the value set in parameter P492.

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. 3 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) The maximum current value was higher than 250% of the actual rated device current according to r072i002 Further information (r047.002 to r047.016) i002 Delay angle (K0100) in case of error i003 Actual EMF (K0287) in case of error

05.2007

i004 Trigger circuitry diagnostics (K0989) in case of error i005 Actual field current (K0265) in case of error i006 Number of pulses (K0105) in case of error 4 5 F031 A paralleled SIMOREG DC-MASTER has detected a commutation failure or overcurrent test command has been issued via U583

Speed controller monitoring (active in operating states of – –, I, II) The monitor responds when the difference between the connectors selected in P590 and P591 (factory setting: Setpoint/actual value difference of speed controller) exceeds the limit set in parameter P388 for longer than the time set in parameter P390. Possible fault causes • Open control loop • Controller not optimized • P590 or P591 is not correctly parameterized SIMOREG CCP not ready (active in operating states of < o4.0) Possible error causes • • • • • • • • No connection or cable break at X172 (G-SST2) No connection or cable break at X165 (paralleling interface master) in a parallel connection No connection or cable break at X29_PAR or X30_PAR (extinction-pulse interface) in a parallel connection Hardware defective in charging circuit of extinguishing capacitors Blown fuse in the line-side or motor-side armature circuit Blown fuse in the precharging circuit for the chopper capacitors Required cooling phase for chopper resistors still in progress MLFB (order number) data of the SIMOREG CCP (n570, n571, n572) are invalid or nonexistent r047 Index 002 to 016: for i001= 1 to 12, i002 to i006 are valid for i001= 20, only i002 is valid i002 SIMOREG CCP status (K0574) in case of error i003 I2t value of chopper 1 (K0575) in case of error i004 I2t value of chopper 2 (K0576) in case of error i005 Actual armature voltage (r038) in case of error in 0.1 V for i005 > 32767: UARMATURE [V] = (65536-r047i005)/10 i006 effective time until the fault initiation in 20 ms

F032

Fault value: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 12 20 No voltage at U, V, W terminals of SIMOREG CCP Voltage at C-D on CCP does not match voltage at C-D on SIMOREG DC-MASTER Surge absorbing capacitors of SIMOREG CCP have not reached setpoint voltage Paralleling interface cable is not connected to SIMOREG CCP assigned to paralleling master No connection between SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SIMOREG CCP via G-SST2 serial interface (r799.i001 is not incremented) No connection between parallel SIMOREG CCPs Contents of technical data memory on SIMOREG CCP (MLFB, rated values, serial number) invalid I2t value (n575) of voltage chopper 1 is too high (> 100%) I2t value (n576) of voltage chopper 2 is too high (> 50%) Chopper capacitors not completely precharged in time set with P089 or the condition in accordance with fault value 5 is satisfied

10.1.2.6 External faults
F033 Fault message from free function block FB4 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 F034 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.001 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.002 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.003 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

Fault message from free function block FB5 (active in all operating states) Fault value:

10-10

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. 1 2 3 4 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.001 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.002 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.003 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.004 is in the state log.”1”

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

10.1.2.7 Drive faults
F035 Drive is blocked (active in operating states of – –, I, II) This monitoring function responds if the following conditions are fulfilled for longer than the period set in parameter P355: ♦ ♦ ♦ Positive or negative torque or armature current limit The armature current is higher than 1% of the converter rated armature DC current The actual speed is less than 0.4% of maximum speed

Possible fault causes ♦ F036 Drive is blocked No armature current is flowing (active in operating states of – –, I, II) This monitoring function responds if the armature firing angle is at the rectifier stability limit for more than 500 ms and the armature current is less than 1% of the converter rated armature DC current. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Armature circuit is open (e.g. DC fuses have blown, open circuit, etc.) Rectifier stability limit αG (P150) is incorrectly set Drive is operating at αG limit (e.g. due to supply undervoltage) EMF is too high because maximum speed setting is too high, refer to P083, P115, P143, P741) EMF is too high because field weakening is not selected (refer to P082) EMF is too high because field current is set too high (refer to P102) EMF is too high because transition speed for field weakening is set too high (refer to P101) ??

F037

♦ ♦ ♦ I2t motor monitor has responded (active in operating states of – –, I, II)

This monitoring function responds when an I2t value is reached which corresponds to the final temperature at 110% of the rated motor armature current. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ F038 Parameter P114 is incorrectly set Drive has been operating for too long at >110% of rated motor armature current

Overspeed (active in operating states of – –, I, II) This fault message is activated if the actual speed value (selected in P595) exceeds the positive (P380) or negative (P381) threshold by 0.5%. Possible fault causes ♦ Lower current limit has been input ♦ Current-controlled operation ♦ P512, P513 are set too low ♦ Tachometer cable contact fault in operation close to maximum speed I2t power section monitor has responded (active in operating states of – –, I, II) This monitoring function responds if the calculated I2t value of the power section reaches the permissible value for the power section concerned (see also P075). Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ Drive has been operating at overload for too long Parameter P075 is incorrectly set Parameter P077 is incorrectly set

F039

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-11

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. F040 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Electronics supply disconnected in active fault status (active in all operating states) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

This fault message is activated if the electronics power supply has been disconnected, even though a fault was displayed and not yet acknowledged. Possible fault causes ♦ Not all fault messages have been acknowledged

Fault value: Last active fault message F041 Ambiguous selection of parameter set or ramp-function generator (active in all operating states) ♦ ♦ While an optimization run is in progress, the function data set selection must not be changed. Fault F041 is displayed if another, different function data set is selected while an optimization run is being executed. Check whether ramp-function generator parameter set 1 or 2 or 3 (parameters P303 to P314) is clearly selected. If parameter sets 2 and 3 are selected simultaneously for more than 0.5s, then fault message F041 is displayed. While the parameter set selection is ambiguous, the system continues to apply the last clearly identified ramp-function generator parameters.

Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ P676 or P677 (selection of binectors which determine the active function data set in control word 2, bits 16 and 17) is incorrectly set P637 or P638 (selection of binectors which determine ramp-function generator setting) is incorrectly set

Fault value: 2 3 F042 The selection of the function data set has been changed during an optimization run Ambiguous selection of ramp-function generator parameter set

Tachometer fault (active in operating states of – –, I, II) A check is performed every 20ms to ensure that

Actual speed (K0179) Actual EMF (K0287)

is > +5%

If the check result is incorrect for 4 times in succession, the fault message is activated. The following rule applies: 100% actual speed 100% actual EMF = maximum speed = ideal average DC voltage at α ≥ 0, i.e. when the thyristor bridge is fully gated

The ideal DC voltage average value at α = 0 is

P078.001 ∗

3∗ 2 π
P078.001 ∗ 3∗ 2 π

The monitoring function is effective only if the EMF > a % of

"a" is a percentage that can be set in parameter P357 (default setting 10%). The monitoring function is effective only if the armature current is > 2% of the converter rated DC current set in r072.002. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable. Tachometer of pulse encoder cable incorrectly connected. Pulse encoder supply has failed. Polarity for actual speed value (P743) is incorrectly set. Armature circuit data (P110 und P111) are incorrectly set (execute current controller optimization run). Tachometer or pulse encoder defective Pulse encoder supply voltage is incorrectly set (P140) The field polarity is not reversed by the external hardware when the field is reversed. r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Actual speed value (K0179) in case of fault i003 Actual EMF value (K0287) in case of fault

Fault value: 1 2 Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable Polarity of tachometer or pulse encoder is incorrect

10-12

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. F043 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) EMF too high for braking operation (active in operating states of – –, I, II)

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

This fault message is activated if the following 5 conditions are fulfilled when a torque direction reversal is requested (selection of MI or MII): ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ P272=0 (fault message is parameterized and not alarm + field weakening) A parameterized, additional, torque-free interval (P160 ≠ 0) has expired Parallel drive is ready for engagement of the new torque direction The absolute value of the armature current (K0118, filtered with P190) requested in the new torque direction is >1% of P072.002 The calculated firing angle (K0101) for the armature current requested for the new torque direction is >165 degrees or >P151 when P192=1

Possible fault causes ♦ No “speed-dependent field weakening" (P081=0) is parameterized even though operation in the field weakening range is needed for the requested maximum speed Note: In motor operation, it is possible to reach EMF values corresponding to the peak of the phase-to-phase supply voltage at a firing angle of αG=30° (rectifier stability limit P150) and low armature currents. Setpoint EMF for field weakening operation too high (parameter P101 is set too high) Supply voltage dip EMF controller or field current controller is not optimized, possibly resulting in excessive EMF on power-up. r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Instantaneously measured actual EMF (K0287) i003 Armature current controller setpoint (K0118) F044 A slave connected to the paralleling interface is not operating (active when U800 = 1 or 2 and U806>10 (master) after receipt of the first valid protocol in operating states – –, I, II) Fault value: 1 2 F046 A fault message is active on a slave A slave is not in operation (e.g. because its enable input is set to "0") r047 Index 002 to 006: i00x = Status word 1 from slave x

♦ ♦ ♦

Fault value: Calculated firing angle (armature) before limitation (K0101)

Analog select input for main setpoint (terminals 4 and 5) faulty (active in operating states of ≤ o6) This fault message is activated when P700=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and an input current of less than 2mA is flowing. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Open circuit in supply cable P700 is incorrectly set

F047

Analog select input 1 (terminals 6 and 7) is faulty (active in operating states of ≤ o6) This fault message is activated when P710=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and an input current of less than 2mA is flowing. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Open circuit in supply cable P710 is incorrectly set

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-13

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. F048 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

Fault in measuring channel for digital speed sensing using pulse encoder (active in all operating states) 1. Disturbances on encoder cables: Faults on the encoder cables (transitions to 0 with a 1 signal or to 1 with a 0 signal) are signalled as a rotational direction change by the evaluation circuit. Frequent changes in rotational direction can occur only at speeds around 0. The fault message is activated if 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify “direction of rotation change” at a speed of ≥ 48 rev/min and an EMF > threshold (see below). 2. Pulse encoder defective: The fault message is activated if, at an EMF > threshold (see below) 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify “implausible characteristics” of these signals (i.e. frequent rotational direction changes, edges too close together, failure of an encoder cable or short circuit between two encoder cables). Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ EMC-related interference on a pulse encoder signal (terminals 28 to 31) Pulse encoder defective Interruption in an encoder cable Short circuit between an encoder cable and the supply voltage or another encoder cable P110 or P111 is incorrectly set (resulting in incorrectly calculation of EMF)

Note: When the speed encoder is operating correctly, signal sequences, which are characteristic of a faulty pulse encoder or disturbances on the pulse encoder cables, may occur continuously at the input terminals (e.g. continuous changes in rotational direction or short pulse intervals) at about 0 speed, e.g. as the result of slight oscillation around a bright/dark transition on the speed encoder disk). For this reason, fault F048 is not activated until the EMF > 10% of Fault value: 1 2 Disturbances on encoder cables Defective pulse encoder

P078.001 ∗

3∗ 2 . π

10.1.2.8 Start-up faults
F050 Optimization run not possible (active in all operating states) A fault has occurred during an optimization run.

NOTE
The contents of r047, Index 002 to 016, can provide specialists with more detailed information about fault causes. For this reason, please read out and document all the indices associated with this fault and pass them on when you contact Siemens for help. Fault value: 1 Armature current is too low when α=30° and EMF=0. (average armature current <75% of IA, motor or <75% of IA, rated) Possible cause: • Armature circuit interrupted • High-resistance load • P150 (Alpha G limit) has been set to excessively high value 2 It was not possible to determine the armature circuit resistance (P110) because the armature current was ≥ 37.5 % of P100 in fewer than 20 of the 150 firing cycles of the measuring phase. Possible cause: •Armature current of 37.5% of P100 (I A, motor) is no longer possible (although a current of 75% of P100 was already flowing, maybe a fuse has blown). 3 Armature current peaks are too small at α=30° and EMF=0 (armature current peak value <50% of IA, motor or <50% of IA,rated) Possible cause: • Armature circuit inductance is too high (field supply from armature terminals) • P150 (Alpha G limit) has been set to excessively high value Possible remedy: • Reduce P100 (IA,motor) while this optimization run is in progress

10-14

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. 4 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error)

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

The armature circuit inductance (P111) cannot be determined from the sampled values of the armature current and line voltage of the armature current crest last generated Possible cause: •P100 (IA,motor) or r072.i002 (IA,rated) very much smaller than actual motor rated current of the armature •LA >327.67mH (armature circuit inductance too large) •P100 (IA,motor) very much smaller than r072.i002 (IA,rated) •Armature circuit short-circuited

5

Offset adjustment of actual field current sensing is not possible (value detected for P825 is outside permissible value range) Possible cause: • Fault in actual field current sensing circuit (defective A7004 gating board or A7001 electronics board)

7

The field circuit resistance (P112) is indeterminable (the actual field current does not reach the internally specified setpoint of 95% of P102 as a result of P112 variation) Possible cause: • RA >3276.7Ω • Fault in actual field current sensing circuit (defective gating board or A7001 electronics board) • The command “Inject standstill field” is applied • P102 is set too high • A thyristor in the field bridge is not firing

8

80% of rated EMF (K287=P101 – P100 * P110) cannot be reached within 15s (or maximum of the three set acceleration times) Possible cause: • Acceleration time (P303, P307, P311) is set too low • P101 does not match the set maximum speed (UA at nmax < P101) or setting for P102 is too low • The command “Ramp-function generator enable”=0 or ”Ramp-function generator stop”=1

9

Field current control loop is not stable enough to record field characteristics (30s after injection of internal field current setpoint, actual field current is deviating by more than (0.39% of P102 + 0.15 % of r073.002) from the setpoint) Possible cause: • Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly (check P112, P253 to P256 or execute a current controller optimization run (P051=25))

10

Field characteristic is not uniform (i.e. in spite of field current setpoint reduction, the flux values of this measuring point calculated from EMF and actual speed are rising) Possible cause: • High armature reaction and sharp load variations during recording of field characteristics • Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly (check P112, P253 to P256 or execute a current controller optimization run (P051=25))

11

A lower field current limit of ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor) is applied (for this reason, it is not possible to plot a minimum of 9 field weakening measuring points) Possible cause: • P103 ≥ 50% of P102 Check P614 !

12

The drive has reached the positive torque limit even though the applied field current setpoint is still ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor) Possible cause: • Armature current is very “unsteady”, e.g. due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 (on drive with high integralaction time). In this case, setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller optimization run (P051=26) may help. • Check torque limits The drive has reached the positive armature current limit even through the applied field current setpoint is still ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor) Possible cause: • Armature current is very “unsteady”, e.g. due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 (on drive with high integralaction time). In this case, setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller optimization run (P051=26) may help • Check armature current limits

13

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-15

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. 14 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

The speed has changed by more than 12.5% at a constant speed setpoint even through the applied field current setpoint is still ≥ 50% of P102 (IF,motor) Possible cause: as for fault value 12

15

The EMF setpoint is too small to plot a field characteristic EMFset = UA – IA,motor * RA = P101 – P100 * P110 < 10% of 1.35 * P078.i001 (e.g. P078.i001 = 400 V . . . minimum EMFset = 54 V)

16 17

Field weakening operation is not allowed in operation without a tachometer (P083=3) The field current controller cannot be optimized because the field circuit time constant cannot be determined (actual field current does not decay after switch-off to below 0.95*initial value within approximately 1s or to below 0.8 * 0.95*initial values within approximately 2 s) Possible cause: • Setting in P103 is too high • Field circuit inductance is too high • Fault in actual field current sensing circuit (gating board or A7001 electronics board defective) • Ratio r073.02 / P102 is too high (change P076.02 if necessary)

18

Field weakening range is too wide, i.e. during power-up (at full field) to a speed setpoint of +10% nmax , the |EMK| is > 77% of setpoint EMF (P101 – P100 * P110) Possible cause: • Maximum speed setting is incorrect • Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143) • Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect (P741) • Setpoint EMF is not correct (P101, P100, P110) • An excessively high load torque (in positive or negative direction, e.g. a suspended load) causes the drive to rotate, one of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low

19

A steady-state actual speed of +10%, +20%, +30% . . . or +100% of the maximum speed cannot be reached within 3 minutes (or maximum value of the three set acceleration times) in speed-controlled operation (the speed setpoint/actual value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must equal <0.1% nmax for a specific time period) Possible cause: • Acceleration time is set too low (P303, P307, P311) • Drive is blocked • An excessively high load torque (in positive or negative direction, e.g. a suspended load) causes the drive to rotate, one of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low • Poor speed controller setting (P225, P226, P228) or speed controller is parameterized as pure P controller or with droop • A band elimination filter (P201, P202 or P203, P204) is active • Command “Ramp-function generator enable” =0 or ”Ramp-function generator STOP” =1 is applied • “Field weakening operation” (P081 = 1) is not parameterized

20

Current limit is too low (With speed controller optimization run: Less than 30% or 45% of P100 (IA,motor) + the armature current required for zero speed, With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation: Less than 20% of P100 (IA, motor) + the armature current required for a steady-state speed corresponding to 10% of maximum speed) Field weakening range is too wide (nact < +7% nmax produces |EMF| > 54% setpoint EMF) (setpoint EMF= K289= P101 – P100 * P110) Possible cause: • Maximum speed setting is incorrect • Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143) • Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect (P741) • Setpoint EMF is not correct (P101, P100, P110) • Caution: Even a high absolute negative actual speed value can produce an | EMF | of > 54% setpoint EMF

21

10-16

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. 22 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error)

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

With speed controller optimization run: With an acceleration current equaling 20% or 30% of P100 (IA, motor) + armature current required for zero speed or With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation: With an acceleration current equaling the current required to achieve a steady-state speed of 10% of maximum speed + 20% of P100 (IA, motor), the maximum speed cannot be reached within 45s +7% Possible cause: • Centrifugal mass is too large • Drive is blocked, heavily speed-dependent or excessively high load torque • “Active” load is attempting to maintain a certain speed Possible remedy: • Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during optimization (during the speed controller optimization run, a maximum of 45% of IA, motor (+ armature current for zero speed) is applied as the armature current setpoint, IA,motor (P100) can thus be increased to 2.2 times the value at maximum without exceeding 100% IA, motor during optimization)

23

With speed controller optimization run: With an acceleration current equaling 20% or 30% of P100 (IA, motor) + armature current required for zero speed or With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation: With an acceleration current equalling the current required to achieve a steady-state speed of 10% of maximum speed + 20% of P100 (IA, motor), the maximum speed or 100% of setpoint EMF cannot be reached within 90s +13% Possible cause: • Flywheel mass is too large • Drive is blocked, heavily speed-dependent or excessively high load torque • “Active” load is attempting to maintain a certain speed Possible remedy: • Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during optimization (during the speed controller optimization run, a maximum of 45% of IA, motor (+ armature current for zero speed) is applied as the armature current setpoint, IA,motor (P100) can thus be increased to 2.2 times the value at maximum without exceeding 100% IA, motor during optimization)

24

With speed controller optimization run: The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 2 minutes With optimization run for field weakening: The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 10 minutes With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation: The actual speed does not drop to below +2% of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 11 or 2 minutes Possible cause: • Single-quadrant drive coasts to a standstill too slowly The average armature current required for the speed range from +7% to approximately +13% of maximum speed to cover the friction and/or steady-state load torque cannot be calculated Possible cause: • Drive with very little friction or very small integral-action time and, as a result of the very short measuring time, computational inaccuracies during evaluation • Distorted or disturbed actual speed value • Large flywheel mass that is coupled to the drive via long shaft with high torsion, possibly via a coupling with large amount of play Possible remedy: • Reduce P100 for duration of the optimization run to decrease the acceleration current applied during optimization and thus to lengthen the measuring time

25

26

Load torque too high (nset =0% nmax results in nict ≥ 40% nmax) (actual speed value is averaged over 90 firing cycles, speed monitoring at ≥ 40% nmax does not start for 1s after application of speed setpoint of nset=0) Possible cause: • An excessively high load torque (in a positive or negative direction, e.g. suspended load) causes the drive to rotate (the speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run) • One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low (the motor field may not be reaching full field strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low) • Maximum speed setting is incorrect • Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143) • Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct (P741)

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-17

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) 27 Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

Load torque is too high (nset=0% nmax results in |EMF| >100% setpoint EMF) (EMF monitoring at ≥ (P101 – P100 * P110) does not start for 1 s after application of speed setpoint of nset=0) Possible cause: • An excessively high load torque (in a positive or negative direction, e.g. suspended load) causes the drive to rotate (the speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run) • One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low (the motor field may not be reaching full field strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low) • Maximum speed setting is incorrect • Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect (P140 to P143) • Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct (P741) • Setpoint EMF settings are incorrect (P101, P100, P110)

28

A steady-state actual speed corresponding to 0% of maximum speed cannot be reached within 0 s in speed-controlled operation (the speed setpoint/actual value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must be <1.0% nmax for a total of 4s) Possible cause: As for fault value 26

29

The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327.67 mH, therefore P111 = 327,67 mH has been set. All other parameters (the current controller parameters P155 and P156 too) have been set correctly despite that. (For the real armature circuit inductance in mH, see r047.i010). Possible cause: •e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

30

The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327.67 mH and the calculated armature circuit resistance is greater than 32.767 Ω, therefore P111 = 327,67 mH and P110 = 32,767 Ω has been set. All other parameters have also been set. However, the values of the current controller parameters P155 and P156 might differ from the optimum setting. Possible cause: •e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

31

The calculated armature circuit resistance is greater than 32.767 Ω, therefore P110 = 32,767 Ω has been set. All other parameters have also been set. Possibly the calculated P111 and therefore also the current controller parameters P155 and P156 have been distorted by the limitation in P110 . Possible cause: •e.g. field supply from the armature terminals

50

The protocol selection for basic-device interface G-SST2 has not been set to communication with the SIMOREG CCP. Possible remedy: Set P790 to 6

51

The protocol counter of the error-free telegrams r799.i001 is not incremented. Communication with the SIMOREG CCP does not take place. Possible cause: e.g. defective cabling for the peer-to-peer connection at X172

52 53

Incorrect MLFB identification number of the SIMOREG CCP (n570 < 250, see r047.i003) Please contact your nearest SIEMENS agent The electric strength of the SIMOREG CCP is too low. The SIMOREG device's rated input voltage set in P078.i001 (see r047.i003 in V) is higher than the rated supply voltage of the SIMOREG CCP (see r047.i004 in V). It is not permissible to operate the SIMOREG CCP in this hardware configuration. It is not possible to set parameter U578. The calculated voltage setpoint for precharging the surge absorbing capacitors in the SIMOREG CCP (see r047.i003 in V) is higher than the rectifier average of supply voltage actually being applied (minimum value in line with the lower tolerance limit in accordance with P351(see r047.i004 in V) See also the description for parameter U578 in the SIMOREG CCP operating instructions The maximum energy - to be reduced during extinguishing – in the armature circuit (see r047.i003 in kJ) is higher than the energy that can be absorbed in the chopper resistors of the SIMOREG CCP (see r047.i003 in kJ). The selected SIMOREAG CCP is not suitable for the existing hardware configuration. See also step 5 in the section entitled "Commissioning steps" of the operating instructions of the SIMOREG CCP. The value set at parameter P111 for the armature inductance is 0 Possible cause: The optimization run for the current controller has not been carried out. In the existing software of the SIMOREG device, there are still no setting data for operation with SIMOREG CCP. Possible remedy: Update the SIMOREG software

54

55

56

57

10-18

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) r047 Index 002: 1 2 3 4 5 7 F051

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

Fault has occurred during optimization run for current controller and precontrol for armature and field (selected by means of P051=25) Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed controller (selected through setting P051=26) Fault has occurred during optimization run for field weakening (selected through setting P051=27) Fault has occurred during internal offset adjustments (selected through P051=22) Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation (selected through setting P051=28) Fault has occurred during automatic setting of the parameters for SIMOREG CCP (was selected by means of P051=30) [V2.1 and later]

No optimization run when permanent memory is disabled (active in all operating states)

F052

If P051.001 is set to 0 (write access to permanent memory disabled), it is not possible to execute an optimization run. Optimization run aborted as a result of external cause (active in operating states of – –, I, II) This fault message is activated when the converter ceases operating in the RUN state (state I, II or --) during an optimization run (and thus in response to every FAULT) or if the EMERGENCY STOP or SHUTDOWN command is applied. The optimization run is aborted. Only those parameters which had been fully optimized prior to activation of the fault message are altered. When the STANDSTILL command is applied, this fault message is not activated if the optimization run for field weakening is interrupted after the 1st field weakening measuring point has been recorded or, in the case of the optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation, after the measuring point at 10% maximum speed has been determined. In these cases, the run may be interrupted by STANDSTILL so as to be able to complete the run in several stages (by repeated restarts) for a limited travel path. Fault value: 1 Run was aborted because converter is no longer operating in RUN mode (For example, this can occur when r047i002=2 in the case of a motor with a very high field circuit time constant → For help, see P051 = 26 in chapter 7.5) Run was aborted because EMERGENCY STOP command was applied (speed controller setpoint =0) Run was aborted because STANDSTILL command was applied (ramp-function generator setpoint=0) Operation has been aborted because P051 was changed during the optimization run Run was aborted because SWITCH-ON command was not applied within 30 s of selection of optimization run Operation has been aborted because the OPERATING ENABLE command was not entered within 1 minute of selection of the optimization run. Operation has been aborted because converter was not in operating state < o7.2 15 s after selection of the optimization run with P051 = 25, 26, 27 or 28 (input of OFF1 command may have been forgotten) r047 Index 002 to 016: i002=1 Fault has occurred during optimization run for current controller and precontrol for armature and field (selected by means of P051=25) i002=2 Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed controller (selected through setting P051=26) i002=3 Fault has occurred during optimization run for field weakening (selected through setting P051=27) i002=5 Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation (selected through setting P051=28) i005 Operational state (K0800) in the event of a fault

2 3 4 5 6

7

10.1.2.9 External faults
F053 Fault message from free function block FB288 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 F054 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.005 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.006 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.007 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U102 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

Fault message from free function block FB289 (active in all operating states) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.005 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.006 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.007 is in the state log.”1” the binector wired via parameter U103 Index.008 is in the state log.”1”

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-19

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

10.1.2.10 Start-up faults
F055 No field characteristic recorded (active in operating states of – –, I, II) Possible fault causes ♦ The optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) has not yet been executed.

Fault value: 1 2 F056 P170 = 1 (”torque control”) selected, but “no valid field characteristic has been recorded” (P117=0) yet P081 = 1 (”speed-dependent field weakening”) selected, but “no valid field characteristic has been recorded” (P117=0) yet (P117=0)

Important parameter is not set (active in operating states of ≤ o6) This fault message is activated if certain parameters are still set to 0. Fault value: 1 2 3 4 Speed controller actual value selection in P083 is still set to 0 Rated motor armature current in P100 is still set to 0.0 Rated motor field current in P102 is still set to 0.00 (fault message only when P082 ≠ 0) Rated DC current of external field device is still set to 0.00 in U838 (error message if P082 >= 21 only)

F058

Parameter settings are not consistent (active in operating states of ≤ o6) Inconsistent values have been set in mutually dependent parameters. Fault value: 2 3 4 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The parameters for speed-dependent current limitation are not set correctly (the following applies: P105>P107 (I1>I2) and P104 < P106 (n1<n2)) The field characteristic is not uniform The first threshold for P gain adaptation of the speed controller set in parameter P556 is higher than the second threshold setting in parameter P559 P557 is set to greater than P560 P558 is set to greater than P561 If P083=1 (analog tachometer), then P746 may not equal 0 (main actual value is not connected) If P083=2 (pulse encoder), then P140 may not equal x0 (no pulse encoder installed) If P083=3 (EMF control) then P082 may not equal x1x (field weakening operation) P090 (stabilization time for supply voltage) >P086 (time for automatic restart) P090 (stabilization time for supply voltage) >P089 (waiting time in state o4 or o5) P445=1 is set (switch-on, shutdown and crawl act as a pushbutton) although no binector is parameterized as a shudown button (P444=0) If P067 > 1, then P075 must also be > 0 Parameter U673 > U674 (this setting is not permitted; see function diagram B152) Parameter P169 = 1 and P170 = 1 (impermissible setting)

10-20

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. F059 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Technology option S00 is disabled/will be disabled soon (active in all operating statuses) Fault value: 1

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

Time credit for S00 = 0 hrs The technology option S00 for 500 operating hours no longer applies. The functions are now no longer available, but the parameter settings have been retained. If you wish to continue using technology option S00, please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN number you will require to permanently enable this option. You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC-MASTER. For further details, please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List. Time credit S00 < 100 Std. The remaining time period of temporary enabling of technology option S00 is now less than 100 operating hours. The technology functions will not be available for much longer. If you wish to continue using technology option S00, please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN number you will require to permanently enable this option. for permanent enabling of technology option S00. You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC-MASTER. For further details, please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List. S00 operation will not be possible if an SLB cycle time of < 1 ms is set Owing to the available capacity of the electronics board, it is not possible to operate the S00 technology option at the same time as a SIMOLINK bus with an extremely short cycle time (U746 < 1 ms). See also parameter U746.

2

3

F060

Current total processor utilization (n009.i001, K9990) > 99.0% (active in all operating statuses) The function blocks of the technology software, option S00 will not be calculated until this fault code has been acknowledged. The current total processor utilization can be reduced by using the function U969 = 4.

10.1.2.11 Hardware faults
F061 Fault message from thyristor check function (active in operating state o3) This fault message can be activated only if the thyristor check is activated via parameter P830. If “Thyristor defective” or “Thyristor unable to block” is signaled, then the relevant thyristor module must be replaced. Possible causes for irreparable damage to thyristors: ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Interruption in snubber circuit Current controller and precontrol are not optimized (excessive current peaks) Inadequate cooling (e.g. fan is not operating, ambient temperature is too high, fan is rotating in wrong direction (incorrect phase sequence), inadequate air supply, heatsink is very dirty) Excessive voltage peaks in incoming supply system External short circuit or fault to ground (check armature circuit)

If “Thyristor unable to block” is signaled, the cause can generally be attributed to a firing circuit fault, rather than to a defective thyristor. Possible causes: ♦ Firing pulse cable to relevant thyristor is interrupted ♦ Ribbon cable X101 or X102 is incorrectly inserted or interrupted ♦ Defective electronics or gating board ♦ Internal interruption in gating cable in thyristor module The designations of the firing cables and associated thyristors can be found in Section 6.4 (power connections).

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-21

Faults / Alarms
Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Fault value: 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V1, on 15A and 30 converters: V1 or V4) Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V2, on 15A and 30 converters: V2 or V5) Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V3, on 15A and 30 converters: V3 or V6) Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V4, on 15A and 30 converters: V4 or V1) Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V5, on 15A and 30 converters: V5 or V2) Defective thyristor (short circuit in module V6, on 15A and 30 converters: V6 or V3) Fault to ground in armature circuit I=0 message defective Possible fault cause • Defective A7001 electronics board 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Thyristor cannot be fired (X11) Thyristor cannot be fired (X12) Thyristor cannot be fired (X13) Thyristor cannot be fired (X14) Thyristor cannot be fired (X15) Thyristor cannot be fired (X16) 2 or more thyristors (MI) cannot be fired Possible fault cause • Armature circuit interrupted 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 31 32 33 34 35 36 Thyristor cannot be fired (X21) Thyristor cannot be fired (X22) Thyristor cannot be fired (X23) Thyristor cannot be fired (X24) Thyristor cannot be fired (X25) Thyristor cannot be fired (X26) 2 or more thyristors (MII) cannot be fired Thyristor unable to block (X11 or X21) Thyristor unable to block (X12 or X22) Thyristor unable to block (X13 or X23) Thyristor unable to block (X14 or X24) Thyristor unable to block (X15 or X25) Thyristor unable to block (X16 or X26) Further information (r047.002 to r047.016)

05.2007

10.1.2.12 Internal faults
F062 Fault in parameter memory (active in all operating states) Software monitoring of correct functioning of the EEPROM module (non-volatile memory) on the A7009 board. The EEPROM values contains all data which must be protected in the case of a power failure (i.e. parameter values and process data which must remain stored during power failures). The following are monitored: ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Connection between the A7001 electronics board and the EEPROM on the A7009 backplane wiring assembly Whether the parameter values stored on the EEPROM are within the permissible value range Whether data are being correctly stored on the EEPROM. For this purpose, values are read and checked for correctness after they are transferred to the module Whether the checksum of the non-volatile process data in the EEPROM is correct

Possible causes for all fault types: Excessive EMC-related interference is present (e.g. due to unprotected contactors, unscreened cables, loose shield connections)

10-22

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
Fault No. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.001, r949.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Fault value: 1 Connection to EEPROM is faulty Possible fault causes • A7001 electronics board is defective • A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective • Plug-in connection X109 is defective 2 Parameter value is outside permissible value range Possible fault causes • “Restore to default value” has never been executed with this software (e.g. after software replacement) • A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective Possible remedy: • Acknowledge fault, execute “Restore to default value” and start up the drive again Parameter value cannot be stored on EEPROM Possible fault causes • A7001 electronics board is defective • A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective • Plug-in connection X109 is defective 11 12 13 20 Checksum of non-volatile data (part 1) is not correct Checksum of non-volatile data (part 2) is not correct Checksum of non-volatile data (part 3) is not correct Checksum of configuring table of parameter values is not correct Possible fault causes • Defective EEPROM • “Restore to default value” has never been executed with this software (e.g. after software replacement) Possible remedy: • Acknowledge fault, execute “Restore to default value” and start up the drive again! Check interference suppression measures and improve if necessary. In the case of fault value 20, the factory setting is restored automatically F063 Errors in compensation data of analog inputs and outputs (active in all operating states) i002 Number of faulty parameter i003 Index of faulty parameter i004 Faulty parameter value

Faults / Alarms

Further information (r047.002 to r047.016) r047 Index 002 to 016:

3

i002 Address of fault memory location i003 Faulty value in EEPROM i004 Correct parameter value

i002 Calculate checksum i003 Checksum found in EEPROM

This function monitors whether the factory-set compensation data for the analog inputs and outputs are plausible Possible fault cause: ♦ Defective A7001 or A7006 electronics board r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Incorrect number of words i002 Calculated checksum i003 Errored checksum i002 Incorrect value i002 Incorrect value

Fault value: 11 12 13 23 Incorrect number of words in compensation values for analog inputs and outputs of A7001 Checksum error in compensation values for analog inputs and outputs of A7001 Incorrect value among compensation values for analog inputs and outputs of A7001 Incorrect value among compensation values for analog inputs and outputs of A7006

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

10-23

the counter initiates a reset. (The current heat sink temperature is indicated at parameter r013 and on connector K050) Fault value: 1 2 3 Heatsink temperature > permissible heatsink temperature (depending on the MLFB) Heatsink temperature sensor is defective Converter fan is defective r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Measured heatsink temperature (16384 .3 ms).2007 An internal microprocessor hardware counter monitors whether the program for calculating the firing pulses runs at least once every 14 ms (program is executed on average every 2.3V) Fault value: 1 2 3 F069 Measuring channel for main setpoint / analog select input 1 faulty (terminals 4 and 5) Measuring channel for main actual value faulty (terminals 103 and 104) Measuring channel for analog select input 1 faulty (terminals 6 and 7) MLFB data are faulty (active in all operating states) Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ Excessive EMC-related interference is present (e. due to unprotected contactors.2. If this is not the case. unscreened cables. due to unprotected contactors.002 to r047. 100°C) i003 Measured ADC value F068 Analog measuring channel faulty (main setpoint. F064 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.13 Communication errors with supplementary boards F070 SCB1: Serious initialization error (active in all operating states) SCB1 and SCI cannot power up correctly (see diagnostic parameter n697 for details) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-24 . Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ A7001 electronics board is defective Excessive EMC-related interference is present (e. loose shield connections) F067 Converter cooling faulty (active in operating states of ≤ o13) The heatsink temperature monitoring function is activated 6s after connection of the electronics supply. loose shield connections) A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective r047 Index 002 to 016: i002 Incorrect MLFB code number - Fault value: 1 2 3 4 MLFB code number (r070) = MLFB code number (r070) is illegal MLFB data checksum error Works number checksum error Number of words of MLFB data is incorrect 10. unscreened cables.7 to 3. F064 is then displayed. 11. main actual value or analog select input) (active in all operating states) Hardware monitoring of measuring circuits Possible fault causes • • A7001 module defective Measuring circuit saturated (input voltage at terminals 4 and 5 or 6 and 7 higher than approx. due to unprotected contactors.g.g. Possible fault causes ♦ ♦ F065 A7001 electronics board is defective Excessive EMC-related interference is present (e.1.016) 05.001 or r949..Faults / Alarms Fault No. unscreened cables. loose shield connections) Illegal microprocessor status (active in all operating states) An internal microprocessor hardware function monitors the microprocessor for illegal operating states.g.009 with acknowledged error) Watchdog timer has initiated a reset (active in all operating states) Further information (r047. r949.001.

Section 8. r949. see also function diagrams.001.002 to r047. (The meanings of these parameters are defined in the manual for the relevant CB board. U711 to U721 are not correctly set or st 1 TB or 1 CB not accepted after a change by means of U710 = 0 nd 2 2 CB setting.g.001 or r949.009 with acknowledged error) Fault value: 12 22 F073 No connection to slave 1 No connection to slave 2 Faults / Alarms Further information (r047. Sheets Z110 and Z111) The initialization run for a CB/TB board has not been completed within 40 s i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB 6 F081 CB/TB heartbeat error CB/TB has not incremented the monitoring counter for a period of 800 ms Possible causes of fault ♦ • CB/TB board is defective CB/TB board is not correctly installed SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-25 . due to very complex TB configuration) r047 index 002 to 016: i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB i002 Code number of slot containing incompatible board: 2 Slot D 3 Slot E 4 Slot F 5 Slot G 6 CB when configuration includes TB The "Heartbeat counter“ of the CB/TB has not started to count within 20 s The product version of the installed CT/TB board is not compatible with the SIMOREG 6RA70 converter F074 F075 F076 F077 F078 F079 F080 Fault value (r949 index 001): 2 5 i015 Code number of board: Parameters P918.2007 Fault No.05.016) SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input1 of slave 1 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input2 of slave 1 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input3 of slave 1 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input1 of slave 2 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input2 of slave 2 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input3 of slave 2 (active in all operating states) The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1: Telegram failure (active in all operating states) Check function of SCB1 (activity LEDs) and connection to SCI slaves (fiber optics) Error in initialization of a CB/TB board Possible causes for fault values 1 and 6: ♦ ♦ ♦ 1 CB/TB board is defective CB/TB board is not installed correctly CB/TB board is taking too long to run up (e. Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047.

r949. F082 Description Cause as a function of fault value (r047. due to unprotected contactors. loose screen connections) CB/TB board is defective CB/TB board is not correctly inserted r047 Index 002 to 016: i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB Further information (r047.14 Fault messages from supplementary boards F101 to F147 This group of fault messages is activated by supplementary boards Please refer to the operating manual of the relevant supplementary board for explanation of the fault messages and fault values 10-26 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .1.016) 05.002 to r047.001.Faults / Alarms Fault No.009 with acknowledged error) CB/TB message timeout or error in data exchange Possible causes of fault ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ CB/TB PZD message timeout (with fault value 10) Excessive EMC-related interference (e. unscreened cables.2007 Fault value (r949 index 001): 1 Fault in alarm channel from CB to basic unit 2 3 5 Fault in alarm channel from TB to basic unit Fault in fault channel from TB to basic unit Fault in parameter job channel from CB to basic unit i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB i015 Code number of board: st st 1 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB 6 CB 7 8 TB 10 Fault in parameter response channel from basic unit to Fault in parameter job channel from TB to basic unit Fault in parameter response channel from basic unit to CB/TB process data failure (message timeout period set in U722) Fault in parameter job channel from PMU to TB Fault in parameter response channel from TB to PMU Fault in setpoint channel from CB/TB to basic unit i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB i015 Code number of board: st 1 TB or 1 CB nd 2 2 CB 11 12 15 16 Fault in actual value channel from basic unit to CB/TB 10.g.2.001 or r949.

) The corresponding bit in one of the alarm words r953 (K9801) to r960 (K9808) is set Alarm No. OP1S) B0114 ( = status word 1.”1” A024 Alarm message from free function block FB7 (active in all operating states) The binector wired via parameter U105 Index.”1” A020 Alarm message from free function block FB257 (active in all operating states) The binector wired via parameter U105 Index. A023 Alarm message from free function block FB6 (active in all operating states) The binector wired via parameter U104 Index.”1” A021 External alarm 1 (active in all operating states) Bit 28 in control word 2 was in the log.001 is in the state log.g. Several alarm messages can be active at the same time. Many alarms (see List of Alarm Messages) can only be active in certain operating states.05. The system responses to an alarm are as follows: • • • Alarm message is displayed on the operator panel (PMU. "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 004. On the OP1S: On the bottom line of the operational display. it cannot yet exchange telegrams (parameters have not yet been correctly configured on all nodes or the boards have not yet been linked via fiber optics to form a closed ring). A019 Alarm message from free function block FB256 (active in all operating states) The binector wired via parameter U104 Index. The red LED (Fault) flashes.002 is in the state log. bit 7) is set and B0115 is cancelled (see also special alarm bits in status word 2. overload.2007 Faults / Alarms 10. e.001 is in the state log. for an external alarm. A018 Short circuit at binary outputs (active in all operating states) Hardware monitoring function to check for short circuit at one of the binary select outputs (see also F018 and r011). A022 External alarm 2 (active in all operating states) Bit 29 in control word 2 was in the log. but disappears automatically when the cause has been eliminated. An alarm message cannot be acknowledged.002 is in the state log. these are then displayed in succession.2 Alarm messages Alarm message display: On the PMU: A (Alarm) and a three-digit number. A015 Simolink start (active in all operating states) Description Although the board has been initialized. The red LED (Fault) flashes.”1” SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-27 . "0" state for longer than the time set in P360 index 003. etc.

4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals 22 / 23) or P490. When parameter P490. Possible causes ♦ ♦ ♦ Control loop interrupted Controller is not optimized P590 or P591 is not correctly parameterized 10-28 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .Faults / Alarms Alarm No. “0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 214 Possible causes ♦ ♦ Thermostat for monitoring motor temperature has responded Interruption in encoder cable A029 Motor overtemperature (active in all operating states) Selection via P493=1 or 3 (thermostat at terminals 22 / 23) or P494=1 or 3 (thermostat at terminals 204 / 205) When parameter P490.01=1 (KTY84 at terminals 22 / 23) or P490. “0” signal (longer than 10s) at terminal 211 Possible causes ♦ ♦ A026 Encoder for brush length has responded Interruption in encoder cable Description 05. 3. 4 or 5 (PTC thermistor at terminals 204 / 205): The alarm is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the trip value of the selected PTC. I. “0” signal (longer than 40s) at terminal 213 Possible causes ♦ ♦ Encoder for fan monitoring has responded Interruption in encoder cable A028 Motor overtemperature (active in all operating states) When parameter P498=1 (thermostat connected): Alarm in response to log. “0” signal (longer than 2s) at terminal 212 Possible causes ♦ Encoder for bearing condition has responded A027 Air flow monitoring (active in operating states of < o6) When parameter P497=1 (air flow monitoring): Alarm in response to log.02=2. A025 Brush length too short (active in all operating states) When parameter P495=1 (binary sensing of brush length): Alarm in response to log. II) The monitor responds when the difference between the connectors selected in P590 and P591 (factory setting: Setpoint/actual value difference of speed controller) exceeds the limit set in parameter P388 for longer than the time set in parameter P390. A030 Commutation failure or overcurrent has occurred (active in operating states of – –.01=2.02=1 (KTY84 at terminals 204 / 205): The alarm is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the values set in parameter P492. I. II) Possible error causes ♦ ♦ Mains voltage dip in regenerative feedback mode Current control loop not optimized A031 Speed controller monitoring (active in operating states of – –.2007 Poor bearing condition (active in all operating states) When parameter P496=1 (bearing condition sensing): Alarm in response to log. 3.

Possible causes ♦ Lower current limit has been input ♦ Current-controlled operation ♦ P512. “Field weakening operation through internal EMF control” (PO81=1) must be parameterized. implemented through control of the armature firing angle to (αW (or 165 degrees) . W terminals of SIMOREG CCP Voltage at C-D on CCP does not match voltage at C-D on SIMOREG DC-MASTER Surge absorbing capacitors of SIMOREG CCP have not reached setpoint voltage Paralleling interface cable is not connected to SIMOREG CCP assigned to paralleling master No connection between SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SIMOREG CCP via G-SST2 serial interface No connection between parallel SIMIOREG CCPs Contents of technical data memory on SIMOREG CCP (MLFB.5 degrees) using a P controller whose output reduces the EMF controller setpoint.2007 Alarm No. II) This alarm is active only when parameter P272=1 and activated if the following equation applies to firing angle α (armature) before limitation (K101): α > (αW (inverter stability limit acc. I.001 is in the log. I. A032 SIMOREG CCP not ready (active in operating states of < o4. See also parameter P082. Overspeed (active in operating states of – –. V.5%. II) This monitoring function responds if the armature firing angle is at the rectifier stability limit for more than 500 ms and the armature current is less than 1% of the converter rated armature DC current. rated values. II) The monitoring function responds if the actual speed value (selected in P595) exceeds the positive (P512) or negative (P513) threshold by 0. I.F is > 1% of r072. have been reduced accordingly.e. serial number) invalid I2t value of voltage chopper 1 is too high (> 100%) I2t value of voltage chopper 2 is too high (> 50%) Description Faults / Alarms Alarm message from free function block FB8 (active in all operating states) The binector connected via parameter U106 Index. This limit is not cancelled again until the setpoint drops below 100% of the converter rated DC current. See also Fault F039 and Parameter P075. "1" state Alarm message from free function block FB9 (active in all operating states) The binector connected via parameter U107 Index.05.002 The field is reduced simultaneously with A043.4% of maximum speed No armature current can flow (active in operating states of – –. II) The alarm is activated when the calculated I2t value of the motor reaches the value which corresponds to the final temperature at 100% of permissible continuous motor current (= P113*P100). i. I.001 is in the log.0) Possible causes • • • • • • • • • A033 No voltage at U. When a change in torque direction is requested. I. the current limit is set to P077 * 100% of the converter rated DC current. until the field. and thus the EMF. at a low (pulsating) current α > (165 degrees – 5 degrees) AND armature current setpoint K0118 filtered with P190. For this reason. Automatic field current reduction if EMF is too high in operation (active in operating states of – –. "1" state Drive blocked (active in operating states of – –. A034 A035 A036 A037 A038 A039 A043 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 10-29 . P513 are set too low ♦ Tachometer cable contact fault in operation close to maximum speed I2t value of power section too high (active in all operating states) This alarm is activated if the permissible I2t value for the relevant power section is reached. II) The monitoring function responds if the following conditions are fulfilled for longer than the time set in parameter P355: ♦ Positive or negative torque or armature current limit reached ♦ Armature current is greater than 1% of converter rated armature DC current ♦ The actual speed value is less than 0. At the same time. to P151) – 5 degrees) or . I2t motor monitor has responded (active in operating states of – –. both torque directions are inhibited until the calculated control angle (K101) is <165 degrees for the armature current requested in the new torque direction.

002 is in the log. K9990) > 95. Current total processor utilization (n009.5% (active in all operating states) Converter cooling faulty (active in all operating states) The heat sink temperature is higher than the permissible value (depending on the MLFB). The monitoring function is activated 6s after the electronics supply is connected. TB alarms (active in operating states ≤ o11) For more information about TECH BOARD alarms. You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC-MASTER. A049 SCB1: No SCI slave connected (active in all operating states) SCB1: Not all required SCI slaves are available (active in all operating states) The SCI slave required to perform the parameterized functions is not available A053 Alarm message from free function block FB258 (active in all operating states) The binector connected via parameter U106 Index. in the relevant board description.2007 A050 A054 Remaining time for temporary enabling of the S00 technology option is now less than 100 operating hours. If you wish to continue using technology option S00. refer to Section 7. For further information. A047 Analog select input 1 (terminals 6 and 7) faulty (active in operating states of ≤ o6) This alarm is activated when P710=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and the input current is less than 3mA.Faults / Alarms Alarm No. please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List. Start-Up of Optional Supplementary Boards. nd st A060 A067 10-30 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . For further information.i001. please contact to your nearest Siemens Regional Office for a PIN number for permanent enabling of technology option S00. "1" state A059 Remaining time for temporary enabling of the S00 technology option is now less than 100 operating hours (active in all operating statuses) Description 05. "1" state Alarm message from free function block FB259 (active in all operating states) The binector connected via parameter U107 Index.7. please refer to Operating Instructions or Configuring Guide of the relevant board. For further details. The functions will soon be unavailable. refer to Section 7. A044 A046 An alarm is active on one slave connected to the paralleling interface (active in all operating states) Analog select input for main setpoint (terminals 4 and 5) faulty (active in operating states of ≤ o6) This alarm is activated when P700=2 (current input 4 to 20 mA) and the input current is less than 3mA. (The current heat sink temperature is indicated at parameter r013 and on connector K050) A081 to A088 A089 to A096 A097 to A128 CB alarm of 1 CB (active in all operating states ≤ o11) The meaning of these alarms depends on the type of board used.002 is in the log.7. in the relevant board description. Start-Up of Optional Supplementary Boards. CB alarm of 2 CB (active in all operating states ≤ o11) The meaning of these alarms depends on the type of board used.

P236) Field reversal Input quantities for signals Configuring of closed-loop control Control word. torque limitation Auto-reversing stage.P319 P320 .r065 P067 .P927 r947 .r829 P830 P831 .P416 P421 .P819 P820 . speed sensing using pulse encoder Closed-loop armature current control.P515 P519 .P821 r824 . inching and crawling setpoints) Position sensing with pulse encoder Connector selector switches Motorized potentiometer Oscillation Definition of "Motor interface” Configuring of torque shell input Speed limiting controller Friction compensation Compensation of moment of inertia (dv/dt injection) Speed controller (further parameters for the speed controller P200 .05.P191 P192 . selectable inputs) Analog outputs Binary outputs Configuration of serial interfaces on basic converter Deactivation of monitoring functions Compensation values Thyristor diagnosis Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S Profile parameters Fault memory Visualization parameters: Alarms Overview Range of parameter numbers r000 r001 .P148 P150 .P485 P490 .P498 P500 .P139 P140 .P746 P749 .P567 P580 .P079 P080 .P165 P169 . armature gating unit Current limitation.P567) Closed-loop field current control.P691 P692 .P583 P590 .P284 P295 .P265 P272 . field gating unit Closed-loop EMF control Ramp-function generator Setpoint processing Ramp-function generator Setting values for monitoring functions and limits Setting values for limit-value monitors Settable fixed values Fixed control bits Digital setpoint input (fixed setpoint. main setpoint.P428 P430 . status word Further configuring measures Analog inputs (main actual value.P236 P250 .P778 P780 .P193 P200 .P453 P455 .P323 P330 P351 .P530 P540 .P899 P918 .2007 Parameter list 11 Parameter list Function Operating display General visualization parameters Access authorization levels Definition of SIMOREG DC-MASTER converter Definition of SIMOREG DC-MASTER power section Setting values for converter control Definition of motor Definition of pulse encoder.P445 P450 .P546 P550 .r059 r060 .P647 P648 .P698 P700 .P050 P051.P364 P370 .P952 r953 .P098 P100 . auto-reversing stage.P503 P509 .r960 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-1 .P769 P770 .P399 P401 . armature gating unit Speed controller (further parameters for the speed controller P550 .P458 P460 .P597 P600 .P473 P480 .

n999 Function Device identification Visualization parameters: Control and status word Resetting and storing parameters.U668 U690 .U835 U838 U840 U845 .U753 U755 .U098 U116 .2007 11-2 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .U583 U607 .n959 U979 n980 .r999 U005 .n770 U773 .n739 U740 .U796 U800 .n949 n953 .U657 U660 .U007 n009 n024 . key/lock mechanism Processor utilization Miscellaneous Binector / connector converter for the serial interfaces Commutation monitoring Setpoint reduction Definition of the function of inputs and outputs Definition of the function of the relay output at terminals 109 / 110 Starting pulse speed controller Evaluation of a 4-step master switch for cranes Configuration of SCB1 with SCI1 Configuration of supplementary boards in board locations 2 and 3 Configuration of the SIMOLINK board Configuration of the EB1 expansion board Configuration of the EB2 expansion board Configuration of the SBP pulse encoder board Configuration of paralleling interface Parameters for SIMOREG DC-MASTER Control Module (SIMOREG CM) Rated DC current of external field device Simulation operation Parameters for DriveMonitor Slot deactivation Parameters for DriveMonitor Parameters for DriveMonitor Parameter access for experts List of existing and modified U and n parameters 05.n813 U819 .n699 U710 .U909 U910 U911 .r968 P970 .n788 U790 .U608 U616 U619 U651 . list of existing and modified P and r parameters Password protection.Parameter list Range of parameter numbers r964 r967 .U118 n560 .

U474 U480 .U107 U110 . S00 option ("freely assignable function blocks") Range of parameter numbers n010 .n023 U099 U100 .U512 U515 . timers and binary signal selector switches Technology controller Velocity/speed calculators Variable moment of inertia PI controller Closed-loop control elements Position/positional deviation acquisition Root extractor Sampling times Altering the processing sequence of function blocks Enabling of technology software in basic unit.U259 U260 . DT1 elements.U115 U120 . characteristics. binector/connector converters Mathematical functions Processing of connectors (averager) Limiter.U411 U415 .U171 U172 .U677 U680 .U545 U550 .U299 U300 . S00 option ("freely assignable function blocks") SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-3 .U554 U670 .U218 U220 .2007 Parameter list Parameters for technology software in the basic converter. limit-value monitors Processing of connectors Integrators.U952 U960 .U529 U530 .U303 U310 . setpoint branching Simple ramp-function generator Multiplexer Counter Logic functions Storage elements.U317 U318 . dead zones.U684 U950 .U969 U977 .U523 U525 .n978 Function Displays Settable fixed values Triggering of faults and alarms Connector/binector converters.05.U173 U175 .U313 n314 .

2007 Overview of abbreviations Example: PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0. (2010) under n010 or (2100) under U100.0 [%] 0.0 to 100. i.1. 10) The parameter is shown in the specified function diagram in Section 8 (here G153).1%4) No. 11-4 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .g.11 “Switch over parameter sets“) FDS BDS Parameter belongs to the function data set (see Section 9.e. S00 option 9) The "OP parameter number" (i.Parameter list 05.0 5) Type: O2 3) See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 ≥ 20 Online6) P520 1) * 2) FDS 8) 9) (G153) 10) Friction at 0% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or converter rated torque 1) An under the parameter number means that the parameter requires confirmation. 2) Abbreviation indicating that the parameter belongs to a data set (refers only to indexed parameters) (see Section 9.1. the altered value * does not take effect until the P key is pressed.0 8) S00 Parameter belongs to the technology software in the basic converter. subsection "Data sets") 3) Specification of parameter type O2 Unsigned 16-bit value I2 Signed 16-bit value O4 Unsigned 32-bit value I4 Signed 32-bit value V2 Bit-coded quantity L2 Nibble-coded quantity 4) Setting steps for access via PKW mechanism 5) Factory setting 6) Minimum setting required (P052) to allow display of the relevant parameter Minimum access level required (P051) to allow modification of the relevant parameter Online: The parameter can be changed in all converter operating states Offline: The parameter can only be changed in converter operating states of ≥ o1. subsection "Data sets") Parameter belongs to the BICO data set (see Section 9. the number to be entered via the OP1S operator panel) is specified in brackets in the "PNU" column for all parameters which are not "P parameters" or "r parameters": e.e.

2 o1.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No. See also P078.0 o6.2 and later] Waiting for field current Waiting until actual field current K0266 equals > P396 (FS=50% of field current setpoint K0275) and for "I field extern > I f min" (see P265). P363 and P364. Waiting for a DC contactor to pick up Waiting for "Main contactor checkback" (control word 2 bit 31. to selection in P661) or control word.0 o5.0. indices Factory setting Type See Change (Access / Status) 11. 3W1.4 o1.3 o4 o4. Ind: None Type: O2 P052 = 3 o1. MI or MII (=RUN) No torque direction active Torque direction I active (MI) Torque direction II active (MII) Waiting for operating enable (=READY) Brake release delay time running. Waiting for voltage at power terminals 3U1. P352. fault and alarm messages -I II o1 o1.002.1 o4. Waiting for operating enable at terminal 38.0 and later] Test phase Waiting for completion of thyristor check (selectable function).0 o3 o3. Waiting for field to be reversed. Waiting for operating enable via binector (acc. Waiting for completion of line symmetry check.3 o1.8 and later] Waiting for voltage (armature) Waiting for voltage at power terminals 1U1.002 If |n-set| (|K0193|) and |n-actual| (K0166) are less than P091.0 o4. Waiting for cancellation of immediate pulse disable via binector (acc. P363 and P364.8 and later] Wait for setpoint > P091.2 o3. P353.0 o3.1 r000 Operating status display Operating status display Status display. 1W1. The voltage and frequency must be within the range specified with parameters P351. the firing pulses are disabled and the drive goes into state o2. Waiting for cancellation of command "Brake by field reversal" Waiting for operating enable from optimization run (the optimization run does not output the operating enable signal at the end until n<nmin has been reached and SHUTDOWN input). [SW 2. 1V1. The voltage and frequency must be within the range specified with parameters P351.1 o1. bit 3 (acc. P353.05. P352.1 o3. o6 o6.0 o1.002. See also P078. to selection in P648) Inching command cancellation delay time running.5 o5 o5. The appropriate fault message is output if the corresponding conditions are still not fulfilled at the end of this period. to selection with P177) [SW 1. Waiting for fuse monitoring to signal OK [SW 1.1 NOTE The converter dwells in states o4 and o5 for a maximum total delay time that is set in parameter P089.6 o2 o2.7 and later] Waiting until the chopper capacitors of the SIMOREG CCP are completely precharged [SW 2.001. see P691) [SW 1.1 Wait status before the line contactor is closed Waiting for auxiliaries to be switched on (delay in P093) Waiting for a setpoint ≤ P091 to be applied to the ramp-function generator input (K0193) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-5 .5 Torque direction M0.

0 o10. red LED lights up. Voltage disconnection (OFF2) Voltage disconnection has been input via binector (acc. indices Factory setting Type 05.7 and later] Fast stop (OFF3) Fast stop has been input via binector (acc. to selection in P656). Fast stop has been input via binector (acc.5 o7. bit 0 (acc.1 o10. Electronics initialization in progress Basic converter electronics initialization in progress Supplementary board is sought in module plug-in location 2 Supplementary board is sought in module plug-in location 3 Restructuring of parameters in non-volatile storage after software update (takes approx.0 o7. Fast stop is stored internally (memory can be reset by cancelling FAST STOP command and entering SHUTDOWN). to selection in P648). to selection in P655) or control word.5 o10. E-Stop (safety shutdown) has been input via terminal 105 or 107 Wait for receipt of a valid telegram on G-SST1 (only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P787 ≠ 0) Waiting for receipt of a valid telegram on G-SST2 (only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P797 ≠ 0) Waiting for receipt of a valid telegram on G-SST3 (only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P807 ≠ 0) Fault = Fxxx Fault message is displayed.9 o8 o8. Waiting for cancellation of internal shutdown through input of an internal shutdown command or waiting for cancellation of command "Braking with field reversal" Waiting for completion of "Restore factory settings" operation. bit 2 (acc. Waiting for switch-on command before execution of an optimization run Wait for completion of "Read in parameter set" operation. to selection in P658) or control word.0 o12 o12.3 o7. to selection in P654) or control word. to selection in P648). to selection in P659).2 o9.2 o12.1 o7.1 o9 o9.0 o9.1 o12.2007 See Change (Access / Status) o7 o7.1 o9.0 o8.6 o7. 15s) 11-6 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Fast stop has been input via binector (acc. Simulation operation active (see under U840) [SW1. to selection in P648).3 o12.0 and later] Waiting for acknowledgement of starting lockout Waiting for acknowledgement of starting lockout through input of SHUTDOWN command (OFF1). Waiting for switch-on command via binector (acc. Voltage disconnection has been input via binector (acc. Voltage disconnection has been input via binector (acc.4 o7.3 o10 o10.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. to selection in P660).6 o11 o11. bit 1 (acc.2 o7. Wait for completion of "Load MLFB" operation (performed at factory) reserved for firmware download for optional supplementary modules [SW 2. to selection in P657).4 o10.9 Waiting for switch-on command (=READY TO SWITCH ON) Waiting for switch-on command via terminal 37.2 o10.3 o10.

11.01% -200. terminals 6 and 7 (selectable input 1) Analog input.99 [%] 0.0 to 199. terminals 18 and 19 Display of output value before normalization and offset Analog output.01% -200.0 o13.01% -200.1 xxxxx o13.99 [%] 0.2 o13.99 [%] 0. indices Factory setting Type See Change (Access / Status) o13 o13. terminals 16 and 17 Display of output value before normalization and offset Analog output.01% -200.99 [%] 0.01% -200.0 to 199.0 to 199.0 to 199. terminals 103 and 104 (main actual value) Analog input.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No.3 o14 o15 Software update in progress Waiting for arrival of start command from HEXLOAD PC routine (press the DOWN key to abort this status and start a RESET) Deletion of Flash EPROM in progress Display of address currently being programmed The Flash EPROM has been successfully programmed (a RESET is performed automatically after approx.99 [%] 0. terminals 20 and 21 Display of output value before normalization and offset -200.99 [%] 0.0) Loading of boot sector in progress (this operation is performed only in factory) Electronics not connected to voltage Dark display: Waiting for voltage at terminals 5U1.0 to 199.01% Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-7 .0 to 199.05. 1 second) Programming of the Flash EPROM has failed (press UP key to return to operating state o13.0 to 199.01% -200. 5W1 (electronics supply voltage).99 [%] 0.99 [%] 0. terminals 14 and 15 Display of output value before normalization and offset Analog output.2 r001 (G113) r002 (G113) r003 (G113) r004 (G114) r005 (G114) r006 (G115) r007 (G115) r008 (G116) r009 (G116) General visualization parameters Display of terminals 4 and 5 (main setpoint) Analog input. terminals 8 and 9 (selectable input 2) Analog input.99 [%] 0.0 to 199.01% -200. terminals 10 and 11 (selectable input 3) Analog output.0 to 199.01% -200.

......... Terminal 50 3 ...... Terminal 50 11 ........... Terminal 46 1 .. (not used) 15 . Terminal 38 (operating enable) 3 ..... Terminal 212 10 ... Terminal 42 7 ... Terminal 48 2 ............ Terminal 52 7 ...terminal XS-105 is open (switch operation.. Terminal 37 (switch-on) 2 ..................... Terminal 211 9 . Terminal 34. Terminal 26 (15V output) 13 .......... Terminal 214 12 .. Terminal 52 12 .... (not used) 14 ... Terminal 36 1 .... see also Section 9) r011 (G112) (G117) Display of status of binary outputs Representation on operator panel (PMU): 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 2 9 1 8 0 Ind: None Type: V2 P052 = 3 Segment ON: Segment OFF: Corresponding terminal is activated (HIGH level is applied) or overloaded or short-circuited Corresponding terminal is not activated (LOW level is applied) or not overloaded or not shortcircuited Display of status of binary output terminals: Segment or bit 0 .2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 r010 (G110) Display of status of binary inputs Representation on operator panel (PMU): 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 9 2 1 8 0 Segment ON: Segment OFF: Corresponding terminal is activated (HIGH level is applied) Corresponding terminal is not activated (LOW level is applied) Segment or bit 0 .. (not used) 1) The safety shutdown command is applied (segment dark) if . Terminal 41 6 . 44 and/or 210 (24V output) 11-8 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Terminal 43 8 ........... see also Section 9) or ....terminal XS-107 (Stop pushbutton) is opened briefly and terminal XS108 (Reset pushbutton) is not yet activated (pushbutton operation..... Safety shutdown (E-Stop is applied) 1) 13 . indices Factory setting Type Ind: None Type: V2 05....... Terminal 46 9 ....... Terminal 39 4 ... Terminal 48 10 ....... Terminal 213 11 ............Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No............ Terminal 109/110 (relay contact for line contactor) Display of overloading of binary outputs: Segment or bit 8 ...... Terminal 40 5 ...

00 [Hz] 0.00 to 199.00 to 199.01% -200.99 [%] 0.0 to 400.1V 0. RMS value display applies to sinusoidal voltage) P052 = 3 r017 r018 (G163) r019 (G162) r020 (G162) r021 (G160) r022 (G160) r023 (G152) r024 (G145) r025 (G151) r026 (G152) r027 (G136) r028 (G136) r029 (G135) r034 (G166) r035 (G166) Display of line frequency Display of firing angle (armature) Display of actual armature current The internal actual armature current value is displayed (arithmetic average over the last 6 current peaks in each case) Display of the absolute value of armature current setpoint Display of torque setpoint after torque limitation ∧ Steps: 1 = 0.1% of P100 -400.99 [%] 0.0 to 400.01% -200.0 to 200.1% of P100 0.00 to 120.0 [V] 0.0 to 400.0 to 199. A value of "0" is always output in r012 when a PTC thermistor or no temperature sensor is installed.99 [%] 0.99 [%] 0.00 to 180.00 to 199.9 [% of P102] 0.1V 0.0 [% of P100] 0.0 [%] 0.99 [%] 0.01% -200.00 to 180.1% of rated motor torque (=rated motor armature current (P100) * magnetic flux at rated motor field current (P102)) Display of speed controller setpoint/actual value deviation Display of actual speed value from pulse encoder Display of actual speed controller value Display of speed controller setpoint Display of ramp-function generator output Display of ramp-function generator input Display of main setpoint before limitation Display of firing angle (field) Display of field current controller actual value P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 -400.01degrees 0.01% -200.05.99 [%] 0.00 to 199.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps -58 to +318 [°C] 1°C Parameter list No.0 to 199.01Hz 0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 2 Type: I2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 r012 (G185) Motor temperature Display of motor temperature when a KTY 84 temperature sensor is connected (P490.0 to 300.0 to 800.01% -200.1% of P102 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-9 .0 [% of P100] 0.0 [%] 0.x=1).01degrees -400.0 Ind: None [%] Type: I2 0. i001: i002: Motor temperature 1 (sensor at terminals 22 / 23) Motor temperature 2 (sensor at terminals 204 / 205) r013 r014 Heatsink temperature Display of heatsink temperature Temperature rise i001: i002: Calculated motor temperature rise (see P114) Calculated thyristor temperature rise (see P075) -47 to +200 [°C] 1°C 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.0 to 199.01% -200.00 [degrees] 0.00 [degrees] 0.1% 0.01% 0. average over 3 line-to-line voltages) P052 = 3 r016 Display of line voltage (field) (generated as arithmetic rectification average.1% of rated motor torque (=rated motor armature current (P100) * magnetic flux at rated motor field current (P102)) Display of torque setpoint before torque limitation ∧ Steps: 1 = 0. RMS value display applies to sinusoidal voltage.1% (see column on left) Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: 2 Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 r015 Display of line voltage (armature) (generated as arithmetic rectification average.0 [V] 0.1% (see column on left) -200.0 to 2800.

limitation at ramp generator output reached (K0182) 7 ...99 [%] 0. 165° for discontinuous current) 3 .06 Display of connector selected in P044..01% Ind: 2 Type: I2 P052 = 3 The display value is filtered with a time constant of 300ms (see Section 8. Connector and binector displays r041 High-resolution connector display: (G121) i001: i002: Display of connector selected in P042...01 Display of connector selected in P042.0 to 1500. Positive current limit (armature) reached (K0131) 12 ... Sheet G121) P042 * (G121) High-resolution connector display: i001: i002: Selection of connector to be displayed in r041.. Pos. This value is calculated from: Umotorrated – Imotorrated * RA (= P101 – P100 * P110) Display of limitations: Representation on operator panel (PMU): 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 2 9 1 8 0 r040 Ind: None Type: V2 P052 = 3 Segment ON: Segment OFF: Corresponding limitation is reached Corresponding limitation is not reached Segment or bit 0 αW limit (field) reached (P251) 1 Negative current limit (field) reached (K0274) 2 αW limit (armature) reached (αW acc... Positive maximum speed reached (P512) Speed limiting controller responds (B0201) 13 ...1V 0...... Pos...1% of P102 -1500.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.03 Display of connector selected in P044...07 -200.......0 to 199..02 All connector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online The display value is filtered with a time constant of 300ms (see Section 8....9 [%] 0...0 [V] 0.1% Ind: 7 Type: I2 P052 = 3 r043 (G121) 11-10 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . Neg...... αG limit (field) reached (P250) 9 .....2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 r036 (G166) r037 (G165) r038 r039 (G165) Display of field current controller setpoint Display of actual EMF value Display of actual armature voltage value Display of EMF setpoint This parameter displays the EMF setpoint which is applied as the control quantity in the field-weakening range.02 Display of connector selected in P044....00 to 199..0 [V] 0..... Positive current limit (field) reached (K0273) 10 . limitation at ramp generator input reached (K0197) 8 ....04 Display of connector selected in P044....1V No. αG limit (armature) reached (P150) 11 ..... Neg. Positive torque limit reached (B0202) 14 ..01 Display of connector selected in P044..0 to 1500.02 -200.05 Display of connector selected in P044....0 to 199...0 to 1500. Negative current limit (armature) reached (K0132) 4 . indices Factory setting Type Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: I2 Ind: None Type: O2 05.9 [% of P102] 0.0 [V] 0...01 Selection of connector to be displayed in r041. Negative torque limit reached (B0203) 6 .. limitation at ramp generator input reached (K0196) Note: This parameter has the same bit assignments as connector K0810. Sheet G121) Connector display: i001: i002: i003: i004: i005: i006: i007: Display of connector selected in P044.. to P151 for continuous current.....1V -1500... limitation at ramp generator output reached (K0181) 15 .. Negative maximum speed reached (P513) Speed limiting controller responds (B0201) 5 .

i016 Word 1 (fault value) Word 2 Word 16 (fault number) 0 to 65535 1 Ind: 16 Type: O2 P052 = 3 r048 (G189) r049 (G189) Hours run Display of time (hours) in which drive has been operating in states I. Fault time Display of time at which the current fault.02 Selection of connector displayed in r043.06 Selection of connector displayed in r043.01 Selection of connector displayed in r043.07 Display of binector selected in P046.02 Selection of binector displayed in r045.04 Selection of connector displayed in r043. were activated. i001 i002 ..03 Selection of connector displayed in r043.-. All times of ≥ approx.03 Display of binector selected in P046.04 r045 (G121) Binector display: 0 to 1 Ind: 4 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P046 * (G121) Binector display: All binector numbers 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online r047 Display of fault diagnostic memory Provides more detailed information about the cause of a fault after activation of a fault message (see Section 10).01 Selection of binector displayed in r045. and the last 7 acknowledged faults.03 Selection of binector displayed in r045.05.. 0.02 Display of binector selected in P046.1 s are included in the count. i001: i002: i003: i004: i005: i006: i007: i008: Current fault st 1 acknowledged fault nd 2 acknowledged fault rd 3 acknowledged fault th 4 acknowledged fault th 5 acknowledged fault th 6 acknowledged fault th 7 acknowledged fault hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours 0 to 65535 [hours] 1 hour 0 to 65535 [hours] 1 hour Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: 8 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P050 * Language Language of plaintext display on optional OP1S operator panel and in DriveMonitor PC service routine 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: German English Spanish French Italian 0 to 4 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 ≥ 0 Online SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-11 .01 Display of binector selected in P046.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps All connector numbers 1 Parameter list No.05 Selection of connector displayed in r043.04 Selection of binector displayed in r045. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 7 FS=0 Type: L2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P044 * (G121) Connector display: i001: i002: i003: i004: i005: i006: i007: i001: i002: i003: i004: i001: i002: i003: i004: Selection of connector displayed in r043. II or .

4) Optimization run for precontrol and current controller (armature and field) (see Section 7. U577. in the event of a fault. 3 0 Display only parameters that are not set to original factory settings Display only parameters for simple applications Display all parameters used [SW 1. data are lost when the electronics supply of the SIMOREG DCMASTER is switched off. Execute internal offset compensation (see Section 7.e. 1.002=0). U578.i001. i.2007 See Change (Access / Status) 11.5) Optimization run for speed controller (see Section 7.5) Optimization run for field weakening (see Section 7. parameter changes are active immediately but the changed values are only stored temporarily and are lost when the electronics supply voltage is switched off 1 Save all parameter values in the permanent memory Disabling or enabling write accesses to the memory of the nonvolatile process data 0 Do not save nonvolatile process data in the permanent memory 1 Save all nonvolatile process data in the permanent memory If the nonvolatile process data are not stored (P053.7 and later] 0 to 1 1 Ind: 2 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 0 on-line see column on left Ind: None FS=40 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 ≥ 0 Online 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 40 P052 * Selection of display parameters 0 1 3 Ind: None FS=3 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 ≥ 0 Online P053 * Control word for the permanent memory Disabling or enabling write accesses to the permanent memory i001: Disabling or enabling write accesses to the parameter memory 0 Only save parameter P053 in the permanent memory.5) Optimization run for compensation of friction and moment of inertia (see Section 7. P790 if appropriate Access authorization to parameter values for authorized service personnel 0.5) Automatic setting of the parameters for SIMOREG CCP Altered parameters: P351.3 P051 * Access authorization levels Key parameters 0 6 7 9 21 No access authorization Do not set (for use by DriveMonitor) Do not set (for use by DriveMonitor) Do not set (for use by DriveMonitor) Restore factory settings All parameters are reset to their defaults (factory settings).5) Optimization run for the speed controller with an oscillating mechanical system (see Section 7. they have the value 0 after the electronics supply is switched on again: K0240: Setpoint of the motor potentiometer K0309: Motor heating K0310: Thyristor heating K9195: Output of the 1st tracking/storage element K9196: Output of the 2nd tracking/storage element i002: P054 OP1S – Background lighting 0 1 ON continuously ON when panel is in use 0. indices Factory setting Type 05.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. Parameter P051 is then automatically reset to factory setting "40". U800. 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 ≥ 0 Online 11-12 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .

automatic resetting value at the end of a copy operation. the original contents of parameter set y are overwritten).0 to 9. 3 or 4) are copied to parameter set y (target data set. The contents of parameter set x (source data set. This function is applicable only to parameters with 2 indices in the Bico data set (see also Section 9. 1 to 4 1 011 to 121 1 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None FS=012 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline The copy operation is started by switching P057 over into parameter mode when P057=1xy. 3 or 4.4 r060 (G101) Definition of SIMOREG DC-MASTER converter Software version Converter software release i001: CUD i002: Slot D (board location 2) i003: Slot E (board location 2) i004: Slot F (board location 3) i005: Slot G (board location 3) Creation date of software i001: i002: i003: i004: i005: Checksum i001: i002: Converter firmware checksum Boot sector checksum Year Month Day Hour Minute 0. 2. the numbers of the parameters being copied are displayed on the operator panel (PMU).9 0. Data sets and Section 9. The copy operation is started by switching P055 over into parameter mode when P055=1xy. P055 is reset to P055=0xy. r058 (G175) r059 Display of active Bico data set Display of operating state Meaning as for r000 1 to 2 1 0. 3 or 4) of the source and target parameter sets.11. automatic resetting value at the end of a copy operation.11. During the copy operation. P057 is reset to P057=0xy.05. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=012 Type: L2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P055 * (G175) Copy function data set This parameter allows parameter set 1.5 0.0 to 14. 2. 3 or 4) (parameter set x remains unchanged.1. This function is applicable only to parameters with 4 indices in the function data set (see also Section 9.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 011 to 143 1 Parameter list No. The contents of parameter set x (source data set. 2. 3 or 4 to be copied to parameter set 1. At the end of the copy operation. x=1. Sheet G175). y=1 or 2) (parameter set x remains unchanged. 2. 0xy 1xy Do nothing. x=1 or 2) are copied to parameter set y (target data set. the numbers of the parameters being copied are displayed on the operator panel (PMU). x and y are the respective parameter set numbers (1. Data sets and Section 9. During the copy operation. and Section 8. and Section 8. Sheet G175). r056 (G175) P057 * (G175) Display of active function data set Copy Bico data set This parameter allows parameter set 1 or 2 to be copied to parameter set 1 or 2.1. 0xy 1xy Do nothing. the original contents of parameter set y are overwritten). 2.1 Ind: 5 Type: O2 P052 = 3 r061 (G101) Ind: 5 Type: O2 P052 = 3 r062 (G101) Ind: 2 Type: L2 P052 = 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-13 . y=1. At the end of the copy operation.1 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 11. x and y are the respective parameter set numbers (1 or 2) of the source and target parameter sets.

161: Special board (EB1. SLB) Board in slot G (lower slot of location 3) 111: Pulse encoder board (SBP) [SW 1. EB2. SLB) Ind: 5 Type: O2 P052 = 3 i002: i003: i004: i005: r064 (G101) Board compatibility Compatibility identifier of boards in locations 1 to 3 of electronics box. 2.8 and later] 131 to 139: Technology board 141 to 149: Communications board 151.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. The compatibility identifier is bit-coded.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 r063 (G101) Board code Identification code of boards mounted in locations 1 to 3 of electronics box. To ensure the compatibility of a board. 152. 152. 161: Special board (EB1. 152.8 and later] 131 to 139: Technology board 141 to 149: Communications board 151. and 3 of the electronics box Indices: i001: Software identifier of the board in location 1 i002: Software identifier of the board in slot D i003: Software identifier of the board in slot E i004: Software identifier of the board in slot F i005: Software identifier of the board in slot G Ind: 5 Type: O2 P052 = 3 11-14 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . 1 3 2 Arrangement of board locations 1 to 3 and slots D to G in electronics box F CUDx D G E i001: Board in location 1 71: CUD1 72: CUD1 + CUD2 Board in slot D (upper slot of location 2) 111: Pulse encoder board (SBP) [SW 1. EB2. EB2. 161: Special board (EB1. EB2. SLB) Board in slot F (upper slot of location 3) 111: Pulse encoder board (SBP) [SW 1.8 and later] 141 to 149: Communications board 151. 152. Indices: i001: Compatibility identifier of board in location 1 i002: Compatibility identifier of board in slot D i003: Compatibility identifier of board in slot E i004: Compatibility identifier of board in slot F i005: Compatibility identifier of board in slot G Example: Index Value i001 253 i002 002 i003 001 Bit representation 0000 0000 1111 1101 0000 0000 0000 0010 0000 0000 0000 0001 Compatible with CUD no yes r065 (G101) Software identifiers Extended software version identifiers in locations 1. 161: Special board (EB1. SLB) Board in slot E (lower slot of location 2) 111: Pulse encoder board (SBP) [SW 1.8 and later] 141 to 149: Communications board 151. it must have a "1" setting at the same bit location of the parameter value as the CUD (in location 1 / index i001). indices Factory setting Type Ind: 5 Type: O2 05.

0 to 6553.4. If you set a value of > 1 in P067.00 to 100. The permissible overload period for the installed power module is always longer than the period defined for the load class. The MLFB is displayed in plaintext on the OP1S panel. See Section 9.e. i. Depending on the load class selected. r068 (G101) Options according to rating plate 0 1 2 3 No option Option L04 (low voltage. The SIMOREG DC-MASTER does not monitor for compliance with the criteria of the load class set in parameter P067. indices Factory setting Type See Change (Access / Status) 11. The current value of the device rated DC is indicated in parameter r072.8 and later] 1 to 5 1 Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline The load classes are described in Chapter 3. The number is output in plaintext on the OP1S panel.05.5 P067 * (G101) Definition of SIMOREG DC-MASTER power section Load class 1 2 3 4 5 Load class DC I Load class DC II Load class DC III Load class DC IV US rating [SW1. Notes: If the device rated DC is reduced via parameter P076. the device rated DC of the SIMOREG DC-MASTER is reduced to a value of different magnitude to suit the power section and load class. st nd Ind: 16 Type: L2 P052 = 3 r070 (G101) r071 (G101) r072 (G101) MLFB (order number) of SIMOREG DC-MASTER converter The corresponding MLFB is displayed in encoded form in this parameter. the unit can operate for overload periods in excess of those defined by the load class. Converter rated supply voltage (armature) Converter rated supply voltage (armature) as specified on rating plate Converter rated DC current (armature) i001: i002: Converter rated DC current (armature) as specified on rating plate (output DC current at power terminals 1C1 and 1D1) Actual converter rated DC current (armature) according to setting in parameter P076. a value of > 0 must be set in parameter P075.1.002 0 to 120 1 10 to 1000 [V] 1V 0. the lesser of the two values is active. If permitted by the power module. you must ensure that the "Dynamic overload capability of power module“ is enabled.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No.1A Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: 2 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 r073 (G101) Converter rated DC current (field) i001: i002: 0.5 [A] 0. 85V) Option K00 (terminal expansion) L04 and K00 Ind: None Type: 02 P052 = 3 r069 (G101) Serial number of SIMOREG DC-MASTER converter i001: 1 and 2 places of serial number rd th i002: 3 and 4 places of serial number th th i003: 5 and 6 places of serial number th th i004: 7 and 8 places of serial number th th i005: 9 and 10 places of serial number th th i006: 11 and 12 places of serial number th th i007: 13 and 14 places of serial number i008 to i015: 0 i016: Checksum for serial number The serial number ASCII code is displayed in this parameter.001 or P067 Converter rated DC current (field) as specified on rating plate (output DC current at power terminals 3C and 3D) Actual converter rated DC current (field) as set in parameter P076.15. The SIMOREG DC-MASTER does monitor the actual permissible overload period for the power module.01A Ind: 2 Type: O2 P052 = 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-15 .00 [A] 0.001.002.

0%.16 ”Dynamic overload capability of power section”). fault F039 The armature current is limited to P077 * 1.8 * r072.001 (alarm A039 also disappears) until the calculated thyristor temperature has dropped below the limit value again and the armature current setpoint is lower than the converter rated DC current (r072. 50.001.001). 40. The ”Dynamic overload capability of the power module“ allows the SIMOREG DC-MASTER to operate for short periods on armature currents that are higher than the converter rated DC current specified on the rating plate (=r072.001). 80. alarm A039 The armature current is limited to P077 * 1. The following values can be set: 10. The armature current setpoint limit is not increased to P077 * 1. 60.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 10 to 460 [V] 1V 0 to 2 1 No.0%.8 * r072.0%. the converter rated DC current is reduced to the value entered here.001. Fault message F039 is output if the permissible temperature limit is exceeded.6% 70. Dynamic overload capability is permitted.0%.002.0% Note: If a load class is selected in parameter P067 which causes a reduction in the converter rated DC current. the SIMOREG DC-MASTER protects itself by reducing the current limit to P077 * r072.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline For the purpose of achieving a close match between the converter and motor. The "thermal power module monitoring" function does not monitor operation in compliance with the load class criteria set in parameter P067. The current value of the device rated DC is indicated in parameter r072.0%.8 * r072. If permitted by the power module.001 as long as the calculated thyristor temperature does not exceed the permitted value. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 05. 33. 90.0%. 11-16 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . If the temperature exceeds the permitted value. Alarm A039 is output at the same time.3%.0%. then the lower of the two parameter setting values is effective. 20.0% and 100. the unit can operate for overload periods in excess of those defined by the load class. 2 P076 * (G101) Reduction of converter rated DC current i001: i002: Reduction of converter rated DC current (armature) Reduction of converter rated DC current (field) see column on left Ind: 2 FS=100. The permissible overload period is determined solely by the power module and the preceding operating history.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line r074 (G101) P075 * (G101) (G161) Converter rated supply voltage (field) Converter rated supply voltage (field) as specified on rating plate Control word for power section Selection of operating characteristics of thermal monitor (I2t monitoring) of power section (see also Section 9. 0 1 Dynamic overload capability is not permitted The armature current is limited to P077 * r072. 66.001 as long as the calculated thyristor temperature does not exceed the permitted value. Dynamic overload capability is permitted.

00 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P077 (G101) (G161) Total thermal reduction factor The factor set in this parameter effects a reduction in the armature current limit (as defined by the setting in P075).89 ms=approx. This setting has the following effect: • Long pulses (pulse duration up to approx. then the rated DC voltage specified in the technical data (Section 3. 16 degrees at 50 Hz) are output on the armature gating unit.00 0.1 ms before next pulse) are output every 30 degrees on the armature gating unit. K0292.01 Parameter list No. armature gating unit 0 1 Short pulses (0.05.1 and later]. Long pulses (pulse duration up to approx. Must be set on the 12-pulse series master and the 12-pulse series slave in a 12-pulse series connection (if two units are fed with two line voltages with a 30 degree phase displacement) [can only be set in SW 2. P078 (G101) Reduction of converter rated supply voltage i001: i002: Rated input voltage converter armature Rated input voltage converter field i001: 10 to r071 i002: 10 to r074 [V] 1V Ind: 2 FS= i001: r071 i002: 400V except when r071 = 460V then 460V Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline The rated voltage value of the power system actually used to supply the power section must be set in this parameter. the lower air density and thus less effective cooling reduce the possible load capability of the converter to the percentage load "b1" specified in the table in Section 3. 0 to 3 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 2 3 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-17 . K0301 K0302.4.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0. • Precontrol for the armature current controller is switched over from 6-pulse operation to 12-pulse series connection operation (half the total motor EMF must be fed in P162). • P110 and P111 only have an effect on half the set total motor value (Sheets G162.1 ms before next pulse) are output on the armature gating unit (e.50 to 1.g. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=1.001) can be included in this calculation. P352 and P353) as well as for connectors K0285 to K0289. G165) Must only be set on the paralleling device of the 12-pulse series master in a 12-pulse series connection (if two units are fed with line voltages with a 30 degree phase displacement). K0291. 0.1 and later]. The converter must be derated in the following instances: – Operation at high ambient temperatures: If the ambient temperature is higher than 45°C (on naturally air-cooled converters) or 35°C (on converters with forced air-cooling). resulting in an installation altitude reduction factor of kaltitude = k2 – P077 must be set as follows: P077 = ktemp * kaltitude Note: A general reduction in the converter rated DC current (through appropriate setting of parameter P076. the possible load capability of the converter decreases as a consequence of the maximum permissible thyristor junction temperature by percentage reduction "a" as specified in the table in Section 3.1 ms before next pulse) are output every 30 degrees on the armature gating unit [can only be set in SW 2. 0. 0. Long pulses (pulse duration up to approx. This setting acts as the reference for the undervoltage. resulting in a temperature reduction factor of ktemp = k1 Installation altitudes of over 1000m above sea level: In this case.4.4) cannot be reached ! P079 * (G162) (G163) Short pulses / long pulses. required in cases where field is supplied via armature terminals). K0303 and K0305 NOTE If a SIMOREG converter is operated at a rated input voltage that is lower than its rated supply voltage. overvoltage and phase failure monitoring functions (see also P351.

indices Factory setting Type 05. P371) is reached. a valid field characteristic must be available (P117=1).2007 See Change (Access / Status) 11. the "Close brake" command is input immediately. while the motor is still rotating. the motor EMF is maintained constantly at the setpoint EMFset (K0289) = P101 – P100 * P110 (field current setpoint is the product of the EMF controller output and the precontrol component determined by the actual speed according to the field characteristic). The brake is an operating brake When the "Operating enable" command is cancelled or when the "Voltage disconnection" or "E-Stop" command is input. otherwise the optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) must be executed. at speeds above the motor rated speed (="field-weakening activation limit speed”). i.e.6 P080 * (G140) Setting values for converter control Control word for brake control 1 The brake is a holding brake When the "Operating enable" command is cancelled or when the "Voltage disconnection" or "E-Stop" command is input. Field-weakening operation by internal closed-loop EMF control to ensure that in field-weakening operation.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. No field-weakening operation as a function of speed or EMF (100% of rated motor field current is applied constantly as the internal field current setpoint). 11-18 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .e. 0 to 1 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 to 2 Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 2 P081 * (G165) EMF-dependent field weakening 0 1 NOTICE When P081=1. i. the "Close brake" command is not input until n< nmin (P370.

2. 4. but the field is controlled as described in para. 2 3 4 12 13 14 22 23 24 NOTICE Even though changes to the parameter value from > 0 to = 0 are accepted in operating states of ≥ o1. [Values 11 to 24 can be set only in SW 1. Internal field power module 1 The field is switched with the line contactor .001. but the field is controlled as described in para. The setpoint for the external field device is supplied via connector K0268 (e.0. 3. External field device 21 An external field device is used. If the external field device supplies an actual field current signal. As described in para. The field is switched with the "Auxiliaries ON“ (B0251) signal External field power module (40.9 and later] SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-19 . 11. 4. As described in para. but the field is controlled as described in para. 1. 11. As described in para. but set to the value for 100% rated flux. If not. 2. The field gating pulses are disabled. via an analog output or the peer-to-peer interface).0.g. As described in para. The rated DC current of the external field device is set in parameter U838. This value is also displayed in parameter r073. the field current decays with the field time constant). indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=2 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P082 * (G166) Operating mode for field No field 0 No field is used (e.this setting must be selected if the mains supplies for the field and armature power sections are connected or disconnected simultaneously (field gating pulses are enabled/disabled at the same time as the line contactor is closed/opened. but the field is controlled as described in para. the motor flux (K0290) is not calculated according to the field characteristic (P120 to P139) as a function of the actual field current (K0265).g.00A field) 11 Board C98043-A7044 (40A field power module) is inserted at connector X102 on board C98043-A7002 or C98043-A7003. As described in para. 21. then P263 should be set to 1 or 2. Automatic injection of standstill field set in P257 after expiry of a time period set in P258. Field ACTIVE continuously. but the field is controlled as described in para. 3. The field is controlled as described in para. The field is controlled as described in para.002 is inoperative. As described in para. then this can be fed in at P265. If the external field device supplies an "I field < I field min“ signal.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 24 1 Parameter list No. 1. P076. but the field is controlled as described in para. they do not take effect until the converter reaches an operating state of ≥ o7. 21. 11. in the case of permanent-field motors).05. 21. then this can be fed in at P612. Unlike all other cases. after converter has reached operating state o7 or higher.

function diagram G188) is restricted. This setting is useful. However. for vertical loads. or if the actual field current drops to below 50% of the field current setpoint for more than 0. II or --) by the delay time set in this parameter.00 Type: I2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 11-20 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . do not take effect until the delay period has elapsed so as to give the holding brake time to open. During this period. A "restart time" of 2. P087 (G140) Brake release time -10. 5U1 or 5W1.00 to +10. for example. NOTE: Setting values higher than 2.3 for the time period set in this parameter with the controllers disabled. and thus enabling of the thyristor gating pulses. 3U1. but the line contactor closed. 1V1.00 s When a "Switch-on" or "Inching" or "Crawling" command is input with "Operating enable".00 to 10.00 to 10. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 05. F004) at one of the terminals 1U1. Setting this parameter to 0. if the time runs out without a new inching command being entered. then the line contactor drops out and the drive switches to operating state o7 (see also Section 9). XT. or if it drops below a certain threshold (F006 undervoltage) or exceeds a certain threshold (F007 overvoltage). 0. but weighted with P115 (operation without tacho) Note: The effectiveness of the overspeed monitoring function (see Section 8. or its frequency is too low (F008 frequency < P363) or too high (F009 frequency > P364).5s (F005). 0. the motor rotates against the closed brake. then the drive switches to the next operating state (o1.0 [s] 0. since very high motor speeds can be reached if the EMF is utilized as the actual speed value when the actual field current value is too low.00 s is operative in this case for the voltage at terminals 5U1 and 5W1 (electronics power supply).00 [s] 0. This wait period does not commence until n<nmin (P370.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P086 Voltage failure period for automatic restart 0. P371) is reached. the internal controller enabling signal. Ind: None FS=0.00s are effective only in relation to the voltages at terminals 1U1. If a new inching command is input within this period.00 [s] If the voltage fails (F001.00 to -0. 3U1 and 3W1.40 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online The gating pulses and controllers are disabled while the fault conditions are present.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 4 1 No. -10. then the corresponding fault message is activated only if the fault condition has not been eliminated within the "Automatic restart" period set in this parameter.01s Ind: None FS=0. The converter dwells in operating state o4 (in the case of armature line voltage fault) or o5 (in the case of field line voltage or field current fault) or in o13.0 for the delay period set in this parameter.104) Actual speed value supplied by "Actual speed from pulse encoder” channel (K0040) Actual speed value supplied by "Actual EMF" channel (K0287).01 s The "Release brake" command is delayed in relation to enabling of the gating pulses for thyristors and controllers (i.0 to 60. Actual speed value is wired up freely (selected in P609) Operation under closed-loop speed control Operation under closed-loop current / torque control The setpoint supplied by the ramp-function generator output is input as a current or torque setpoint (speed controller is bypassed) 4 P084 * (G160) 1 2 Selection of closed-loop speed / current or torque control 1 to 2 1 Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P085 Wait period after cancellation of inching command After an inching command has been cancelled. the drive dwells in operating state o1. 1W1.e. the drive dwells in operating state o1.1s Ind: None FS=10. operating state I. 1W1. 1V1.2 or lower). 0.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P083 * FDS (G151) Selection of actual speed value 0 1 2 3 Actual speed value is not yet selected (fixed value 0%) Actual speed value supplied by "Main actual value” channel (K0013) (terminals XT.103.01s 3W1.00s deactivates the "Automatic restart" function.

the internal controller disabling signal. If the applied setpoint is higher.00 to 199. or after a phase failure has been detected in the armature or field mains supply with active "Automatic restart" function (P086>0).00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online i002: SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-21 .00 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P088 (G140) (G187) Brake closing time When the "Switch-on" or "Inching" or "Crawling" command is cancelled.0 and later] If |n-set| (|K0193|) and |n-act| (K0166) are less than P091.1s Ind: None FS=2. the converter dwells in operating state o4 and o5 until voltage appears at the power section.00 [s] 0.01s Ind: None FS=0. Maximum wait time for voltage to appear at power section When the line contactor has dropped out and the "Switch-on" or "Inching" or "Crawling" command is applied. see parameter P353).99 [%] 0. P089 0. the converter waits in operating states o4 and o5 for voltage to appear at the power section.05. the drive continues to produce a torque (operating state I. frequency and phase symmetry have remained within the permissible tolerance for a period exceeding the setting in this parameter. for the actual field current value (K0265) to reach > 50% of the field current setpoint (K0268).001. Caution: The setting in P090 must be lower than the settings in P086 (except when P086=0. Line voltage is not assumed to be applied to the power terminals until the amplitude. This parameter specifies the maximum total delay period in which the drive may dwell in operating states o4 and o5 (response threshold for function which checks for voltage at power section. the firing pulses are disabled and the drive goes into state o2.01s Parameter list No.0. Threshold for function "Automatic pulse disable if setpoint is low“ [SW 2.001 is applied to the ramp-function generator input. During this period. so as to give the holding brake enough time to close. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=0. is not actually activated after n<nmin has been reached until the time delay set in this parameter has elapsed.01 to 1. 0.00 to 10.00 [s] 0.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P090 Stabilization time for line voltage When the line contactor has dropped out and the "Switch-on" or "Inching" or "Crawling" command is applied. The parameter applies to both the armature and field power connections.0) and P089! 0. and thus the thyristor gating pulse disabling signal.0 [s] 0.02 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P091 Setpoint threshold i001: Threshold for function "Switch on only if setpoint is low“ The converter can be switched on only if a setpoint |K0193| ≤ P091. II or – –). or when the "Fast stop" command is input. The corresponding fault message is activated if no power section voltage and no field current is detected.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0. or when the "Switch-on" command is not applied.01% Ind: 2 FS= i001: 199. the converter dwells in state o6 after "switch-on" until the absolute setpoint value is ≤ P091.0 to 60.99 i002: 0.002.

1s No. i001: Delay time for the field reduction before opening of the current field contactor When field polarity reversal is initiated. 0. and if this contactor is controlled by the "Relay for line contactor" (terminals 109 and 110).6 and later] After the drive has been shut down (operating state ≥ 7. then the gating pulses may not be enabled until the contactor has safely picked up.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.0 reached) the device fan continues to run until the power section has cooled down.0 [s] 0.0 Type: O2 Ind: None FS=0. the delay time acc. With this parameter you can set the minimum duration for the after-running time. it may be necessary to parameterize an additional delay time for the pick-up operation.0 [min] 0.0 Type: O2 05. For this purpose.3 until the timer has finished and fault message F004 is then output with fault value 6. This is intended to prevent armature overcurrents due to excessive EMF during overshooting.i003 elapses before the field firing pulses are enabled. If the timer has still not run down by the time the converter exits state o4.2 until the timer has finished. i004: Delay time after the field build-up before armature enable [only SW 1.1 i004: 3.i001 elapsed after reaching Ifield (K0265) < Ifield min (P394) before the current field contactor is opened.0 [s] 0. i002: Delay time before actuation of the new field contactor [only SW 1. The timer set in P095 commences during a pick-up operation when the converter reaches operating state o5.i002 elapsed before the field contactor for the "new" field direction is actuated (drop-out delay time of the contactor use is usually longer then the pick-up delay time).0 i002: 0.1s 0.0 [s] 0. Otherwise the converter dwells in state o3.2 i003: 0. the "Main contactor checkback" signal must also switch to "1" if this function is activated (see P691). to P092. P096 After-running time for the device fan [SW 1. Note: If the field current is not switched off after the drive is shut down (see P082).00 [s] 0.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line 11-22 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .the actual field current value Ifield in the "new" field direction has reached the value Ifield (K0265) > Ifield set (K0268)*P398/100%. the Stopping of the drive in operating state ≥ o1. This time must be longer than the pick-up delay time of the contactor used. before the "armature operating enable" is issued. the delay time set in P092.e. i.0 to 120. i003: Delay time for enabling the field firing pulses [only SW 1.0 Type: O2 Ind: None FS=0.00 to 1.7 and later] After opening the current field contactor the delay time set in P092.7 and later] After .4 is canceled.directly following the field firing pulse enable .1min Ind: None FS=4. During the time period set in P095. In this case.7 and later] After actuation of the field contactor for the "new" field direction. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS= i001: 3. the delay time acc. to P092.0 to 6500.01s Ind: None FS=0.0 to 10.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P094 Switch-off delay for auxiliaries Switch-off of the auxiliaries is delayed in relation to dropout of the line contactor by the time delay set in this parameter.0 to 60.i004 elapses. P095 Pick-up time for a contactor in the DC circuit If the DC output (terminals 1C1 and 1D1) is switched through to the motor via a contactor. the equipment blower is never switched off.1s 0.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P092 (G200) Delay times for field reversal These times are used to control a reversing contactor for reversing the field polarity on a 1-quadrant converter with field reversal. P093 Pick-up delay for line contactor Pick-up of the line contactor is delayed in relation to "Switch on auxiliaries" by the time delay set in this parameter. Then the internal (armature) "Operating enable of field reversal" is issued. 0. This delay time permits waiting of the end of overshooting of the actual field current value and therefore overshooting of the EMF of the DC machine straight after the field current has been built up again. the field current can prevent cooling of the power section. then the converter dwells in state o3.

1A Ind: 4 FS=0. Speed n2 (acc. to motor rating plate) 0. P105. to motor rating plate) 1 point (current value) in speed-dependent current limitation.0 [A] 0. P105. to motor rating plate) 0.00 to 100.1 to 6553.1 to 6553.05.1 and later] The DC circuit does not include a contactor The DC circuit contains a contactor which is controlled by the “relay for the line contactor" (terminals 109 and 110). P107 and P108 to define the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=400 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Rated motor armature voltage (acc. to motor rating plate) 1 point (speed value) in speed-dependent current limitation. K0124. nd nd st st 1 to 10000 [rev/min] 1rev/min Ind: 4 FS=5000 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 0. P106. This parameter is used together with P104. to P100) should be set in P101.7 P100 * FDS (G165) P101 * FDS (G165) Definition of motor Rated motor armature current (acc. This is because the motor terminals are separated in this case from output terminals 1C and 1D of the SIMOREG DC-MASTER and it is then impossible to measure the armature voltage Ua (or the EMF). Armature current I2 (acc. Speed n1 (acc.1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-23 . K0291. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P097 * (G166) Response of field current to fault messages 0 1 Field pulses are blocked when a fault message is activated Field pulses are not blocked when a fault message is activated. Armature current I1 (acc. to motor rating plate) 2 point (current value) in speed-dependent current limitation.00 [A] 0. [SW 2. P107 and P108 to define the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed.00 [A] 0. This parameter is used together with P104. P106.1 and later] 0 to 1 1 Parameter list No. r038) are set to 0% whenever B0124 = 0 (request main contactor not active). The values for the armature voltage Ua and for EMF (K0123.0 [A] 0.00 Parameter not yet set P102 * FDS (G165) P103 * FDS (G165) P104 * FDS (G161) P105 * FDS (G161) P106 * FDS (G161) P107 * FDS (G161) 0. but the field current setpoint cannot be increased above its current setting.0 Parameter not yet set 0. If possible.01A Ind: 4 FS=0.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps [SW 2. to motor rating plate) 2 point (speed value) in speed-dependent current limitation.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Minimum motor field current Note: P103 must be set to <50% of P102 to execute the optimization run for field weakening (P051=27). Rated motor field current (acc. This parameter is used together with P105. K0286.0 to 6553. P107 and P108 to define the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed. r037.1A Ind: 4 FS=0.0 [A] 0. K0287. K0292.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 to 10000 [rev/min] 1rev/min Ind: 4 FS=5000 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 0. P098 * Contactor in DC circuit 0 1 0 to 1 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 11.00 to 600.1A 10 to 2800 [V] 1V Ind: 4 FS=0. the rated motor armature voltage + the voltage drop in the motor feeder cable (for a current setting acc. to motor rating plate) Notes: One of the functions of this parameter is to determine the point at which field-weakening operation commences.01A 0. This parameter is used together with P104. P106 and P108 to define the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed.

00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline The parameter is set automatically during the field-weakening optimization run (P051=27).000 to 327.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 1 to 10000 [rev/min] 1rev/min No. Armature circuit inductance 0.001.7 [Ω] This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0. P115 defines the EMF which corresponds to maximum speed as a percentage of P078.P108 are not evaluated) Speed-dependent current limitation is activated 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 0. 0 to 2800 [V] 1V Ind: 4 FS=340 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 11-24 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 to 3276. When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently.00 [% of P078. must be entered in this parameter: When P083=1 (analog tacho): Speed at which a tacho voltage as set in P741 is reached When P083=2 (pulse encoder): Same value as maximum speed set in P143 When P083=3 (operation without tacho): Speed at which EMF as set in P115 is reached P109 * FDS (G161) P110 FDS (G162) (G165) P111 FDS (G162) (G165) P112 FDS (G166) P113 * FDS Control word for speed-dependent current limitation 0 1 Speed-dependent current limitation is deactivated (=standard setting..67 [mH] This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0. P104.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P114 FDS P115 FDS (G151) P117 * FDS 0.767 [Ω] This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0.1min 1.000 to 32.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. When the setting in P100. Armature circuit resistance 0.001] 0.50 to 2. the field-weakening optimization run need not be repeated. P118 then no longer defines the setpoint EMF in the field-weakening range.000 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.0 I2t monitoring deactivated EMF at maximum speed in operation without tachometer This parameter is used to adjust the speed in cases where the internal actual EMF value is applied as the actual speed value. the maximum speed which is defined by the selection of the actual speed source as set in P083.01 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 to 140. the fieldweakening optimization run must be repeated.15) 0. P118 FDS (G165) Rated EMF value EMF that is reached with a full field (according to parameter P102) and a speed as set in parameter P119.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=1.00 0. This current is the product of calculation P113 * P100.01% Ind: 4 FS=10. only the ratio between P118 and P119 is relevant.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=100.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P108 * FDS (G161) Maximum operating speed n3 When the speed-dependent current limitation is in use.0 to 80. The EMF setpoint in the field-weakening range is determined by (P101 – P100 * P110). Note: As regards the closed-loop field-weakening control. Control word for field characteristic 0 1 No valid field characteristic has yet been recorded Valid field characteristic (P118 to P139 valid) 0.0 [min] 0. Thermal time constant of motor (see Section 9. However..1Ω and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25). Field circuit resistance Continuous current factor torque control / current control This parameter defines the current to be permitted as a continuous current 2 by the I t motor monitoring function without activation of alarm message A037 or fault message F037. The parameter is set automatically during the field-weakening optimization run (P051=27) and specifies in this case the setpoint EMF in the fieldweakening range. the same applies if the maximum speed setting is subsequently re-adjusted.001Ω and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25). indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=5000 Type: O2 05. P101 or P110 is changed subsequently.01mH and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25).

point no. 2) [% of P102] FS=7. 3) [% of P102] FS=11.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=100.1 P051 = 40 FDS 0. the fieldweakening optimization run must be repeated. 5) [% of P102] FS=18.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0. the field-weakening optimization run must be repeated. the same applies if the maximum speed setting is subsequently re-adjusted. However.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P127 Field current for 35% motor flux (field characteristic.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P124 Field current for 20% motor flux (field characteristic.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-25 .0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P126 Field current for 30% motor flux (field characteristic. point no.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P123 Field current for 15% motor flux (field characteristic. but the values in P118 and/or P119 are changed). Rated speed Note: As regards the closed-loop field-weakening control.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0. because this alters the degree of saturation and thus the shape of the magnetization characteristic.4 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P129 Field current for 45% motor flux (field characteristic.4 P051 = 40 FDS 0. This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) and specifies in this case the field-weakening activation limit speed. 1) [%] FS=3. 0) [% of P102] Type: O2 FDS 0.7 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 to 100.0 to 100.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0.0 to 199. point no.0 to 100.7 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P125 Field current for 25% motor flux (field characteristic.0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P119 FDS (G165) 0. Magnetization characteristic (field characteristic) Parameters P120 to P139 determine the curve shape of the magnetization characteristic (field characteristic) in normalized representation (see example field characteristic below for further details).1% of P102 (G165) (G166) 0. point no.0 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P130 Field current for 50% motor flux (field characteristic.0 to 100.8 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 to 100. point no. 8) [% of P102] FS=29. 7) [% of P102] FS=25.1% full field (according to parameter P102). P119 then no longer defines the field-weakening activation limit speed.0 to 100. point no. is subsequently altered. P101 or P110. When the setting in P100. the field-weakening optimization run need not be repeated.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0.7 P051 = 40 FDS 0. point no.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 r120 Field current for 0% motor flux (field characteristic.0 P051 = 40 FDS 0.9 [%] Speed at which an actual EMF value as set in parameter P118 is reached at 0.0 to 100. or the maximum speed adjustment. point no. only the ratio between P118 and P119 is relevant. point no.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P121 Field current for 5% motor flux (field characteristic.0 to 100. Note: When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently. 10) [% of P102] FS=36. (When parameter P100. point no.0 to 100.05.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0.0 to 100. 9) [% of P102] FS=33.3 P051 = 40 FDS 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P122 Field current for 10% motor flux (field characteristic. P101 or P110 is changed subsequently. 4) [% of P102] FS=14. 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P128 Field current for 40% motor flux (field characteristic.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No. When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently. 6) [% of P102] FS=22. point no.1% of P102 Type: O2 Offline (G165) (G166) 0. the settings in P120 to P139 remain the same.

14) Field current for 75% motor flux (field characteristic.0 [% of P102] 0.1% of P102 0. 18) Field current for 95% motor flux (field characteristic.0 [% of P102] 0.0 [% of P102] 0. point no.1% of P102 0. point no. point no.0 to 100.0 [% of P102] 0.0 to 100. 19) 11-26 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .0 to 100.0 [% of P102] 0.0 [% of P102] 0.9 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=53.1% of P102 0.0 to 100.8 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=79. 17) Field current for 90% motor flux (field characteristic.1% of P102 No.0 to 100.0 [% of P102] 0.0 [% of P102] 0. point no.1 Type: O2 05.0 to 100.0 to 100.0 to 100.8 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=89.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P131 FDS (G165) (G166) P132 FDS (G165) (G166) P133 FDS (G165) (G166) P134 FDS (G165) (G166) P135 FDS (G165) (G166) P136 FDS (G165) (G166) P137 FDS (G165) (G166) P138 FDS (G165) (G166) P139 FDS (G165) (G166) Field current for 55% motor flux (field characteristic.1% of P102 0.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.6 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=44. point no.1% of P102 0.1% of P102 0.1% of P102 0.0 to 100. point no. point no.6 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=58.6 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=48.9 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=71. 16) Field current for 85% motor flux (field characteristic.0 [% of P102] 0. 12) Field current for 65% motor flux (field characteristic. 13) Field current for 70% motor flux (field characteristic.1% of P102 0.9 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=64. 11) Field current for 60% motor flux (field characteristic. 15) Field current for 80% motor flux (field characteristic. point no. point no. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=40.

0% If Field current in % of P102 1) For actual field currents If of > 100% of P102. Φ 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 Motor flux in % of ratet flux 1) 20 15 10 5 0 P124 P123 P122 P121 r120 P127 P126 P125 P129 P128 P132 P131 P130 P135 P136 P133 P137 P134 P138 P139 100. the characteristic is extended linearly for internal calculation of the motor flux.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No.05. indices Factory setting Type See Change (Access / Status) Example of a field characteristic The example characteristic exhibits a sharper curvature (i.e. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-27 . a lower degree of saturation) than the field characteristic produced by the factory setting.

31 Zero marker X173 32. CW rotation Track 1 X173 28. 33 CCW rotation 4. indices Factory setting Type 05. Pulse encoder type 1a Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90° (with/without zero marker). Track 1 X173 28. Pulse encoder type 2 Encoder with one pulse track per direction of rotation (with/without zero marker). Pulse encoder type 1 Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90° (with/without zero marker) Track 1 X173 28. Pulse encoder type 3 Encoder with one pulse track and one output for direction of rotation (with/without zero marker). direction CCW rotation Zero marker 11-28 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .8 Definition of pulse encoder.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. The zero marker is converted internally to a signal in the same way as on encoder type 1. 29 Track 2 X173 30. 33 ≤ 360° 225 ± 60° internal zero marker 3. speed sensing using pulse encoder The following types of pulse encoder can be used (type selection in P140): 1. 31 Zero marker X173 32.2007 See Change (Access / Status) 11. 29 Track 2 X173 30. 33 2. 31 Zero marker X173 32. 31 Zero marker X173 32. 29 Track 2 X173 30. CW rotation Track 1 X173 28. 29 Track 2 X173 30. 33 Pulse output Rot.

1x evaluation: 2x evaluation: 4x evaluation: Only the rising edges of one pulse track are evaluated (applies to all encoder types). CAUTION Resetting parameter P142 to the alternative setting does not switch over the supply voltage for the pulse encoder (terminals X173. IM >> IM ≤ 21973 X ∗n min [ rev / min] Equations for selection of pulses per revolution IM of pulse encoder 18000000 n max [ rev / min] Single/multiple evaluation of encoder pulses: The setting for single/multiple evaluation of encoder pulses is applicable for both the speed and position sensing functions. it is important to ensure that the lowest possible speed ≠ 0 is significantly higher than nmin and the highest possible speed does not exceed nmax. SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-29 . The highest speed which can be measured by a pulse encoder is calculated with the following equation: n max [ rev / min] = 18000000 P141 When selecting a pulse encoder.26 and 27).05.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps Parameter list No. The frequency of the pulse encoder signals at terminals 28 and 29 or 30 and 31 must not be higher than 300 kHz. 1a and 2). therefore. An external voltage supply is must be provided for pulse encoders requiring a 5V supply. The rising and falling edges of both pulse tracks are evaluated (can be set for encoder types 1 and 1a) See parameters P450 and P451 for position sensing function P140 (G145) Selection of pulse encoder type See beginning of this Section (11. indices Factory setting Type See Change (Access / Status) Notes on selecting a pulse encoder (number of pulses): The lowest speed which can be measured by a pulse encoder is calculated with the following equation: n min [ rev / min] =21973∗ 1 X ∗P141 Formula applies with a nominal measuring time of 1 ms when P146=0 and P147=0 The following applies: X = 1 for 1x evaluation of pulse encoder signals (P144=0) 2 for 2x evaluation of pulse encoder signals (P144=1) 4 for 4x evaluation of pulse encoder signals (P144=2) see also ”Single/multiple evaluation of encoder pulses” Lower speeds are interpreted as n=0.8) for pulse encoder types 0 1 2 3 4 P141 (G145) P142 (G145) No encoder/"Speed sensing with pulse encoder" function not selected Pulse encoder type 1 Pulse encoder type 1a Pulse encoder type 2 Pulse encoder type 3 1 to 32767 [pulses/rev] 1 pulse/rev 0 to 1 1 Ind: None FS=500 Type: O2 Ind: None FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 0 to 4 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Number of pulses of pulse encoder Matching to pulse encoder signal voltage 0 1 Pulse encoder outputs 5 V signals Pulse encoder outputs 15V signals Matching of internal operating points to signal voltage of incoming pulse encoder signals. Terminal X173. The rising and falling edges of one pulse track are evaluated (can be set for encoder types 1.26 always supplies +15V.

the nominal measuring time is switched over to 2 ms for low speeds and to 4 ms for very low speeds.0 to 6500. on the basis of the minimum speed defined by the settings in P144 and P147.1rev/min No. 4x evaluation is selected for low speeds) As opposed to P145 = 0. P145 and P146 can be used in special cases to extend the measurable speed range down to even lower speeds. P146 * FDS (G145) Automatic measuring range switchover for measurement of low speeds . this setting results in a longer actual speed sensing delay in the extended minimum speed range. P144 is always active) Automatic switchover of multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals ON (i.switchover of measuring time 0 1 Automatic switchover of measuring time OFF (i. 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P145 * FDS (G145) Caution: Switching over the multiple evaluation method for encoder pulses also affects the position sensing function in the measuring channel. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=500.e. 1a) 0 to 2 1 Ind: 4 FS=2 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Note: In contrast to the 1x evaluation method. Connectors K0042 to K0044 are inoperative when P145 = 1.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 1. 2) 4x evaluation of pulse encoder signals (for encoder types 1. 2x or 4x evaluation reduces the minimum measurable speed by a factor of 2 or 4 respectively. when P147 = 0. the nominal measuring time is switched over to 4 ms for low speeds) 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Caution: When P146=1. this setting reduces the minimum measurable speed by up to a factor of 4. 1a.e. but may produce an "unsteady" actual speed value on encoders with unequal pulse/pause ratio or without an exact 90° displacement between encoder signals.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P143 FDS (G145) Setting the maximum speed for pulse encoder operation The speed set in this parameter corresponds to an actual speed (K0040) of 100%. However.e. 2x evaluation is selected for low speeds and 4x evaluation for very low speeds. Control parameters for speed sensing with pulse encoder P144 to P147: P144 and P147 determine the basic setting for actual speed sensing by means of pulse encoder (single or multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals and nominal measuring time) and thus also define the lowest possible measurable speed (minimum speed). the minimum measurable speed can be reduced by up to a factor of 4 as opposed to a 0 setting. For this reason.0 [rev/min] 0. i. Automatic measuring range switchover for measurement of low speeds . this setting may not be used in conjunction with positioning operations. When P144 = 1.e. when P144 = 0. P147 is always active) Automatic switchover of measuring time ON This setting extends the measuring time for low speeds (based on the measuring time set in P147. When P147 = 1.switchover of multiple evaluation 0 1 Automatic switchover of multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals OFF (i. 11-30 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . P144 * FDS (G145) Multiple evaluation of encoder signals 0 1 2 1x evaluation of pulse encoder signals 2x evaluation of pulse encoder signals (for encoder types 1.0 Type: O4 05.

05. However. e. reduces dead time in the actual speed value channel. Pulse encoder monitoring function 0 1 Pulse encoder monitoring OFF (activation of F048 in response to a defective pulse encoder is disabled) Pulse encoder monitoring ON (hardware monitoring of pulse encoder signals for implausible behaviour (i. gating-pulse-synchronized measurement (produces "steadier" actual speed value than setting 0) Nominal measuring time 4 ms. on a diesel-driven generator (isolated operation).3 ms.. for precontrol.2 ms to 1 ms.armature gating unit Alpha G limit (armature) Rectifier stability limit for firing angle of armature converter.2 ms.. 0 to 3 Control word for the armature precontrol 1 0 Armature precontrol disabled. gating-pulse-synchronized measurement Nominal measuring time 2 ms. solenoids. P200 should be parameterized to at least 5ms before the optimization run for the speed controller is executed. the EMF is assumed to be 0. but "less steady" actual speed value than achieved with setting 0 to 2 [can be set only in SW 1. For this reason. distance between edges too short.7 and later] Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-31 . asynchronous measurement Nominal measuring time 0. asynchronous measurement for highly dynamic drives. 20 Note: 12 to 20 P148 * FDS (G145) Notice: When P147=1 or 2 the minimum measurable speed can be reduced by a factor of 2 or 4 respectively as opposed to 0 or 12 to 20. this parameter must be set lower than for operation on "constant V/Hz" systems in order to achieve a higher frequency correction speed. for example.9 P150 FDS (G163) P151 FDS (G163) P152 * FDS (G163) Closed-loop armature current control. (recommended setting for supplying large inductance from armature terminals.g. output of the precontrol=165° 1 2 3 Armature precontrol active Armature precontrol active but EMF influence only active on change in torque direction Armature precontrol active but without EMF influence. encoder cable defect or short between two encoder cables) may cause activation of F048) 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 11.9 and later] 2 12 13 . See also parameter P192 (Control word for Alpha W limit) Line frequency correction (armature) P153 * FDS (G162) The internal line synchronization for the armature gating pulses derived from the power terminals (armature mains infeed) is averaged over the number of line periods set in this parameter. gating-pulse-synchronized measurement (for drives with high moment of inertia. asynchronous measurement Nominal measuring time 1 ms. i. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P147 * FDS (G145) Nominal measuring time of pulse encoder signal evaluation 0 1 Nominal measuring time 1 ms. frequent speed changes. asynchronous measurement Nominal measuring time 0. field supply) [can only be set on SW 1.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 20 1 Parameter list No.e. produces "steadier" actual speed value than setting 0) Nominal measuring time 0. 0 to 165 [degrees] 1 degrees 120 to 165 [degrees] 1 degrees 1 to 20 Ind: 4 FS=5 / 30 (for 1Q / 4Q converters) Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=150 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=20 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Alpha W limit (armature) Inverter stability limit for firing angle of armature converter.. these settings increase the actual speed sensing delay.e. In operation on "weak" power supplies with unstable frequencies.auto-reversing stage.

g.000 to 2. to obtain pure P controller) Controller I component is active Armature current controller P gain Proportional gain of armature current controller This parameter is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25).001s and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25). lifting solenoids).00 [%] 0.002.00 0. See also parameter P176 Control word for current setpoint integrator 0 Reduced gearbox stressing The integrator is active only after a change in torque direction (acts as ramp-function generator for armature current setpoint only until the output reaches the setpoint at the integrator input st for the 1 time after a change in torque direction).00 to 100.000 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0 to 100 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 11-32 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . See also P179.001s Ind: 4 FS=0.01 to 200. See also parameter P175 Armature current controller reset time 0.040 must be set.05% 0. P157=1 and P158=0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.g.000 to 1.001 to 10.e. Ind: 4 FS=0.200 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 P158 FDS (G162) Ramp-up time for current setpoint integrator (reduced gearbox stressing) Period of an acceleration ramp with a setpoint step change from 0% to 100% at r072.01 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online I 0 II P159 Speed controller output P160 FDS (G163) P161 FDS (G163) Additional torque-free interval Additional torque-free interval for torque direction change in 4Q operation. Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses Number of additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses after detection of I=0 message prior to a change in torque direction. It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of > 0 for converter armatures which supply large inductances (e.000 [s] 0.000 [s] 0.01% of n controller output Ind: 4 FS=0.10 Type: O2 05. It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of > 0 for converter armatures which supply large inductances (e.01 0. Current setpoint integrator The integrator is always active (acts as ramp-function generator for the armature current setpoint) 0. the current is suddenly chopped by the unfired second thyristor and the residual energy stored in the load inductor must be dissipated via a suppressor circuit (e.001s 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0. For older DC machines (i.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P154 * FDS (G162) P155 FDS (G162) P156 FDS (G162) P157 * FDS (G162) Set armature current controller I component to zero 0 1 Set controller I component to zero (i.e.g.000 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P159 FDS (G163) Switchover threshold for auto-reversing stage (armature) requested torque direction 0.000 [s] This parameter is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol 0. a varistor) to prevent the load inductor from producing a surge voltage. When it drops below the thyristor holding current value. These pulses cause the current to decay prior to a change in torque direction. unsuitable for steep rates of current rise). lifting solenoids).Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 1 1 No. 0.

1 and later] Set controller P component to zero (i. Binector status = 0 .1 and later] The connector selected with P193 serves as the EMF for armature current precontrol... Enable for M0 or MII 1 . to obtain pure I controller) Controller P component is active 0 to 7 1 Ind: 4 FS=3 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 2 3 4 5 6 7 P164 * FDS (G162) P165 * BDS (G163) Set armature current controller P component to zero 0 1 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 2 FS=220 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Select the binector to control the "Enable a torque direction for torque direction change" function All binector numbers 1 0 = Binector B0000 1 = Binector B0001 etc. Enable for M0 or MI 11. then P110 and P111 only have an effect on half the value) [can only be set in SW 2. filter time constant = 8 * line period (160 ms at 50 Hz line frequency) [can only be set in SW 2.1 and later] 2 3 P163 * FDS (G162) EMF filtering method for armature precontrol 0 1 No filtering Filtering element. torque limitation Select closed-loop torque / current control See parameter P170 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-33 . filter time constant = half line period (10 ms at 50 Hz line frequency) (for use by works engineers only) Averaging over the last 2 EMF values (for use by works engineers only ) Averaging over the last 3 EMF values Filtering element.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 3 1 Parameter list No. filter time constant = line period (20 ms at 50 Hz line frequency) [can only be set in SW 2.. This setting also facilitates DC link voltage control [can only be set in SW 2.10 P169 * FDS (G160) Current limitation..1 and later] Filtering element. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P162 * FDS (G162) EMF calculation method for armature precontrol 0 1 The EMF derived from the measured armature voltage (K0123) is applied The EMF derived from the calculated armature voltage (K0124) is applied (the purpose of this setting is to prevent the occurrence of any low-frequency (< 15 Hz) armature current fluctuations) The EMF for armature current precontrol is calculated from the armature voltage selected with P193 (the resistive + inductive armature voltage drop is subtracted internally. if P079 = 2.e.1 and later] Filtering element. filter time constant = 4 * line period (80 ms at 50 Hz line frequency) [can only be set in SW 2.05.1 and later] Filtering element. filter time constant = 2 * line period (40 ms at 50 Hz line frequency) [can only be set in SW 2.

0 [% of P100] 0.8 and later] The content of the selected connector acts as the integration time for the armature current controller after multiplication with P156.0 to 300.8 and later] A low signal causes the armature firing pulses to be disabled immediately without waiting for the I=0 signal or without outputting alpha-W pulses for current reduction. it is not possible to fall below operating state o1.0 to 0.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P170 * FDS (G160) Select closed-loop torque / current control P169 0 0 P170 0 1 Closed-loop current control and current limitation Closed-loop torque control with torque limitation (the torque setpoint is converted to a current setpoint: Current setpoint = torque setpoint / motor flux) Current limitation is active additionally Closed-loop current control with torque limitation (the specified torque limit is converted to a current limit: Current limit = torque limit / motor flux) Current limitation is active additionally Do not set! 1 0 1 1 Note: A valid field characteristic (P117=1) must be available when P169 or P170=1.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 1 1 No.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=-100. for example. Source for variable Integration time [SW 1.0 [% of P100] 0. the optimization run for field weakening (P051=27) must be executed. P263 determines the input quantity for the motor flux calculation. The additional alpha-W pulses (acc.0 Type: I2 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline System current limit in torque direction II Source for "Torque control / Current control" switchover [SW 1.1% of P100 -300. All connector numbers 1 All connector numbers 1 All binector numbers 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: L2 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: L2 Ind: 2 FS=1 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line P178 * BDS (G163) Source for the command "fire all thyristors simultaneously" [SW 1. Source for the command "no immediate pulse disable" [SW 1.9 and later] The binector selected here has the same effect as parameter P170. 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 05. All binector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line 11-34 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . If one is not.8 and later] Setting this command (high signal) causes all six thyristors of the thyristor bridge I to be fired continuously and simultaneously. As long as this command is pending. This command can be used. P171 FDS (G160) (G161) P172 FDS (G160) (G161) P173 * BDS (G160) P175 * FDS (G162) P176 * FDS (G162) P177 * BDS (G163) System current limit in torque direction I 0. Source for variable P gain [SW 1. if it is not a motor that is supplied by the SIMOREG DC-MASTER but a field and the current is to be reduced via an external parallel-connected de-excitation resistance.8 and later] The content of the selected connector acts as the P gain for the armature current controller after multiplication with P155. This command is only active if no line voltage is applied to the armature power section . Switchover to long pulses is automatic.6.1% of P100 All binector numbers 1 Ind: 4 FS=100. to parameters P179 and P161) are not output either.

F) If P179 = 0: 1) Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses until the I=0 signal arrives 2) Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses (number as set in P161.g.01% Type: I2 of rated motor torque -300. then torque limit 2 (P182. when the current drops below the thyristor holding current. The purpose of this filter is to decouple the armature current precontrol from the armature current controller. These pulses cause the current to decay before a change in torque direction.F) 3) Additional torque-free interval (period as set in P160.9 and later] Filtering of the armature current setpoint at the input of the precontrol for the armature current controller. P181). lifting solenoids).00 to 300. P183) is activated in place of torque limit 1 (P180. the current in the existing direction must be reduced. P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P190 FDS (G162) 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P191 FDS (G162) 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-35 .01% Type: I2 of rated motor torque -300.00 to 300.00 Ind: 4 [%] FS=300.00 0. then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.9 and later] Number of additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses after detection of I=0 message prior to a change in torque direction. Negative torque limit 2 If "Torque limit switchover" is selected (state of binector selected in P694 =1) and the speed is higher than the threshold speed set in parameter P184.9 and later] Filtering of the armature current setpoint at the input of the armature current controller.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Negative torque limit 1 Positive torque limit 2 If "Torque limit switchover" is selected (state of binector selected in P694 =1) and the speed is higher than the threshold speed set in parameter P184.01% of maximum speed Ind: 4 FS=0.F) 4) Additional torque-free interval (period as set in P160.00 [%] 0.00 to 120.01% Type: I2 of rated motor torque 0. the thyristors are fired in pairs to prevent sudden chopping. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P179 FDS (G163) Additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses [SW 1. Filter time for setpoint for armature current controller [SW 1.05.00 to 300.00 to 300. Threshold speed for torque limits If "Torque limit switchover" is selected (state of binector selected in P694 =1) and the speed (K0166) is higher than the threshold speed set in parameter P184. It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of > 0 for converter armatures which supply large inductances (e.00 0.00 Ind: 4 [%] FS=-300.F) 3) Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses (number as set in P161.00 Ind: 4 [%] FS=-300.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 100 1 Parameter list No. When a change in torque direction is required.00 0.00 0. then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.F) P180 FDS (G160) P181 FDS (G160) P182 FDS (G160) P183 FDS (G160) P184 FDS (G160) Positive torque limit 1 -300.01% Type: I2 of rated motor torque -300. Filter time for setpoint for armature current precontrol [SW 1. This is achieved in the following ways: If P179 > 0: 1) Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses until the I=0 signal arrives 2) Additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses (number as set in P179.00 Ind: 4 [%] FS=300. and the generation of a surge voltage by the load inductor. The purpose of this filter is to decouple the armature current precontrol from the armature current controller.

11 P192 * FDS (G163) Auto-reversing stage. Band-stop 1: Resonant frequency Band-stop 1: Quality 0 1 2 3 Quality = 0.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P193 * (G162) Source for the actual armature voltage or EMF value for armature current precontrol [SW 2.1 and later] The connector which is used as the actual armature voltage (if P162.010 to 10.F = 2) or EMF (if P162.1] Continuous current: Inverter stability limit for the delay angle of the armature converter (Alpha W) = value according to parameter P151 Intermittent current: Alpha W = 165° Inverter stability limit for the delay angle of the armature converter (Alpha W) = value according to parameter P151 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 1 11.01 to 200.1% 0.7 and later] Display of effective P gain of speed controller Filter time for actual speed controller value Filtering of the actual speed value by means of a PT1 element.5 Quality = 1 Quality = 2 Quality = 3 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 1 to 140 [Hz] 1Hz 0 to 3 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Band-stop 2: Resonant frequency Band-stop 2: Quality 0 1 2 3 Quality = 0.F = 3) value for armature current precontrol is selected. 11.0 [%] 0.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps All connector numbers 1 No.actual value/setpoint processing P200 FDS (G152) P201 FDS (G152) P202 FDS (G152) P203 FDS (G152) P204 FDS (G152) P205 FDS (G152) P206 FDS (G152) r217 (G151) r218 (G151) (G152) r219 (G151) (G152) Indication of the active integration time of the speed controller [SW 1. The selected connector value must correspond to half the motor armature voltage or half the motor EMF in a 12-pulse series connection (P079 = 2).00 0.001s 0.000 [s] 0.5 Quality = 1 Quality = 2 Quality = 3 1 to 140 [Hz] 1Hz 0 to 3 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online D element: Derivative-action time D element: Filter time 0 to 1000 [ms] 1ms 0 to 100 [ms] 1ms 0.P567 Setting values for speed controller .7 and later] 11-36 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . This filter setting is taken into account by the speed controller optimization run (P051=26). 0 = Connector K0000 1 = Connector K0001 etc.0 to 10.01 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 Ind: None Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P052 = 3 P052 = 3 Indication of the active droop of the speed controller [SW 1.12 Speed controller further parameters for the speed controller P550 . indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=287 Type: L2 05. armature gating unit Control word for the Alpha W limit (armature) 0 [as of SW 2.

00 to 100.00 0. P630 and P684 P228 FDS (G152) P229 * FDS (G152) Filter time for speed setpoint Filtering of setpoint by means of a PT1 element.00 [%] 0. Speed controller: Speed-dependent switchover threshold for PI / P controller 0.e.1% Type: O2 Online FDS setpoint at a 100% controller output (100% torque or armature current setpoint) ("softening" of closed-loop control). 0. P563. This function is active only if the binector selected in P698 is in the log. 0. limit). It may be useful to parameterize lower values when the ramp-function generator is in use. Speed controller reset time This parameter is set automatically during the speed controller optimization run (P051=26).650 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Speed controller droop Function: A parameterizable feedback loop can be connected in parallel to the I and P components of the speed controller (acts on summation point of setpoint and actual value).00 Depending on the actual speed (K0166). "1" state.000 [s] 0.0 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P227 Speed controller droop [%] FS=0.00 to 10. the I component of the speed controller is made to follow such that M(set. This parameter is automatically set to the same value as the speed controller reset time during the speed controller optimization run (P051=26).01% of maximum speed Parameter list No.0 P051 = 40 A 10% speed droop setting causes a 10% deviation in the speed from the 0. ncontr.01 Ind: 4 FS=3.01% of maximum speed 0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=2. (G151) See also P562.99% is reached 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Control word for speed controller I component 0 1 2 3 0 to 3 1 P225 FDS (G151) P226 FDS (G151) Speed controller P gain See also setting values for "Speed controller adaptation" function (P550 to P559).010 to 10.001s Ind: 4 FS=0.00 [%] 0.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0.) = M(set. This parameter is set automatically during the speed controller optimization run (P051=26). the PI controller switches over to a P controller if the speed drops below the threshold set in parameter P222.00 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P221 FDS (G152) P222 FDS (G152) Speed controller: Hysteresis for speed-dependent PI/P controller switchover [SW 1. The integrator is not switched in again (with value of 0) until the actual speed is > P222 + P221.9 and later] See P222 for further details. Control of I component tracking for slave drive 0 On a slave drive. This function allows the drive to be stopped without overshoot using a zero setpoint with the controllers enabled. the speed setpoint is set to the actual speed value Tracking deactivated 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-37 .00 Automatic switchover from PI to P controller deactivated.10 to 200.0 to 10.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.05. to achieve a pure P controller) Controller I component is active The I component is stopped when a torque or current limit is reached Controller I component is active The I component is stopped when a torque limit is reached Controller I component is active The I component is stopped only when ±199. > 0. Setting values for speed controller P223 * FDS (G152) P224 * FDS (G152) Control word for speed controller precontrol 0 1 Speed controller precontrol disabled Speed controller precontrol acts as torque setpoint (is added to n controller output) Set controller I component to 0 (i.

000 [s] This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0. the integrator of the speed controller is set to the instantaneous value of the connector set in P631. In operation on "weak" power supplies with unstable frequencies.0 and later] The parameter value is used as the optimization criterion for the speed control loop.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps [SW 1. see Section 7.01 to 100. 11-38 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . the measured line zero crossings for line synchronization are subjected to an extra "filter". but the speed controller integrator is set continually to the setting value for the parameterized time period. Set speed controller P component to zero 0 1 Set controller P component to zero (i. field line voltage. with gear backlash. for example.e. P112 Set controller I component to zero (i. optimization should be started with low dynamic response values (from 10%). Using the units position.g.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P230 FDS (G152) P234 * FDS (G152) P236 * FDS G151 Setting period of speed controller integrator After a positive edge at the binector set in P695. this setting operation is not performed just once.9 and later] 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms No. to obtain a pure I controller) Controller P component is active 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=75 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 online Specifying the dynamic response of the speed control loop [SW 2. but may only be set for constant V/Hz power supplies (not for weak isolated supply systems). output is dependent on field current setpoint. 0 to 180 [degrees] 1 degree 0 to 180 [degrees] 1 degree 0 to 200 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=180 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=200 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P253 * FDS (G166) P254 * FDS (G166) P255 FDS (G166) P256 FDS (G166) Control word for field precontrol 0 1 Field precontrol disabled. 10 to 100 [%] 1 11.e. the line synchronization function can be altered additionally as follows: When the parameter is set to an uneven number.200 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Field current controller P gain This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25).001s and current controller (armature and field) (P051=25). on a diesel-driven generator (isolated operation). power supply via sliding current collectors). the filter time constant must be set lower than for operation on "constant V/Hz" systems in order to achieve a higher frequency correction speed. Setting instructions: For drives. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 05. precontrol output = 180° Field precontrol active.5) has been executed. may improve performance in the case of difficulties with brief mains interruptions (e. Field current controller reset time 0. to obtain pure P controller) Controller I component is active 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Set field current controller I component to zero 0 1 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=5. for example.13 P250 FDS (G166) P251 FDS (G166) P252 * FDS (G166) Closed-loop field current control. values up to 100% should be used.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. field gating unit Alpha G limit (field) Rectifier stability limit for firing angle of field converter Alpha W limit (field) Inverter stability limit for firing angle of field converter Filtering of line frequency correction (field) The internal line synchronization for the field gating pulses derived from the field mains infeed terminals is filtered with this time constant.001 to 10. Note: Changes to this value do not take effect until the speed controller optimization run (P051 = 26. If a time of > 0 is set on P230.01 0.00 0. For drives with top synchronism and dynamic response requirements.

Filter time for setpoint for field current precontrol [SW 1.0 to 60.. The EMF controller must be active when this setting is selected (EMF controller compensates the armature reaction). The purpose of this filter is to decouple the field current precontrol from the field current controller.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.0 to 100.e. The input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the field current controller setpoint (K0268). The purpose of this filter is to decouple the field current precontrol from the field current controller. Input quantity for motor flux calculation 0 The input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the field current controller actual value according to P612 (K0265). to obtain pure I controller) Controller P component is active 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line 0 to 2 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 2 P264 * FDS (G166) P265 * BDS (G167) Set field current controller P component to zero 0 1 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 2 FS=1 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line Source for selection of external field current monitoring signal [SW 1. Filter time for setpoint for field current controller [SW 1. Set controller P component to zero (i. to be used in connection with a fully compensated DC machine The input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the precontrol output for the EMF controller (K0293) (exception: Field current controller setpoint (K0268) with active standstill field or with disabled field pulses). the drive is shut down with fault message F005 with fault value 4 (in the case of P086>0) or with fault value 5 (in the case of P086=0). indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0.9 and later] Filtering of the field current setpoint at the input of the precontrol for the field current controller. If > If-min) The converter waits for this signal in state o5. to be used in connection with an non-compensated DC machine. Advantage: Quantities derived from the setpoint are generally "steadier" than those derived from actual values.05. Delay time with automatic field current reduction Delay after which the field current is reduced to the value set in parameter P257 with automatic or signal-driven "Field current reduction" function when the drive is stopped after operating state o7.9 and later] Filtering of the field current setpoint at the input of the field current controller.9 and later] Selection of the binector to supply the field monitoring signal when an external field device is used.0 or higher is reached.0 [s] 0.0 [%] 0.k. (status "1" = field current is o. All binector numbers 1 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-39 .0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10. If this signal disappears during operation.1s Parameter list No.0 as part of the power ON routine.1% of P102 0.0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P257 FDS (G166) P258 FDS (G166) P260 FDS (G166) P261 FDS (G166) P263 * FDS (G166) Standstill field Value to which the field current is reduced when "Automatic field current reduction" function is parameterized (by means of P082=2) or with signaldriven selection of "Standstill excitation" function (selected in P692). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc.

If a change in the torque direction is requested (MI or MII is to be started) and the EMF is too high.01 0.0 to 10. the following applies: α > (αW – 5 degrees).00 0. For possible causes.i02). 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. EMF controller droop 0 0 to 1 1 0. fault message F043 is also triggered. It is therefore necessary to parmaterize "Field weakening mode by internal EMF control" (P081=1) so that field weakening can have an effect.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line 0 to 1 1 Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 1 P273 * FDS (G165) P274 * FDS (G165) P275 * FDS (G165) P276 * FDS (G165) P277 * FDS (G165) P280 FDS (G165) Control word for EMF controller precontrol 0 EMF controller precontrol disabled.001s 0. to obtain pure P controller) 1 Controller I component is active EMF controller P gain This parameter is automatically set during the field weakening optimization run (P051=27). This is the case if the calculated control angle (K0101) for the armature current requested in the new torque direction is < 165 degrees (when P192=0) or < P151 (when P192=1). If the armature current requested in the new torque direction (value from K0118 filtered by means of P190) is > 1% of the device's rated direct current (r072.2007 See Change (Access / Status) 11. Criterion for EMF too high: For the armature control angle α before limitation (K0101). see section 10 Alarm A043 and automatic field reduction. both torque directions are blocked. alarm A043 is emitted.e. if EMF in braking mode is too high: If the EMF is too high during braking and the requested armature current (value from K0118 filtered by means of P190) is > 1% of the device's rated direct current (r072.60 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. This field reduction is achieved by changing the armature control angle to (αW – 5 degrees) by means of a P controller whose output reduces the EMF controller setpoint.14 P272 * (G165) Closed-loop EMF control Operating mode of closed-loop EMF control 0 Fault message F043 (”EMF for braking mode too high”) is active: If a change in the torque direction is requested (MI or MII is to be started) and the EMF is too high. 11-40 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions . indices Factory setting Type 05.0 [%] 0.000 [s] 0.1% 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Filter time for setpoint for EMF controller precontrol [SW 1. field reduction takes place.i02). precontrol output = rated motor field current (P102) 1 EMF controller precontrol is active Set EMF controller I component to zero Set controller I component to zero (i. both torque directions are blocked until the field and therefore the EMF have been lowered accordingly. EMF controller reset time This parameter is automatically set during the field weakening optimization run (P051=27).200 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.9 and later] Filtering of the EMF setpoint at the input of the EMF controller precontrol.010 to 10. Criterion for EMF too high: The calculated control angle (K0101) for the armature current requested in the new torque direction is > 165 degrees (when P192=0) or > P151 (when P192=1).Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. αW is the inverter impact limit according to P151 (in the case of continuous armature current or when P192=1) or 165 degrees (when P192=0 in the case of non-continuous armature current) At the same time as A043.10 to 100. The purpose of this filter is to decouple the EMF controller precontrol from the EMF controller.

to obtain pure I controller) Controller P component is active 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 11. Set EMF controller P component to zero 0 1 Set controller P component to zero (i. the drive brakes along the deceleration ramp programmed here when the "Emergency stop" command is issued. The setpoint increases/decreases further. Ramp generator output Ramp generator input P296 FDS (G136) Ramp-down time of ramp generator with emergency stop (OFF3) [SW 1.e.9 and later] 0 to 1 1 If the setpoint is reversed during ramp-up (or ramp-down). even when the actual speed signal is unsteady or distorted by harmonics.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-41 .00 [s] 0.e. acceleration/deceleration gradually changes to deceleration/acceleration. but the signal at the ramp-function generator output has a breakpoint (i.00 to 650.9 and later] Filtering of actual EMF value at the input of the EMF controller. The setpoint is not increased (decreased) any further. the drive must normally brake down to 0 speed along the current limit.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps [SW 1. In this case. Filter time for actual value for EMF controller precontrol [SW 1.e. acceleration (deceleration) is aborted and initial rounding of the deceleration (acceleration) process begins immediately. Filter time for actual value for EMF controller [SW 1. then a value of > 0 can be set here. Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line Ramp generator output Ramp generator input 1 If the setpoint is reversed during ramp-up or ramp-down. The purpose of this filter is to stabilize the EMF controller precontrol. see also parameter P330 0.15 Ramp-function generator (see also Section 8. there is no step change in the acceleration rate). The purpose of this filter is to decouple the EMF controller precontrol from the EMF controller. but there is no breakpoint in the signal at the generator output (i.05.01 s Ind: 4 FS=0. If the mechanical design of the drive makes this option impermissible or undesirable.9 and later] 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms 0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms Parameter list No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P281 FDS (G165) P282 FDS (G165) P283 FDS (G165) P284 * FDS (G165) Filter time for setpoint for EMF controller Filtering of the EMF setpoint at the input of the EMF controller.9 and later] When the "Emergency stop" command is issued. Sheet G136 and Section 9) See P639 and P640 for ramp-function generator setting parameters P295 FDS (G136) Mode for rounding the ramp-function generator 0 [SW 1.9 and later] Filtering of actual speed value at the input of the EMF controller precontrol. a step change in the acceleration rate).

01s 0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0.00 P307 Ramp-up time 2 [s] FDS 0. ramp-function generator setting 1 is switched over to a ramp-up/down times = 0 Ramp-up integrator operation: When the setpoint is reached for the first time.00 to 100.00 to 100.01s Ind: 4 FS=10.99 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 Positive limitation at ramp-function generator output [%] FS=100.00 [s] 0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10.9 and later] see also parameter P330 Limitation at ramp-function generator output (setpoint limiting) The effective limitations are: Upper limit: Minimum value of P300 and the four connectors selected with P632 Lower limit: Maximum value of P301 and the four connectors selected with P633 Note: P300 FDS (G137) P301 FDS (G137) P302 * FDS (G136) The limiting values for both the positive and negative setpoint limits can have a positive or negative sign.00 [s] 0. generator setting 2 or 3 is applied as appropriate.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10.99 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 Negative limitation at ramp-function generator output [%] FS=-100.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 11-42 SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions .01s No.00 P308 Ramp-down time 2 [s] FDS 0.00 Type: O2 05.01% Type: I2 Online -200.01% Type: I2 Online 0 to 3 Ind: 4 P052 = 3 Select ramp-function generator / ramp-up integrator mode 1 FS=0 P051 = 40 0 Normal ramp-function generator operation: Type: O2 Offline Ramp-function generator setting 1 (P303 to P306) is applied. for example.01s 0.00 to 650.00 P309 Lower transition rounding 2 [s] FDS 0. ramp-function generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 3 (P311 to P314) 2 3 Ramp-function generator parameter set 1 (see also parameter P330) P303 FDS (G136) P304 FDS (G136) P305 FDS (G136) P306 FDS (G136) Ramp-up time 1 Ramp-down time 1 Lower transition rounding 1 Upper transition rounding 1 0. ramp-function generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 2 (P307 to P310) Ramp-up integrator operation: When the setpoint is reached for the first time. 1 Ramp-up integrator operation: When the setpoint is reached for the first time. -200.01s 0.00 to 650. When a binary selectable input parameterized as "Rampfunction generator setting 2" (P307 to P310)” (selected in P637) or ”Ramp-function generator setting 3" (P311 to P314)” (selected in P638).01s (G136) 0.01s (G136) 0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 [s] 0.00 [s] 0.2007 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P297 FDS (G136) P298 FDS (G136) Lower transition rounding of ramp generator with emergency stop (OFF3) [SW 1.00 to 199.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 to 650.00 P051 = 40 0.00 to 100.00 P051 = 40 0.00 to 650.00 [s] 0. can therefore be parameterized to a positive value and the positive setpoint limit to a negative value.00 to 199. 0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Ramp-function generator parameter set 2 (see also parameter P330) Ramp-function generator parameter set 2 is selected via the binector parameterized in P637. The negative setpoint limit.01s 0.00 to 100.00 [s] 0.9 and later] see also parameter P330 Upper transition rounding of ramp generator with emergency stop (OFF3) [SW 1.Parameter list PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.01s (G136) Ind: 4 FS=10.00 to 100.

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.00 to 100.00 [s] 0.01s

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P310 FDS (G136)

Upper transition rounding 2

Ramp-function generator parameter set 3 (see also parameter P330) Ramp-function generator parameter set 3 is selected via the binector parameterized in P638. 0.00 to 650.00 P311 Ramp-up time 3 [s] FDS 0.01s (G136) 0.00 to 650.00 P312 Ramp-down time 3 [s] FDS 0.01s (G136) 0.00 to 100.00 P313 Lower transition rounding 3 [s] FDS 0.01s (G136) 0.00 to 100.00 P314 Upper transition rounding 3 [s] FDS 0.01s (G136) Displays r315 (G136) Display of effective times i001: i002: i003: i004: Display of effective ramp-up time Display of effective ramp-down time Display of effective lower transition rounding Display of effective upper transition rounding 0.00 to 650.00 / 10.00 [s] 0.01s Ind: 4 Type: O2 P052 = 3 Ind: 4 FS=10.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

r316 (G136)

Display of ramp-function generator status Mode of representation on operator panel (PMU):
15 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Ind: None Type: V2

P052 = 3

Segment: 0 1 2 3 4 5 7 15 P317 * FDS (G136) P318 * FDS (G136) RFG enable RFG start Setpoint enable & /OFF1 Set RFG RFG tracking Bypass RFG Ramp-down Ramp-up 0 to 1 1 0 to 2 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Ramp-function generator tracking 0 1 Ramp-function generator tracking is not active Ramp-function generator tracking is active

Set ramp-function generator output This parameter determines how the ramp-function generator output is set at the commencement of a "Shutdown" process: 0 1 The ramp-function generator output is not set at the commencement of a "Shutdown" process” At the commencement of "Shutdown", the output is set to the actual speed value K0167 (actual speed value K0167 is "unfiltered") At the commencement of "Shutdown", the output is set to the actual speed value K0179 (value is filtered by PT1 in P200, other filters may also be active) (setting may not be used in conjunction with P205 > 0)

2

During a "Shutdown" process, the limitation at the ramp-function generator output is not effective. P318 must be set to 1 or 2 to prevent any (temporary) excess speed during "Shutdown" when the generator output is limited. P319 FDS (G136) Delay time for enabling ramp-function generator [SW 1.5 and later] 0.00 to 10.00 [s] 0.01s Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-43

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. indices Factory setting Type

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status)

11.16
P320 FDS (G135) P321 FDS (G135) P322 * FDS (G135) P323 * FDS (G135)

Setpoint processing
Multiplier for main setpoint -300.00 to 300.00 [%] 0.01% -300.00 to 300.00 [%] 0.01% All connector numbers 1 All connector numbers 1 Ind: 4 FS=100.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=100.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: L2 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Multiplier for additional setpoint

Source for multiplier for main setpoint 0 = Connector K0000 1 = Connector K0001 etc. Source for multiplier for additional setpoint 0 = Connector K0000 1 = Connector K0001 etc.

11.17
P330 * FDS (G136)

Ramp-function generator
Factor for ramp-function generator times [SW 2.1 and later] Selection of a factor for the values set in parameters P296, P297, P298, P303 to P314 and P542 (ramp-function generator times). 0 1 Factor = 1 Factor = 60 i.e. effective ramp-function generator times = values set in [minutes] instead of in [seconds] 0 bis 1 1 Ind: 4 WE=0 Typ: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

11.18
P351 FDS

Setting values for monitoring functions and limits
-90 to 0 [%] If the line voltage drops below a specific value (P078) and does not return to Armature: the permissible tolerance range within the "Restart time" set in P086, fault 1% of P078.001 message F006 is activated. The drive dwells in operating state o4 or o5 Field: while the line undervoltage persists. 1% of P078.002 0 to 99 Source for overvoltage trip [%] If the line voltage exceeds a specific value (P078) and does not return to the Armature: permissible tolerance range within the "Restart time" set in P086, fault 1% of P078.001 message F007 is activated. Field: 1% of P078.002 Threshold for undervoltage trip Response threshold for phase failure monitoring If the line voltage drops below the permissible value in operating states of ≤ o4 and does not return to an "acceptable" value within the "Restart time" set in P086, fault message F004 or F005 is activated. The drive dwells in operating state o4 or o5 for the period that the line voltage remains below the threshold and during the subsequent voltage stabilization period set in P090. When a switch-on command is entered, the converter dwells in operating states o4 and o5 for a maximum total delay period for both states set in P089 until the voltages in all phases exceed the threshold set in this parameter before fault message F004 or F005 is activated. 10 to 100 [%] Armature: 1% of P078.001 Field: 1% of P078.002 Ind: 4 FS=-20 Type: I2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

Setting values for monitoring functions

P352 FDS

Ind: 4 FS=20 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P353 FDS

Ind: 4 FS=40 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P355 FDS

0.0 to 600.0 [s] F035 is activated if the conditions for the "Stall protection" fault message are 0.1s fulfilled for longer than the period set in P355. Stall protection time When P355=0.0, the "Drive blocked" monitoring function (F035) is deactivated and alarm A035 is likewise suppressed.

Ind: 4 FS=0,5 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

11-44

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 10 to 70 [%] 1%

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=10 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P357 FDS

Threshold for tachometer interruption monitoring F042 is suppressed if the actual EMF value is lower than the value set in P357. The setting is entered as a % of the ideal mean DC voltage value at α=0, i.e. as a % of P078.001 * 1.35

P360 (G180) (G181)

Response delay for external faults and alarms The fault message or alarm is not activated on the converter until the appropriate input or corresponding control word bit (as selected in P675, P686, P688 or P689) has been in the LOW state for at least the time period set in this parameter (see also Section 8, Sheets G180 and G181). i001: i002: i003: i004: Delay for external fault 1 Delay for external fault 2 Delay for external alarm 1 Delay for external alarm 2 [SW 1.7 and later]

0 to 10000 [ms] 1ms

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P361 FDS

Delay time for the undervoltage monitoring

Activation of the fault message F006 (line undervoltage) is delayed by the time that can be set in this parameter. During this delay time firing pulses are output! Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting (P086) only begins after the time set here has elapsed. Delay time for the overvoltage monitoring [SW 1.7 and later]

0 to 60000 [ms] 1ms

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

P362 FDS

Activation of the fault message F007 (line overvoltage) is delayed by the time that can be set in this parameter. During this delay time firing pulses are output! Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting (P086) only begins after the time set here has elapsed.

0 to 60000 [ms] 1ms

Ind: 4 FS=10000 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

P363 FDS

Threshold for the minimum line frequency

[SW 1.8 and later]

If the line frequency falls below the value set here and does not rise above it again within the "restart" time set in P086, the fault message F008 is activated. As long as the line frequency is below the value set here, the drive is kept in operating state o4 or o5. [values < 45.0 Hz can be set in SW 1.9 and later]

23.0 to 60.0 [Hz] 0.1 Hz

Ind: 4 FS=45.0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

CAUTION
Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request. P364 FDS Threshold for the maximum line frequency [SW 1.8 and later] 50.0 to 110.0 [Hz] 0.1 Hz Ind: 4 FS=65.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

If the line frequency rises above the value set here and does not fall below it again within the "restart" time set in P086, the fault message F009 is activated. As long as the line frequency is above the value set here, the drive is kept in operating state o4 or o5.

CAUTION
Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request.

11.19

Setting values for limit-value monitors

(see also Section 8, Sheet G187 und G188) n < nmin signal P370 FDS (G187) Speed threshold nmin Speed threshold for n < nmin limit-value monitor. Note: This threshold also affects the sequence of control operations for "Shutdown", "Fast stop", cancellation of the "Inching" or "Crawling" command, the "Braking with field reversal" function and the brake control operation (see Section 9). 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed Ind: 4 FS=0,50 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-45

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0,50 Type: O2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P371 FDS (G187)

Hysteresis for n < nmin signal This value is added to the response threshold if n < nmin is active.

n < ncomp. signal P373 FDS (G187) P374 FDS (G187) P375 FDS (G187) Speed threshold ncomp. Speed threshold for n < ncomp. signal Hysteresis for < ncomp. signal (n < ncomp. signal) This value is added to the response threshold if n < ncomp. is active. OFF delay for n < ncomp. signal 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.0 to 100.0 [s] 0.1s Ind: 4 FS=100.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=3.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=3.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 P376 FDS (G187) P377 FDS (G187) P378 FDS (G187) Permissible setpoint/actual value deviation 2 [SW 1.9 and later] 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.0 to 100.0 [s] 0.1s Ind: 4 FD=3.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=1.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=3.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

Hysteresis for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 signal [SW 1.9 and later] This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint/actual value deviation signal is active Response delay for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 2 [SW 1.9 and later]

Overspeed P380 FDS (G188) P381 FDS (G188) Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 P388 FDS (G187) P389 FDS (G187) P390 FDS (G187) Permissible deviation between setpoint and actual value 1 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of maximum speed 0.0 to 100.0 [s] 0.1s Ind: 4 FS=3.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=1.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=3.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation 0.0 to 199.9 [%] 0.1% of maximum speed -199.9 to 0.0 [%] 0.1% of maximum speed Ind: 4 FS=120.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=-120.0 Type: I2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation

Hysteresis for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 1 This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint/actual value deviation signal is active Response delay for setpoint/actual value deviation signal 1

11-46

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=3.00 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

If < If min signal P394 FDS (G188) Field current threshold If min Field current threshold for If < If min limit-value monitor. Note: This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" and "Braking with field reversal" functions (see Section 9). The If < If min signal is connected to binector B0215, the actual value at field current controller input K0265 is applied as If. B0215 = 0 when K0265 > threshold set in P394 B0215 = 1 when K0265 < threshold set in P394 + hysteresis set in P395 0 → 1 transition takes place when K0265 < P394 1 → 0 transition takes place when K0265 > P394 + P395 P395 FDS (G188) Field current monitoring Fault message F005 (fault value 4) is activated if the actual field current (K0265) is lower than the percentage of the field current setpoint (K0268) set in P396 for longer than the time set in parameter P397. F005 is also triggered if "I Field extern < I f min" (see P265) is the case for longer than the time set at P397. Note: Fault message F005 is only activated, however, if the field current setpoint is > 2% of the converter rated DC current of the field (r073.i02) ist. Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P396 Threshold for field current monitoring [SW 1.9 and later] 1 to 100 [%] FS=50 P051 = 40 0.01% of setpoint at Type: O2 on-line FDS field current con(G167) troller input (K0268) Ind: 4 P052 = 3 P397 Field current monitoring time [SW 1.9 and later] 0.02 to 60.00 [s] FS=0.50 P051 = 40 FDS 0.01s Type: O2 on-line (G167) If < If x signal P398 FDS (G188) Field current threshold If x Setpoint-oriented field current threshold for If < If x limit-value monitor. Note: This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the "Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal" and "Braking with field reversal" functions (see Section 9). The If < If x signal is connected to binector B0216, the actual value at field current controller input K0265 is applied as If. B0216 = 0 when K0265 > threshold set in P398 B0216 = 1 when K0265 < threshold set in P398 + hysteresis set in P399 0 → 1 transition takes place when K0265 < P398 1 → 0 transition takes place when K0265 > P398 + P399 P399 FDS (G188) Hysteresis for If < If x signal This value is added to the response threshold if If < If x is active. (see also P398) 0.00 to 100.00 [%] 0.01% of converter rated field DC current (r073.i02) Ind: 4 FS=1.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of setpoint at field current controller input (K0268) Ind: 4 FS=80.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online Hysteresis for If < If min signal This value is added to the response threshold if If < If min is active. (see also P394) 0.00 to 100.00 [%] 0.01% of converter rated field DC current (r073.i02) Ind: 4 FS=1.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 0.00 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% of converter rated field DC current (r073.i02)

11.20

Settable fixed values
-199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

Function: The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified connector P401 K401 fixed value FDS is applied to connector K0401 (G120)

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-47

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% -32768 to 32767 1 -32768 to 32767 1 -32768 to 32767 1 -32768 to 32767 1 -32768 to 32767 1 No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.00 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: I2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P402 FDS (G120) P403 FDS (G120) P404 FDS (G120) P405 FDS (G120) P406 FDS (G120) P407 FDS (G120) P408 FDS (G120) P409 FDS (G120) P410 FDS (G120) P411 FDS (G120) P412 FDS (G120) P413 FDS (G120) P414 FDS (G120) P415 FDS (G120) P416 FDS (G120)

K402 fixed value is applied to connector K0402 K403 fixed value is applied to connector K0403 K404 fixed value is applied to connector K0404 K405 fixed value is applied to connector K0405 K406 fixed value is applied to connector K0406 K407 fixed value is applied to connector K0407 K408 fixed value is applied to connector K0408 K409 fixed value is applied to connector K0409 K410 fixed value is applied to connector K0410 K411 fixed value is applied to connector K0411 K412 fixed value is applied to connector K0412 K413 fixed value is applied to connector K0413 K414 fixed value is applied to connector K0414 K415 fixed value is applied to connector K0415 K416 fixed value is applied to connector K0416

11.21
Function: P421 FDS (G120) P422 FDS (G120) P423 FDS (G120) P424 FDS (G120) P425 FDS (G120) P426 FDS (G120) P427 FDS (G120)

Fixed control bits
The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified binector B421 fixed bit is applied to binector B0421 B422 fixed bit is applied to binector B0422 B423 fixed bit is applied to binector B0423 B424 fixed bit is applied to binector B0424 B425 fixed bit is applied to binector B0425 B426 fixed bit is applied to binector B0426 B427 fixed bit is applied to binector B0427 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

11-48

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 1 1

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P428 FDS (G120)

B428 fixed bit is applied to binector B0428

11.22

Digital setpoint input (fixed setpoint, inching and crawling setpoints)

(see also Section 8, Sheets G127, G129 and G130) Fixed setpoint Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P431 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an additional fixed setpoint (K0204, K0209) via the binectors selected in P430, indices .01 to .08 (setpoint is applied when binector switches to log. "1" state). P432 indices .01 to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection. If fixed setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P433 is applied to K0209. P430 * (G127) Source for fixed-setpoint injection Selection of binector to control injection of the fixed setpoint ("1" state = fixed setpoint injected). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. P431 * (G127) Source for fixed setpoint Selection of connector to be injected as the fixed setpoint 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed when the fixed setpoint is injected. The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P430 and the setting in the same index of P432 produces a log. "1" Source for standard setpoint Selection of the connector to be applied if fixed-setpoint injection is not selected 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. 0 to 1 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline All connector numbers 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline All binector numbers 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P432 * (G127)

P433 * FDS (G127)

All connector numbers 1

Ind: 4 FS=11 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Inching setpoint Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P436 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an inching setpoint (K0202, K0207) via the binectors selected in P435, indices .01 to .08 (setpoint is applied when binector switches to log. "1" state). P437 indices .01 to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection. If more than one inching setpoint is injected, an output value corresponding to inching setpoint = 0% is applied. P435 * (G129) If inching setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P438 is applied to K0207. All binector numbers Source for injection of inching setpoint 1 Selection of binector to control injection of the inching setpoint ("1" state = inching setpoint injected). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. P436 * (G129) Source for inching setpoint Selection of connector to be injected as the inching setpoint 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. All connector numbers 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-49

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 1 1 No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: O2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P437 * (G129)

Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed when the inching setpoint is injected. The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P435 and the setting in the same index of P437 produces a log. "1". Source for standard setpoint Selection of the connector to be applied if inching-setpoint injection is not selected 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc.

P438 * FDS (G129)

All connector numbers 1

Ind: 4 FS=208 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Crawling setpoint Function: Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P441 indices .01 to .08. These can be applied as an additional crawling setpoint (K0201, K0206) via the binectors selected in P440, indices .01 to .08. P445 can be set to define whether the setpoint must be applied when the selected binectors have reached the log. "1" state (when P445=0) or in response to a 0 → 1 transition (when P445=1). When setpoint injection in response to a 0 → 1 transition is selected, the setpoint injection function is reset when the binector selected in P444 switches to the log. "0" state. P442 indices .01 to .08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp-function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection. P440 * (G130) If crawling setpoint injection is not selected, the connector set in P443 is applied to K0206. All binector numbers Source for injection of crawling setpoint 1 Selection of binector to control injection of the crawling setpoint. 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. Source for crawling setpoint Selection of connector to be injected as the crawling setpoint 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Source for selection of ramp-function generator bypass Selection as to whether or not ramp-function generator must be bypassed when the crawling setpoint is injected. The ramp-function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P440 and the setting in the same index of P442 produces a log. "1". Source for standard setpoint Selection of the connector to be applied if crawling-setpoint injection is not selected 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Source for standstill command Selection of the binector to control the standstill operation (OFF1) or resetting of crawling setpoint injection when P445=1 (log. "0" state = reset). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. All binector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline 0 to 1 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline All connector numbers 1 Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline Ind: 8 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P441 * (G130)

P442 * (G130)

P443 * FDS (G130)

All connector numbers 1

Ind: 4 FS=207 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P444 * BDS (G130)

11-50

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 1 1

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P445 * (G130)

Selection of level/edge for switch-on/crawling Selection to define whether ON command must be input via terminal 37 and the crawling setpoint injected in response to a log. "1" level or to a 0 → 1 transition 0 ON with log. "1" state at terminal 37 and injection of crawling setpoint with binectors selected in P440 in log. "1" state ON in response to 0 → 1 transition at terminal 37 and injection of crawling setpoint in response to 0 → 1 transition of binectors selected in P440 With this setting, the ON command or injection command for the crawling setpoint is stored. The memory is reset when the binector selected in P444 switches to the log. "0" state.

1

11.23

Position sensing with pulse encoder
0 to 3 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

See parameters P140 to P148 for pulse encoder definition and monitoring P450 Resetting of position counter * 0 Reset position counter OFF FDS 1 Reset position counter with zero marker (G145) 2 3 Reset position counter with zero marker when LOW signal is applied to terminal 39 Reset position counter when LOW signal is applied to terminal 39

Note: Counter resetting with P450 = 2 and 3 is executed in the hardware and is not affected by how the binectors controlled by terminal 39 are interconnected P451 * FDS (G145) P452 * BDS (G145) P453 * BDS (G145) Position counter hysteresis 0 1 Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal OFF Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal ON (the first pulse encoder input pulse after a change in rotational direction is not counted) [SW 1.9 and later] All binector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line 0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Source for "Reset position counter" command

Selection of binector to control resetting of the position counter. 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. Source for "Enable zero marker counter" command [SW 1.9 and later] Selection of binector to control enabling of the zero marker counter 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc.

All binector numbers 1

Ind: 2 FS=1 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

11.24

Connector selector switches
Ind: 3 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

(see also Section 8, Function Diagram Sheet G124) P455 Source for inputs of connector selector switch 1 [SW 1.9 and later] All connector numbers * Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 1. 1 (G124) 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. P456 * (G124) Source for control of connector selector switch 1 [SW 1.9 and later] Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 1. 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. All binector numbers 1

Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-51

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 3 FS=0 Type: L2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

P457 * (G124)

[SW 1.9 and later] All connector numbers Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 2. 1 Source for inputs of connector selector switch 2 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Source for control of connector selector switch 2 [SW 1.9 and later] Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 2. 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. All binector numbers 1

P458 * (G124)

Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 off-line

11.25

Motorized potentiometer
0 to 1 1 Ind: 4 FS=1 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

(see also Section 8, Sheet G126) P460 Control word for motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator * 0 The motorized potentiometer ramp generator is bypassed in FDS Automatic mode (same effect as for P462 and P463 = 0.01, i.e. the generator output is made to follow the automatic setpoint (G126) without delay) 1 P461 * FDS (G126) Motorized potentiometer ramp generator is active in Manual and Automatic modes

Source for setpoint in Automatic mode Selection of the connector to be applied as the Automatic setpoint to the ramp-function generator in the motorized potentiometer 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Ramp-up time for motorized potentiometer Ramp-down time for motorized potentiometer Time difference for dy/dt Setting of dt for the output of dy/dt at a connector, i.e. on K0241 the change in the output quantity (K0240) is output within the time set in P464, multiplied by the factor set in P465 (unit of time setting is [s] if P465=0 or [min] if P465=1) Example: - The ramp-function generator is currently ramping up with a ramp-up time of P462=5s, i.e. a ramp-up operation from y=0% to y=100% takes 5s. - A time difference dt of P464=2s is set. - ⇒ A dy/dt of 40% appears at connector K0241 since the dy within the set dt of 2 s equals (2s/5s)*100%.

All connector numbers 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P462 FDS (G126) P463 FDS (G126) P464 FDS (G126)

0.01 to 300.00 [s] 0.01s 0.01 to 300.00 [s] 0.01s 0.01 to 300.00 [s] 0.01s

Ind: 4 FS=10.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10.00 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=10.00 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

P465 * FDS (G126) P466 * FDS (G126)

Factor of expansion for motorized potentiometer The effective ramp-up time, ramp-down time or time difference for dy/dt is the product of the time setting in parameter P462, P463 and P464 respectively, multiplied by the factor set in this parameter. 0 1 Parameters P462, P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 1 Parameters P462, P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 60

0 to 1 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

Source for motorized potentiometer setting value Selection of the connector to be injected as the motorized potentiometer setting value 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Motorized potentiometer starting value Starting value of motorized potentiometer after ON when P473 = 0 Setpoint for "Raise motorized potentiometer” Motorized potentiometer manual operation: Setpoint for "Raise motorized potentiometer"

All connector numbers 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P467 FDS (G126) P468 FDS (G126)

-199.9 to 199.9 [%] 0.1% -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01%

Ind: 4 FS=0.0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=100.00 Type: I2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online

11-52

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps -199.99 to 199.99 [%] 0.01% All binector numbers 1

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=-100.00 Type: I2 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P469 FDS (G126) P470 * BDS (G126)

Setpoint for "Lower motorized potentiometer ” Motorized potentiometer manual operation: Setpoint for "Lower motorized potentiometer" Source for clockwise/counter-clockwise switchover Selection of binector to control "Clockwise/counter-clockwise switchover" ("0" state = clockwise). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc.

P471 * BDS (G126)

Source for manual/automatic switchover Selection of binector to control "Manual/automatic switchover" ("0" state = manual). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. Source for set motorized potentiometer Selection of binector to control "Set motorized potentiometer" ("0" to "1" transition = set motorized potentiometer). 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc. Storage of output value 0 No storage of output value: The output is set to 0 in all operating states of >o5. The starting point after ON is determined by P467 (MOP starting value). Non-volatile storage of output value: The output value remains stored in all operating states and after voltage disconnection or failure. The last value stored is output again after voltage recovery/reconnection.

All binector numbers 1

Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P472 * BDS (G126)

All binector numbers 1

Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P473 * FDS (G126)

0 to 1 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

1

11.26

Oscillation

Function: Parameters P480 to P483 define the waveshape of a rectangular signal (oscillation setpoint K0203). The value set in P480 determines the signal level for the time period set in P481 and the value set in P482 the signal level for the time period set in P483. Oscillation: Selected in P485. The free-running rectangular signal is switched through to the output K0208. -199.9 to 199.9 P480 Oscillation setpoint 1 [%] 0.1% of maximum FDS speed (G128) 0.1 to 300.0 P481 Oscillation time 1 [s] FDS 0.1s (G128) -199.9 to 199.9 P482 Oscillation setpoint 2 [%] 0.1% of maximum FDS speed (G128) 0.1 to 300.0 P483 Oscillation time 2 [s] FDS 0.1s (G128) All connector P484 Source for standard setpoint numbers * Selection of connector to be injected as the output value when the 1 FDS "Oscillation" function is not selected (G128) 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc.

Ind: 4 FS=0,5 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=-0,4 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=209 Type: L2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-53

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps All binector numbers 1 No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P485 * BDS (G128)

Source for oscillation selection Selection of binector to control activation of the "Oscillation" function (log. "1" state = oscillation active) 0 = binector B0000 1 = binector B0001 etc.

11.27

Definition of "Motor interface"

(see also Section 8, Sheets G185 und G186)

CAUTION!
The encoders for measurement and monitoring of the brush length, bearing condition, air flow and motor temperature must be safely isolated from the power circuit. P490 * (G185) Selection of temperature sensor for analog monitoring of motor temperature i001: i002: Temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23: Temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205: 0 to 5 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Settings: 0 1 2 3 4 5 No temperature sensor KTY84 PTC thermistor with R=600Ω PTC thermistor with R=1200Ω PTC thermistor with R=1330Ω PTC thermistor with R=2660Ω

1) 1) 1) 1)

1) PTC thermistor according to DIN 44081 / 44082 with specified R at rated response temperature, 1330Ω on Siemens motors (setting 4 must be selected). When a PTC thermistor is selected as the temperature sensor, it is not necessary to set parameters P491 and P492 (alarm and trip temperatures). These two temperatures are predetermined by the type of PTC thermistor installed. Whether an alarm or fault is output when the operating point of the PTC thermistor is reached depends on how the relevant input is parameterized (P493.F or P494.F). P491 FDS (G185) P492 FDS (G185) P493 * FDS (G185) Analog monitoring of motor temperature: Alarm temperature Operative only when P490.x=1. Analog monitoring of motor temperature: Trip temperature Operative only when P490.x=1. Motor temperature analog 1 (temperature sensor at terminals 22 / 23): Tripping of alarm or fault message Motor temperature grasped with KTY84 0 1 2 3 Monitoring deactivated Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 Fault message (F029) at temperature > P492 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 and fault message (F029) at temperature > P492 Monitoring deactivated Alarm message (A029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached Fault message (F029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached Illegal setting 0 to 200 [°C] 1°C 0 to 200 [°C] 1°C 0 to 3 1 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor 0 1 2 3

11-54

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

05.2007
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps 0 to 3 1

Parameter list
No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P494 * FDS (G185)

Motor temperature analog 2 (temperature sensor at terminals 204 / 205): Tripping of alarm or fault message Motor temperature grasped with KTY84 0 1 2 3 Monitoring deactivated Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 Fault message (F029) at temperature > P492 Alarm (A029) at temperature > P491 and fault message (F029) at temperature > P492 Monitoring deactivated Alarm message (A029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached Fault message (F029) when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached Illegal setting

Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor 0 1 2 3 P495 * FDS (G186) P496 * FDS (G186) P497 * FDS (G186) P498 * FDS (G186)

Brush length sensing: Tripping of alarm or fault message 0 1 2 No brush length sensing (terminal 211 is not scanned) Binary brush length sensing (terminal 211 is scanned) Alarm (A025) in response to 0 signal Binary brush length sensing (terminal 211 is scanned) Fault message (F025) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Bearing condition: Tripping of alarm or fault message 0 1 2 No bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is not scanned) Bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is scanned) Alarm (A026) in response to 1 signal Bearing condition sensing (terminal 212 is scanned) Fault message (F026) in response to 1 signal

0 to 2 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Air flow: Tripping of alarm or fault message 0 1 2 No air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is not scanned) Air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is scanned) Alarm (A027) in response to 0 signal Air flow monitoring (terminal 213 is scanned) Fault message (F027) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

Temperature switch: Tripping of alarm or fault message 0 1 2 No temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is not scanned) Temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is scanned) Alarm (A028) in response to 0 signal Temperature switch connected (terminal 214 is scanned) Fault message (F028) in response to 0 signal

0 to 2 1

Ind: 4 FS=0 Type: O2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

11.28
P500 * BDS (G160)

Configuring of torque shell input
Source for torque setpoint for slave drive Selection of the connector to be injected as the torque setpoint for a slave drive 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Source for additional torque setpoint Selection of connector to be injected as the additional torque setpoint 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. All connector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=0 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline All connector numbers 1 Ind: 2 FS=170 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P501 * BDS (G160)

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

11-55

Parameter list
PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps All connector numbers 1 No. indices Factory setting Type Ind: None FS=0 Type: L2

05.2007
See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P502 * (G152)

Source for value to be added to speed controller output Selection of connector to be injected as the value to be added to the speed controller output (in addition to friction and moment of inertia compensation) 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc.

P503 FDS (G160)

Multiplier for torque setpoint in slave mode

-300.00 to 300.00 [%] 0.01%

Ind: 4 FS=100.00 Type: I2

P052 = 3 P051 = 40 on-line

11.29

Speed limiting controller

(see also Section 8, Sheet G160) The output of the speed limiting controller comprises a positive (K0136) and a negative (K0137) torque limit. These limits are applied to the torque limitation All connector Ind: None P052 = 3 P509 Source for input quantity (n-act) of speed limiting controller numbers FS=167 P051 = 40 * 0 = connector K0000 1 Type: L2 Offline (G160) 1 = connector K0001 etc. P510 * (G160) Source for pos. torque limit of speed limiting controller Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque limitation 1 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. P511 * (G160) Source for neg. torque limit of speed limiting controller Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque limitation 2 0 = connector K0000 1 = connector K0001 etc. Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation P gain of speed limiting controller 0.0 to 199.9 [%] 0.1% of rated speed -199.9 to 0.0 [%] 0.1% of rated speed 0.10 to 200.00 0.01 Ind: 4 FS=105.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=-105.0 Type: I2 Ind: 4 FS=3.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online All connector numbers 1 Ind: None FS=4 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline All connector numbers 1 Ind: None FS=2 Type: L2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Offline

P512 FDS (G160) P513 FDS (G160) P515 FDS (G160)

11.30

Friction compensation

(see also Section 8, Sheet G153) Parameters P520 to P530 are the armature current and torque setpoint required for a stationary input signal (factory setting: speed controller actual value K0179) of 0%, 10% to 100% of the maximum value (in steps of 10%). These parameters are intermediate points along the friction curve. Depending on P170 (0 or 1) they are either an armature current or a torque setpoint and are set automatically when the friction and moment of inertia compensation (P051=28) are optimized. P520 is then set to 0.0%. The intermediate points are interpolated linearly during which the output of the friction compensation assumes the sign of the input signal. P530 is specified by the friction compensation even for input signals >100% of the maximum signal. During operation in both directions we recommend leaving P520 at 0.0% in order to avoid armature current vibration at 0% of the input signal.

11-56

SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions

00 [s] 0.2007 PNU Description Value range [Unit] Steps [SW 2.00 0.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. with sign Input signal with absolute value generator Settings: 0 = Connector K0000 1 = Connector K0001 etc.0 to 100.0 to 100.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.0 and later] All connector numbers 1 Parameter list No.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online (see also Section 8.05.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.0 [%] 0.e.0 to 100. P gain of acceleration Proportional gain for "SAD-dependent acceleration" function (see also parameter P543) P541 FDS (G153) 0.0 [%] 0.0 [%] 0.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1% 0. indices Factory setting Type Ind: 2 FS= i001: 179 i002: 0 Type: L2 See Change (Access / Status) P052 = 3 P051 = 40 offline P519 * (G153) Source for input signal of the friction compensation Selection of the input signals that are added and led to the input of the friction compensation.1% 0.1% Ind: 4 FS=0.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0. 100% flux).0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1% 0.0 [%] 0.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.1% 0.00 to 650.0 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online 11.0 [%] 0.0 to 100.01s Ind: 4 FS=0.0 [%] 0.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.0 to 100.1% 0.0 to 100.00 to 650. P520 FDS (G153) P521 FDS (G153) P522 FDS (G153) P523 FDS (G153) P524 FDS (G153) P525 FDS (G153) P526 FDS (G153) P527 FDS (G153) P528 FDS (G153) P529 FDS (G153) P530 FDS (G153) Friction at 0% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 10% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 20% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 30% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 40% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 50% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 60% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 70% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 80% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 90% speed Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque Friction at 100% speed and higher Setting as % of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0.1% 0.0 [%] 0.0 to 100.0 [%] 0.1% 0.00 Type: O2 P052 = 3 P051 = 40 Online SIEMENS AG 6RX1700-0AD76 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Operating Instructions 11-57 .0 to 100.0 to 100.1% 0.0 [%] 0.0 to 100.0 [%] 0. i001 i002 Input signal. It is a measure of the moment of inertia on the motor shaft. Sheet G153) P540 Acceleration time FDS (G153) The acceleration time is the time that would be needed to accelerate the drive from 0% to 100% of maximum speed (with no friction) at 100% converter rated DC current (armature) and 100% rated motor field current (i. This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation (P051=28).1% 0.0 to 100.0 Type: O2 Ind: 4 FS=0.31 Compensation of moment of inertia (dv